po Sr Bede Br de le de rere

“ ba pedad Ce
Pe Pel he Rei als Sv talons a
~ ariietnine e
. e

BSUNA ANS

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

EEE

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY

oye taeuy

Rn ee AN A

|
|

fhe CANADIAN
PIFLD-NATURALIST

VOLUME LIV

LiBRAR*

Bs 2s

il &VUIRSY aN
FEB 19 1940

tiprary JANUARY, 1940

VOL. LIV, No. 1

4)
By
i
sa
repent
fi 1

dS
rae (
AAS

NG if ANN iy

FELT — CLUB

ISSUED JANUARY 3lst, 1940
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

RA

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

Patrons:
THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND THE LADY TWEEDSMUIR

President: A. E. PORSILD

1st Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD 2nd Vice-President: DoueLas LEECHMAN
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Seerciary. C. R. LOUNSBURY,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa

al ae Members of Council: F. J. ALcocK, R. M. ANDERSON, REV. F. E. BANIM, HENRY BOWERS,

A. W. A. Brown, C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DELuRy, H. Grou, J. W.

GROVES, G. H. Hammonp, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY,

A. LARocQuE, HARRISON F.. LEwis, HoyEs Luoyp, J. M. ROBINSON, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG,

P. A. TAVERNER, MALCOLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, R. T. D. WICKENDEN, M E. WILSON,

and the following Presidents of Affiliated Societies: L. T.S. Norris-ELyp, C. F. CONNOR, JOHN
DAVIDSON, M. Y. WILLIAMS, V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, ROBERT HUNTER, F. C. HuRST.

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEwIs

Editor:
C. H. D. CLARKE,
66 Fifth Avenue, Ottawa J

Associate Editors:
D JENSESS ak) Nie ee Se Anthropology 4, QRYDE L,. PARGRE. (su... oar Herpetology

EA CTY CS Raa eng MIR A te SA MEER T G \. Botany ROM. ANDERSON: 7) ioe Mammalogy
AS AGRECOCQUE 2022S 6 See eee Conchology : A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology
ARTHUR GIBSON...) 020.55 Pace a Entomotogy oP. A) BAVERNER, |. 50. eee Ornithology
BS ADCOCK <8 0a or ies aire ey Geology W:, A. BLE |. eee Palzontology
JORDY MONDE ie eree ety Manes ae ree Ichthyolegy
CONTENTS
PAGE

Touis-Bonaventure, Lavoie: By Re McA 8 = he pe a : 1
Arthritis Among Wolves: <By. Hi. ©.s@rossi 3) J ee he ee 2
The Need For Grassland Reservations and Grassland Research. By V. E. Shelford.....-. 5
A Preliminary List of the Plants on Bonaventure Island. By J. Adams.................. 6
“-On Some Plants From Salisbury fsland, Collected by Major L. T. Burwash in 1924 and by

the Hon. J. N. 8. Buchan in 1938. By Nicholss Polini... 0.2... 5 ok ee ee 9
Sixty-First Annnal Meeting of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club; Report of Council...... 1]
Statement of Financial Standing,Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, at the Close of Year, 1939 12
Notes and Observations :—

Additions to the Avifauna of Churchill, Manitoba. By Frank L. Farley........ Paes 14

The ““Maeoun Group’ of Naturalists. oByeA eR oe ee 14

FL The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since
#: 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two :
volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been
continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued
#: monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the
results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

I
=
Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each _t

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
582 Mariposa Ave.,
Roekliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA.

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. LIV

SSp ears

OTTAWA, CANADA, JANUARY, 1940

oology

LIBKARKYL—

LOUIS-BONAVENTURE LAVOIE

1682

1939

M. Louis-Bonaventure Lavoie, for the past
twelve years Secretary of The Provancher Society
of Natural History of Canada (La Société Prov-
ancher: d'Histoire Naturelle du Canada), died in
St. Sacrement Hospital, Quebee City, November
16, 1939, after an illness of several months. M.
Lavoie was born at Ste.-Luce, Rimouski County,
P.Q., September 8, 1882, and completed his clas-
sical studies at the College of Ste.-Anne de la
Pocatiére, where he received the degree of
Bachelor of Arts, after which he enrolled in
the Faculty of Medicine at Laval University,
where he continued his studies with equal dili-
gence. He married Mlle. Valéda Lavalée, of
Ste.-Anne de la Pocatiére, who with one son and
four daughters, survives him.

For many years he was attached to the Bureau
provincial des statistiques judiciares et munici-
pales, and on account of his deep knowledge of
Canadian history was charged with the formation
of a corps of historical guides for which he pre-
pared special courses, and on the occasion of
visits of distinguished guests to the Old Capitol

and historic monuments, he filled the rdle of

official cicerone. He was one of the pioneers
of The Provancher Society, and in addition to
encouraging studies in natural history his talents
were well employed in furthering another activity
of the Society in promoting’ the marking of his-
torical monuments and in establishing wild life
sanctuaries in the Province of Quebec. Both in
his official and private life his whole-hearted
interest in the causes which interested him was
a stimulation to his colleagues, and his extensive
knowledge of his native Province and his wide
acquaintance and friendship with persons in auth-
ority enabled him to accomplish much. He was
always willing to undertake much of the drudgery
which is necessary to keep any society active,
kept the records and for many years edited the
voluminous annual reports of The Provancher
Society. His in Quebec regret his
passing as a sincere man and a valuable, associate,
a useful citizen in any position where he could
employ his activity and.his talents, and the
members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
join in mourning the loss of a friend of natural
history work in Canada.—R.M.A.

colleagues

2 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(Vou. LIV

ARTHRITIS AMONG WOLVES
By E. C. CROSS*

ASES of arthritis among wild animals have

rarely been reported. Recently two cases
have come to light among the wolves
being prepared as skeletal material in
the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology. These
seemed worthy of record.

In March, 1933, the carcass of a timber wolf
(Canis lupus lycaon Schreber) was received by
the museum from Mr. J. E. Coulson of Joe Lake,
Algonquin Park, Ontario. When the skeleton of
this animal was prepared the articular surfaces
were found to be encrusted by deposits of bone,
particularly in the case of the right front and
left hind limbs.

Examination of the wolf skeletons in the mus-
eum’s osteological collection disclosed a second
specimen similarly affected. A short description
of these two cases follows.

Timper Wor, (Canis lupus lycaon Sch.)
R.O.M.Z. No. 33-3-24-1—This male wolf was cap-
tured in a wolf snare set on a rabbit trail by J.
E. Coulson of Joe Lake, Algonquin Park, Ontario,
in February, 1933. Signs of violent struggle were
present but no faeces had been passed. The
animal though not fat was well muscled and
seemed in good condition. The stomach was
found to be quite empty.

Bone deposition has advanced so far on the
lateral epicondyles and olecranon fossa of the
right humerus and proximal articulating surface
of the right ulna that movement of the elbow
joint must have been impeded and_ probably
painful. The area for attachment of the biceps
brachii and brachialis muscles is partly obliterated.

The left hind leg is in worse case. Heavy
deposits of bone surround and surmount the epi-
condyles of the femur, and encroach on the
trochlea, the intercondylar fossa and both condyles.
Patches of bone surround and surmount both
condyles in the tibia, partially dislocating the
joint. Marked present on = arti-
culating surfaces of tibia and femur. The sulcus
muscularis has become a jagged-edged tube. This
lnee joint must have caused the animal great
difficulty.

eburnation is

*Roval Ontario Museum of Zoology.

The vertebral articulating surfaces show traces
of “lipping”’ but not sufficient to have caused
any marked stiffness.

The teeth are those of an aged animal, chan-—
neled and grooved by use. The right lower canine
and the upper left canine are worn down to the
pulp cavity. The only evidence of trauma is the
condition of the thirteenth right rib which had
been fractured at some time. It had never knit
but developed an articulating condition that al-
lowed movement of the parts.

Timser WOLF (Canis lupus lycaon Sch.) R.O.M.
Z. No. 25-11-10-1—This male wolf was shot by
J. M. Prentiss of White River, Ontario, on Oc-
tober 27th, 1925. Nothing is known of its con-
dition at time of capture.

Lipping is present on or about all limb joints
but in amounts so slight as to have caused no
inconvenience except in the case of the hind feet.
In the left pes the articulating surfaces of the
fourth and fifth tarsals, metatarsals and phal-
anges have been destroyed by lesions and the
joints of the other toes are badly encrusted by
bone deposits. The joints of the right pes are
also more or less encrusted by bone and the
fourth and fifth metatarsals have become anky-
losed together.

The vertebral column of this animal is markedly
affected. The cervicals are clean except for the
seventh, the first trace of lipping appears on it
and increases progressively, with the third, fourth,
fifth, and seventh costal vertebrae very
badly encrusted. Movement of these five verte-
brae must have been both difficult and painful.
This lipping suddenly disappears with the eighth
costal and the remaining costal vertebrae are
normal. The first four lumbar vertebrae show
slight traces of lipping but not enough to have
caused the animal any difficulty.

sixth

The sacrum had been fractured at some time
and had not completely knit at the time the
animal was killed. Cracks still show on the dorsal
surface. On the ventral surface the sacrum has
become immovably ankylosed to the coxal bones,
and masses of bone deposit have built up along
the points of juncture. The iliac crest of the right
eoxal shows encrustation by bone spicules.

January, 1940] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

1. R.O.M.Z. No. 25-11-10-1. 38. R.O.M.Z. No. 33-3-24-1.

The third, fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh Distal articulating surface of left femur.
costal vertebrae. 4. R.O.M.Z. No. 25-11-10-1.

2. R.O.M.Z. No. 33-3-24-1, Ventral surface of fourth and fifth left tarsals
Proximal articulating surface of left tibia. showing destruction of articulating surfaces.

4 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

The teeth are badly worn and broken. The
canines are worn down to the pulp cavity. In
the upper jaw only three incisors remain and
these are stumps. The lower right fourth pre-
molar is split in half longitudinally leaving the
pulp cavity exposed, the lower right third pre-
molar is broken off, the upper right third pre-
molar is broken, the upper left second premolar
is broken off and of the upper left fourth premolar
only fragments of the roots remain. The frac-
tured areas of these teeth have a worn appearance
that could have been received only by use sub-
sequent to breakage.

The proximal phalanges of the fourth and fifth
digits of the left pes have been shattered at some
time and knit in distorted fashion. The left fibula
has been broken, ankylosed to the tibia below the
fracture and left too short to reach the proximal
articulation with the tibia. The tenth left rib,
the ninth right rib and the eleventh right rib
have all been broken and knit again.

Pathological conditions such as found in these
two wolves involving destruction of articulating
surfaces by lesions, eburnation of articulating
surfaces, and deposition of bony excrescences on
or about joints are characteristic of osteoarthritis
or, as it is sometimes called, chronic degenerative
arthritis.

Most students of this form of chronic arthritis
appear to agree that it is essentially a degenerative
process occurring in individuals of advanced age,
differing in this respect from those forms of
arthritis arising from bacterial infection. How-
ever, osteo-arthritis may be set up as a late stage
in infectious arthritis or may become secondarily
infected from the bony changes so characteristic
of the disease.

“The cause of degenerative arthritis is not
known. .... Probably the most important pre-
disposing factor in the etiology of this condition
is old age. .. . Next to age, the most important

etiological factor is trauma. Some form of trauma

[VoL. LIV

”

can be demonstrated in nearly every case... .
(Oxford Monographs on Diagnosis and Treatment.
volume six, page 151).

The factor responsible for the onset of arthritis
in the Algonquin Park wolf would seem to be old
age. This wolf was definitely an aged animal
and the only evidence of trauma, the broken rib,
must from its condition be placed some distance
back in the animal’s past and accordingly doubt-
fully concerned in the arthropathy existing at the
time of death.

The White River wolf, judged by the condition
of skull sutures and skeleton was mature but not
aged, a younger animal than the Algonquin Park
specimen. The defective dentition appears to be
due to breakage rather than to normal wear. The
obvious suggestion is that this wolf was caught
in a trap at some period in its history and shat-
tered its teeth biting at the steel trap, a well
known habit of trapped wolves.

The injury to the left hind foot may very well
have been caused by a steel trap. In any event
the condition of the bones of the left pes shows
that an acute infection developed there and re-
sulted in severe lesions and consequent destruction
of tissue.

The fracture of the sacrum must have been a
serious injury and from the unhealed condition
of the break probably occurred not long before
the animal was shot. The minor injuries to fibula
and ribs are thoroughly knit and must be assigned
to an earlier date.

But, neither about the unhealed fracture lines
nor about the healed breaks of
ribs and fibula is there evidence of infection. In
view of this it may be assumed that these im-
juries

of the sacrum

were either only slightly or not at all
involved in the onset of the arthritis in this animal
and that the chief etiological factor was the
injury to the left pes and the severe infection
which followed.

January, 1940}

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 5

THE NEED FOR GRASSLAND RESERVATIONS
AND GRASSLAND RESEARCH
By V. E. SHELFORD

UTURE generations have a right to see
the plains animals, the bison and antelope,
in a wild state. There would be many
distressing appeals from botanists if red-
woods, beech and giant cedars and other trees
with their associated shrubs and herbs were
rapidly coming under cultivation as nursery stock.

Tt is cogent to ask if the larger game animals
of the Great Plains are not rapidly undergoing
domestication. One who makes a brief study
of the Great Plains big game reserves is likely to
be impressed that the bison and antelope are
rapidly being domesticated in all of them, due to

(1) Winter feeding on hay, and

(2) Various schemes for regulating breeding

and care of young in close quarters.

The reserves are at the same time overgrazed
to a considerable degree. One of the largest
of these, at Wainwright, Alberta, is very badly
overgrazed (1939). Here the smaller animals
are accordingly deprived of shelter and are want-
ing or deficient as to numbers. Some of them,
such as the badger, small vertebrates and various
invertebrates are threatened with extirpation.

This brings us to the consideration of the size
of area necessary to prevent domestication of
these animals and their associates. Taking the
minimum daily range from home and normal
wandering of a community of plains animals, for
example, in Nebraska, 1,250,000 acres is found
to be near the minimum. Men with large ex-
perience regard 1,000,000 acres as the ideal area
at which to aim in the case of plains animals.
Animals which roam the National Forests and
connected National Parks of the United States
have very much larger areas available. Boerker’s
list of the National Forests as of 1917 shows more
than half of them with 800,000 acres of actual
Forest Service-owned land. The Kaibab Forest
contained 1,072,375 acres, giving ample range
to the deer, the Kaibab squirrel, ete; probably
not over one-fourth of the area is grazed by
cattle, leaving 800,000 acres for the wild animals,
recreation, ete.

This need has been realized by animal ecologists
and students of wildlife for some time. In the
United States it was brought to more general
attention at about the same time by the National
Park Service and a committee of the Ecological

Society. This resulted in the investigation of
13 areas, four or five of which were considered
suitable for a Great Plains National Monument.

The rodents of the grassland, particularly ground
squirrels, prairie dogs, kangaroo rats, and jack
rabbits, have long constituted a problem in grazing
areas as competitors with livestock. Their in-
crease in the plains is well described by Merriam
in the Yearbook of the United States Department
of Agriculture for 1901. He states that on many
parts of the plains prairie dogs were more abund-
ant in 1900 than formerly and their colonies had
overspread extensive areas previously unoccupicd.
This was due to the aid of the settlers, (1) by
decreasing the animal’s natural enemies, and (2)
by increasing the food supply. The settler waged
warfare against the coyotes, kit foxes, badgers,
ferrets, weasels, hawks, owls, snakes, and other
predatory animals which had previously held
the prairie dogs in check. “The prairie dogs
have multiphed until they have become a
pernicious enemy to agriculture.

“Ror example, one South Dakota settler states
that about fifteen years ago his children noticed
two or three burrows about a mile from his house,
and now they have spread over and occupied a
full quarter section (160 acres), having sur-
rounded his house and taken possession of all the
land near it.” Merriam cites many examples of
losses, among others, that of a cattle ranch which
had its carrying capacity cut from 1,000 cattle
to 500 by an increase of prairie dogs, which ex-
tended to cover 300 square miles, causing 2
decrease in population and the abandonment ot
a post office.

The natural enemies of the plains rodents have
been decimated through prejudices and by the use
of poisons. Also, flesh-eating animals usually have
good coats and are trapped for fur. This applies
to the black-footed ferret, the present status of
which appears to be very much in doubt. Merriam
states that this animal alone was capable of
holding plains rodents in check. The only report
of specimens in recent years comes to the writer
from Hamilton County, Kansas, which is near the
Colorado line. Merriam also described the
method of attack of the kit fox. Of this animal,
Seton says, “Harmless as a rabbit, he is harmless
to man and man’s interests .... readily takes

6 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

the poison bait used nowadays for killing coyote.”
The writer has seen only one of these in recent
years and the status is difficult to determine.
The badger is somewhat disliked by cowboys
because horses may step into its holes with
serious results. The prairie dog holes are nearly
equally dangerous and this rodent increases when
the badger is absent. The badger has been
practically extirpated over most of the plains
area, in part due to the value of its fur. Similar
processes have reduced the hawks and owls of
the Great Plains along with all the other flesh-
eaters. Many are likely to disappear completely
unless some special means is taken to preserve
them. When one reads Sweetman’s book, Bio-
logical Control of Insects, he wonders why this
idea was not extended to control of rodents
in grassland areas. A large undisturbed area
would afford opportunity for the study of natural
biological control of rodent outbreaks and would
quite possibly eliminate the constantly recurring
exhaustive and dangerous application of poison.
For this purpose, an area of natural plains grass-
land not overgrazed by large animals is essential.

The life histories, water relations, and com-
petition of grasses is also in need of extended
investigations. The problems of the origin and
original habitat of the species occurring as pests
under agricultural conditions often throws much
light on causes of outbreaks. For example, the
pale western cutworm, a pest of cultivated grain,
originally lived about the dust wallows of the
bison and spread to plowed fields where similar
conditions occurred. This fact was discovered
by the Canadian entomologists, who had oppor-
tunities to observe natural conditions superior to
those afforded in the United States. All these
problems require long-time observation on lands
where wild life is managed on a hands-off basis.

The greater part of a century has passed since
Darwin published his famous work on the origin
of species and as yet no lands nor combined
natural outdoor and laboratory facilities have
been provided to study competition and the
interchange of forces, which made up the basis
of his theory. With the development of modern
ecology and ecological processes, methods have
come into use whereby studies of biotic interaction
may profitably be carried on alone or in combin-
ation with laboratory studies. Various scientists
have long hoped for lands and a laboratory where
the interactions of land plants and animals and
their physiological relations to climate can be
studied just as the marine plants and animals

{VoL. LIV

are investigated in seaside biological stations.
Pure science studies of terrestrial animals may
well have much more intimate relations to human
needs than marine inquiries. The sea has at-
tracted the efforts of scientific men and the funds
of granting bodies and philanthropists perhaps to
an extent disproportionate to its human value.
It has been demonstrated at the State University
of Iowa that grassland grasshopper eggs may be
used as a material for basic physico-chemical
research rivaling the sea urchin egg. The inves-
tigators at the University of Chicago have made
use of striped ground squirrels taken from their
native grassland. haunts, for fundamental studies
in hormones and for studies of the environmental
factors that influence the important function of
reproduction.

A grassland laboratory would possess facilities
for research not available in some other types
of land, such as forest or agricultural land. The
great complication of forest vegetation makes
many types of shelter and many niches affording
protection from the elements to animals and
smaller plants, which render observations difficult.
Tundra shares the advantages of grassland for
researches involving field observations. These
barren lands, however, are in a climate forbidding
to continued scientific research and are remote
from academic centers. Grassland, however, af-
fords unrivaled opportunities for s¢ientifie bio-
logical study for the following reasons:

(1) Grassland allows full visibility of the
more important larger animals and plants.

(2) Niches and hiding places for animals,
such as tree tops, fallen and hollow trees, and
dense thickets do not occur in Great Plains areas
to retard observation.

(3) The life span of the principal plants is
about one-tenth that of forest trees and this
greatly facilitates long time observation because
of the more rapid turnover and hence, the quicker
response to climatic fluctuations.

(4) The grassland flora and fauna have in-

timate relations to the general problems of
agriculture and human welfare on the Great
Plains.

(5) Grassland constitutes about 40 per cent
of the original vegetation of the earth’s land
surface and is of great importance to mankind
in general.

(6) It has been much less studied than forest.

(7) Stable primeval areas or semi-primeval
areas of large size are rapidly disappearing. In

January, 1940]

another generation the program proposed by
biological scientists may perhaps be impracticable.

(8) The field is unencumbered by organized
pure science research projects.

(9) It is a vegetation type in which ecological
interest is great and much important plant
ecological work has been done on the moist
eastern portion of the plains but all animal
relations and their interactions with plants have
been neglected.

(10) The problems of wind and water erosion
of soil and the attendant dust movement are
essentially biological problems.

(11)

(12) Its climate is suitable for the work of
investigators.

Suitable lands are of low economic value.

The plans of interested scientists have called
for an undisturbed check area which could be
under observation for a sufficiently long period
to permit an analysis of drouths and dust storms,
and rodent, predator, and grasshopper outbreaks
that occur separated by rather long intervals such

as 30 to 50 years or more.

Agricultural lands are subject to such erratic
overturn that causes of cyclic phenomena cannot
ordinarily be followed in a_ scientific manner.
Game preserves and other small ‘areas are, nec-
essarily or unnecessarily, so managed as to obscure
natural phenomena and render scientific conclus-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

~j

ions unavailable or uncertain. Students of grass-
hopper outbreaks and, to a lesser extent, infes-
tations of rodents desire large areas to follow
the normal population of these pest animals.
The need of a large area has been voiced by
including grasshopper specialists, whose
scientific results require freedom from marginai
effects in this migratory group. For example, a
tract of a few dozen sections of land surrounded
by cultivated and overgrazed areas is so com-
pletely sprinkled with wind borne organisms as
to render conclusions as to natural trends un-
certain.

many

The hope is that in the not too distant future
scientific men can interest government agencies
and granting bodies, which have helped with such
projects in the past, to cooperate in providing
land and facilities for basic terrestrial biological
research. For example, an endowed laboratory
could be set up on land of its own for the purpose
of carrying on observations continuously. Such
research would include analyzing the physiology
of the animals in relation to weather and climate,
studies of competition, natural selection, repro-
duction, hormones, ete. In the United States, for
example, the National Park Service is interested
in setting up a Great Plains National Monument
large enough to prevent domestication of plains
animals and to be managed on a hands-off basis.
A laboratory adjacent to such an area would
have many advantages.

A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE PLANTS ON BONAVENTURE ISLAND
By J. ADAMS

ONAVENTURE is the only island of
considerable size around the coast of the
ay Gaspé Peninsula between Father Point
P and the western limit of the Bay of
Chaleur near Matapédia. The island is, about
three miles long by a mile and a half in width,
and is distant about three miles from the main-
land. While there are several elevations in the
Peninsula over 4,000 feet, the highest point in
the island is only about 400 feet above sea level.
In shape Bonaventure Island, seen from Percé,
resembles a stranded whale, the ground gradually
sloping down towards the side nearest the main-
land. The entire coast line is rocky, particularly
on the outer side where the narrow ledges on
the perpendicular cliffs are tenanted by myriads
of sea fowl which have given the island its fame

as a well-known bird sanctuary. The rock is
composed of sandstone dating apparently from
the Devonian Period.

No account seems ever to have been published
of the plants on this interesting island. As I
happened, in company with some American
friends, to pay a short visit to the island on
August 15, 1935, I availed myself to the oppor-
tunity to make some notes on the flora. However,
this is only a preliminary list and may serve as a
basis to some botanist for further investigation.
The total species recorded here amount to 94 in
number. Of these a considerable number, dis-
tinguished by an asterisk, are evidently introduced
species, found chiefly on cultivated plots belong-
ing to the residents.

8 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

The classification of families adopted follows
that of the 11th edition of Engler and Diels’
Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, 1936 the names in
each of the principal groups being placed in
alphabetical order for easy reference.

Perhaps the most interesting plant noted as
regards its habitat was the Sea Marram Grass
(Ammophila arundinacea), a typical plant of
shifting sand-dunes, but found on Bonaventure
Island at only one spot near the top of the
‘cliffs. As neither Ragweed nor Poison Ivy was
observed it is highly probable that both are
absent as in the case of the adjacent mainland.

PTERIDOPHYTES
EXQUISETACEAE
Equisetum sylvaticum L.
POLYPODIACEAE
Pteridium latiusculum (Desv.) Maxon.
Thelypteris Phegopteris (l.) Slosson.

GYMNOSPERMS
CUPRESSACEAE
Juniperus horizontalis Moench.

PINACEAE
Picea canadensis (Mill.) BS.P.

ANGIOSPERMS
1. MONOCOTYLEDONS

CYPERACEAE
Carex sp.
Scirpus rubrotinctus Fern.

GRAMINEAE

*Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv.

Ammophila arundinacea Host. (A. breviligulata
Fern.)

Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) Beauv.

*Poa annua Li.

IRIDACEAE
Iris versicolor L.

Sisyrrhinchium angustifolium Mill.

JUNCACEAE
Juncus bujonius L.

LILIACEAE
Maianthemum canadense Desf.

Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf.

LILIACEAE
Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) DC.

Streptopus roseus Michx.
Zygadenus chloranthus Richards.

ORCHIDACEAE
Habenaria (? hyperborea (L.) R.Br.)

Spiranth es Romanzoviana Cham.

[VoL LIV

PoOTAMOGETONACEAE
Triglochin maritima L.

2. DICOTYLEDONS
A. ARCHICHLAMYDEAE

ARALIACEAE
Aralia nudicaulis L.
BALSAMINACEAE
Impatiens brflora Walt.

BETULACEAE
Alnus Alnobetula (Ehrh.) K. Koch

CARYOPHYLLACHAE

Arenaria lateriflora L.
*Cerastium vulgatum L.
*Stellaria media (L.) Cyrill.

CHENOPODIACEAE
*Atriplex patula L.
*Chenopodium album L.
CoRNACEAE
Cornus canadensis L.
Cornus stolonifera Michx.

CRUCIFERAE

*Brassica arvensis (L.) Ktze.
*OCapsella Bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic.

ELAEAGNACEAE
Shepherdia canadensis (L.) Nutt.

FE MPETRACEAE

Empetrum ngrum L.
LEGUMINOSAE

Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel.

Vicia Cracca L.
OENOTHERACEAE

Epilobium angustifolium LL.

POLYGON ACEAE
Polygonum aviculare L.
*Polygonum Convolvulus L.
*Polygonum Persicaria L.
*Rumex Acetosella L.
*Rumex obtusifolius L.
Rumex pallidus Bigel.
RANUNCULACEAE
*Ranunculus acris L.
Thalictrum polygamum Muhl.

ROSACEAE
Agrimonia gryposepala Wallr.
Fragaria virginiana Duchesne
Potentilla anserina L.
Potentilla fruticosa L.
Potentilla pectinata Raf.
Potentilla tridentata Ait.
Rubus triflorus Richards.
SAXIFRAGACEAE
Ribes oxyacanthoides L.

January, 1940]

UMBELLIFERAE

*Carum Caru L.
Conioselinum canadense T. & G.
Heracleum lanatum Michx.
Ligusticum scoticum L.
Sanicula marilandica L.

B. METACHLAMYDEAE
(SYMPETALAE)

CAMPANULACEAE

Campanula rotundifolia L.
CAPRIFOLIACEAE

Sambucus sp.

COMPOSITAE

Achillea Millefohum UL.

Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) B. & H.
*Arctiwm minus Bernh.

Aster umbellatus Mill.
*Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum lL.
*Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop.
*Cirsitum lanceolatum (L.) Hill

Eupatorium purpureum L.

Hieracvwum canadense Michx.
*Mieracuwm pratense Tausch.

_*Leontodon autumnalis L.

Prenanthes altissima L.
Senecio (?Balsamitae Muhl.)

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 9

*Senecio vulgaris L.

Solidago canadensis L.

Solidago macrophylla Pursh
*Sonchus arvensis L.
*Sonchus oleraceus L.
*Tanacetum vulgare L.
*Taraxacum officinale Weber
ERICACEAE

Vaccinium canadense Kalm

Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam.

Vaccinium Vitis-I[daea L.
GENTIANACEAE

Halenia deflera (Sm.) Griseb.

LABIATAE

*Galeopsis Tetrahit L.
Mentha canadensis L.
Prunella vulgaris L.

LENTIBULARIACEAE
Pinguicula vulgaris L.

PLANTAGINACEAE
Plantago major L.
Plantago maritima L.

SCROP HULARIACEAE
Euphrasia sp.
Rhinanthus Crista-galli L.

w
— ON SOME PLANTS FROM SALISBURY ISLAND, COLLECTED BY
MAJOR L. T. BURWASH IN 1924 AND BY THE
HON. J. N. S. BUCHAN IN 1938

By NICHOLAS POLUNIN

ALISBURY ISLAND is a land-mass of
some 500 square miles lying around lat.
63° 40’ N. and long. 77° W. off the north-
western coast of Quebec. In spite of its
considerable size, and of its position near the
junction of Hudson Bay and Strait, its flora
appears to have remained entirely unknown until
1924, in which year Major L. T. Burwash, Chief
Investigator of the Northwest Territories Branch
of the Department of the Interior, during a brief
visit to survey the island, made a small botanical
collection towards the end of July. This col-
lection 1s now in the possession of the National
Herbarium of Canada, where during a recent
visit to Ottawa I was able to work through it.
Although consisting of a greater number of in-

dividual specimens, it comprises only the following
' 9 different species of vascular plants:

Alopecurus alpinus Sm.

Poa arctica R. Br.

Ozyria digyna (L.) Hill

Cerastium alpinum L.

Stellaria longipes Goldie

Saxifraga cernua L.

Saxifraga caespitosa L.

Cassiope tetragona (L.) D. Don

Vaccinium uliginosum L. var. alpinum Bigel.

Comparison with other areas which I have lately
investigated in the same general region (see
Journal of Botany vol. 72, pp. 197-204, 1934, and
vol. 76, pp. 93-103, 1938; also Canadian Field-
Naturalist vol. 51, pp. 111-114, 1987 and vol. 52,
pp. 5-9, 1938) indicated that this could hardly
represent more than a small proportion of the
actual flora of Salisbury Island; imdeed all of
these plants are so plentiful throughout the
southern portion of the Canadian Eastern Arctic
and Subaretic that their occurrence on Salisbury

10 THE FIELD-NATURALIST CANADIAN

Island is not considered worthy of mention in
the general “flora” of the region, which is being
published by the Department of Mines and Re-
sources in the National Museum Bulletin Series.

Accordingly I was much interested, on meeting
in July, 1938, an old friend, the Hon. John N. S.
Buchan, to learn that although he would be
spending most of the next twelve months at the
Hudson’s Bay Company’s trading post at Cape
Dorset, on the south coast of Baffin Island, he
would have opportunities of travelling extensively
and hoped to visit Salisbury Island, where, among
other places, he would collect for me all the
plants he could find. The resultant parcel of
plants reached me in England just after the
outbreak of war—which Mr. Buchan already fore-
cast in a letter in which he deplored having to
return to “a world so strangely tortured by man”—
and contained a useful collection from Cape
Dorset and, to my delight, a still more important
one from Salisbury Island. (Most of Mr. Buchan’s
travelling had been done by boat or in winter,
so his botanical harvest from other places was
not great).

Cape Dorset has been visited several times
recently by biologists during Canadian Eastern
Arctic Expeditions (e.g. by Mr. J. D. Soper in
1926, by Dr. M. O. Malte in 1928, and by myself
in 1934 and 1986), so its flora is relatively well
known. Nor did Mr. Buchan’s collection estab-
lish any new records from this place. However,
his specimens from Salisbury Island, which num-
bered about 30 and had been collected during the
period September 2-12, 1938, on “rocky hills,
beaches, bogs”, repeated only three of the previous
records but added no less than 12 species to the
known vascular plant flora. The repetitions were
of Cerastium alpinum, Stellaria longipes and
Sazifraga caespitosa, three of the most abundant
and typical of arctic plants. The additions were
as follows: ,

Lycopodium Selago L.
Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richt. var.
(Gand.) Fernald

Mardenu

[VoL. LIV

Elymus arenarius L. var. villosus E. Meyer -
(approaching var. villosissrmus (Seribn.) Po-
lunin MS.)

Salix reticulata L.

Salix herbacea L.

Salix arctica Pall. (s.1.)

Arenaria peploides L. var. diffusa Hornem.

Saxifraga rivularis L.

Saxifraga tricuspidata Rottb.

Saxifraga oppositifola L.

Dryas integrifoha M. Vahl

Astragalus alpinus L.

Thus 21 species of vascular plants are now
known to occur on Salisbury Island, all being of
widespread arctic or subarctic distribution. But
the indications are that the soil in places is
relatively rich, the growth of some plants being
quite luxuriant in spite of the exposed situation,
and so this figure probably still represents only
a small portion of the actual flora. Thus all of
these plants are well known from other places
nearby, which again all have a vastly larger flora.
The ecryptogams of Salisbury Island also appear,
as one would expect, to be of arctic affinity, for
the following mosses and lichens are identifiable
among débris clinging to the more luxuriant
plants in Mr. Buchan’s collection:

Alectoria ochroleuca (Ehrh.) Nyl.

Cetraria Delisei (Bory.) Th. Fr.

Cetraria nivalis (L.) Ach.

Thamnolia vermicularis (Sw.) Ach.

Polytrichum jumperinum Willd.

Rhacomitriwm lanuginosum (Hedw.) Brid. very
plentiful.

In conclusion it remains for me to thank Mr.
Buchan for his contribution to our knowledge of
the botany of the Canadian Hastern Arctic, and
for his beautifully preserved and carefully labelled ©
specimens; these are being divided between the
Herbarium of the British Museum, who kindly
supplied the necessary collecting material, and
the appropriate unit of the Herbaria of Oxford
University, of which I have the privilege of being
Fielding Curator and Keeper.

January, 1940]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 11

SIXTY-FIRST ANNUAL MEETING OF
THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB
REPORT OF COUNCIL

Meetrncs—Since the last Annual Meeting there
have been five Council Meetings with an average
attendance of ten members. These meetings were
held at the following places: January 10th, at the
home of Mr. A. E. Porsild; March 25th, at the
home of Mr. and Mrs. Hoyes Lloyd; May 22nd,
at the office of Mr. Hoyes Lloyd; September 19th,
at the home of Mr. A. E. Porsild; November
9th, at the home of Mr. A. E. Porsild.

Excursions—A committee meeting was held
early in the year at the home of Dr. and Mrs.
H. Bowers, when excursions for the spring months
were arranged; another in the autumn at the
home of Mr. and Mrs. W. H. Lanceley to plan
autumn excursions; and one at the home of
Mr. and Mrs. C. R. Lounsbury. later in the
autumn to arrange the winter programme.

Lectures since last annual report were held at
St. Patrick’s College, as listed below, with attend-
ance averaging about thirty. Slides and some-
times specimens illustrated the topics presented.
December 15—‘“Keeping an Aquarium” by Dr. H.

Bowers.

January 19—‘“Bird Life on the Canadian Lab-
rador” by Dr. H. F. Lewis.

February 16—‘“Mushrooms of the Ottawa District”
by Dr. J. W. Groves.

March 16—“Some Aspects of Bird Banding” by

Dr. R. E. DeLury.

April 20—‘Geology of the Ottawa Lowlands” by

Dr. Alice Wilson.

November 16—‘Dominion Arboretum and Botanic

Garden” by Dr. H. A. Senn.

Excursions 1939—Omitting outings cancelled by
bad weather these were:

April 22—Rideau River west from Billings Bridge.
May 6—Base Line Quarries.

May 13—Taylors Hill.

May 27—Fairy Lake via Aylmer Road.

June 10—Britannia.

June 24—Pinks Lake.

October 31—Pointe Gatineau.

The Committee’s financial report shows a bal-
ance of $20.15 turned over to the Club Treasurer.
This comprises receipts from excursion tickets
amounting to $18.00, and advance from the Treas-

urer of $10.00; and expenditures on postage and
circular post-cards, together with a deficit of 65
cents on one excursion, making a total of $7.85.
There are at present 17 ticket holders for 1939,
7 of whom are new this year.

PuBLicaTioNS—The Publications Committee re-
ports a successful year’s activities in matters com-
ing under its jurisdiction. The Club’s publication
under a new editor maintains its function of
affording a medium for publishing Canadian nat-
ural history. Special efforts were devoted to
encouraging university libraries to complete their
files of our publication, and, as the Treasurer’s
report will show, considerable success attended this
campaign. A small sum was expended on labour
for keeping the stock-room containing back num-
bers in order. This work was well done and a
complete check-list of stock on hand _ prepared.

Finance—The sale of one complete set, and
of several long runs of back numbers of the
Naturalist enabled the Club to close the year
with a small cash balance in the Current Account.

Every economy in administration has been prac-
tised. The continued financial support of the
friends and members of the Club is deeply ap-
preciated, and is indicative of the widespread
interest in the Natural History of Canada.

Lectures—The Annual Meeting of the Club, on
December 6, 1938, was addressed by Dr. C. H. D.
Clarke, of the National Parks Bureau, who pre-
sented a very informative and interesting illus-
trated lecture on “Thelon Game Sanctuary, North-
west Territories”.

Under the distinguished patronage of Their
Excellencies, the Governor-General and The Lady
Tweedsmuir, and in the presence of Her Excel-
lency, a lecture entitled “Adventures with Can-
adian Birds’, illustrated with original motion pic-
tures, some of them in natural colour, showing
Canadian birds in their native haunts, was given
by Mr. Cleveland P. Grant, of the Baker-Hunt
Museum, in the Auditorium of Glebe Collegiate
Institute, Ottawa, under the auspices of the Club,
on February 20, 1939. To make it possible to
pay the lecturer a reasonable fee, a moderate
charge was made for admission to this lecture.
The result of this policy, as compared with the

12 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

previous practice of receiving a silver collection

at the door, was that total receipts were. con-

siderably increased, but the audience was reduced —

in size and expenses were unavoidably increased

so much that the net result, on the financial side,-

was a slight loss.

The Lecture Committee again co-operated with
the Excursions Committee in connection with the
series of local lectures presented under the Club’s
auspices during the winter season.

Birp Census—The local bird census was taken
on December 24, 1938, with 21 persons taking
part. There were 27 species and more than 3,200
individual birds reported. The report was pub-
lished in both The Canadian Field-Naturalist and
Bird-Lore.

INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR THE PROTECTION
or Birps or THE Woritp—Mr. Hoyes Lloyd and
Dr. H. F. Lewis were representatives. Mr. Lloyd
was honoured by being elected Vice-President of
the Committee.

Epirors—Dr. C. H. D. Clarke was appointed
editor of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. The
following associate editors were also appointed:
Mr. A. LaRoeque in Conchology and Dr. W. A.
Bell in Palaeontology. :

[Vou. LIV

MEMBERSHIP’
port.

CommitTEE—No activities to re-

_ ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS—The Council wishes to
take this opportunity to express its appreciation,
of the work and co-operation of many of its
members, and to the authorities of St. Patrick’s
College for the generous provision of accom-
modation for the winter lectures.. Council also
wishes to thank all leaders of, excursions and
lecturers throughout. the year. Rev. Fr. Banim
organized an enthusiastic study group which met
for excursions on alternate Saturdays during the
winter season. This group had as an objective
the study of trees, and Mr. J. M. Robinson gave
much valuable assistance.

The Club recently received a donation of many
early numbers of The Ottawa Naturalist from Mr.
A. E. Atwood, a former president of the Club.
This gift was much appreciated by Council, and it
is hoped that others will donate their Naturalists
to the Club if they no longer have need of them.

In the year to come, which will be burdened
by the present international situation, it is hoped
that the co-operation and enthusiasm of every
member of the Club will support the Council of
1940 as it has that of the past year.

C. R. Lounssury, Secretary.

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STANDING

OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’

CLUB, NOVEMBER 30, 1939

CURRENT ACCOUNT

ASSETS

Balanee in Bank, December 1, 1939. $ 38.48
Bills receivable. ..... 41.84
$ 80.32

RECEIPTS
Balanee in Bank, November 30, 1938 $ 47.59
Hees——-Currentati: eee, Bt 708.19
BING ENA AR Ore sal ey Ae TE owe)
SESE Te SNR a eae ine, ae ral acaba. 126.67
WtasiinationSs ha, fe ace Sn ee, ae : 73 50
Single and back numbers............ 218.96
Miscellaneousiigc. site 3. Said) 2 3 279.78
Adwaniceltrom Reserves os. a. oie 85.00
$1612.94

WitmMot LuoyD, Treasurer.

LIABILITIES
NIL—

EXPENDITURES
Printing and mailing The Canadian

Mield=Naturalish= 92: = sees $ 881.21
Postage and Stationery 50 20
Editor’s Honorarium@s0 yo eee 50.00
SePaArabesmune s SY Ces a ee goat oes 73.25
[lwstrations 4. ¥: 2.8. & one eee 85.50
Bankidiscount.) 5.55). ee 18.28
Muscelllameousiy erect Cae eee 142.33
Repaid to Reserve Fund...... 273.69
Balance in Bank, December 1, 1939 . 38.48

$1612.94

Audited and found correct
December 1, 1989.
HARRISON. F. LEWIS,
W. H. LANCELEY,
Auditors.

January, 1940]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 13

STATEMENT—PUBLICATION FUND
NOVEMBER 30, 1939

ASSETS
Canadian Government Bonds........ $900.00
Balanee in Bank, November 30, 1939. 169.52
$1069.52
RECEIPTS

Balance in Bank, December 5, 1938... $166.88
Bond Interest........ LETS MEAS 39.50
Bankwbnterestil 3. o05 ol eG ese heelys 2.64
$209.02

WILMoT LiLoyD, Treasurer.

STATEMENT—RESERVE FUND
NOVEMBER 30, 1939

ASSETS
Canadian Government Bonds........ $1200.00
Balance in Bank, December 1, 1939 .. 310.99
$1510.99
RECEIPTS

Balance in Bank, November 30, 1988.. $119.74
BonGd@elmteresty oacu sh ee a 54.00
Banksy Slnterest v0 eee i 2.56
Repaid from Current Account....... 273.69
$449.99

EDWARD F. G. WHITE, Chairman,
Reserve Fund Committee.

WILMOT LLOYD, Treasurer,

LIABILITIES
NIL—
EXPENDITURES
Payment of Bond Int. to Current Account 39.50
Balance in Bank, December 1,1939.... 169.52
$209.02
Audited and found correct.
December 1, 1939.
Harrison F. LEwIs,
W. H. LANCELEY,
Auditors.
LIABILITIES
NIL—
EXPENDITURES
Payment of Bond Interest to
Current Aeccount.............. $ 54.00
Loan to Current Account .......... 85.00
Balance in Bank, December 1, 1939 $310.99
$449.99

Audited and found correct
December 1, 1939,

HARRISON F, LEwIs,
W. H. LANCELEY,
Auditors.

14 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL LIV

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

ADDITIONS TO THE AVIFAUNA OF CHURCHILL, |

Manirosa.—Three species of birds, new to the
Churchill, Manitoba, territory, listed below, were
collected during the summer of 1939 by Mr.
Albert Wilk. All specimens were submitted to
Mr. P. A. Traverner for examination and depos-
ition in the Canadian National Museum.

AMERICAN Coor (Fulica a. americana) —A female
with undeveloped ovaries was taken June 14th
on a small lake about four miles south of
Churchill . No others were seen during the season
and it is presumed the individual was an unat-
tached bird that had wandered north beyond
its usual habitat.

YELLOW-BELLIED FLiycatcHer (Hmpidonaz flavi-
ventris) —One was collected July 15th. in mixed
woods near the “Y” about five miles south of
Churchill.

CHIPPING Sparrow (Spizella p. passerina)—On
July 14th, Mr. Wilk collected a singing male in
the spruce woods north of the gravel-pit. Its
testes were “very much enlarged and it most
likely had a mate in the vicinity” Mr. Wilk writes
to me.—FRANK L. FARLey.

Tue “Macoun Groupe” or NATURALISTS.—Sug-
gestions have been made in council from time to
time that the gatherings of naturalists formerly
held in the Biological Offices of the National
Museum, be revived ‘under the auspices of the
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club.

Following a resolution made at the first council
meeting of the winter, the Director of the Mines
and Geology Branch of the Department of Mines
and Resources was approached and in due course
permission was granted for the use of the Bio-
logical Offices of the National Museum, now in
the Motor Building, 238 Sparks Street.

The object of such meetings, in accordance with
the aims of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
is to increase knowledge of Natural History by
providing those desiring to consider the more
technical phases of the subject with an opportunity
for discussion.

A meeting was called for November 28th and
all Ottawa and Hull members of the club were
invited. The meeting was held in the National
Herbarium with an attendance of twelve.

It was decided at this meeting to form a loose
organization to function as one of the activities
of the Ottawa Fuield-Naturalists’ Club and to
commemorate the work of that great Canadian
naturalist, John Macoun, the name “Macoun
Group” was chosen.

It was further decided that informal meetings
at which short talks will be given and discussed,
will be held on the second Monday of each month.
The study of natural history objects will also
be a feature.

At the council meeting held on January 3rd,
a progress report on the formation of the
“Macoun Group” was made. Cecuncil concurred
and set up a special “Macoun Group” committee
with A. E. Porsild as chairman. This committee
of council in collaboration with two representatives
of the group would deal with programmes and
other affairs of the group.

The first regular meeting of the “Macoun
Group” was held on January 8th at 8.00 p.m. with
an attendance of nineteen. A chairman and a
seeretary- were elected. Following the reading of
the minutes the chairman reported the action of
council, following which C. H. D. Clarke and H. A.
Senn were elected to act with A. E. Porsild as
programme committee. A voluntary contribution
was made to defray such incidental expenses as
postage and stationery. C. Heimburger then gave
a talk entitled “Natural Poplar Hybrids in the
Ottawa District”.

Persons desiring to attend future meetings of
the “Macoun Group” are asked to communicate
with A. E. Porsild (2-8211, local 591) in order to
have their names placed on the mailing list to
receive notices of future meetings. In order to be
admitted to the Motor Building after office hours
person wishing to attend should tele-
phone his name to the above number, not later
than noon of the day of the meeting, in order
that a special pass list may be prepared.—A. E. P.

each

Sia

Affiliated Societies

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA

1937-38

President Emeritus: Dr. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:
A. H. R®GINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. L. T. S.
NorRIs-ELYE, Past Presidents: J. J. GOLDEN, (Deceased),
H. M. SPEECHLY, M.D., V. W. JACKSON, M. Sc., C. W. LOWE,
M. Sc., J. B. WALLIS, B. A., A. A. McCousrey, A. M.
Davipson, M. D., R. A. WARDLE, M. Sc., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS;
A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, Vice-Presidents: H. C.
PEARCE, W. H. RAND, Mrs. L. R. Simpson, J. P. HaDpow,
P. H. Stokes, Treasurer: 1.. W. Koser, General Secretary:
Mrs. L. R. Simpson, Auditor: R. M. THOMAS; Hxecutive
Secretary: Miss B. HAak, Social Convenor: Mrs. B. W. Cart-
WRIGHT.

Chairman

Section Secretary

Ornithological A. H. SHORTT R. FRYER
Entomological G. SHIRLEY BROOKS Miss M. PRATT .
Botanical C. W. LowE Mrs. H. T. Ross
Geological Pror. E. I. LEITH P. H. STOKES
Zoological Pror. V. W. JACKSON, R. SUTTON
Microscopy

Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.

Botany C. W. Lowe, M.Sc.

Secretary: R. HADDOW.

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday
during July and August. -

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
~ OFFICERS FOR 1938-39

Honorary President: L. S. KLInK, (LL.D.), President Univer-
sity of B.C.; Past President: PrRor. JOHN DaAvipson, F.L.S.,
F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S.; President: C. F. Connor, M.A., Vice-
President: Mr. J. J. PLomMMmR, Honorary Secretary: Mr. Gro.
RoGerR Woop, B.A., First Assistant Secretary: MIS8 VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. MARY SIEBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A.
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR.
W. Cuark, Mrs. H. Fartey, Mr. K. RAcgy, Mr. P.L. Tait,
Dr. E. N. Drier, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTIJE; Chairman of Sections:
Botany: Pror. JOHN Davipson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S.,
U.B.C., Geology:M. Y. WILLIAMS, Pu.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C.,
U.B.C., Entomology: Mr. A. R. WoorrTon, Ornithology: MR.
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: MR. H. P. CLARK, Photography:
Mr. PHiuir Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Por, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAuRA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRor. G. J.
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., Auditorium, Normal School, 10th
Avenue and Cambie Street unless otherwise announced.

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMA

SOCIETY A
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM-
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BAsTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue,
Vancouver, B.C.

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

- OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L M. TeRRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH,
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF.
V. C. WYNNE-EDWarRDs, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4.
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY:
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN.

Executive Committee: Miss RutH ABBOTT, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. Bouuter, J. D. Fry, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L.
HENDERSON, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. JuDAH, Miss P. B.
MatTTINSON, Miss LouisE Murpuy, J. A. DECARIE, Miss M.
S. Nicontson, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. Sait, Miss MaupD SHATH,
L. M. TERRILL.

Meetings held the second Monday of the Month except
during summer.
Headquarters of the Society are:
REDPATH MusEUM BirRD Room,
McGILuL UNIVERSITY,
MONTREAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence, LE TRES HONORABLE
LorD TWEEDSMUIR, G. C. M. G., C. H., Gouverneur- Général
du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: HONORABLY E.-L. PAT-
ENAUDE, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de Québec;
Bureau de Direction pour 1989: Président: ROBERT HUNTER;
ler vice-président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, 2iéme vice-
président: JAMES C. PRIcE, Secrétaire-Trésorter: Dr. GUSTAVE
RattE; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D.-A. Dry;
Chef de la section de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD
Scott, Chef de la section protection: IAN BREAK®Y, Chef de
lasection d’information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT
DUCHENE, Directeurs: JOHN BLAIR, L. J. MAROoISs, G.-U.
TESSIER; JAMES F. Ross, ALPHONSE D&SILETS, I. A., Rpx
MEREDITH, N.P., EDGAR ROCHETTEH, C. R.,

Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTB

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
— CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1988-89.

Honorary President: Hon. Vice-
President: Hon. H. C. N1xon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; President:
F. C. Hurst; Vice-President: W. J. BAXTER; Secretary-
Treasurer: Mrs. L. E. JAQUITH, Council—Mrs. HARVEY
AGNEW, W. J. W. BALDWIN, G. S. BELL, RUPERT DAvIDs,
R. G. Dineman, J. R. DyMoNnD, C. S. FARMER, DR. NORMA
Forp, A. R. GIBSON, PAUL HAHN, H. M. Hauiipay, Dr. F.
P. Ipz, MAcistrate J. E. Jones, T. F. McItwraitu,
ARNort M. Patterson, Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS, Dr. T. M.
CG. Taytor, StuART THOMPSON, Mrs. A. R. WHITTEMORE.
President of Junior Club: W.J. BAXTER, Vice-President: Mrs.
A. R. WHITTEMORE.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Roya! Ontario Museum,
uniess otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons.

We ask the Officers, and more pare

ticularly the Secretaries, of all the

Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

make it one of the leading Natural

History publications of America.

For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

\

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. - CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX

By E. M. KINDLE
This book is attractively bound, and contains a

; : Special profusely illustrated number of The
wealth | of, information concerning, Canadian, | ‘Naturalist, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Eoery
was a former President of the Club and this is a hfe EEO Lhe mo 7 Na ona

Memorial Volume PRICE FIFTY CENTS
PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue, :
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. :

FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian —
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1939.
PUBLICATIONS | Nate
1879-1938 atdeots <

City, Provo. or State.

FORM I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field-
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum
OF
re dae ne ees anes) 2 ON Ne anus S FE NS —j0 Dollars
BEQUEST
Dates es Signature...____ eee *:
i
Prices of Separates
4

Notes to Contributors, Etc.

Papers for publication should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the appropriate Associate Editor.

Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if possible,
on one side of the paper only, with wide spaces between the
lines and ample margins. It is urged that special care be used
that scientific names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 5
spelled and capitalized.

Authors of leading articles are entitled to twenty-five

>
ed

Ks bee teabree

copies of the number in which they appear, free of charge on oN
application. =
Separates of articles as they appear on the page, without =
any change of make-up will be supplied at the following rates g
which are approximate. If more t 2 Pages count in mul- E
tiples of four, to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. :
*
= Bs
25 | 50 | 100 | 200 | 800 %
PPaqes so5 ae. $2.00] $2.25) $2.50) $2.75) $3.00 ;
Dig DRONE sor Ee aeane arabe anne 3.00) 3.25) 3. 4.00} 4.25 4
Bee eG Seeman 3.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 3
7a Aas Pati ee ata AR ee 3.50} 93.75) 4.00} 4.25) 4.50 5
pst ih rot es OU Lata .| 4.50] 4.75] 5.00) 6.25) 5.650 F
Geer araiahe aaa Nr 4.50) 4.75) 5.00} 5.25) 5.50 }
PSR GY Rees SPAT SiMe aa 6.00} 6.25] 6.50) 6.75) 7.00 :
RRS Sea Bee eR 6.00] 6.25) 6.50, 6.75 -00 {
ye NC ie iaraen ors 7.60) 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.75
BON ree hee ogee 7.60) 8.00} 8.75) 10.25) 11.75
Covers extra........... 8.00} 8.00}; $8.00) 4.00

If removal of matter on the non-pertinent to the
article or changes of make-up are dealeas , or if insets or other
extra work are necessary, special rates will be furnished on
application to the Editor
Applications for separates should be made to the Editor. >

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

VOL. LIV, No. 2 FEBRUARY, 1940

IN ATU ae : ye ‘

(

4
i
ad
ee
Tae PN
\
y
(

NS

a

Bag are

el ages ie ae a |
Avie i Neu
NA An line \( fh

ISSUED FEBRUARY 29th, 1940
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB <

Patrons: :
THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND THE LADY TWEEDSMUIR

President: A. E. PORSILD

1st Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD 2nd Vice-President: DOUGLAS LEECHMAN
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa

Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALCocK, R. M. ANDERSON, REV. F. E. BANIM, HENRY BOWERS,
A. W. A. Brown, C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DELuRY, H. Grou, J. W.
GROVES, G. H. HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY,
A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F'. LEwis, HoyEs Luoyp, J. M. RoBINSON, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG,
P. A. TAVERNER, MALCOLM M. THompsoN, E. F. G. WHITE, R. T. D. WICKENDEN, M E. WILSON,
and the following Presidents of Affiliated Societies: L. T. S. Norris-ELyz, C. F. CoNNoR, JOHN
Davipson, M. Y. WILLIAMS, V C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, ROBERT HUNTER, F. C. Hurst.

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS

Editor:
C. H. D. CLARKE,
66 Fifth Avenue, Ottawa

Associate Editors:

DD) JENNESS ste sale ciniigeme be eee Anthropology Ciype L: PATCH: 4... Herpetology
Sc CASAS neg ees lated mgr Dae eee eben Botany R. M: ANDERSON: 2.550532 Mammalogy
PASAT OC GU e033 ee ta eae Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology
ARTHUR GIBSON: 2 og e382 eh Entomotogy P. A. TAVERNER... 0022 Be eg Ornithology
Bro AT COCK US ae Ua iitiat ns hh, ee Geology W.. AUC BEE? o.5 2 eee Palzontology
JR DY MONDE Hee te A oe Ichthyolegy
CONTENTS

PAGE
The Summer Distribution of The Eastern Evening Grosbeak. By James L. Baillie, Jr... is 15
Christmas Bird, Censuses; 1939.0 3 Sn2 oh Se ao) nto ie se ae 25
Shs SHEEHESSSEESESSECSUESEEUSESogosotpzazscscsasazancsessossssssntosesaseressrsasatacssszestasasanscsesassrevansesesassesctesesaresdusatosasenssdzsatercceisaresesasestaserssebeaeitesictactstasment
ihe
fi The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since

1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two
volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been
continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued
monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the
results of original research in all departments of Natural History. :

ee

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each :

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD, :
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
582 Mariposa Ave.,
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA.

ty
*

.
?

*

a

2S S45

a of Comps,
gem 9 Pars

Ve =
Is ¥ Zoslogy “e
(| MAR 11 1940 yy

IBRARY

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. LIV

OTTAWA, CANADA, FEBRUARY, 1940

No. 2

THE SUMMER DISTRIBUTION OF THE EASTERN EVENING GROSBEAK
By JAMES L. BAILLIE, JR.

OR THE purpose of this paper all avail-
able reports pertaining to summer occur-
rences of the Eastern Evening Grosbeak,
; Hesperiphona vespertina vespertina, have
been noted and the localities plotted on a map.
This work has served to show that the range
delineation for this form in the 1931 edition of
the American Ornithologists’ Union Check-List,
although approximately correct, is inadequate.

Quoting from the Check-List, this form is said
to “Breed in western Alberta east to northern
‘Michigan and once at Woodstock, Vermont”. It
will be seen from the accompanying map that in
reality 1t occupies in summer a rather narrow but
probably unbroken transcontinental belt along
the southern limits of the Canadian Life Zone,
from western Alberta to eastern Massachusetts.

The reports used in the preparation of the map
have been compiled into a table. The serial
number in the first column of the table is an index
to the map. The reports are arranged chrono-
logically, although the first record for each local-
ity is followed immediately by repeat records
from that place, if any. The last column is
essentially a bibliography of summer occurrences
and where no citation is given, the report is here
published for the first time.

Almost all of the records listed concern the
months of June, July and August. A very few

Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.

exceptions have been included, 2.e. occurrences in
late May or early September, in the belief that
the birds reported were virtually on their breeding
grounds, no evidence having been produced that
this form undertakes any extended migration after
late May or before early September.

Eighty-two summer stations are listed in the
table and marked on the map, from west to east
as follows,—Alberta (6), Saskatchewan (1), Man-
itoba(5) Minnesota (11), Ontario (32), Wiscon-
sin (4), Michigan (17), New York (1), Quebec (1),
Vermont (1), New Hampshire (3) and Massa-
chusetts (2). Two of them are border localities
(Minnesota-Ontario and Ontario-Manitoba) and
consequently are equally applicable to either side
of the border. It is an item of interest that 75%
of the summer stations have been established since
1920, or during the past two decades. The decade
during which there was the most notable range
extension was between 1920 and 1929; 47% of all
known stations were added to its summer territory.
Breeding records (nests or young birds of the
year) are listed from 36 places, in all of the states
and provinces with the exception of Saskatchewan,
Quebec and Massachusetts. In the belt constitut-
ing its breeding range, the Evening Grosbeak by
no means can be considered a regular summer
resident. At some stations (e.g. Sault Ste. Marie)
it summers more or less regularly but at other
points within the belt, apparently just as suitable
to the species, it has not yet been observed in
the breeding season, or is rare and uncertain in
its appearances. “Its breeding one season is no
surety that it will breed there the next or that
it bred there the season before” (Taverner, 1921).

[VoL. LIV

THE CANADIAN Fiauy-NATURALIST

16

ynagsoly buruaany

UlaISoy ay} fO uoynqrysiqd amwung ay J,

17

February, . 1940]

THE, CANADIAN. FIELD-NATURALIST

—

‘q Agu, ‘puesuio 7,
TS-TPS: 28 “YNY “OZ6I 4
‘oUesNY sopleyO ‘uosuyor

‘180% ‘aloT-pug 4
‘S161 “q 9sueT
‘6-9: p “I0ssy
buipung-pug “TN ‘1ng
‘8Z6I “LWW “908eyQ |

“L161

T-0p6e “yng vos 4

‘1661 “WW 'O ‘sueAig
'O-FE:68 “JING wospr
“LE6I d[ey ‘oqeag }
‘16Z:06 ‘9/07--pug
‘S161 “YdTey ‘oqoog
‘SLPL: G1 “a407T-prg
‘OI6I “YU “YU ‘teqaag
“GIG: LG. YN.

OT6T “S'S Aoupig ‘Tresunig
“00F-068:9% ‘yny
‘6061 ‘S ‘§ Aovupig ‘TTesueyg

“L-GCL:E6 “2DN DNDIC
‘6061S § Aoupig ‘Tjesueyg

"SIP (16 ON “bunny “WN
‘8061 V pleapy “of qorg

‘OIP § Med ‘sp.ng “ung yn)
‘PO6T “TYOL ‘unoovpy

‘0Z6T ‘J4oqTy ou
'C-PP OL “IDN 0NDI7C
‘ZO6T “Sno ‘kneeqnog

‘Gay “Le “yny J

'9-G8¢ “LE “YNY
‘OZ6T “WA ‘UeMOYy

‘9-G6I “SI “72N 00770 {

‘6681 “.L “M ‘Unoovy

aouadejoyY

)0(@)
SUIJsoU poy10day
CI6I ‘OE pue gz Arne

uo 9[BUl 9UD ‘sj[npe MoT

; ZI6I
‘GT A[ng uo oe “paqyroday
SE ree ‘961
‘ANG A]{ve Ur palry sea ouC
“SIOGUINUG UL, “FZ6T ‘TE! 07
€1 ‘sny Wo1g ‘uayjo pajon
~ ST6T “0 pue FT Ayne uo
OM} pue SI6I ‘OT “sny uo
OM4 “ZI6T ‘81 “sny uo weaag
pareoree «leaf ay} Jo Sunod,,
pue sjnpe jo rtaquinyy

SUIpsaiq puv aIel,, G06 UT

« SuN0s pospep-[[n} prep,
9u0 YIM 4sou “UOUIUTOD 94In~

~ pepea][Oo ayeur oInyeuruy
Li tS eee eee «AB 07 aqe

qsnt sparq sunok yA areg,,
See ets eee per eae OAM T,

8061 ‘F “Bny wo omy,

~~~ XIS 10 dAY JO yoory
~~ *BqopUL, pur vy10q
“TV UseMjoq osuvi snonury
uoo & Jo 9AT}sossns ynq
9748p JOUIUINS BION “poJON

0261 Ul sutsou poyioday
~~~ ~~ sso YJIM s}sou pF
~~ surjseu pojlodey

4

SIB[NIYAVA

~~ SI6T Jhoqe ‘1auruINg

See €I6T ‘“teurumng

TT61 ‘OT Ane
~~ O16 ‘ZI 9unE ynoqe

Sey ee ie eae S06I ‘oune
a £061 ‘F 3dog
= GT ‘9z Ane
semesdncceteeester ace S061 ‘oun

~~ 006T *8@ 4TnEe

868T

auysdureyT MeN ‘enyseNy
alysduepT MoN ‘T9AOUBTT IeaN

BIOSOUUIYY ‘OYVT ssvqy pleq vay

ollvjUuG pue vyOseuUIy, ‘oxeT JUIBUNy

URSIN “URL 10 N

UBS, “AiaqMaN Iva Nv

UVSIYOIP, ‘CUOTI AA

BLOG, V
‘UOJUOUIPH, JO JSOM-YIAOU SOIT AZITYT,

BLOG VW
‘SUIPUBT IBATY B0v9g 0} Oye] IAvjg assay]

BJOSOUUIPY ‘ULYIIY

UBMOYOIVYSRY “QIeq;y VULIg

eqgoyuRyy ‘sadiuurA,
BUIQ TY “SAY Vovaq

aed

Aq eO0T]

eyoqy VY ‘“SUIPULT voseqvyyy ION.

nn

‘TI

‘Or

+ 06 © KK

“ON

[VoL LIV

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIS}

18

"L-98: §% ‘al0'T-puig

Tor MO Wtus
LE1: 98
“ION-PIAWW URD “S61 'S

ulsne pue “y Yydrey ‘Ainyoq
CE-PEE'6E “NV
“WIBITIIAA “UBMOY
‘g-gso: 18 yny
0261 “WM ‘UeMOX

“CC6T

'G9Z: 1G
“asuy “Ug jwhoy ‘suviy,
"286, "“UOISULAIe FT

jneg pue ‘al “]y sowver ‘OV
'9°G8G: 28 “UNV

‘OZ6T “WIAA “URMOY
“LET: 98
“WN-PIATU0D “C6 SS

ulysne pue “y Yydpey ‘Ainyoq
‘9-G89: 28 “UNV
‘OZ6T “WIAA “UEMoY

“CPL ES ‘2407-p.lig
Te6t “@_ 3sue7]
CC-GOL: SE NT WosjiM

‘0261 a UATY “aye
‘T-O8T:0F UV
‘eZ ‘ooUaIRID ‘sune

‘GG-JPE:% “uumpy fo spiig
‘ZS6I 'G SvuIOYy, ‘s}toqoyy

goUaIIJaY

~~ qseu ayy JO yno aut1y
q1oys & ATUO AT[poyqnopun,,
sunoA 9a1y} BUIpsey ig

MEO ete 2 ILS pee et ~~ XTg
~ (OMWRIUO) oer YSTET 9
‘6 ‘sny Uo ANOofF jo Yoopy

j8ou ay} JO Jno Suoy, useq
aAvy you pynoo,, yor
jo ysosunof o9y} ‘porno
-as sunoA OM} pu oa[eul
-9J UO ‘(apis vqo}IURI,)
gz Ang Uo soryrmey OM,

herder A, (Opis O11ejUuC)
ez A[ng uo ,pooy A0j Sut
-MOUWv),, SuNOA YIM 4[Nnpy
we G ‘sny uo ,sunod om}
SUIPIE} B[VUIEF Y[Npe,, pure
¢ A[nf¢ uo ,silequinu 9uI0Og,,
~~ (pezooyfoo oayruaant) ‘6
‘ony [njmuetd puv [ Ane
[nyiyuerd Ayarey ‘T ounp 04

) 6% ABI, Ulory sured [eraAag

Sse BTR Se eR aR EN ID OMT
LenS Ge kg ean a he So[vbul OMT,

~~ ,suno& 0M} fo sjuaied,,

scveceaeeneentateceeent 8 JO Joly

8261 ‘9% Aine Ayunoo
sues Ul Uses IIed pue (GZ

Ajng dajje sunod) ‘ZZ6I
‘TI ‘sny 0} 1% ouNnF WoT
AyuNod sues UI AUBUI ‘TZ6T
‘OT 03 2 Ang worl AyUNOD
dUIVS UI ATIVP POJON, “peqON

SIB[NIYAIV

0261 SN Y-PLIN
0261 “OT-9 “SnNy

Oz61 ‘6 “SnY—Es Ato

“0261 ‘G ‘sny—g Aine

0Z6T ‘6 ‘Sny—6z Av
SS ee 6161 ‘8 ‘sny
= pra sa ee ay 6161 ‘T ‘sny

6I6T ‘2% “Sny—sT Ane

SI6I ‘SZ-1zZ Ane

~~ 9161 Jhoqe ‘1ourwNng

a ee

UISUODSIM “PlayAB 0} UINqyse AA
mom BQOUURT ‘OYeYT Wooley

~~ eqoplueyyy pur o1eyug ‘Avg uvipuy

o1inyuC ‘J[Osuy 1BvaNy

ee BQONURAY “TYPUILD)
eyosouurpy ‘efddog
~~ BIOSouULT\y -dojoury

aes “RJOSOUUIP, “VYURMOUUIP, eT

pee ee UIsUOdSIM “enbourypy 1waNy

BOSOUUIPA, ‘JNIYOo'T apvosed ara

oyRq

Aqt] B00]

"GZ
WG

Rx

‘OT

“ON
defy

19

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

February, 1940)

‘6ST: 1h ‘yny
‘PC6T - LOW ‘208vy,
‘8-288: 0F. “YRV.

"SZ61

"8-988: 1¢ “yn
‘Pe6l ‘f£ IN ote TN)

‘B-2GE1:¢ “o0ssy
buipuvg-pug “1 °N “1g
‘6061 “f IN ‘088

COLT: 88 “WNT wos
‘OC6T “£ “IN ‘995RT

SLGT:g “908s
bupung-pag “a °N “Ing

‘6261 “f IN “908RyA]
“OSL Th “ny
Ve6L “f “IN “908RIA]

‘BAST: G “OOssy
ODO SEADERSE “ier INC TULARE

6261 f (IN O08RIT
‘p09: 8 ‘yn
IZ6L “£9058

T-O81 :0F “ny
“EZ61 “90TIAIvTO, ‘Sune
‘8-188: 0F “UNV

“S61 “Lf IW ‘9058]
"709: 88 “yn

‘T26T “f£ WW ‘908ey
‘6S: 1h “ny

‘PC6I Of (WW 9088]
‘S-2E8:0F “YNV

5 ‘S261 “f W ‘205Ry,
‘709: 88 “WNP

‘IZ6l “£ W ‘998vyy

ct W ‘oode\,

SSS 261 ‘6. “sny uo
sunof ino} puv syjnpe xig

Se ee a[VUl 9UG
See a xos yove JO ET
‘pepurqd s10M SaInyVUIUIT 97
"8861 “8 “990 OF 2 ATnE Wo1T
~~ 6861 ‘be A[ne uo sunox
ees Te61 LT “Sny vo aunox
Be ee pe tale 6661
‘OS 0% FL A[nfg wor Sunox

ln Ne ers See SC6T
‘6g A[ng uo Sunod sary,

P26 ‘ET
‘ydag 04 (,suNO0A A.dA,,)

SI ‘sny WoIy poajyou Sunox

Soacae negra eae 61 ‘sny qoqye
sunoA Suipnjpour ‘ez6T ‘6

‘yd9g 07 6% A[nf Worl Mog

oC ore OL ydag
0} (AB 04 2a[qQv ATp.zvy,,)

GZ ‘sny woi sunos
SUIpnpoUr ‘aATeMY JO Uday,
Soe rises ee eee OLA

261 “SI A[n¢ uo seg

~ YOA

8261 ‘FZ A[NE WO seyvuI OAT,
= G61 ‘ST AE Uo sefeuT
OM} pus gE] oUNF UO Zr
rye ee pF ydeg uo ,sunoé
jo doquinu,, pus “, 9sune
uo xXIS [26] Uy ‘“sJequinyy

IZ6T ‘OL “34eg—Fe “3NY

== IZ6l ‘¢z-e¢ Aine

1261 “Sny-pryy—oune

TT pee ee ae ee uUeSIYyoITY ‘SUISIUN|, 1BON ‘Of
Re Rane UVSIYOIPAL ‘OLB “OG FNS “6G
ie ae gy aive eee UWISUODSIM ‘OYBT 1849 9
Cae ips oes Fe UBSIYOIY “Qacoqrn yy 146
See ae eee oe UBsIYOIP, ‘UOToUNL SUISTUNTT 0%

Pre

[VoL. LIV

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

20

oes

“WNP Woy)
“a MM ‘Stopuneg

‘p ydag

‘Qunqit,], buona Sedraut

‘061: &F
‘6261

“286. MA QUStIMaRD
"OZ ‘SPUg Auvid

‘L206. “fA ‘Sole
"S-OS8: Th “INV

‘PC6I OL JABNAg “YWoJUBd

'868:G% ‘a.0T-p.ug
“SZ61 “AL 1OSUTAA “19T AT,
“6SL: Th “Yny
‘PC6I CL WW ‘998RyT
'6-9G: pF “I0ssy

Suipung-pig “H “N “1Me
‘8261 “£ WW “998eyT
‘Sh:Z8 “ON

“yng ‘yoo, “iby ‘dag “s')
“2261 “OQ Yowopery “ujooury

"S-L08:9C ‘907T-pug
‘S261 “S “SOUL ‘SHOqo"y
‘T ‘sny “qsavaquy fo swazy
C261 ‘OMOP, puvapy “Yysnqio4
8-288: 0F UNV
LCI ‘o08eypy
Gp (kee [RS Gli
‘queidg “MA ‘[[ottAT,
‘9-F1E:0F “NV
‘ANTJOIG “f “WOST]

‘6ST: 1h “Ny
CW ‘oosvyy
8-288: 0F “NV
‘SZ6L “LCI ‘9988
GG-LbE:% “Wu fo spug
‘ZE6IL 'G SBUIOULT, ‘s}10qgo7Y
6ST: 1h “ny
“CW ‘903eT
8-288: OF “NV
LOW ‘908e]T

‘$261
‘PE61
“$261

‘PC61

‘PC61
‘S661

aUILOJOYy

a EEE

Vg
puvysyT imoqieyy
ye “YIQT 94} UO BUNOA Sut
pasy ynpe ‘OZ 0} GT ‘sny
wolf ATIep poyou LEG] Uy

I ‘YO ‘0g ‘ou ‘7savaquT fo
SWAT "“SZ6I ‘OMOFT pavar
“PH “Ynqioy) Yoo. [Teas

v JO YOO|A

~~ gyeur aug

~ poingdea
SBA 9UO FZGI ‘9Z 9uUNL UGC

Iaquin

ayeu 9uC

Of61 “G oun uO MOY
mi ane. ae pe (,AAGI] OF

Apvol Jsowye,, BUNOA YIM
OA} ‘SysoU ATF) AUOTOD [[RUIG

~ S261 ‘91 SUN UO a[vUI sUG

AP rg eo ee ee Sovetd OM

(IT ‘sny 04
cz A[ng wo sunos) Auryy

~ $661 ‘6% A[NE UO sPvuI oUG_

a[vUul 9UuQC)

SIB[NITYAR |

pe ecor

‘g Ajn¢—oune

PEGI YHoqe ‘A[nPF 99v'T

‘OL

S261 *9 A[NE—OZ sun:

>= S66 66.8 “100

CZ6I ‘TT

£261 ‘6-§ “ydag

€661

“‘1dog—sn y-PIAl

€Z6T “ZI “SNY

~ S861 “2-6 Pune

~ 6261 “b ‘SnY

Z26I “GT A[ne

‘sny—tlz oune

2261 “ZI oune

ayeqd

~ o1leqUg

OlB{UQC “OyeT Bog 1vay

‘TyRUIP, IVAN

s}jesnyorssryy ‘soryunoD yyoyNG pur yoj1oN

pases: ne BITysdueyT MeN ‘Aoryer

CGN

‘QLIRI, “AIG Y[NTG JO Jsam satu w99qIT KT

UBSIYOIP\

AYI[Bo0'T

BYOSOUUIT, ‘OYV'YT pPuUrIST
syjasnyoesseypy ‘pon aden
olejug ‘Avg steynoy iran

“WIByyeVYyO

“LE
05

€E
CE

21

February, 1940)

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

‘Se61

CE6I «SG SvUIOUT, econ?
CCG Gh “NY
‘qd sopreyO ‘Z10] 37

"16:06
‘ON ‘ZING “upg “snp “ON

‘S261 (WV (qd ‘A0UIOAv T,
‘696: bh NW

‘SC6T

‘L061 al ‘ydesor ‘oSperqqryy
‘OPS: &F SUNY
‘9C6T “IN Pxeyory ‘opqareyAl

‘89:90 “ION-P12 wo)
‘WY vuuy ‘UI[YsoTORpy

yon Tov VV did 4q ‘sp
‘ON UWOlf sopIul QE pojJON
See a Yorn yoRyyy
‘VY ad wq Aq uses meg
~ dull, “S(O Aq uses avy
~~~ ,ptode1 afqissod yv,,
Be eey ON te aeee ROe xIg
USI poureysns
B® oyBVU OF}. 9,qvuN oyInb,,

SsuNOA WdAS pue sy[npe Moy

Ie
Spray tray]
uoO—][4S sioyyvey AuUMOp
AUB pUB JOYS ATIA—s]Te}
YyIM,, SuNOA ANOF YIM eg
“>, UOJaIOIg “J “WY Aq Aq
‘6861 ‘2 ‘shy uo sjuored
Aq pe} suleq spaiq sunoé
MOF YM synpe sea1yy
a}vp 109}¥] UO pu y ‘sny
0} OT ouNEF Wo szNpe Gg
3 Hones UOROTOIG, 277
‘A “Ad Aq 8E6I ‘82-2% “SnYy
ULOAJ ‘SOANAVUIWUL SUIPNOUI ‘F
— HrysnL “sayy. Aq “TZ

| A[NE UO U99S [RIOAOS OE] UT

"‘TTOSsURTAL

OM Aq ‘oyey. vooaqoxy

18 PS6l ‘6 Ane uo ofeyy
dYV'T. BdId9q
“OY 3B ‘ES6l “A[NE ur [Tas
“URW *O UM 0% poytodeary

ee I 4[ne ynoqe oyeur
queiwd Aq poy suleq, parq
Sunod & SUIPHpOUl “TE6T ‘ZT

A[NE 0} oun WO pajou 0Z
Site es ee ek Le RUA]
-pIuUl UL YJNOUT S9T UI SSM}
YIM euo pasdAdosqo [IFT ‘Y
W SIA “UlYysorporyy “a
euuy SIP AG TT oun 0}
6@ AVI Wo pojou 126] UT

S261 “ANE 99e'T
coven ncaa 8261 “ET Aine
ee Se eet L261 °Q oune

aaa ST EGE ‘L261 “A[DE
L261 ‘1 “suy—sgz Aqne

2861 ‘1 “Sny—g ounr
9261 “22 3deg—o0g ‘sny

ee 9261 ‘FZ Ale

aes 961 “FI-CT Arne

~~ OLIBJUC “BALOSOY Salo, VINVSSISSTIY
ae ise acer egestas ee OLIeJUCQ “aepuory
S{OSOUUIPY “palouresg

VOSOUUIPY “ST[R sig

UISUODST AA ‘OYVT olUIR, IAN

BIG TY ‘BlapoAjog

UBSITPIP, ‘pusyspieg

OLIVJUGD ‘AIOSOY 4Sa1O,J BINVSSISSTP "IG
~~ qUOULIaA ‘YO0}spoo Ah

a ee
j ;

£ PERI PS TS SE
— = 7

(VoL. LIV

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

22

dle Pie

ae eee RD eet

"6-GLL:G ‘Bupung pug
‘Pe6l LW ‘999eIT

"GQZ:1Z “ISUr “UDO [phoy

“SUDLT, LEG] “Wo SsuTIIE_T
[neg pue “al “TT sourep ‘oryyreg

"GOS: 1G “ISUT “UDO JohoY
‘SUD, “LEG, “WoIsulIeyy
neg pue ‘al “7 sourveep “orpreg

‘OP-68
ET ON °92U00 “ZW O'U
‘S861 VG YN ypoeny

"S19: 8h “YN
‘TS61 “AA pleuoaT “SUA,

"GOS: 1S “WUT “UD [vhoY
‘SUDLT, “LE61 “UO ISUTIIE TT
[neg pus al “Ty sowvep ‘orig

SLIS: Oh “NN wos

‘0861 “H paedvg ‘448114

‘p ydag
‘aungil], buuaay sadtuut
286 “M “A “FUSTIAAQreD
"GG-LPE:% “Uupy fo spug
‘C861 'G SBUIOY, ‘sJ1eqoy
"8-988: 1¢ “Yn
‘PEGT LIN ‘e08eyy

‘8-296: Lb “UNV S
etl ye teen een |

‘60%: 2
“qsuy ‘ung ohoYy ‘suvouy,
‘S861 “TI ‘T ‘tapAug
‘9-12: 1G “Yny {
‘Peel “quertg “MA ‘T[ottA,
‘T-OF: 1 ‘buipung-p.ug
‘OS61 “f£ W ‘903RT
'60Z: 2
“qWsupt “Ung johOY ‘suvwy,
‘8861 “TI "T “tephug

dUILIJOY

RRR RASS ae ne De STALE TAN
Eee ei ok E861 “6% ANE wo
pajou “ysou fo yno yoom
®e ynoqe ‘sunof jo pooig
" aeaq ‘§ “T 19D Aq pe}0N
PEG] TOULUUNS OYVT UIvY 4B
Y~ool ‘p sny 0} A[ne 37¥]
WO1y SuNOA ‘FEST ‘OE “SsNV
0} TI euNnf UoWUIOD ApITey
= ee6, JauIUINS poy1oday
ps ZE6T teuruns poyoday
Se ee ioe wars pays10dey
JapAug "J ‘YT Aq paqoaTjoo Weg
Sear Gets (Shep Mofj,, UL
Avy 03 Apvatl Ssa sutivaq
gVUle} ay} ‘poeyoo[joo aeg
ee Sere es uosi9}eg “T
&q ‘e ydag uo sjuei1rd Aq
po} sutog sunod YyIM “pajon
pe qinq suteq Jo sseoo.1d
Ul ysouU PU SIIva E IO Z
eat peydeisojyoyd atom
YJod ‘“paeAresqo sem sada
PF UJIM JSsou JeyJoUR TOYM
‘YQ, UO Sessa G peureyuo0d
‘UJT[ UO peoueuIWIOD 4SaNy

Po ee is ee pee]
-[00 soIngeuIMT pur s}Npy

Sey Seay eae ee peqo9]
-[oo seftueanf pure syjnpy

Pei See Baie 65 Ae Poe tae a See C10 (@)
cae Og6T ‘ounE Ajtea Yor y
pecan es ae 6c6I JHoqe sunox
Bea ee on ee ae Og vunf UO ZE
‘OL Jnoqe jo Yoo[y
eee ee ee fees 8 JO soy

oe i eae InOFf 07 9UGQ

sae[norysreg

ee Fine Lies benny

oe IS6I ‘ZI oune

~ 186 ‘¢ “deg—gounr
=a Og61 ‘61 unr

OS6I “ZI-TT euns

os ~ 6261 ‘€¢-8 “Bny

Sas 6261 ‘9 Ane

eee 6261 ‘oun
eee Se 6261 ie oune

Zeel ‘SL oune | ONBIUO. JInOoIv Ay

Ov “IMYW 10g

T&6T ‘1auuINg

Past, Ren a email OllejUuO ‘eye spnig way
eR “ee ANE ge ES Ti

= OLIBJUQC) ‘Paley

SBI ee ME eS UBSIYOIPL “PULLEY

see Se anaes Se ara ee SE = === OLIVJUQ) “B1OUS ST

oo n= OBB, ‘AJunoD vseieg 4Sey

mee aia IIE TO (SAND) Al] ‘sATHTAS

spcoseteescneoce UBSIUOIP, ‘a[eAOY 2s] ‘9pls YON

ae 6261 ‘G “sny | ~~ ueSryorpy ‘aTeAOY VIS] “loqrePy s,UIqoy,

Sapa eg ae ee ~~~ oejug “exe ] FO

aaa enna t = ap cameo ae age ee UBSIYIIP, “UeUleaxoy
$e Se ee OllejugQ ‘ssUBIy JO q

GCGTE OH e OULU | ee ee ee OllejUugQ ‘OUI

oye AYIV00'T

"G9

$9

"89
C9

4G

‘09
6S

19S

Gg

23

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

February, 1940]

"G9Z:1Z “WUT “UDO Johoy
‘SUDIT, “LEG, ‘“woySur1ezy
[neg pue ‘al “T sower ‘arpreg

"G9Z1Z “ISUl “UD Joho
‘suDLT, LEG] “UOJSUTAIeTT
[neg pue al “Ty sourep ‘arypreg

"GOS: TZ “WUT “UDO JvhoY
‘SUDIT, “LEG. “UopsuIeyT
[neg pur al “7 souree ‘orpreg

‘8861 “WV CO “Yorn joey

‘0F-6E
“SI ON (9M1U00 “ZW OU

[eAey, yjou
- -uay Aq woes sued [elaaeg

suIUMOd ‘OQ ‘g Aq Uses OMT,

“al
a *peqoea][oo
So]BUL BINJVUIUI Z uv o[VUI
ynpe ‘uses Ayred AyrureT
eta nn nan == == = 5 - =~ - ~~ ~~ ~~~ ‘al
‘oupeg "Tf pues Surumoq
‘O Meng ‘edoy “q pioj
-JID Aq pajou aa1y} 0} auG
~ puowsd “Y ‘f 1ossajoig
Aq wees g ynoqe jo yo ,q
Se P10jxQ poyY pue sur
“UIM], UB[yY Aq Uses a[epy
uy) AN ee
SUIP1OD0v “GEST PUL BET UL
a01B9S ING LEG PUv OE
‘C861 JO saourUIns Iepnsay
Ce eee a ee IYIVIO
‘dH '0 “Ad Aq payoaroo
syuored AQ popuszje Sunox
‘ap ‘ore “Tf pue Lepr
“TI®H WW Ysny Aq uses ape
~~ AYSQOIvZ soprveyD
Aq “6861 ‘0% A[ne uo ofepy
Dope: ‘Ig “ome “T “¢ Aq
‘S861 “2G Alf uo s1oq}0
pue 9g A[ng¢ uo yoo sures
ur sunod pue sznpe use4xIg
je Pe eo 9E6T
‘T ‘Sny peze[oo sinyeuruy
~~ pepoa[oo s}npe zg pur
sunof aay ‘g] 0} 2 ‘Sny
WOdf syuated YJIM suno ZX
‘9 ‘sny pue Ane synpy
pata eee gar WAV) qe
Aq P€61 Ul poyou Bsunod
pues UOUIUIOD alOF. “paJON
ee eas eS ee aye]
a0INOG 78 GEG] JO ssuIWING
Sea eer oe eee ,juenbe.ly7,,
S61 Ul poysou sated [viaAeg
soe spoo1q pester sired OMT,

ae ee 6261 ‘6 euNE
eee SE6I ‘¢ oune

LE6, ‘teuruing

L861 ‘Z “Sny

L861 F ATng—gz ounr

9861 ‘ZI Ane

ee 9861 ‘OUNL-PI]

zs DE6I °

G6. ‘taurumNng

sis G86I “sny
G61 ‘Og eune

QI ‘Sny—dA[ne

€&61 ‘euruING

ie Se ee OLWeJUO “eyey] IwpaD jo som
SofIWI GT “I@ATY SUISSIdINY 9[}}I'T JO YIION
eo ee Sk aE ee dagen? ‘STV
UBSIUIMVYS JO YIAOU SaTIW OT ‘IAATY SBUITAy)

Sak e Rae Seo ta ee ee OlleqJUC, ‘99L J, SUIUIYS

oleqUuQ “poomsig

ile Si ar eae OlIvqUC, ‘SUISCIOOSIG
Se eae ee ee OllejJUC ‘ISIOACL YT, IVT

=== OLIBIUO “YIVg umnbuosZpy ‘Aeary pur.

pa Sige mage ee cae eT ge eS o1eyug “UOJINGIey

Sp ee ee ee er oLieyug ‘Avg vuemeyoeg

OLIeJUGQ, “Vas.10q

a ee aa ere Ee OlleqUGC) ‘Oey [9194

OLleJUuQ ‘ayeyT sor

OLIe}UGQ ‘9YVT IypOVD iwoN

SR SEE TTD

“BL
“LL
"OL

“GL

TL

‘OL

‘89

“L9

“99

24

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

ro)
oO
‘=
QD .
(=)
3)
(ra
5)
fom)
~ sy Ss . 1 1 . Sy
=o) oar)
Sade eee gee:
ee
Oey ey
wn Fy </>) n © abet
ie tee eieet | a) ae
is <2 © oH! = wo
. nO} 1 Ss
So pyewe Q | SS ditagis
oo ~ o2& Pala} 4 '
ae) > os .- 2 vy
= a soa oS OH |: |
Au as One @) Sey @) is
Ores as oR —p Nee
ae) yee lisal Se pO ote
Bes oo. HB 26
(ab) ee — es
qs sHO Poe - se
(e) a ey
Nye , 2 2
Ss % % o> fo
Q oO (o>) _ _
_ rod = >
A 2 S KX
oo lox a lo
> oh op of
= 5 iS 5
SS < <q} <
z |
oy: = fo)
: ae S zg
es eS ae
i =| a S
s + z
mM
i = z 5
=I ie) —] > (cP)
= (@) Den) =4
ws : faci Es
oO ~
Sales es) S 4
® a =
8 < 3 Sp
4 5 oe a)
o er je}
G — s —
8, e 3 S
3 fa S
3 ey D
a se E
<s q,° 2 ea
is ia ® cl
aa) Oo Z =
S
Eo) is S e a
a rt co 50 oO

[VoL. LIV

Winter migrations of the Evening Grosbeak to
the eastern states and provinces occurred at ir-
regular intervals between 1823 and 1886.. They
were pronounced and widespread during the win-
ters of 1886-7 and 1889-90. From that time until
the present eastward movements of the species
In winter have become more and more regular in
their nature and there is little doubt that the bird
has increased tremendously in the east during
the past fifty years.

The more recent and regular occurrences of the
species in eastern North America in winter seem
to be correlated with an increase of the species
in summer and it seems evident that its summer
range has been extended eastward by gradual
stages during comparatively recent years. Some
idea of the progress of this extension ‘may be
gathered from the table, wherein it is shown that
up to 1899 no summer occurrences had been re-
ported east of southern Manitoba, until 1910 none
east of the head of Lake Superior; and until 1915
none east of Sault Ste. Marie, at the eastern end
of the same lake. Facilitating their eastward ex-
tension has been the widespread planting in the
east during the past few decades of the Box Elder
(Acer negundo) as a shade tree (Allen, 1919).
The seeds of the Box Elder, which hang on the
trees all winter, are preferred by the Evening
Grosbeak to anything else, when available and
Taverner (1921) calls the situation a “baited high-
way” along which the grosbeaks have been able
to pass.

The ‘supposition that this race always bred
throughout its range as now delineated and that
the increase in reports simply denotes increased
observation seems untenable. The only records
which might support such a theory were those of
Cooper (1825), who stated that Major Delafield
saw a flock of six on August 23, 1823 in western
Ontario; Thompson (1890) who published Richard
Hunter’s statement that the species was present
“all the year round” in southern Manitoba, about
1885, and Coues (1882) who published the fact
that a male had been identified by Charles F.
Farle at Marcellus, central New York, on July 8.
1882. It seems best to regard these as represent-
ing previous unsuccessful attempts on the part
of the species to establish itself in the east in
summer.

The evidence about which we can be most
certain seems to be that during the present century
the Eastern Evening Grosbeak ‘has increased
noticeably and has progressively extended its
breeding range eastward.

|

February, 1940)

AuLEN, GLover M. 1919, Bird Lore, 21:50.

Cooper, WILLIAM. 1825. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.,
1:219-22.

Cours, ELuIorr.
7 :250.

1882. Bull Nuttall Orn. Club,

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

25

Taverner, P. A. 1921. Can. Freld-Nat., 35: 42,
44,

TuHompson, ErNest E. 1890. Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 8: 584.

CHRISTMAS BIRD CENSUSES, 1939

Wotrvititze, N. S——December 28, 1939; 9.00 a.m.
to 5.00 pm. Slightly overcast; wind west, light;
1 in. snow; temp. 10° at start. Two observers,
part together and part separated, 88 miles by
auto, 5 on foot, entirely within Kings County.
Black Duck, 78; American Golden-eye, 1; Ameri-
can Merganser*, 7; Nova Scotia Ruffed Grouse, 2;
Wilson’s Snipe, 1; Herring Gull, 47; Northern
Flicker, 3; Northern (?-Ed.) Hairy Woodpecker,
1; Northern Downy Woodpecker, 1; Northern
Horned Lark, 3; Blue Jay, 20; Northern
American Raven, 6; Eastern Crow, 117; Black-
capped Chickadee, 34; Acadian Chickadee, 6;
White-breasted Nuthatch, 1; Eastern Robin, 5;
Eastern Golden-crowned Kinglet, 4; Common
Starling, 90; Myrtle Warbler, 2; English Sparrow,
33; Canadian Pine Grosbeak, 3; Slate-coloured
Junco, 63; Eastern Tree Sparrow, 4; Common
Snow Bunting, 3. Total, 25 species, 535 individ-
uals. The Wilson’s Snipe was found in a quaking
bog which never freezes, being fed by warm
springs. It is not uncommon for this species to
winter in this area, which is restricted to a few
acres.—R. W. Turrs and RoNautp W. SMITH.

*This name used by special request of senior

author.—Editor.

MontreaL, Que—(Mount Royal and West-
mount, Cote St. Luc and La Salle Woods, River
St. Lawrence and Nun’s Island)—December 24.
1939, 8.30 a.m. to 430 p.m. Sky overcast; 6 in.
snow, ice-crust on trees; wind 25 m.p.h.; temp. 4°
at start, 9° at return. Sixteen observers in 6
groups as follows: party I, 4 observers, 6 hours,
7 miles afoot and 2 by boat; party II, 2 observers,
7 hours, 10 miles; party III, 1 observer, 4% hours,
7 miles; party IV, 4 observers, 3% hours, 4
miles; party V, 3 observers, 2% hours, 3 miles;
party VI, 2 observers, 142 hours, 3 miles. Total
miles afoot 34, by boat 2; total hours afoot, 25.
American Golden-eye, 22; American Common
Merganser, 3; American Rough-legged Hawk, 2;
Duck Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 2; Herring Gull,
13; Barred Owl, 1; Short-eared Owl, 1; Hairy

Woodpecker, 5; Downy Woodpecker, 13; Black-
capped Chickadee, 33; White-breasted Nuthatch,
9; Brown Creeper, 4; Northern Shrike, 1; Com-
mon Starling, ¢.250; English Sparrow, ¢c.500; Pine
Grosbeak, 55; Common Redpoll, 4; Snow Bunt-
ing, c.180. Total, 19 species, about 1099 in-
dividuals. An American Screech Owl, 2 Snowy
Owls, and some Common Purple Finches were
seen recently —R. S. and P. C. Assott, M. Bower,
J. D. CiecHorn, J. D. Fry, B. Gottor, C. EH. Hatt,
H. A. C. Jackson, S. MacFariang, P. PENFIELD,
D. Ryan, D. M. Scort, L. M. and E. KE. Trrriy,
F. R Terroux, V. C. WYNNE-Epwarps (Province
of Quebec Society for the Protection of Birds).

Hupson, Que—(Hudson, Hudson Heights, and
district) —December 24, 1939. Very unfavourable
weather for seeing birds; very cold westerly wind,
dull, with sunny intervals between 1 and 2.30 p.m.
Branches and twigs ice-coated. Temperature from
zero to 10°. Four observers; approximately 10
miles covered in an area of perhaps 4 square miles.
Ruffed Grouse, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 5; Downy
Woodpecker, 4; Canada Jay, 2; Blue Jay, 7;
Black-capped Chickadee, 30; White-breasted Nut-
hatch, 6; English Sparrow, 2. Total, 8 species,
57 individuals. Common Starling, Pine Grosbeak
and Common Redpoll seen recently—R. L.
Puxiey, G. G. Ommaney, F. O. Pinkney, H. H.
MULLAN.

Ottawa, OntT——December 24, 1939; 7.30 a.m.
to 4.10 p.m. Cloudiness 80%, some sunshine;
5 in. snow and ice on ground; wind light, westerly ;
temp. 1° at 9.00 a.m., 4° at noon. Exposed trees
and weeds and most of the bird food they bore
were covered with % in. to 1 in. of ice, deposited
by exceptionally destructive freezing rain on
December 19, 1939. Many large and small branches
were broken down by the weight of this ice and
trees measuring up to 6 in. in diameter were
bowed until their tops rested on the ground. The
accompanying map, prepared from one furnished
by the Ottawa office of the Bell Telephone

{[VoL. LIV

THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIS?

26.

jew ‘S

\ any1 nee

UNANUAAnooY

341 OVNYuWSY siegataceg if
i e Hivad
)) Luod sam Jounasn3009, Uk 1Loosaud °
( @
WwGSi10d (9 $11v4 SHLINS
ff
lp WNIddW>
ANA 1
3171AaS3a» Ge . Hwee ENN yy
C) 7 eo \
\ 6 SUNES HOH WW OFFICES Ny
we
YNOLONIIUNG we
AS A AESAHONINS
en
[)
Qsnve Ww iS
Ratiwne h_ pF 24Ouawad
(ig Sago =
—_—

NOSSVW
OWVHONINING

a

DmP]IO

we ?
fe jp svovins 4S

Om ~~ sKomubiyy uLoy;
WWW = = 1928417 Us10}G Jo Aappu nog

GNada4a71

youl | = "lice + aj09S
ANVdWOO9 3NOHdS13L 1742G SHL WOuds GaANIviGO VWivd WOU
6¢€61 "HL61 °94G

FHLVOW "3150 VAUdUV WUOLS

ONOdMvu4
Oaliainior

~~ —— — a lol ~ ¥ or eee eee eee eee ee ee ES

“Sarr >

February, 1940]

Company of Canada, shows the area in which this
storm was so severe that telephone lines were
damaged and required repairs. The area in which
bird food was covered with some ice extended
for some distance outside the boundary shown on
the map. Useful information concerning the
extent of this ice formation was also supplied by
Colonial Coach Lines, Limited.

Census observers in groups as follows: Party I,
2 observers, 8% hours, 8 miles; Party II, 1
observer, 2% hours, 6 miles; Party III, 2 observers,
4% hours, 10 miles; Party IV, 4 observers, 3 hours,
1 mile; Party V, 1 observer, 4%4 hours, 7 miles;
Party VI, 3 observers, 5 hours, 7 miles; Party VII,
2 observers, 7%4 hours, 8 miles. Total miles afoot,
47; total hours, 354%. American Golden-eye, 60;
Ruffed Grouse, 9; Common Pheasant, 1; Rock
Dove, 51; Hairy Woodpecker, 2; Downy Wood-
pecker, 4; Blue Jay, 1; American Crow, 3; Black-
capped Chickadee, 51; White-breasted Nuthatch,
9; Northern Shrike, 1; Common Starling, 226;
English Sparrow, 784; Pine Grosbeak, 33; Ameri-
ean Goldfinch, 30; Snow Bunting, 15. Total, 16
species, 1280 individuals. Total native birds, only
12 species, 218 individuals. American Common
Merganser, 2; Pigeon Hawk, 2; and Song Sparrow,
1, were seen on December 23rd; Barred Owl, 1, on
December 25th—Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club.

Observers: R. M. ANbERSON, D. B. DeLury,
R. E. DeLury, B. A. Fatvet, G. H. HamMmMonp,
T. S. Hennessey, W. H. Lancetzty, B. Mcl.
Lewis, C. R. Lewis, Harrison F. Lewis, Hoyrs
Luoyp, Doucias LoucHesp, A. E. Porsitp, STANLEY
STERNBERG, THOS. STEWART.

PAKENHAM, LANARK Co., OntT.—December 26,
1939; 8.00 a.m. to 12.00 m. and 1.30 p.m. to 4.30
p-m. Dull sky, turning to bright sunshine about
10.00 a.m.; wind west, fresh; 3 in. dry snow over
ice; temp. 11° at start, 9° at finish. Observers
separate. One walked 7 mi., one walked 6 mi.,
the third travelled 25 mi. by horse and cutter
and walked 2 mi. Very difficult to hear owing to
crackling branches. Canada Ruffed Grouse, 6;
Eastern Hairy Woodpecker, 7; Blue Jay, 9; Black-
capped Chickadee, 13; White-breasted Nuthatch,
2; Eastern Brown Creeper, 1; Eastern Golden-
crowned Kinglet, 2; Common Starling, 25; English
Sparrow, 92; Eastern Evening Grosbeak, 44; Pine
Siskin, 8. Total, 11 species, 209 individuals. The
severe ice-storm of a week ago has evidently
affected the bird population. Ice is still thick on
the trees and food hard to secure——Fpna G. Ross,
ALLAN F. Ross, WILMER Ross.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Pall

ARNPRIOR, ONT.—December 24, 1939, 10.00 a.m.
to 4.30 p.m. Fair; 6 in. snow; moderate n.w. wind;
temp. 1° below zero at start, 9° at return. Sixteen
miles on foot. Observers separate. Canada
Ruffed Grouse, 6; Eastern Hairy Woodpecker, 4;
Northern Downy Woodpecker, 4; Blue Jay, 4;
Eastern Crow, 1; Black-capped Chickadee, 25;
White-breasted Nuthatch, 8; Red-breasted Nut-
hatch, 2; Common Starling, 6; English Sparrow,
1 plus; Eastern Evening Grosbeak, 36; Pine
Grosbeak, 10; American Goldfinch, 2; White-
winged Crossbill, 4; Snow Bunting, 5. Total 15
species, 118 plus individuals. Seen recently, 1
Northern Pileated Woodpecker, 1 Northern Shrike.
2,000 Snow Buntings. Subspecies determined
geographically —Licuorr GorMLEY and CHARLES
MacNamara.

Toronto, Ont——December 24, 1939; 8.00 a.m.
to 5.00 pm. Clear sky until noon, mostly cloudy
in afternoon; light northwest wind; about % inch
of snow; temp. max. 28°, min. 7°. Fifty-five
observers in eight parties. Pintail, 4; Greater
Scaup Duck, 2,555; American Golden-eye, 168;
Buffle-head, 22; Old-squaw, 703; King Eider, 1;
White-winged Scoter, 1; American Common Mer-
ganser, 70; Sharp-shinned Hawk, 1; Cooper’s
Hawk, 1; Eastern Red-tailed Hawk, 2; Eastern
Sparrow Hawk, 4; Ruffed Grouse, 4; Common
Ring-necked Pheasant, 118; Common Gallinule,
1; American Woodcock, 1; Great Black-backed
Gull, 11; Herring Gull, 3.330; Ring-billed Gull,
1; Eastern Screech Owl, 4; Great Horned Owl,
9; Barred Owl, 2; Eastern Belted Kingfisher, 5;
Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Red-headed Woodpecker.
1; Eastern Hairy Woodpecker, 11; Norther
Downy Woodpecker, 34; Arctic Three-toed Wood-
pecker, 1; Horned Lark, 2; Blue Jay, 31; Eastern
Crow, 6; Black-capped Chickadee, 258; White-
breasted Nuthatch, 41; Red-breasted Nuthatch,
7; Brown Creeper, 11; Hermit Thrush, 1; Eastern
Golden-crowned Kinglet, 25; Eastern Ruby-
crowned Kinglet, 1; Northern Shrike, 1; Common
Starling, 926; English Sparrow, 2.092; Eastern
Redwing, 1; Eastern Cardinal, 18; Evening Gros-
beak, 4; Eastern Purple Finch, 5; Pine Grosbeak,
54; Redpolled Linnet, 30; Pine Siskin, 54; Ameri-
can Goldfinch, 33; White-winged Crossbibll, 28;
Slate-coloured Junco, 119; Tree Sparrow, 315;
Swamp Sparrow, 1; Song Sparrow, 26; Lapland
Longspur, 750. Total, 55 species, 11,906 in-
dividuals.

The Woodcock and Hermit Thrush appear for
the first time and make a total of 97 species seen

28 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

on the fifteen Christmas censuses taken since 1925.

THE Bropiz Ciup,

per R. J. Rurrer, Secretary.
Observers: J. L. Batis, F. Banrietp, D. Bracu-
AM, G. Beare, G. S. Bett, R. E. Bennett, A.
BoIlssoNNEAU, E. BorssonneAu, C. E. Bono, R.
BreMNER, H. H. Brown, F. Coox, E. Crossuanp,
G. Cummines, F. 8. Dineman, R. G. Drneman,
I. Evuis, F. H. Emery, D. Forses, W. Gunn,
P. Harrincton, C. Kh. Horr, M. Jarrerr, G. Lam-
BERT, A. LAwriz, J. Linx, D. MacLuuicu, W.
Mawnseti, D. Mitizr, C. Motony, F. Mowat, T.
Morray, L. Owens, L. A. Princes, R. Pris, G. H.
RicHarpson, R. Russevy, R. J. Rurrer, J. Sat-
TERLY, C. SAUNDERS, R. SAUNDERS, D. ScoviLe,
A. SHortt, T. M. Swortt, R. A. Smury, bs.
Snyper, H. H. SoutHam, D. H. Speis, J. M.
Speirs, G. Stevens, T. Swirt, S. L. THomrson,

D. West, H. Woorrton, R. B. Wootton.

Hamitton, Ont. (Dundas Valley west to An-
easter, Hamilton and Harbour, Aldershot, Water-
down, Lake Medad, Burlington, Bronte) —-Decem-
ber 17, 1939; 730 am. to 5.30 p.m. Overcast;
ground bare, harbour open; wind moderate south-
west to northwest; temp. 38° to 44°. Observers
in groups as follows: Party I, 1 observer, 8 hours,
25 miles; party II, 4 observers, 8 hours, 10 miles:
party III, 3 observers, 7 hours, 10 miles; party IV,
2 observers, 8 hours, 12 miles; party V, 5 observers,
2 hours, 4 miles; party VI, 1 observer, 9 hours,
14 miles; party VII, 2 observers, 9 hours, 25
miles; party VIII, 1 observer, 6 hours, 11 miles:
party IX, 3 observers, 3 hours, 8 miles; party X,
2 observers, 8 hours, 9 miles; party XI, 2 observers,
9 hours, 20 miles; party XII, 1 observer, 4 hours,
3 miles; 4 observers at separate feeding-stations.
Total miles afoot, 151; total hours afoot, 81.
Common Loon, 1; Horned Grebe, 2; Great Blue
Heron, 3; Mallard Duck, 23; Black Duck, 241:
Green-winged Teal, 1; Redhead, 4; Canvas-back,
3; Greater Scaup Duck, 500; Lesser Scaup Duck,
14; American Golden-eye, 134; Buffle-head, 1;
Old-squaw, 2; White-winged. Scoter, 20; Hooded
Merganser, 49; American Common Merganser,
210; Red-breasted Merganser, 53; American Gos-
hawk, 2; Cooper’s Hawk, 2; Red-tailed Hawk,
3; American Rough-legged Hawk, 1; Marsh Hawk,
1; American Sparrow Hawk, 3; Ruffed Grouse,
40;. Pheasant (sp. ?),.90;. Killdeer Plover, 1:
Great Black-backed Gull, 65; Herring Gull. 5.500:
Ring-billed Gull, 350; Bonaparte’s Gull. 1.000:
Little Gull. 1 (G.W.N.); American Screech Owl.
2: Great Horned Owl, 8; American Long-eared

_ (Vou LIV

Owl, 3; Belted Kingfisher, 1; Flicker (sp. ?), 2;
Pileated Woodpecker, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 17;
Downy Woodpecker, 48; Blue Jay, 82; American
Crow, 2; Black-capped Chickadee, 315; White-
breasted Nuthatch, 60; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 4;
Brown Creeper, 5; American Robin, 1; Golden-
crowned Kinglet, 12; Cedar Waxwing, 31: Com-
mon Starling, 451; English Sparrow, 987; Meadow-
lark (sp. ?), 1; Cardinal, 14; Purple Finch (sp.
?), 21; Common Redpoll, 1; American Goldfinch,
12; White-winged Cressbill, 15; Slate-coloured
Junco, 180; Tree Sparrow, 322; Swamp Sparrow.
4; Song Sparrow, 7. Total. 60 species; 10,930
individuals. Ring-necked Duck, King Eider, Gray
Partridge, Glaucous Gull, Northern Shrike, Pine
Grosbeak, and Snow Bunting seen recently —
Don, Nein and R. D. F. Bourns, F. H. Butcuer.
Mrs. J: G. Farmer, Miss M. E. Granam, H. E.
Kertiz, Misses J. Macres, —. Matcoum, R. Mints.
Mrs. J. P. Morton, Mrs. F. E: Mchocurin, Dr.
and Mrs. G. O. McMinuan, G W: Norru, R.
NortH, Keira Reynoups, Miss L. Stewart, J. H.
WituiaMs (Hamilton Bird Protection Society,
Tnc.), JACK and Bint CaMPBELL, Bop EnSToNE: Ken
Hannican, Don Hassetu, JAcK Martin; Douctas
McCatitum, Lronarp Pouiarp, WILLARD RANDALL,
Ken Retcer, Biatr Ronatp, Frep Smitu, Bos
Waite (Hamilton Outdoor Naturalists).

7!

VINELAND, Ont. (Lake shore, the “xperimental
Station, Jordan Pond)—December. 25, 1939; 10.00
am. to 1.00 p.m. Cloudy; wind northwest,
strong; temp. 36°; no snow on ground. American
Golden-eye, 7; American Common Merganser, 1;
Sharp-shinned Hawk, 1; Cooper’s Hawk, 1; Com-
mon Pheasant, 2; Herring Gull, 6; Ring-billed

Gull, 1; Mourning Dove, 1; Black-capped Chick- ~

adee, 4: White-breasted Nuthatch, 1; Brown
Creeper, 1; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 8; House
Sparrow, 38; Cardinal, 1; Slate-coloured Junco,
26; Tree Sparrow, 15. Total, 16 species, 114 in-
dividuals—Dr. W. E.. Hurteurt, C. I. Croun
D. A. Ross.

KITCHENER AND WATERLOO, ONT. (Victoria Park,
Forest Hill Gardens, German Mills, Cressman’s
Park, Bridgeport Dam, and junction of Grand
River and Natchez Road)—December 29, 1939;
9.00 am. to 500 pm: Sky overeast all day;
wind southwesterly, light to moderate; temp. 20°
to 25°; 3 in. snow on ground, and occasional light
Two automobile parties and several
foot parties, including 15 observers. Cooper’s
Hawk, 1 (G. W. Knechtel); Ruffed Grouse, 2;

snowfalls.

|
|
|
:

February, 1940]

Common Pheasant, 5; Herring Gull, 2; Hairy
Woodpecker, 3; Downy Woodpecker, 5; Blue
Jay, 2; Black-capped Chickadee, 25+; White-
breasted Nuthatch, 1; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 1
(F.W.R.D.); American Robin, 1; Golden-crowned
Kinglet, 5+; Common Starling, 50+; English
Sparrow, 140+; Slate-coloured Junco, 60+; Tree
Sparrow, 20+; Song Sparrow, 2. Total, 17 species,
325+ individuals. Found within the past few
weeks: American Bittern, American Screech Owl,
Great Horned Owl, Snowy Owl, Belted Kingfisher,
Cardinal, Purple Finch (sp. ?), Lapland Longspur,
and Snow Bunting—E. L. Jamgs, Secretary, Kit-
chener-Waterloo Naturalists’ Club.

Lonpon, Ont. (Vicinity)—December 23, 1939.
Sky overcast; ground partially covered with snow;
wind light, east to southeast; temp. at 8.00 a.m.
28°, remaining fairly constant throughout the day
but falling somewhat toward evening. Sixteen
observers in nine parties, in the field mostly in
the morning only, covering about thirty-seven
miles on foot and thirty by automobile. Great
Blue Heron, 1; Black Duck, 2; American Golden-
eye, 49; American Common Merganser, 85; Red-
tailed Hawk, 2; Bald Eagle, 2; Ruffed Grouse, 2;

Bob-white, 8 (one covey) ; Common Pheasant, 11; °

Herring Gull, 58; Ring-billed Gull, 1; American
Sereech Owl, 2; Great Horned Owl, 4; Belted
Kingfisher, 6; Yellow-bellied Sapsucker, 1; Hairy
Woodpecker, 7; Downy Woodpecker, 26; Blue
Jay, 42; American Crow, 305; Black-capped Chick-
adee, 159; White-breasted Nuthatch, 25; Brown
Creeper, 7; Winter Wren, 2; Carolina Wren, 2;

Golden-crowned Kinglet, 64; Starling, 75; English

Sparrow, numbers not counted; Red-winged
Blackbird, 1; Cardinal, 97; Common Purple
Finch, 18; Redpoll (sp. ?), 1; Pine Siskin,

8; American Goldfinch, 9; Slate-coloured Junco,
77; Tree Sparrow, 34; Swamp Sparrow, 2; Song
Sparrow, 4; Lapland Longspur, small flock heard,
probably about 4 individuals. Total, 38 species,
1.203 individuals. Seen within the week; Pied-
billed Grebe, 1; American Rough-legged Hawk, 1;
Mourning Dove, 4; Snowy Owl, 1; Northern
Shrike, 1; Meadowlark (sp. ?), 2—Rar Brown,
EK. M. 8. Date, Ext Davis, Kay Freruerston, W.
G. Girutinc, EK. Harpur, R. Hepity, FRANcES
Jacoss, W. JARMAIN, Dr. W. E. SAUNDERS, RopcEr
STANDFIELD, JUNE StitcHBury, W. D. Surron, Mrs.
TuEopin, Kerrm ReyNoups. (Mcllwraith Ornitho-
logical Club).

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 743)

CHATHAM, OntT.—December 21, 1939; 8.00 a.m.
to 500 p.m. Sky overcast; wind northwest,
strong; temp. 25° at start, 27° at noon and at
finish; patches of snow on ground, slight snow
flurries throughout the day. Two separate parties
and one individual. First party, Erieau, Rondeau
Park, woods in Thames River Valley, 7 mi. east
of Chatham, and “old nursery’, 142 mi. south of
Chatham. Second party, Bradley’s marsh beside
Lake St. Clair, woods in Sydenham River Valley,
1 mi. east of Dresden, woods in Thames River
Valley, 7 mi. east of Chatham, and the English
farm, 14% mi. south of Chatham. One individual
made early morning observations at Ridgetown.
Horned Grebe, 7; Mallard Duck, 2; Black Duck,
210; Greater Scaup Duck, 1; Lesser Scaup Duck,
17; American Golden-eye, 4; American Common
Merganser, 3; Red-breasted Merganser, 2; Ducks
in large flocks, too far out on water to be identi-
fied specifically, 1040+-; Sharp-shinned Hawk, 2;
Cooper’s Hawk, 3; Red-tailed Hawk, 5; Red-
shouldered Hawk, 8; American Rough-legged
Hawk, 3; Golden Eagle, 1 (satisfactorily observed
through <8 binoculars at 100 yards); Bald Eagle,
4; Marsh Hawk, 3; Bob-white, 8; Common Pheas-
ant, 4; Herring Gull, 200+; Ring-billed Gull, 1;
Bonaparte’s Gull, 1000+-; Rock Dove, 30; Mourn-
ing Dove, 28; American Screech Owl, 1; Great
Horned Owl. 1; American’ Long-eared Owl, 1;
Flicker (sp. ?), 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 3; Downy
Woodpecker, 6; Prairie Horned Lark, 85+; Blue
Jay, 18; American Crow, 250+; Black-capped
Chickadee, 25; White-breasted Nuthatch, 11;
Brown Creeper, 4; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 11;
Northern Shrike, 1; Common Starling, 400+;
English Sparrow, 770+; Bronzed Grackle, 8;
Cardinal, 20; American Goldfinch, 1; Junco (sp. ?),
69; Tree Sparrow, 1380; Song Sparrow, 3;
Lapland Longspur, 26. Total, 46 species, about
4426 individuals. Whistling Swan, 11, and Ameri-
can Robin, 1, were seen recently in the area—
D. A. Arnorr, GEOFFREY BEALL, Gro. M. StirretT,
A. A. Woop, H. B. WreEssEtL (Kent Nature Club),
and Frep JorpDAN and W. J. McNaucuton.

MearorD, ONT. (Walter’s Falls and the shore
line for 2 mi. east from Meaford) —December 26,
1939. Bright and cold; wind, north, strong. Four-
teen observers in two parties. Horned Grebe, 2;
American Golden-eye, 3; American Common Mer-
ganser, 45; Red-breasted Merganser, 2; Cooper’s
Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 3; Herring Gull, 138;
Ring-billed Gull, 3; Great Horned Owl, 1; Flicker
(sp. ?), 2; Hairy Woodpecker, 2; Downy Wood-

30

pecker, 2; Blue Jay, 4; Black-capped Chickadee,
33; White-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Common Star-
ling, 57; House Sparrow, 215; Cardinal, 3 (2 males,
1 female); Purple Finch (sp. ?), 6; Pine Gros-
beak, 32; Pine Siskin, 3. Total, 21 species, 559
individuals—Meaford Natural History Club, per
L. H. Beamer.

Forr WrtiiaM-Port ArtHuR, Ont. (Lower
Kamiunistiquia Valley and area west ‘of Fort
William and Port Arthur.)—December 27, 1939;
930 am. to 400 pm. Sunny until 1030 am.,
remainder of day overcast, threatening snow;
temp. 18° to 24°; ground bare or with slight trace
of snow. Continued mild weather and lack of
snow unprecedented in this locality. Seven ob-
servers in two parties; 36 miles by auto, 8 miles
on foot. Ruffed Grouse, 1; Iceland Gull, 1;
Herring Gull, 232; Hawk Owl, 2; Pileated Wood-
pecker, 2; Hairy Woodpecker, 4; Downy Wood-
pecker, 1; Canada Jay, 3; Blue Jay, 5; American
Crow, 25; Black-capped Chickadee, 3; Bohemian
Waxwing, 63; Common Starling, 22; English
Sparrow, 150; Pine Grosbeak, 10; Common Red-
poll, 54. Total, 16 species, 578 individuals. The
Gulls and Crows were frequenting a large fur
farm. Evening Grosbeaks, 6, and Red Crossbills,
2, have been seen during the past three days.—
Thunder Bay Field Naturalists’ Club.

THE FIELD-NATURALIST CANADIAN

Observers: A. E. Autin, D. Becxert, G. K..

Eoui, C. E. Garton, J. S. Lowcocx, Miss S. Paces,
Miss E. THomas.

Camrose, ALTA. (spruce woods and marshes
along Battle River, 6 mi. south of Camrose). —
December 23, 1939, 1.00 p.m. to 4.00 pm. Clear,
no wind, 1 in. snow, temp. 20°. The winter, to
and including census day, is believed to be the
mildest experienced in this localty in 48 years.
Observers together. Ruffed Grouse, 3; Downy
Woodpecker, 1; Blue Jay, 1; Magpie, 4; Black-
capped Chickadee, 3; Brown Creeper, 1; Pine
Grosbeak, 10; Common Redpoll, 10; Snow Bunt-
ing, 1. Total, 9 species, 34 individuals—FranK
L. Fartey and Raymonp St. PIprrRe.

CourTENAY AND Comox, VANCoUVER ISLAND, B.C.
(outskirts of Courtenay, river bank, cultivated
area behind, to mouth of river; sea-shore and
wooded area nearby).—December 23, 1939; 9.00
am. to 400 p.m. Sunny most of day, wind
negligible, temp. 37° to 42°. Observers together

(VoL. LIV

on foot. Total mileage approximately 7 mi.
Common Loon, 19; Pacific Loon, 3+; Holboell’s
Grebe, 2; Horned Grebe, 4; Western Grebe,
1000+; Pied-billed Grebe, 1; White-crested Cor-
morant, 2; Northwest Coast Heron, 2; Mallard
Duck, 150+; Baldpate, 30+; Canvas-back, 5;
Seaup Ducks (only the Greater Scaup Duck actu-
ally identified), 350-+-; American Golden-eye,
100+; Barrow’s Golden-eye, 6; Buffle-head, 30+;
White-winged Scoter, 1500+; Surf Scoter, 1500+;
American Scoter, 5+; Hooded Merganser.
2; American Common Merganser, 19; Red-
breasted Merganser, 5; Bald Eagle, 1; California
Quail, 5; Common Pheasant, 1; American Coot,
34; Glaucous-winged Gull 450+; Thayer’s Gull,
1; Short-billed Gull, 20; Pigeon Guillemot, 1;
Belted Kingfisher, 6; Flicker, (sp. ?), 12; Pileated
Woodpecker, 2; Harris’s Woodpecker, 4; Steller’s
Jay, 2; Northwestern Crow, 40; Chestnut-backed
Chickadee, 13; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Winter
Wren, 13; Seattle Wren, 1; American Robin, 1;
Varied Thrush, 3; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 14;
Northern Shrike, 1; Audubon’s Warbler, 1; English
Sparrow, 9; Meadowlark (sp. ?), 9; Brewer’s
Blackbird, 35+-; California Purple Finch, 63;
Crossbill (sp. ?), 3; Oregon Towhee, 7; Oregon
Junco, 35+; Song Sparrow, 20. Total, 52 species,
5544+ individuals. December 24th, Pine Siskin.
150 —A. R. Davipson, THEED PEaRSE..

CrESCENT, B.C. (logged-off area and coastline
between Ocean Park and Crescent)—December
28, 1939; 9.00 a.m. to 4.00 pm. Dull; wind north-
west, light; temp. 38° to 40°. Three observers
on foot. Common Loon, 5; Holboell’s Grebe, 3;
Horned Grebe, 22; Baird’s (?) Cormorant, 2;
Northwest Coast Heron, 3; Black Brant, 40;
Pintail (?), 2; Greater Scaup Duck, 12; American
Golden-eye, 7; Buffle-head, 6; White-winged
Scoter, 50+ ; Surf Scoter, 20+; Red-breasted Mer-
ganser, 4; Bald Eagle, 1; Oregon Ruffed Grouse,
2; Common Pheasant, 4; Glaucous-winged Gull,
20; Herring (?) Gull, 1; Western Pileated Wood-
pecker, 1; Gairdner’s Woodpecker, 2; Oregon
Chickadee, 5; Western Winter Wren, 4; Bewick’s
Wren, 2; Varied Thrush, 9; Golden-crowned King-
let, 20+-; Willow Goldfinch, 40; Oregon Towhee,
6; Oregon Junco, 40+; Sooty (?) Fox Sparrow,
1; Rusty Song Sparrow, 5. Total, 30 species, 339+
individuals. Large flocks of Short-billed Gulls,
feeding on flooded land in Lower Fraser Valley.
return to Boundary Bay at nightfall—Martin
W. Hoitpom, Mary W. Hotpom, Frances E. L.
Hotpom.

Affiliated Societies

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA

1937-38

President Emeritus: DR. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. L. T. S.
Norris-ELYE, Past Presidents: J. J. GOLDEN, (Deceased),
H. M. SpeecHiy, M.D., V. W. JAcKson, M. Sc., C. W. LOWE,
M. Sc., J. B. WA.uis, B. A., A. A. McCousrny, A. M.
Davipson, M. D., R. A. WARDLE, M. Sc., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS;
A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, Vice-Presidents: H. C.
PEARCE, W. H. RAND, Mrs. L. R. Simpson, J. P. HADDOW,
P. H. Stokes, Treasurer: L. W. Koser, General Secretary:
Mrs. L. R. Simpson, Auditor: R. M. Tuomas; Executive
Secretary: Miss B. Haak, Secial Convenor: Mrs. B. W. CaRt-
WRIGHT. :

Section Chairman Secretary
Ornithological A.H.SHORTT | R. FRYER
Entomological G. SHIRLEY BROOKS Miss M. PRATT
Botanical ' €. W. Lowe Mrs. H. T. Ross
Geological Pror. E. I. LEITH P. H. STOKES
Zoological Pror. V. W. JACKSON, R. SUTTON
Microscopy
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.

Botany C. W. Lowe, M.Sc.

Secretary: R. HADDOW.

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday
during July and August.

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OFFICERS FOR 1938-39

Honorary President: L. S. KLINK, (LL.D.), President Univer-
sity of B.C.; Past President: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.LS.,
F.B.S.E., F.RHS; President: C. F. Connor, M.A., Vice-
President: Mr. J. J. PLOMMER, Honorary Secretary: Mr. GEO.
ROGER Woop, B.A., First Assistant Secretary: M1SS VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. MARy SIEBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A.
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BaIn, Mr.
W. Cuark, Mrs. H. Faruey, Mr. K- RAcgy, Mr. P. L. Tatt,
Dr. E. N. Drier, Mr. BE. A. SCHWANTIE; Chairman of Sections:
Botany: Pror. JOHN Davipson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S.,
U.B.C., Geology:M. Y. WILLIAMS, PH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C.,
U.B.C., Entomology: Mr. A. R. WOOTTON, Ornithology: Mr.
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: Mr. H. P. CLARK, Photography:
Mr. Pair Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAuRA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; Pror. G. J.
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWoop, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., Auditorium, Normal School, 10th
Avenue and Cambie Street unless otherwise announced.

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL
SOCIETY

President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM-

ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;

Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BAstTIN) 4484 West 9th Avenue,

Vancouver, B.C.

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH,
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF.
V. C. WYNNE-EDWwarps, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4.
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLBEY:
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN.

Executive Commitiee: Miss RutH ABBOTT, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. Bouter, J. D. Fry, W. S. Hart, Mars. C. L.
HENDERSON, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. JuDAH, Miss P. B.
MattTinson, Miss Louis—E MurpuHy, J. A. DECARIBn, Miss M.
S. NicoLson, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. SAIT, Miss MAUD SHATH,
L. M. TERRILL.

Meetings held the second Monday of the Month except
during summer.
Headquarters of the Society are:
REDPATH MusnuM Birp Roow,

McGILL UNIVERSITY,
MONTREAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence, LE TRES HONORABLD
Lorp TwHEpsmuir, G. C. M. G., C. H., Gouverneur- Général
du Canada; <Vice-Patron Honoraire: HONORABLE E.-L. PAT-
ENAUDE, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de Québec;
Bureau de Direction pour 1989: Président: ROBERT HUNTER;
ter vice-président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, 2téme vice-
president: JAMES C. PRICE, Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE
RattH; Chef de la seetion scientifique: Dr. D.-A. DERY;
Chef de la section de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD
Scott, Chef de la section protection: IAN BREAKBY, Chef de
lasection d’information scientifique et ra ad HUBERT
DUCHENE, Directeurs: JOHN BLAIR, L. J. MArois, G.-U.
TrssIER; JAMES F. Ross, ALPHONSE DESILETS, I. A., REX
MpreEpITH, N.P., EDGAR RocHETTH, C. R.,

Seerétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTB

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1988-39.

Honorary President: Hon. Véice-
President: Hon. H. C. NIxon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; President:
F. C. Hurst; Vice-President: W. J. BAXTER; Seeretary-
Treasurer: Mrs. L. E. JAQUITH, CounciL—Mrs. HARVEY
AGNEW, W. J. W. BALDWIN, G. S. BELL, RUPERT DavIbs, ~
R. G. DINGMAN, J. R. DyMonpD, C. S. FARMER, DR. NORMA
Forp, A. R. Gipson, PAu Haun, H. M. HaAuiipay, Dr. F.
P. Ipn, Maaistrata J. BE. Jones, T. F. Mcliwralta,
Arnort M. PATTERSON, Dr. R. M. SauNpDERS, Dr. T. M.
C. TayLor, STUART THOMPSON, Mrs. A. R. WHITTEMORE.
President of Junior Club: W.J.BAxtmrR, Vice-President: Mrs.
A. R. WHITTEMORE.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum,
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons.

We ask the Officers, and more par=

ticularly the Secretaries, of all the

Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

make it one of the leading Natural

History publications of America.

For information concerning purchaseof the following publications of the Club apply to
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX

B M. KINDLE
This book is attractively bound, and contains a Special ees ee tvctod ia f Th
wealth of information concerning Canadian pe Pp y ae eee =

Natural History and Exploration. The author “Naturalist”, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every .

5 Canadian should know this prize essay.
was a former President of the Club and this is a
Memorial Volume PRICE FIFTY CENTS ,

PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. ; APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa.

FOR SALE:— . Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in

The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1939.
PUBLICATIONS Name 8

1879-1938 : Address) 022) ee Se eee
City, Prov. or State... he eee
FORM I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field-
7 Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum

OF ei
(OE em nm Neer Te

BEQUEST

g Datei. Signature 00 ee

Prices of Separates

Notes to Contributors, Etc.

Papers for publication should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the appropriate Associate Editor.

Manuscrint should be plainly written, typed if possible,
on one side of the paper only, with wide spaces between the
lines and ample margins. It is urged that special care be used
that scientific names are legible, properly formed, and correctly
spelled and capitalized.

Authors of leading articles are entitled to twenty-five
copies of the number in which they appear, free of charge on
application.

Separates of articles as they appear on the page, without
any change of make-up will be supplied at the following rates
which are approximate. If more t 2 pages, count in mul-
tiples of four, to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra.

——— |§ | | | —

Wr SE Biase roo doG $2.00) $2.26) $2.50) $2.75) $3.00
PNA es BP) eS OS aie oh 3.26) 3.75) 4.

Dae eel eceta ns ile eeneatids 3.50) 3.75) 4.00}; 4.25) 4.50
(Ae atin ef iaicieha inipithe 8.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.60
Ly Rieter Bien Si A a 4.50) 4.75) 6.00) 5.25) 5.50
Gide ereracmictstanis <ierepaiete 4.50} 4.75) 6 00) 56.25) 5.50
UE Ie OH a ATS ESE es 6.00) 6.25) 6.50} 6.75) 7.00
CY MAGEE GG Spe Se 6.00) 6.25) 6.50; 6.75) 7.00
Dire sate napencce misters: .-| 7.50) 8.00} 8.75) 10.25) 11.75

LO Avene eieaenies 7.50) 8.00) 8.75) 10.26) 11.75
Covers extra 8.00} 3.00) 3.00) 4.00; 5.00

If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent to the
article or changes of make-up are desired, or if insets or other
extra work are necessary, special rates will be furnished on
application to the Editor

Applications for separates should be made to the Editor.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

QS Zosloay *4\
APR 1 {940 |} |
940 / MARCH, 1940

CiBRARY_—

at) on,

_ VOL. LIV, No. 3

> Gia Le) 13, = Be 7S y ae
> = s See = (rx)
ra — ej
- . as

uN
Rn “a
hy SN =e
stifle > @
i £ VG
mA y AY El
: + z
—_— =

‘2,
i
Pz
a 8s
72. aN

Al

ee

™

, \

Wl dake e ay,
Hh f :

i Na | Dh

Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter
Qs i

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

Patrons: ~.
THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND THE LADY TWEEDSMUIR.

President: A. E. PORSILD

1st Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD 2nd Vice-President: DOUGLAS LEECHMAN
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, _ Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa _

Additional Members of Guo F. J. ALCocK, R. M. ANDERSON, REV. F. E. BANIM, nea BOWERS,
A. . Brown, C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DELuRY, H. Grou, J. W.
GROVES, G. H. HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY,
A. LAROcQuE, Harrison F. LEwIs, HoyEs Luoyp, J. M. RoBINSON, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG,

P. A. TAVERNER, MALCOLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, R. T. D. WICKENDEN, M E. WILSON,

and the following Presidents of Affiliated Societies: L. T.S. Norris-ELyg, C. F. CONNOR, JOHN
Davipson, M. Y. WILLIAMS, V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, ROBERT HUNTER, F. C. Hurst.

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEwIs

Editor:
C. H. D. CLARKE,
National Parks Bureau, Ottawa

Associate Editors:

DD ENNESS ic oan ee) ea ena Anthropology CLYDE L..'PATCH. 2. eee Herpetology

FECA ARIS ig te VS i elaine AR Botany R. MM: ANDERSON: 2) o22 5) ee eee Mammalogy

As AROCOQUR eg: ine ee ee ee Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology

ARTHUR GIBSON 3009 60 2 os oie ahs Entomology ~ P.2Ay TAVERNER? 24. tie Ornithology:

Be Ose COCK pare rate a aNetaee cay econo Geology WAS BERR Sa SER a Palzontology
de RADY MOND): Oey ruac eee cases Ichthyology

CONTENTS
rp PAGE
\. The Flora of Devon Island in Arctic Canada. By Nicholas Polunin..................... 2
A Quantitative Study of Muskrat Food. By Li. Butler oh ee oO. 37
The Study of Hepatics (Liverworts) in Canada. By A. H. Brinkman..........-......... 40
Land Molluscs of Hastings County, Ontario. By Rev. H. B. Herrington and John Oughton 42
Utricularia inflata in .Canada.. By Margaret S: Brown, 2.20.20 39..0 = eee 44
Notes and Observations :—
Frogbit—Hydrocharis Morsus-ranae L. at Ottawa. By W.H. Minshall............ 44
The European Starling, Sturnus vulgaris at Norway House. By P. W. Durant...... 45
Mockingbird Mimus polyglottus Wintering in Manitoba. By A.B. Gresham....... 45
Editorial :— :
inks: withthe} Past 525k ae iy PO ee Oo he ace Ree fa 46
gyiSdSSSESSESESUSSSESSSSSEEESSSSSSSEISICSSSESECSSS SESE SSSSSEESSSESEESSEES SSS SS SLES SSSSSSESSSSSESSSSSSSESS SSCS TS LSSoS aa ERSSSeSesstesiassasgesercssccessdecssessreassssseeeesssesubnsanesess
H
g The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since
#1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two
i} volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been
Ht continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued E
HH monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the a
# results of original research in all departments of Natural History. :
3
: Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each i
EB seenazsteegnagguatasetentssaasachectsasazenecceEsnsaueeeussssuazueesessuaszsccueneasazaconteceengnnausneccsssassasttcssrugsasssnnaaaaasaneeeaspaceeeosaazamaaeizaat

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’,Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-N aturalists’ Club —
582 Mariposa Ave.,
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. LIV
Sess

“THE FLORA OF DEVON ISLAND IN ARCTIC

OTTAWA, CANADA, MARCH, 1940

ARR 1 1940 *

By NICHOLAS POLUNIN

EVON ISLAND, previously called North
Devon, although one of the largest units
Ga of the American Arctic Archipelago, still

remains among the least known botan-
ically. It extends from lat. 74° 30’N. to lat. 77°
5’N., and from long. 79° 30’W. to long. 97°W.
(Simmons 1913, p. 34), having an estimated area
of. 20,484 sq. miles (Bethune 1935, p. 16). The
coast is extremely rugged, consisting generally of
tall cliffs or steep slopes interrupted by glaciers
which in most cases come right down to the sea

(Phot. 1). The hinterland, except in the west, is
lofty and almost entirely occupied by ice-cap; but
although only a small portion of the total area
is free from ice, there is to be found a consider-
able variety of plant habitats, including in some
sheltered valleys large tracts of closed heathy or
marshy vegetation.

The first few plants known to have been col-
lected on Devon Island were brought back in
1825 by Parry’s third expedition (cf. W. J. Hooker
1826), while more substantial contributions were

South coast of Devon Island looking eastwards across a bay near Dundas

Harbour.

corner) and discharging into the sea.

A glacier is seen coming from the ice-cap (upper left-hand

A sprinkling of new

snow hes on the otherwise dark foreground—
September 14th, 1934.

32 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALISI

made by members of various Franklin searching
expeditions in the 1850’s (cf. J. D. Hooker 1857
and 1861), and in 1900-02 by the Second Nor-
wegian Arctic Expedition in the “Fram” (cf.
Simmons 1909) 1.

Subsequently a whole series of Canadian Govern-
ment expeditions made brief calls (generally at
Dundas Harbour on the south coast) which al-
lowed the making of further useful collections.
Altogether the followimg 16 explorers, sailors or
scientists have collected vascular plants on Devon
Island, although in most cases so casually that
in a total of about 24 hours spent at one point
(Dundas Harbour) in 1934 and 1936 I was able
to find no less than 14 species not previously
known from the island:

J. C. Ross, 1824.

W. E. Parry, 1824-5, (cf. W. J. Hooker, 1826).

F. L. McClintock, 1850-4, (cf. Markham, 1909).

R. McCormick, 1852, (cf. McCormick, 1884).

T. C. Pullen, 1852.

D. Lyall, 1852-4, (cf. J. D. Hooker, 1857).

Dr. Walker, 1857, (cf. J. D. Hooker, 1861).

A. C. Horner, 18762.

P. Schei, 1900-01, (cf. Simmons, 1909).

H. G. Simmons, 1900-02, (cf. Simmons, 1909 and
1913).

L. E. Borden, 1904, (cf. Macoun, 1906).

J. G. MacMillan, 1908.

J. D. Soper, 1923.

M. O. Malte, 1927.

R. M. Anderson, 1928.

N. Polunin, 1934-6.

The total number of species (not to mention
subsidiary forms) of vascular plants which can
now be recorded as occurring on Devon Island
or its accompanying islets (excluding the rather
large North Kent, Coburg, and Philpot Islands) is
104, but there can be no doubt that many more
will be added with further exploration. In the
following list the species are delimited and ar-
rangeed as in my forthcoming “Botany of the

1. In this paper Simmons mentions a total of
about 36 species of vascular plants from ‘‘North
Devon’’. In his’ subsequent ‘‘Phytogeography”’
(19138, p. 25) he collects together and adds the
records of previous investigators, so enumerating
58 species. These, however, include several of
Sutherland’s which had been gathered in Baffin
(cf. Polunin 19386, p. 411).

2. Naturalist Horner gathered only a few
eommon plants when visiting Beechey Island dur-
ing the ‘‘Pandora’’ voyages of 1875-6, his reports
being so merged in generalizations that his name
does not appear in the detailed records which fol-
low. These records give the chief points at which
the other 15 investigators collected.

Canadian Eastern Arctic, Part 1” #, the symbols
placed in brackets (following the name of the

_, collector and date of collection) indicating the

herbaria in which I have seen and checked the
specimens, 4 viz.

O Ottawa—National Herbarium of Canada.

G Gray Herbarium of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass.

N New York—Herbarium of the Botanical
Gardens.

kK Kew—Herbarium of the Royal Botanic
Gardens, London. .

B_ British Museum of Natural History, London.

C Copenhagen Botanical Museum.

S Stockholm—Herbarium of the State Museum.

My own specimens collected in 1934 and 1936
are mostly to be seen in one or another of the
four institutions with which I have latterly been
most closely connected, viz., the Gray Herbarium
of Harvard University at Cambridge, Mass., the
National Herbarium of Canada at Ottawa, the
British Museum of Natural History, London, and
the Fielding Herbarium of Oxford University.

POLYPODIACEAE.

1. Woodsia glabella R. Br. apud Richard-

son—Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (O.G,
C).
EQUISETACEAE,
2. Equisetum arvense L—Dundas Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O,G), Polunin 1936.
LYCOPODIACEAE.
3. Lycopodium Selago L—“Cape Warren-
der” (McClintock ex Markham 1909, p.
246); Dundas Harbour, Polunin 1934 &
36.

GRAMINEAE.

4. Hierochloe alpina (Sw.) R. & S—Cape
Sparbo, Anderson 1928 (QO); Cape War-
render, Ross 1824 (K); Dundas Harbour,
Soper 1923 (O,C), Malte 1927 (O,G),
Polunin 19384 & 36; between Beechey
Island and Northumberland Sound, Lyall
1852 (K); “Laneaster Sound” (Walker
ex Hooker 1861, p. 85).

3. This work was designed to mention all
plant names which have been published either
erroneously or as synonyms from Devon Island or
surrounding areas. It is accordingly considered
unnecessary to repeat such extra names here, just
as it is thought undesirable to include doubtful or
ambiguous records.

4. An asterisk implies that the specimen has
not actually been seen by me but is reported on the
authority of a reliable author as occurring in the
herbarium indicated.

(VoL. LIV

cng Gt es) eeeeereh

March, 1940] —

LO:

11.

_H. pauciflora R. Br—Dundas Harbour,

Malte 1927 (O,G), Polunin 1936.
Alopecurus alpinus Sm.—plentiful records®
Arctagrostis latifolia (R.Br.) Griseb.—
Dundas Harbour, Polunin 1934 & 36;
Cuming Creek, Borden 1904 (O) 63096;
‘Wellington Channel’, Lyall 1853 (K).
Calamagrostis neglecta (Ehrh.) Gaertn.
var. borealis (Laestad.) Kearney—Dundas
Harbour, Polunin 1934.

Deschampsia brevifolia R.Br. (Aira arctica
Spreng.)—“Cape Vera” (Simmons 1913,
p. 46).

D. pumila (Ledeb.) Ostenfeld—Dundas
Harbour, Polunin 1934.

Trisetum spicatum (LL) Richt, var. Maid-
en (Gandoger) Fernald—Dundas Har-

i « Bour, Malte. 1927 (O,G) 118474, Polunin

13.

14.

15.

16.

Wee

18.

19)

5.

- 1934 & 36.
12.

Catabrosa algida (Soland.) Fries—plenti-
ful records>.

Pleuropogon Sabinei R.Br Mary ane Har-
bour, Polunin 1934 & 36; Powell Creek,
Lyall (K).

Poa abbreviata R.Br.—‘“‘Boat Cape (Schei)
and Cape Vera” (Simmons 1909, pp. 6 &
8); Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,G),
Polunin 1934; Powell Creek, Lyall 1852
(K) as “Poa laxa”’; Beechey Island, Lyall
1854 (K,S*).

P. glauca M. Vahl—Dundas_ Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O,G), Polunin 1934 & 36;
Beechey Island, Lyall 1854 (K).

P. arctica R:Br—plentiful records, incl.
var. vivipara Hook. from “Cape Vera”
(Simmons 1909, p. 8 sub nom. P. cenisia
f. prolifera), from Dundas Harbour, Po-
lunin 1934 & 36, from Beechey Island,
Lyall-1854 (K,S*) as “Poa caesia’”; incl.
apparent hybrid with P. Pratensis sl.
from Dundas Harbour, Polunin 1934 &
36; incl. from Cape Warrender, Parry
1825 (K) as “Poa laxa?”

Dupontia Fisheri R.Br—Dundas Har-
bour, Polunin 1934 & 36; between Beechey
Island and Northumberland Sound, Lyall
1852 (K).

Puccinellia phryganodes (Trin.) Scribn.

~& Merrill—Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927

(O,G), Polunin 1934 & 36.
P. paupercula (Holm) Fernald & Weath-
erby—Dundas Harbour, Polunin 1936.

I.e. from almost all around the island, so

that they are not considered worth citing individ-

ually.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

20.

21.

22.

33

P. angustata (R.Br.) Rand & Redfield
(agg.)—plentiful records, incl. as “Gly-
ceria distans” and “G. distans var. vag-
inata”.

P. Vahliana (Liebm.) Scribn. & Merrill—

~ “West Fjord” (Simmons 1909, p. 7) ; Dun-

das Harbour, Polunin 1934 & 36.
Festuca brachyphylla Schultes—plentiful
records, incl. as “Festuca ovina” and “F.
ovina var. supina”’.

CYPERACEAE.

23.
24.
20.
26.

27.

28.

29.

30.
dl.
32.

30.

34,

35.

6.

Eriophorum Scheuchzeri Hoppe—Dundas
Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,C), Polunin 1934
& 36; Powell Creek, Lyall 1852 (K).

E. angustifolium Roth (E. polystachyon
of authors, possibly not L.)—plentiful
records.

Kobresia Bellardi (All.) Degland apud
Loisel—Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,
G,C) 118659, 118667, Polunin 1934 & 36.
K. simpliciuscula (Wahlenb.)- Mackenzie
(K. caricina Willd.)—Dundas Harbour,
Polunin 1934 & 36.

Carex nardina E. Fries—Dundas Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O,G,C), Polunin 1934 & 36.
Carex. maritima Gunn. (s.1.) (C. incurva
Lightf..—Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927
(O,G), Polunin 1934 & 36, incl. nos. 750,
810, 818, 820, 2512, 2521 var. setina
(Christ) Fernald.

C. ursina Dewey—Dundas Harbour, Po-
lunin 1934 & 36.

6C. bipartita All—Dundas~ Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O,G,C) 118499 heterogeneous,
Polunin 1936.

C. rupestris All—?. Cape Sparbo, Ander-
son 1928 (O); Dundas Harbour, Polunin
1934 & 36.

C. scirpoidea Michx. (s.1.)—Dundas Har-
bour, Malte 1927 (O,G,C), Polunin 1934
& 36.

C. atrofusca Schk. (C. ustulata Wahlenb.)

—Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (C), Po-
lunin 1934 & 36.

C.. misandra. R.Br—Dundas
Soper 1923 (O,C),
Polunin 1934 & 36.
C. Bigelowit Torrey ex Schwein. (C. rigzda
Good. not Schrank, C’. concolor of authors,
not R.Br.)—Cape Sparbo, Anderson 1928

Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O,G,C),

Subsidiary forms of this species will be

dealt with in my forthcoming ‘‘Botany of the Can-

adian Eastern Arctic, ue 1
(C. lagopina

C. bipartita
Schk.)

Typical

Wahlenb., Lachenalii ap-

pears to be absent from ae Island.

34

36.

37.

38.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(O); Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,
G,C,) 118552, Polunin 1934 incl. nos. 758,
772, 801, 818 transitional to C. aquatilis

var. stans.
C. aquatilis Wahlenb. var. stans (Dre}.)

Boott—Cape Sparbo, Anderson 1928 (O);
Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,G)

- 118555, Polunin 1934 & 36; Powell Creek,

Lyall 1852 (K).
C. salina Wahlenb—Dundas Harbour, Po-
lunin 1936 no. 2492 approaching var. sub-

_ spathacea (Wormskj.) Tuckerm. and nos.

2522, 2523 transitional to C. aquatilis var.
stans.

C. membranacea Hook. (C. membrano-
pacta L. H. Bailey)—Cape Sparbo, Ander-
son 1928 (O); Dundas Harbour, Polunin
1934 & 36.

JUNCACEAE,

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

Luzula nivalis de Beurl. (L. arc-

» tica Blytt; L. hyperborea R.Br. in part)—
’ Dundas

Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,G,C),
Polunin 1934 & 36; between Beechey Is-
land-and Northumberland Sound, Lyall
1852. (K) as “Luzula confusa”; ‘Welling-
ton Channel’, i 1853 (K) as “L.
confusa”’.

L. confusa Tandeh, (L. hpenbonen R.Br.
in part)—Cape Sparbo, Anderson 1928
(O); Dundas Harbour, Polunin 1934 & 36;
Powell Creek, Lyall 1852 (K) ; “Lancaster
Sound” (Walker ex Hooker 1861, p. 84
‘sub nom. L. arcuata).

Juncus biglumis L—‘West Fjord, Cape
Vera, Mount Belcher’ (Simmons 1909,
pp. 7, 8 & 9); Dundas Harbour, Malte
1927 (O;5C), Polunin 1934 & 36; “Powell
Creek and Wellington Channel” (Lyall
ex Hooker 1857, p. 118).

J. albescens (Lange) Fernald—Dundas
Harbour, Malte 1927 (O), Polunin 1934.
J. castaneus Sm—Dundas Harbour, Po-
lunin 1934 & 36.

LILIACEAE.

44,

‘Tofieldia coccinea Richardson—Dundas
Harbour, Malte 1927 (O.C) 118594, Po-
lunin 1934? & 36.

SALICACEAE.

45.

Ue

pelago.

Salix reticulata U—Dundas Harbour.
Soper 1923 (C), Malte 1927 (O,N), Po-
lunin 1934 & 36.

New to the entire Canadian Arctic Archi-

46.

47.

S. herbacea L—Dundas Harbour, Polunin
1934 & 36; Powell Creek, Lyall 1852 (K).
S. arctica Pall. (s.1.)—plentiful records,
incl. det. B.F. (loderus) as “Salix arctica
x callicarpaea” and “S. callicarpaea”.

POLYGONACEAE,

oe

49.
50.

nl Ge

Koen gia islandica L—Dundas Harbour,
Polunin 1936.

Oxyria digyna (L). Hill—plentiful records.
Polygonum viviparum L—
(Schei ex Simmons 1909, p. 6); Dundas
Harbour, Polunin 1934 & 36; Powell
Creek, Lyall 1852 (K); Beechey Island,
“Wellington Channel” (Lyall
ex Hooker 1857, p. 117).

=
CARYOPHYLLACEAE.

nals

5.
“ ..'andrium affine of authors)—Dundas Har-

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

Silene acaulis (L) L. var. exscapa (All.)
DC.—Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,
G, C), Polunin 1934 & 36.

Lychnis furcata (Raf.) Fernald (Mel-

bour, Polunin 1936; Beechey Island and
neighbourhood, Lyall 1854 (K, S*) as
“Lychnis apetala”. .
L. apetala L.—Dundas Hasbow Malte
1927 (O, G, C) 118773 118774, Polunin
1934 & 36; “Cape Riley” (McClintock ex
Markham 1909, p. 246); Beechey Island,
Lyall 1854 (K,S*); ‘Wellington Channel’,
Lyall 1853 (K,S*).
Cerastium alpinum L.
records.

C.. Regeli Oriente ead Harbour,
Polunin 1936; between Beechey Island
and Northumberland: Sound, Lyall 1852
(K); ‘Wellington Channel’, Lyall 1852 &
53 (K).

Stellaria longipes Goldie—‘West Fjord,
Cape Vera, Mount Belcher” (Simmons
1909, pp. 7, 8 & 9); Dundas Harbour,

(s.1.)—plentiful

~ Soper 1923 (O) incl. f. humilis (Fenzl)

Ostenfeld ex Greentved, Malte 1927 (O,G)
f. humilis, Polunin. 1934 & 36 inel. f.
humilis; Powell Creek, Lyall 1852 (KX) f.
humilis; Beechey Island, MacMillan 1908
(O) as “var. laeta’”; between Beechey Is-
land and Northumberland Sound, Lyall

1852 (K) f. humilis; ‘East side Wellington

Channel’, Lyall 1852 (K).

S. humifusa Rottb—Dundas Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O,G,C), Polunin 1934 & 36.
Arenaria rubella (Wahlenb.) Sm—“West
Fjord, Cape Vera, Mount Belcher” (Sim-
mons 1909, pp. 7, 8 & 9 sub nom. Alsne

~[VoL. LIV.

“Viks Fjord” -

ee ee

=

Lah re aes

a ee es uy

ali hoi. aya nlite Doiaahncaes Fes

eee ee ee ee ee

March, 1940)

2, 09°

60.

verna) ; “Boat Cape” (Schei ex Simmons

- 1909, p..6 sub nom. Alsine verna); Dundas

Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,C) 118722 118723
118729, Polunin 1934 & 36; Beechey Island
and neighbourhood, Lyall 1854: (K).

A. Rossii R.Br. apud Richardson—“West
Fjord and Mount Belcher’ (Simmons
1909, pp. 7 & 9); Dundas Harbour, Polun-
in 1936; Beechey Island and. neighbour-
hood, Lyall 1854 (K); between Beechey
Island and Northumberland Sound, Lyall
1852 (K); ‘East side Wellington Channel,’
Lyall 1852 (K).

Sagina intermedia Fenzl—Dundas Har-
bour, Polunin 1934 & 36.

RANUNCULACEAE.

61.

62.

63.

Ranunculus hyperboreus Rottb—Dundas
Harbour, Polunin 1934 & 36. ©

R. nvalis L—Dundas Harbour, Malte
1927 (O,G,C), Polunin 1934 & 36; between
Beechey Island and Northumberland
Sound, Lyall (K*)8. ae

R. sulphureus Solander apud Phipps—
“Cape Vera” (Simmons 1909, p. 8); Dun-
das Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,G,C), Polunin

1934 & 36 ; Cuming Creek, Borden 1904
(O) 26906 as R. nivalis.”

PAPAVERACEAE.

64.

Papaver radicatum Rottb—plentiful rec-
ords, incl. var. albiflorum Lange from
“Cape Vera” (Simmons 1909, p. 8. sub
nom. f. Hartianum), from Dundas Har-
bour, Polunin 1936.

CRUCIFERAE.

65.

66.

» 67.

8.

Cochlearia officinalis L. (s.1.)—plentiful
records, incl. var. groenlandica (L.) Gel-
ert from “West Fjord, Cape Vera, Castle
Island, and Devils Island” (Simmons 1909,
pp. 7 et seq.), from Dundas Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O, G, C).

Eutrema Edwardsii R.Br—Dundas Har-
bour, Malte 1927 (O,G,C), Polunin 1934
& 36; Powell Creek, Lyall 1852 (K. pars).
Cardamine. bellidifolia 1.—Dundas Har-
bour, Malte 1927 (O), Polunin 1934 & 36
incl. f. laza (Lange) n. comb. (Cardamine
bellidifolia L. var. lara Lange, Medd. om
Greenland, III, p. 251, 1887).

J.D. Hooker (1857, p. 116), when dealing

with Dr. Lyall’s collections, gave ‘“Beechey Island
and Northumberland Sound’’ as distinct localities

for this
sulpkureus

species. Owing to confusion with R
it seems best to ignore all unconfirmed

reports of members of this group.

68.

69.

a:

72.

173:

7A.

75.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 35

C. pratensis L. var, angustifoka Hook—
Dundas Harbour, Polunin 1936; Beechey
Island, Pullen 1852 (K, pars) as “Car-

- damine. digitata”’.

Draba alpina L. (s.1.)—plentiful records,
incl. from Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927
(O,G) 118897 var. gracilescens Simmons
as “D. alpina x lactea”, and 118899 var.
nana Hook. emend. Fernald as “D.
Bellii’”, Polunin 1934 & 36 typical form
and var. nana, from Beechey Island, Lyall
1854 (K) appre. -D. subcapitata, Borden
1904 (O) 26913 var. nana as “D: Bellii f.
gracilis potius ad D. macrocarpam” scr.
Ekman, MacMillan 1908 (O) 77274 var.
nana as “D. Bellii”, Soper 1923 (0)
111536 var. nana as “D: Bellii”, Malte 1927
(O,G) 118894 var. nana as “D. Bellii f.

_an var. svalbardensis” scr. Ekman. _
~70.

D. subcapitata Simmons—‘West Fjord,
Devils Island, Mount Belcher, Castle
Island, and Cape Vera” (Simmons 1909,
pp. 7 et seq.) ; Beechey Island, Lyall 1854

~ (K,S*) as “D. micropetala”; ‘Northumber-

land Sound’, Lyall 1853 & 54 (K).

D. fladmzensis Wulfen ex Jacquin (s.1.)—
Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,G) inel.
118914 as “D.. fladnizensis x lactea” and
118906 as “D. lactea”, Polunin 1934 & 36;
“Cuming Creek” (Borden ex Macoun 1906
p. 320. sub syn. D. Wahlenbergiu) ; Powell
Creek, Lyall 1852 (K) as “D. rupestris”;
between Beechey Island and Northum-
berland Sound, Lyall 1852 (K); ‘East
side Wellington Channel’, Lyall 1852 (K)
as “D. micropetala”’.

D., mvalis Liljebl—Dundas_ Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O), Polunin 1934 & 36.

D. glabella Pursh var. brachycarpa
(Rupr.) Fernald—*“Castle Island” (Sim-

“mons 1909, p. 11 sub nom. D. hirta);

‘Kast side Wellington Channel’,
1853 (KK) as “D. hirta”.

D. cinerea Adams (D. arctica J. Vahl)—
‘Wellington Channel’, Lyall 1852 (K)
apprg. D. glabella as “D. groenlandica”
scr. Ekman; Beechey Island, Lyall 1854
(K}.

Braya purpurascens (R.Br.) Bunge apud
Ledeb—Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927
(O,G) 118930 var. dubia, Polunin 1934 &
36 incl. var. dubia; Powell Creek, Lyall
1852 (K, pars) as “Eutrema Edwardsii”.

Lyall

36 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [Vou. LIV

SAXIFRAGACEAE.

76. Sazifraga rivularis L—‘West Fjord”
(Schei ex Simmons 1909, p. 7); Dundas
Harbour, Malte 1927 (O,G,C), Polunin
1934 & 36; Powell Creek, Lyall 1852 (K) ;
‘East side Wellington Channel’, Lyall 1852
(K). )

77. S. cernua L.—plentiful records, incl. f.
latibracteata (Fernald & Weatherby) Po-
lunin from Beechey Island, Soper 1923
(O) 111555, Malte 1927 (O,G) 118966.

78. S. caespitosa L. (S. groenlandica L.)—
plentiful records, incl. from “Devils Is-
land,’ “S. groenlandica f. flavescens”
(Simmons 1909, p. 12).

79. 8. stellaris L. var. comosa Retzius—
“West Fjord” (Schei ex Simmons 1909, p.
7); Dundas. Harbour, Malte 1927 (O, C),
Polunin 1934 & 36.

80. S. hreracifolia. Waldst. & Kit—Dundas
Harbour, Polunin 1936.

81. 8S. nivalis L—plentiful records.

82. S. tricuspidata Rottb—plentiful records,
incl. f. subintegrifolia (Abrom.) Polunin

' from Dundas Harbour, Soper 1923 (O,G)
111568.

83. 8S. flagellaris Willd, ex Sternb—no local-
ity (McClintock ex Markham 1909, p. 246) ;
“Cape Vera and Mount Belcher” (Sim-
mons 1909, pp. 8 & 9); “Northumberland
Sound” (Lyall ex Hooker 1857, p. 117);
‘Wellington Channel’, Lyall (K*); Beech-
ey Island, Lyall 1854 (K,S*) ; “Baring Bay
and Caswalls Tower” (McCormick 1884,
pp. 86 & 127); Cape Riley, Pullen (K*).

84. S. Hirculus L—plentiful records, incl.
var. propinqua (R.Br.) Simmons.

85. S. oppositifolia L—plentiful records, incl.
f. pulvinata Andersson & Hesselman.

86. Chrysosplenium alternifolium LL. var.
tetrandrum Lund—Dundas Harbour, Po-
lunin 1936; ‘Wellington Channel’, Lyall
1853 (K).

ROSACEAE.
87. %Potentilla emarginata Pursh—Dundas
Harbour, Soper 1923 (O) 111584 apprg.
P. rubricaulis Lehm., Malte 1927 (O,G,C)
119073 119088 119092, Polunin 1934 & 36,
incl. 780c 791 2494 appre. P. rubricaulis.
88. P. rubricaulis Lehm—Dundas Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O,G) 119097 as “P. Peder-

—S

9. Subsidiary forms of this species will be
dealt with in my “Botany of the Canadian Eastern
Arctic, Part I’.

89.

90.

senii”, and 119091 apprg. (hybrid with ?)
P. pulchella R.Br. as “P. groenlandica x
pulchella”, Polunin 1936; Cape Riley,
Pullen (K*).

P. pulchella R.Br—‘West Fjord” (Sim-

mons 1909, p. 7); “Lancaster Sound”

(Walker ex Hooker 1861, p. 83 sub nom.
P. nivea var pulchella) ; Dundas Harbour,
Malte 1927 (O,G,C), Polunin 1936; Powell
Creek, Lyall 1852 (IK); Beechey Island
and near, Lyall 1854 (K,S*); Northum-
berland Sound” (Lyall ex Hooker 1857,
p. 116).

Dryas integrifolia M. Vahl—plentiful rec-
ords, incl. from “Cape Riley” (McClin-
tock ex Markham 1909, p. 245 sub nom.
D. octopetala).

ONAGRACEAE.

91.

Epilobium latifolia L.—Dundas_ Har-
bour, Polunin 1934 & 36.

ERICACEAE.

92.

93.

94.

Rhododendron lapponicum (L.) Wahlenb.
—Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927 (0,G,C),
Polunin 1936.

Cassiope tetragona (L.) D. Don—plenti-
ful records.

Vaccinium uliginosum L. var. ier

Bigel—Dundas Harbour, Soper 1923 (O,C) ~

111653, Malte 1927 (O,C), Polunin 1934
& 36.

PLU MBAGINACEAE,

95.

Armeria labradorica Wallr—Dundas Har-
bour, Malte 1927 (O, G, C) 119107, Po-
lunin 1934.

BORAGINACEAE,

96.

Mertensia maritima (L.) S. F. Gray var.
tenella Fries—Dundas Harbour, Malte
1927 (O,G,C), Polunin 1934.

SCROPHULARIACEAE.

97.

98.

a

100.

Pedicularis sudetica Willd—Dundas Har-
bour, Malte 1927 (O,C), Polunin 1934 &
36. :

P. hirsuta L—Lancaster Sound’, Walker
1857 (Ix); Dundas Harbour, Malte 1927
(O,C), Polunin 1934 & 36; Cuming Creek,
Borden 1904 (O*); between Beechey Is-
land and Northumberland Sound, Lyall
1852 (K); “Wellington Channel” (Lyall
ex Hooker 1857, p. 117).

P. fammea L.—Dundas Harbour, Polunin
1936.

P. capitata Adams—Dundas Harbour,

Malte 1927 (O,G,C), Polunin 1934 & 36. -

' ~
eee eee ee

barbie tia kadai mail ee he see hippo’ «|

ee ON ee

’ March; 1940]

CAMPANULACEAE.
101. Campanula uniflora L.—Dundas Harbour,
~ Polunin 1934 & 36.
COMPOSITAE.
102. Antennaria. labradorica
Harbour, Polunin 1934.
103. Chrysanthemum integrifolium Richardson
—Cape Sparbo, Anderson 1928 (OQ).
104. Taraxacum phymatocarpum J. Vahl (s.1.)
—Cape Sparbo, Anderson 1928 (O).

REFERENCES.

BeTHUNE, W. C. 1935: “Canada’s Eastern
_ Arctic”. Ottawa: Department of the In- —

terior, pp. 1-166.

Hooker, J. D. 1857: “On some Collections
of Arctic Plants, chiefly! made by Dr. Lyall,
Dr. Anderson, Herr Miertsching, and Mr.
Rae, during the Expeditions in search
of Sir John Franklin, under Sir John
_ Richardson, Sir Edward Belcher, and Sir
Robert. M’Clure”. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot.,

I, pp. 114-124.

1861: “An Account of the Plants
collected by Dr. Walker in Greenland
and Arctic America during the Expedition
of Sir Francis M’Clintock, R.N., in the
Yacht ‘Fox’”. -Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot., V,
pp. 79-89.

~~ Hfooker, W. J: 1826:-
pp. 121-131 in W. E. Parry’s Journal of a
Third Voyage for the Discovery of a
North-West Passage from the Atlantic
to the Pacific. London.

Nutt.—Dundas |

“Botanical Appendix” ~

THE CANADIAN’ FIEED-NATURALIST 237,

McCormick, R. 1884: “Voyages of Discovery
in the Arctic and Antarctic Seas, and
Round the World”. London: Vol. II,
pp. i-xi & 1-412: 5

- Macoun, J. M. 1906: “Appendix III. List
of Plants collected in 1904 during the
Cruise of the Neptune” . pp. 320-321
in A. P. Low’s Report on the Dominion
Government Expedition to Hudson Bay

and the Arctic Islands. Ottawa.
MarKHAM, Sir C. R. 1909: “Life of Admiral
Sir Leopold McClintock”. London: pp.
1-xx & 1-370.
‘Potunin, NicHotas 1936: “A Botanical
Scrapbook”. Rhodora, XXXVIII, pp.
409-413.

Stmmons,,H. G. 1906: “The-Vascular Plants
in, the Flora of Ellesmereland”. Report
of the Second Norwegian. Arctic. Exped-
ition in the “Fram” 1898-1902,. No.: 2,
Kristiania, pp. 1-197.

1909: “Stray Contributions ‘to
the Botany. of North Devon and some
other Islands”. Report of the Second
Norwegian . Arctic Expedition in the
“Fram? 1898-1902, No: 19, pp: 1-26.
-1913: ~“A Survey of the Phyto-
geography of the Arctic American Archi-
pélago”.. -Lunds - -Universitets Arsskrift,
—-N-F. -Afd: 2; Bd: 9,-Nr: 19; pp: 1-183.— -

SUTHERLAND, P..C. 1852: . “Journal of a Voy-

' age in Baffin’s Bay and Barrow Straits, in
the years 1850-1851”. London: Vol. II pp.
1-363 & i-cexxxill. .

A QUANTITATIVE STUDY OF MUSKRAT. FOOD
By L. BUTLER

ANY studies have been made (Errington
et al.), of the social and breeding habits
fof the muskrat, Ondatra zibethica
and most of these accounts have been
prefaced by some qualitative feeding. data; but
no one has tried.to arrive. at a quantitative
estimate. of the amount of natural food required
by an individual muskrat. This study was under-
taken with the twofold purpose of finding how
much .of. each type. of food muskrats normally
consume, and whether food plays an important
part in the population cycle. These experiments
were carried out on the Hudson’s Bay Company’s

marsh. near. Mafeking, Manitoba.. The marsh. is
fed by the Steeprock River, and has an abundant
supply of natural muskrat food and a_ fairly
stabilized. water level.

Plants growing on ‘the marsh, which are used
by muskrat for food, are listed in order of their
importance in Table No. 1. There is nothing
unusual in the first two plants on the list as
eattail, and bulrush. are recognized by most in-
vestigators as important food. plants, but the
third one has never been mentioned in. this
capacity. Equisetum fluviatile or, stovepipe reed
grows in two to four feet of water and is found

38 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

growing extensively in many parts of Manitoba
and Saskatchewan. The hollow stems of this
plant, especially the greener parts above water.
are used for food. Penned animals would eat
them quite readily and choose them in preference
to many recognized food plants. Muskrats in the
marsh were observed swimming around biting off
the cones and cutting the stems just below
the water line; taking them to feeding platforms
and consuming the whole stem. No feeding plat-
forms composed mainly of this species were found

[Vou. LIV

but most feeding platforms and feces samples
contained remnants of stove-pipe reed. This
species was also used quite extensively in house-
building. The buckbean, Menyanthes trifoliata,
has not been mentioned before as a food plant.
The thick stems of this plant which grows in from
four to five feet of water are much used for food
in the winter and early spring. The young
leaves and shoots are also consumed during the
summer.

TABLE No..1
FOOD PLANTS FOUND ON THE MARSH, LISTED IN ORDER OF THEIR IMPORTANCE

Scientific Name

ypna latifolia tek oe ee S eattailneee ho eas!
SCO OWS MDAC IS) 2 OU louis eo
Equisetum fluviatile _ __stovepipe reed
Phragmitis communis thatch grass
VAC OT AESLCCLATIUUS 2 e EE n IRERY sweet flag
Menyanthes trifoliata _. buckbean- ___ bith
Caen, Hist p sisi ebsites beg seeks sedge ___ ADIOS it
Nymphaea advena _ Ewanherslily ues
Sagittaria’ latifolaa 2 2 ee arrowhead ___
Alisma plantago-aquatica _.___ water plantain
Potamogeton, Spps 2. = tas __pondweeds _.__
Gallamnalistrs Pres ie LE ee wild calla ..
WMallsneraspirals sels Peleorasse he lan Yo SONUl ee Rees

Common Name

Pele yoy 28 aa eee EMER _ rhizomes, young leaves.
ald oat eed eR base of culm.

Parts Consumed

LP RNP TOT base of culm, roots.
Seed Nec ala ae _base of culm.

UG _........._... stem, leaves, roots

rootstocks and base of culm.

mA Ta Be ANE Bee SELLE rootstocks.

leaves and bulbs.

LESS a Fe leaves.

leaves.

Observations of feeding platforms and micro-
scopic examination of feces showed that although
all plants in Table No. 1 were fed upon at some
time during the summer there were seasonal
preferences. The seasonal changes in the con-
sumption of four species are shown in Table 2.
Examination of this table brings out the following
information.

1. The consumption of bulrush increased from
June until the middle of August and then fell off
again. This period of greatest consumption prob-
ably corresponds with the season of greatest
palatability. It was noticed that bulrushes pulled
easiest during this period, and that a larger pro-
portion of them possessed firm white bases instead
of the soft discoloured ones found later in the
season. In late August the seeds were firmly
formed and, it is probable by analogy with 1m-
portant agricultural foodstuffs, that decreased pal-
atability and nutritive power would follow this
maturity.

2. The cattail shows a definite decrease in con-
sumption from June to the middle of August.

This is the period of flowering and the bases of
the .culms are exceedingly woody at this time.
The increased consumption from the middle of
August was caused by the growth of young plants
either as shoots from established roots or as

seedlings.

3. The consumption of sweet flag was fairly
steady throughout the season except for a week
or ten days near the end of July. At this time
whole beds of this species were literally mowed
down and many of the rootstocks uprooted and
consumed. No natural explanation was found for
this feeding behaviour.

4. Sedge shows a constant consumption except
for the week ending July 29th. This was a week
of abnormal rains and resulting floods which drove
most of the muskrats from their home ranges and
normal feeding grounds. Many animals were,
therefore, forced to feed in shallow water and the
result was an enormous increase in the con-
sumption of sedge and a corresponding decrease
in the consumption of bulrush.

March, 1940]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

39

TABLE No. 2

The Percentage Consumption of Certain Foods During the Summer Months.

Sedge

Week-ending

JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER

Te Sel a p22ie 20 been 5a 2) gal Ole 26) 4a Dea ann
D3 2S AG OOM LS w4len O21 4 a2 Ome OM2 5
BO Ph OME ID OA By Ge TAL aX) ats) BRE Be)
UGS GO) BRN TE STIG 1B} las) ley 11)
Gree POUT OAC Bie Ali IS: i SN tence

Whether this seasonal selection was determined
by palatability alone or by some _ nutritional
craving could not be determined. An attempt
was made to assess palatability by giving the
penned animals a simultaneous choice of several
species, but no definite results were obtained.
It was found that differences in individual tastes
existed, and that the type of food previously fed
influenced the animals’ choice. Indeed it would
seem that the type of food to which animals
are accustomed plays an important part in food
selection.

In Minnesota, it was found that captive beavers,
which were fed on corn and later released, per-
sisted in putting up corn for their winter food.

The main point established by the examination
of feeding platforms and feces samples is that
muskrats like variety in their food plants.

FEEDING TRIALS

Six cages, each six feet by three feet, were
built and placed in a sloping position with their
lower ends in from three to six inches of water.
A single muskrat obtained from the wild by live
trapping was liberated in each. A counted number
of food plants were placed in the pens each
evening and a note made in the morning of the
number consumed. If all were consumed, the
number fed was increased on succeeding nights
until a surplus of food was offered. Usually only
one species was fed each time but towards the end
of the experiment, after constants were estab-
lished for different types of food, a mixture of two
species was offered. In establishing the constants,
the animals were fed on one species for six days.
The total number of this species consumed,
divided by the number of animal days, was taken
as the average daily consumption of this food
species. The values obtained in this manner are
given in Table No. 38.

‘of much practical value.

It is realized that these values are obtained with
penned instead of free animals, but since this
amount of food caused the penned animals to put
on weight, we have every reason to believe that
it would maintain animals in the wild state. An-
other objection is the seasonal palatability of the
different food species. This was impossible to
overcome in pen feeding, only species in favour
at the time were fed. Thus, it was impossible
to get feeding constants for some of the species.
The amount of food eaten at different seasons
of the year is not necessarily constant, so the
values given may not apply to winter or early
spring.

CARRYING CAPACITY OF A SWAMP

The determination of the amount of food
necessary to support a muskrat is only the first
step in assessing the carrying capacity of a marsh.
Next, the amount of food present must be
estimated. The density of the different food
stands was determined by taking quadrant counts
and the results of these for the different species
are given in the second column of Table No. 3.
From these two figures the carrying capacity per
acre of each species can be calculated, these are
given in column three of Table No. 3: These
figures do not allow for freezing and wastage.
Some method must be found of estimating these
values before the figures in column three become
It was found, however,
that when the relative acreages of each food species
in the Steeprock Marsh were estimated, the marsh
would support fifteen muskrats per acre. Allowing
one third for wastage and winter freezing, we find
that the marsh would support ten muskrats per
acre before the food supply would become the
limiting factor. It would seem from the work of
Errington that other factors, such as intra-specific
strife, would become operative before such a
density was reached.

40 - THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[Vou. LIV

TABLE: No. 3

Amount of food available and quantity consumed by muskrats.

- - - Amount consumed per
muskrat per day

Stovepipe reed _. 123 S=29 De Stes eee
Sedge _. AGO) se 351 ollenatis|
Tinie pages) 2 4) se 23} siege
Weebly e ya 79 a OD plamibss = ere
Aulrush ss = 2s) So I) Sieg: Lo
[nie kinenns pee eee ete 2) StemiG see ee en a
Caih=tanill SO Se Be jolbiitigy

BEHAVIOUR OF PENNED ANIMALS

The animals were rather unsettled for the first
two days but after that five of the six animals
became quite tame. After two weeks of cap-
‘tivity they would climb up the sides of the pen
and beg for food. One animal never became
‘tame and would not come out for food if anyone
-was around. When the ‘animals were released,
a small hole was made in the pen for them to
get out. They quickly found the hole and went
out on frequent excursions during the evening,
returning to their own pen after each excursion.
‘If they were disturbed while on one of these

excursions, they ran back into their pen and
hid in the house. This seemed rather- surprising
‘behaviour to the writer, since the pens were

quite close to extensive cattail beds, and within
thirty yards of the spot where they were trapped.
It would appear that the six weeks captivity
either caused the animals to forget the refuges in
their former home ranges, or made them familar
with the refuge afforded by the pen.

SUMMARY
A list of the chief species of plants consumed by
muskrats on a marsh in Northern Manitoba is
viven.

clas Se
753 + 3.1 plants
81.0 + 3.3 stems
59.1 + 2.8 plants

-ERRINGTON,

Carrying capacity
per acre

Amount -of food
per sq. yd.

SO) SWETNS) _18 muskrats
Nee a 3 muskrats
Wats ess) muskrats

313 a= de stems oo. oa _17 muskrats _
10.8 + 1.1 stems 6 _muskrats
30.0 214 ‘plants: 2) 2S ioaskerans

It is pointed out that the stovepipe reed (EHquise-
tum fluviatile) and buckbean (Menyanthes trifoli-

ata) have never been mentioned as food plants.

Six animals. were given measured

penned

amounts of food and the amount consumed was

noted.
An attempt is made to assess the food pos-
sibilities or carrying capacity of a marsh area.

LITERATURE CITED

Jounson, C. E., The Muskrat in New York.
Roosevelt Wild Life Bullétin, Vol. 3 No. 2-1925.

Smiru;, F. R., Muskrat Investigations m Dor-
chester County, Md., 19380- 34): U.S: Bepi Agrie.
Cire. 474-1988.

Errincton, P. L., Obserations on . Muskrat see
age to corm and other crops in central Iowa
J. of Agri. Res. 57 (6): 415-422-1938.

P. L., Reactions of Muskrat popu-

lations to drought. Ecolegy 20 (2): 168-186-

1939.

THE STUDY OF HEPATICS (LIVERWORTS) IN CANADA
By A. H. BRINKMAN

OONER or later; amateur botanists, after
having “worked” up the flora of their
SF W own districts, seek for “new worlds to
J conquer”, and quite frequently, if a
microscope is available, it is mosses and hepatics
that are studied next. Both of these groups are
interesting, but those who have studied both
usually prefer the hepatics. This is not strange,

for the hepatics have a diversity of forms ub {tr
keeps up interest until the last.

One of the interesting points,
past history. Since they possess no woody tissues,
it would seem impossible for any of them to be
that fossil

to me, is their

preserved, and it is not surprising
specimens are very rarely found. The fossil
hepatics available carry us back hundreds of

March, 1940]

millions of years to the Pennsylvanian era. Even
then, if Marchantites was even partly like the
present Marchantia, it already had a highly comp-
licated structure, so that we have to go back
still further to arrive at the origin of the hepatics.
This ancient lineage is of great interest, for
among the ancestors of the hepatics, we may have
to look for the ancestors, not only of our present
dominant plant life, but for the dominant plant
life of the Pennsylvanian age.

In this group we have many different gradually
evolving and connected life histories. Riccia, for
example has the reproductive organs sunk in the
surface of the upper side of the thallus and
releases its spores by the disruption of the parent
plant. Others have a broadly lobed, flat thallus
bearing erect, variously shaped reproductive
branches while others again have a thallus shaped
like the frond of a fern, often profusely branched
and bearing sporogonia on delicate stalks from
the apices of the branches.

This interesting chain shows how nature has
built up from the simple to the most complicated
forms, all within the same group.

The student might devote his time to a genus
such as Lophozia, and find some species with such
a complete chain of forms that in any two, or
even more species there may be oceasions when
specimens cannot be identified with certainty.
These forms exhibit gradual, though small, dif-
ferences in the size of the cells, always measured
in microns, gradual differences in cell-wall thick-
enings, especially at the angles, and gradual dif-
ferences in the border of the fruiting organs.
The perianths vary from slight projections to well-
formed teeth, and from forms almost smooth to
others deeply folded and lobed. One feels that
there is being displayed before his eyes the slow
evolution of plant life. While I mentioned only
Lophozia, these facts are equally true of other
genera.

Even the spores have their distinctive markings,
in some groups merging from one to the other,
while the evolution of those distinctive organs
of the hepatics, the elaters, whose function is
to help disperse the: spores, can be traced from
simple joined cells to beautiful three-banded
spirals. Is it any wonder then that so many,
when confronted with the choice between mosses
or hepatics, chose the latter?

The study of distribution is most fascinating
in this group. Although the spores mostly range
between one hundredth and one fiftieth of a
millimetre in diameter, a size which allows them
to be carried by the wind over immense distances,

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 41

we have as distinct separation as though we were
dealing with trees, and not plants that are often
measured in millimetres, and rarely in more than
centimetres. Bucegia romanica Radian is a good
example. It is found just west of Banff, at Revel-
stoke and at various other places in the mountains
but nowhere else in Canada or North America.
We find the same species again isolated in the
Carpathian Mountains of Europe?. In Dvzplo-
phillum we find two species in Eastern North
America ranging from Nova Scotia to Carolina,
quite closely related to a species known from
Europe, but not found in Eastern America al-
though known also from Western North America,
where it apparently migrated at the time when
Western North America and Asia were joined
by land. Two other members of the genus are
circumpolar reaching across North America and
boreal regions of . Eurasia. There is another
species ranging from Alaska to Washington and
across into Asia, but unknown east of the Cor-
dillera, and yet another species known only from
an isolated spot near the Alaska-Yukon boundary.
In the polymorphous Scapania nemorosa we have
three forms confined to the Pacific states while
the parent species of the group is not definitely

-known to occur in the west, except for one isolated

station on Vancouver Island, but is common in
the east and also in much of Europe. Neverthe-
less one of these strictly western American forms
has a very closely related form in Sweden. This
is also true of the equally polymorphous Scapanza
paludosa, where one form peculiar to the west is
also found in Sweden. Is it any wonder then
that the students of hepaties find the group -so
interesting ?

There is yet another point of interest left. In
some forestry work carried out in order to attempt
correlation of tree growth with that of the forest
floor, the relation of the hepatics to relative
humidity was found most informative. This is
the more strahge because so many hepatics do
not grow directly on the ground, and comparative-
ly few reach into the soil, yet as moisture con-
ditions changed, there was found to be a change
in the different species of hepatics occupying the
sites.

A more general and widespread relation is that
between the flat or thalloid hepatics, and the
leafy hepatics. The former strongly predominate
in arid situations, in California, Arkansas, etc.,
often occurring in such situations and sites alone;
the latter are at home in either moist, wooded

1. C. C. Haynes, ‘‘The Bryologist” 18:93 (1915).

42 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

or alpine situations, and the correlation between
species and site or habitat is often very close.
Perhaps a point of main interest to many is the
fact that so much has yet to be learned about
distribution, so that when one is working with
this group of plants, it is not at all unusual to
come across new records and unexpected exten-
sions of range. Sometimes a species will turn
up hitherto unrecorded for North America, but
known to exist in Europe. In North America
large areas are as yet unexplored as far as hepatics
are concerned and species-new to science are yet
to be found. Thus there are, as yet unpublished,
one new species from Nova Scotia, one from
California, two from British Columbia, one from
Alberta and one from Ontario.. This clearly shows
that plenty of work yet remains to be done.

With regard to suitable handbooks on hepatics
we are in a fortunate position since~a British
manual, Maevicar’s Handbook of Hepatics, covers
nearly all species known to occur in Canada.
Also Lois Clark and T. C. Frye, University of
Washington, Seattle, have published two very
reasonably priced works giving descriptions and
figures of most of those species not figured by

[Vout LIV

Maevicar. Another point will crop up, that of
help in the study and naming of material. Per-
sonally, while full of gratitude for the generous
help given to me by so many workers in the
United States, I do feel it to be unfortunate that
we in Canada should be content to leave our-
selves so entirely dependent upon the good will
of specialists in the United States who are already
crowded with work. I am myself willing to under-
take the naming of hepaties collected by Canadian
workers, as long as patience 1s used and no quick
answers expected, trying to give to others the
help so generously given to me. Numbered speci-
mens in duplicate are required in order that
specimens can be referred to by number and in
order that specimens may be available for future
reference by both the collector and the namer.

There is one disadvantage with hepatics, they
are very rare on the prairie, being essentially
lovers of moist woodlands and mountains, and
when present on the plains they prefer wet or
wettish locations, where sometimes rarities can
be found in wet years, while looked for in vain
in dry years. On the prairies, mosses, though far
from common, take the place of hepaties in
interest.

LAND MOLLUSCS OF HASTINGS COUNTY, ONTARIO
By REV. H. B. HERRINGTON and JOHN OUGHTON

HE FOLLOWING list is based
specimens collected by one of us (H. B.
H.) during the past two years. Large
samples of drift brought down by the
rivers at flood-time have been searched for shells,
while additional specimens have been collected
in their haunts. The material basis for these
records has been deposited in the Royal Ontario
Museum of Zoology.

Hastings County is a narrow oblong extending
northwards from the eastern end of Lake Ontario.
Its width varies between twenty-five and thirty
while its length is almost one hundred
Most of the specimens herein reported
were collected in the southern third of the county
in the vicinity of Thomasburg.

miles,
miles.

-1. Polygyra albolabris (Say).
2. Polygyra fraterna (Say). Some of our speci-
mens vary considerably m altitude.
3. Polygyra palliata (Say).
Polygyra sayana Pils.
Polygyra tridentata (Say).
Haplotrema concavum (Say).

Dor

upon

7. Mesomphizx cuprea Ral. (= pa fule-
ginosa (Griffiths) ).

8. Vitrina limpida Gould.

9. Hawaia minuscula (Binney) in drift:

10. Striatura exigua (Stimps.)

11. Striatura miliwm (Morse).

12. Retinella binneyana (Morse). This species
seems to prefer higher and drier situations than
does R. hammonis.

13. Retinella hammonis (Strém).

14. Retinella indentata (Say). A few speci-
mens.

15. Paravitrea multidentata (Binn.).
leaf mould.

16. Helicodiscus parallelus (Say).

17. Oxychilus cellarius (Miiller). 1 specimen.

18. Euconulus fulvus (Miller). Apparently
more abundant than the following species.

19. EHuconulus chersinus polygyratus (Pils.).

20: Zonitoides arboreus (Say).

21. Zonitorides nitidus (Miiller).
drift.

22. Deroceras agreste (L:). This introduced
species of slug was found at Thomasbnrg. -

1 lot m

Abundant in

heat, Padi:

a.

a ea

le aie ti ti

March, 1940]

23. Deroceras gracile Raf. (=D. laeve cam-
pestre (Binney) ). Native species; in woods.

24. Anguispira alternata (Say).

25. a. Gonyodiscus cronkhite: anthonyi (Pils.)
Apparently the more common variety.

b. Gonyodiscus cronkhitei catskillensis
(eile). .

26.. Gonyodiscus perspectiva (Say). Two lots
were taken near Thomasburg, one alive, the other
dead in drift. This species is uncommon in the
province, being restricted to the more southern
part. —

27. Punctum pygmaeum (Drap.).. (= minu-
tisssmum (Lea) ). In drift. Car Sea
28. Philomycus carolinensis (Bosc.) In woods.

29. Pallifera dorsalis (Binney). In woods. -

30. Succinea avara (Say). .
31. Succinea ovalis (Say).

32. Succinea retusa (Lea).

33. Strobilops labyrinthica virgo (Pils.).

34. Gastrocopta armifera (Say). A few in
drift. °° EE BARES A ES? DR
35. Gastrocopta contracta (Say). In drift. ~

36. Gastrocopta corticaria (Say). A few shells
in drift.

37. Gastrocopta holzingeri (Sterki). A rather
large number of this little species was obtained
in drift.

38. a. Gastrocopta pentodon (Say). Most of
our specimens of this species belong to the
typical form.

b. Gastrocopta pentodon gracilis (Sterki). A
few shells.

39. Gastrocopta tappaniana (C. B. Adams).
More abundant than pentodon in drift and ap-

parently preferring wetter situations.

40. Pupilla muscorum.(L.). In drift; chiefly
the form unidentata (Pfr.).

41. Vertigo bollesiana (Morse). Not as abund-
ant as V. gould in drift. The apertural teeth
of two specimens were more numerous than usual.

In both examples there was a bifid basal. In one
of these there was also a small angular.
42. a. Vertigo gouldu (Binn.) Abundant in
drift; a very variable species.
b. Vertigo gouldu cristata Sterki. A few.
ce. Vertigo gouldu paradoxa Sterki. A few.

d. Vertigo gouldu var,

Our specimens are variable in regard to the
position. of the palatal teeth. In some examples,
the palatal teeth, especially the lower member,
are so deeply immersed in the “throat” that the
naturalist 1s tempted to identify his shells with
Vertigo nylanderi Sterki. However, from this
latter species our specimens of gouldw differ in the
following particulars.

drift.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 43

~1. Whorls especially the penult have flatter
sides, while nylanderi has a bulging appearance.
2. The aperture lip is almost flat-sided, while
nylanderi has a more distinct indentation.
3. Lower palatal teeth, never quite as deeply
submerged.

43. Vertigo milium (Gould). Rare in drift
samples, but perhaps preferring higher ground
than do most of our Vertigos. One lot of speci-
mens was obtained in leaf mould.

44. Vertigo morsei Sterki. A single lot of 11
shells was taken near Thomasburg in drift. These
are the first specimens we have seen from the
province. Length 2.45 to 2.80 mm., diameter 1.30

- to 1.45 mm., whorls 5-% to 6. Although some of

our specimens of V. ovata approach morsez closely
in shape and length, there are no intergrades
between these two species in our series. V. morse
is larger and narrower, its aperture smaller, has
one additional whorl, its superior columellar tooth

is larger and differently shaped, and the body

whorl is smaller.

45. Vertigo ovata (Say). A variable species;
some specimens were almost as large as morse?,

‘ranging up to a length of 2.40 mm., diameter 1.50

to 1.55 mm., whorls 5. Variation was also noticed
in the number of apertural teeth. The angular
tooth in some specimens was reduced or absent.

46. Vertigo ventricosa elatior Sterki.

47. Columella edentula (Drap.).

48. Pupoides marginatus (Say).
was found in river drift at Frankford.

49. Vallonia costata (Miiller).
Greater diameter—=2.5 mm.

50. Vallonia parvula Sterki. A large number
of shells were taken in one sample of drift.
These are the first examples of this species we
have seen from the province. Compared with
the more common J. costata, it differs as follows:
much .smaller size (greater diameter 2.0 mm.);
¥% whorl less; the spire whorls distinctly flatter,
the altitude of the whorls less; lip not so white
and aperture disposed in a slightly more vertical
plane.

51. Vallonia excentrica Sterki? A few speci-
mens having an elongate umbilicus are provision-
ally referred here.

52. Vallonia pulchella (Miiller). By far the
most abundant representative of the genus in
drift, where it occurs in large numbers.

53. Cochlicopa lubrica (Miiller).

54. Carychium exiguum (Say). This species
seems to prefer lower, wetter ground than the
related species.

55. Carychium exile canadense Clapp.

1 specimen

Several in

44 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. LIV

UTRICULARIA INFLATA IN CANADA
By MARGARET S. BROWN

N INTERESTING addition to the flora
of Canada was made on August 3lst,
ke ee 1939, when Utricularia inflata Walt. was
SEES discovered by the writer in Lake Sawlor,
near Hubbard, not far south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia. The water level of the lake was excep-
tionally low at the time of my visit and many
rocks were showing above the surface.

Specimens, in full bloom, of this rare plant were
obtained in this lake from two distinct places,
floating among fragrant white water lilies (Nym-
phaea odorata), yellow cow lilies (Nuphar ad-
vena), tiny floating hearts (Nymphoides lacuno-
sum) and colonies of pickerel weed (Pontederia
cordata), all in a cosy, sheltered cove circled by
the black reflections, upon the quiet waters, of
spruce and hemlock trees lining the lake shore.

Utricularia inflata is easily distinguished from
other members of this genus in Canada by the
conspicuous whitish star-like whorl of the blad-
der-like petioles situated at the base of the
slender, few-flowered scape, which is two inches
in length. In Gray’s Manual it is recorded from
Maine to Texas but, according to Mr. A. E.
Porsild of the National Herbarium of Canada,

to whom I sent specimens, there do not appear
to be any authentic records from Canada. Mr.
Porsild writes as follows: “Macoun’s record! of
Utricularia inflata: “Floating in still water in
Lower Canada (Pursh)” is clearly a lapsus calami;
what Pursh2 actually wrote was: “Floating in
ponds and lakes of Virginia and Lower Carolina.”

Nova Scotia is exceptionally rich in bladderworts
and Utricularia inflata is the eleventh species to
be recorded from this province. The tenth species
was U. ochroleuca, collected in 1929 on St. Paul’s
Island, N.S., by Lily M. Perry and Muriel V.
Roscoe. This discovery was even more important
since, as pointed out by Miss Perry, this species
had then been reported in North America only
from Greenland.

The remaining nine species, most of which were
first discovered by the Harvard expedition in
1923 are: U. minor, U. geminiscapa, U. gibba,
U. purpurea, U. cornuta, U. subulata, U. resupin-
ata, U. intermedia and U. vulgaris var. americana.

1. Cat. 2:375 (1884).
2. Fl. Am. Sept. 1:15 (1814).
3. Rhodora 33:113 (1931).

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

Frocpit—Hyprocuaris Morsus—ranaE L. at
OrrawA—The. manner in which Frogbit has
established itself at Ottawa during the last
few years is of interest It was first noticed
in July 1936, at which time it practically covered
the surface of a shallow very small pond near
the Rideau Canal in the Arboretum of the Divi-
sion of Botany at Ottawa. Its white petals and
small (2 in. diam.) heart shaped floating leaves
set it aside as a newcomer to the district. . Ameri-
ean floras proved of little avail other than to
point strongly to the HYDROCHARITACEAE
family. Recourse to the floras of Engler-Prantl
and Hegi however showed it to be the Frogbit,
Hydrocharis Morsus-ranae L. of Europe and tem-
perate Asia. As to its origin records of the Divi-
sion revealed that plants of Hydrocharis Morsus-
ranae L. from Zurich, Switzerland, were placed
in a trench in the Arboretum on May 11, 19382.
This trench connects the pond in which it was

first observed with the Rideau Canal. While the
species was not observed until 1936 it must have
been growing and spreading unobtrusively as it
was present in quite large numbers when found.
Its spread has continued and during 1939 it was
found in the Rideau Canal. Since the plant is
a floating one it would appear to be only a
matter of time before it will be found in both
the Ottawa and Rideau Rivers, carried there by
boats or other means.

Its growth during the summer is very rapid.
Stolons or runners are sent out which quickly
give rise to new plants and they in turn to new
stolons. So pronounced is this type of growth
that when the flowers start to appear in July the
surface of the water is covered with a mass of
interwoven plants. In the fall buds or turions
are produced by the stolons, they fall to the
bottom to pass the winter in the mud and the
next spring they rise to the surface to produce

er

March, 1940,

new plants. Considerable experimental work has
been carried out in Germany and England on the
physiology of the germination of these buds.
Writers of German text books recommend this
plant very highly for class room work in plant
physiology. It is easily cultured in aquariums
or other containers and its roots possess very long
root hairs in which such phenomena as streaming
are clearly visible under the low-power microscope.
Whether or not this new plant will be objection-
able in waterways cannot be foretold at this time
but to all appearances it is certainly here to stay.
—W. H. MINSHALL.

Tue EUROPEAN STARLING, Sturnus vulgaris, AT
Norway House.—lI first saw the European Star-
ling on the 5th of May, 1939. They had just
arrived and were feeding with the Blackbirds on
the lawn on grain and birdseed which I had placed
there for the birds arriving from the south. I
counted seven starlings. As I have mentioned
the starlings were in company with Blackbirds of
all descriptions, but they seemed to be more close-
ly attached to the Rusty Blackbirds. Both the
Starlings and Rusty Blackbirds were seen for the
first time at Norway House. I know this for a
fact having kept a record of all strange and other
birds which arrived here every spring for the past
22 years.

The starlings were very wild and to observe
them more closely I had to use field glasses. The
most outstanding things that I noticed about them
were their yellow beaks and pinkish coloured feet.
Their colouring was metallic purple green with
very short tails and their walk a strut.

They stayed on the island for a couple of weeks
and then left for the mainland about half a mile
away. I used to see them once in a while after
this but mostly in pairs or singly. About the
middle of July when they returned to the island
there were thirteen of them. One or two still had
yellow beaks but the rest had dark beaks and
feet and their plumage had altered to a dull
olive grey and brown with the underparts spotted;
at least some of them were that colouring, the
others appeared to be of a darker colour. During
their stay on the island they mostly fed on the
ereen headed spruce sawfly (Pikonima _ sp.)
caterpillar and other insects that are dangerous
pests to the spruce and balsam trees. In this
act alone they are beneficial to this part of
the country. I did not notice them at any time
feeding on any of the berry bushes or molesting
the garden.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 45

Towards evening the starlings would fly up to
the top of the forestry tower which is 84 feet
high and perch on it till sundown when they would
leave for the mainland to return again in the
morning. In no way did I see them interfering
with the other birds and the only ones they seemed
to mix with were the Rusty Blackbirds. I tried
to trap them for banding purposes and obser-
vation but met with no success as they would
not enter any of the traps I had set.

About the Ist of November just after snow
fall they left the island and went over to the
Indian Reserve and about the 15th of November
after a heavy snowfall I only saw 5 starlings,
the rest must have migrated southwards with the
Rusty Blackbirds as they were also not seen on
this date. Since the 15th of November to date
(the 16th December) I have kept in touch with
them. They seem to be much more wild, and
live off the garbage heaps at the Indian Industrial
School and Indian Agency.

During their stay here since the Ist of November
the weather has been very cold and stormy at
times, and the rest of the time it has been an
exceptionally warm winter. We have had it 30
below zero here on several nights.

If the four starlings survive the winter and in-
crease in numbers next summer, I am of the belief
that they will be birds to welcome to this part
of Northern Manitoba because as I have stated
they only seem to live on insects and caterpillars
that are a serious problem to the growth of our
forests ——P. W. DURANT.

MockiNcsirp Mimus polyglottus, WINTERING IN
Manrtosa—On November 15, 1939, a Mocking-
bird was observed at close range near my shack
and banding station on the North Kildonan Bird
Sanctuary, five miles north of Winnipeg, Manitoba.
A few minutes later a second bird of the same
species was seen, and permitted the writer to
approach to within six feet before it flew to a
nearby shrub. Both birds showed the character-
istic white patches on wings and tails as they flew.

During the interval between November 15 and
November 27, the birds were seen on several
occasions by several people. On November 27 I
put up a box-trap and removed the feeding
station and on my next visit to the shack on
November 29, succeeded in capturing one of the
Mockingbirds 15 minutes after my arrival. It
was banded No. 39-120 111 and released after a
series of photographs was taken.

46 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Both the banded and unbanded Mockingbirds
continued to be seen around the shack until about
December 16, at which time the banded one
discontinued its visits. The unbanded Mocking-
bird was seen January 2, 1940, and may still be
present in the area. The birds appear to feed
principally on the berries of asparagus in near-by
market gardens, but also visited two feeding
stations where millet, sunflower seeds, peanuts and
suet were available.

It is interesting to note that the only recent
Mockingbird to be collected in the Winnipeg vicin-
ity was picked up dead on the sanctuary on Christ-
mas Day, 1928 by H. D. Whellams and contributed
by the writer to the collection of A. G. Lawrence

of this city. Since then several other sight records:

of the birds have been made. The present status
of Mockingbirds in the province appears to be
that of rare strays.

The Mockingbird which was banded measured
9’4 inches in length, or an inch and a quarter
less than the measurement given in Birds of
Canada by P. A. Taverner. It was much darker,
especially the underparts, than seen in any of fthe
coloured plates and a size 2 bird band as given
in the last issue of the Bird Banding Notes of
the U. 8. Biological Survey proved to be too large.
It was banded with a.size 1A band which was
loose.

Weather conditions in Manitoba during the fall
have been unusually mild, which probably is
a factor in the birds surviving through December
and into the New Year. Robins are still present
on the sanctuary (January 7) and during the fall
large flocks of Bohemian Waxwings fed on the
asparague berries—A. B. GRESHAM.

EDITORIAL

LINKs witH THE Past——When one thinks of
big trees it is the west of Canada with its giant
firs and cedars that comes to mind rather than
the east. It would be rank ingratitude, however,
to forget that the foundations of the Canadian
lumber industry were laid in the pineries of the
east, where trees from three to five feet in

diameter and of a height and grandeur surpassed ©

only by the pick of the western crop were cut
and square-hewn for shipment across the Atlantic.

There are many pineries left in eastern Canada,
including even some large stands that have never
felt the axe, but they are relicts in the cut-over
area or stands near the limits of the range of the
white pine (Pinus Strobus to which species belong
the largest eastern pines), and seldom contain
specimens like those that floated down the Ottawa
and St. Lawrence eighty years ago. It is very
gratifying therefore to learn that there are still
some stands of white pine of the finest growth
left, and doubly gratifying to know that such
stands are to be found in Algonquin Provincial
Park, in Ontario, one of the most popular re-
ereational areas in the Dominion. Forestry oper-
ations had gone on in Algonquin Park long before
it was established as a park and were not restricted

by its establishment. Consequently, the old

pineries have disappeared one by one until now
few are left.

The time has come when these remnants possess
a value as monuments of living nature and links
with the past far exceeding their value as saw-logs.
The story of how a nation was built from the
virgin forest. takes on a new meaning if the
virgin forest may still be seen. Also, scientists
studying the biology of young pineries are better
able to interpret their findings if they can check
them against an old pinery on a similar site. For
the past decade, therefore, the Ontario authorities
have been setting aside in Algonquin Park reser-
vations containing samples of the virgin forests,
and in recent discussion (Forestry Chronicle, Vol.
15, No. 4, Dee. 1939) of the administration of the
park this is given as a feature of the development
of the park for recreation. These reservations
while small in area are usually islands or shoreline
reservations where specimens can readily be seen
by the canoe traveller.

Interest in Algonquin Park on the part of
naturalists all over Canada will surely be intensi-
fied by the knowledge that such reservations
exist there, and it is to be hoped that no stands
of virgin timber will be delivered over to the
axe without first having their merits as nature
monuments given full consideration.

(Vou. LIV

Affiliated Societies

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA

1940-41

President Emeritus: Dr. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. L. T. S.
NorRIS-ELYE, Past Presidents: J. J. GOLDEN, (Deceased),
H. M. SPEECHLY, M.D., V. W. JACKSON, M. Sc., C. W. LOWE,
M.Sc., J. B. WALLIS, B. A., A. A. McCousprey, A. M.
Davipson, M. D., R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc., G.SHIRLEY BROOKS;
A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, Vice-Presidents: H.C.
Prarce, W. H. Rann, L. W. Kospr, Mrs. H. Tf. Ross,
J. P. Happow, P. H. Stoxss, Treasurer: H J. PEcK, General
Secretary: Mrs. L. R. Simpson, Auditor: R. M. THOMAS;
Executive Secretary: Mrs. A. SHORTT, Social Convenor: Mrs.
A. G@ LAWRENC®S.

Section : Chairman Secretary
Ornithological A. H. SHORTT J. HAAK
Entomological G. SHIRLEY BRooKS Miss M. PRATT
Botanical M.G. DuDLEY, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.W.BARTLETT
Geological E. I. LeitH, M.Sc. P. H. STOKES :
Zoological V. W. JACKSON, M.Sc. R. SuTTON
Microscopy -

Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.
Botany C. W. Lowz, M.Sc.

Secretary: R. HADDOW.

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on publie holiday
during July and August.

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OFFICERS FOR 1939-40

Honorary President: L. S. KuInk, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.; Past President: PRoF. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S.,
FBS.E, F.RHS; President: C. F. CoNNor, M.A., Vice-
President: Mr. J. J. PLOMMER, Honorary Secretary: Mr. GEO.
ROGER WOOD, B.S.A., First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: MRS. Mary SIEBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A.
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR.
W. CuarK, Mr. F.W Farwey, Mr. K. Racy, Mr. P. L. Tait,
Dr. B. N. Drinr, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTIB; Chairmen of Sections:
Botany: Pror. JOHN Davinson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S.,
Geology: M. Y. Wu.iLIAMs, PuH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C.,
Entomology: Mr. A. R. Woorton, Ornithology: Mr.
KeNNETH RACEY, Microscopy: Mr. H. P. CLARK, Photography:
Mr. PaiLie Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; Pror. G. J.
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELwWoop, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science
Building, University of British Columbia, unless otherwise
announced.

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL

SOCIETY
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM-
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;
Seeretary-Treasurer: C. H. Bastin, 4484 West 9th Avenue,
Vancouver, B.C.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

Treasurer: H. B. MaAcMAHON, 382 Richmond Strest

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH,
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF.
V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4.
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY:
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN.

Executive Committee: Miss RutH ABBotTtT, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. Bouter, J. D. Fry, W. S. Hart, Mars. C. L.
HENDERSON, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. JupAw, Miss P. B.
MATTINSON, Miss Louis= Murpuy, J. A. DECARIB, Miss M.
S. NICOLSON, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. Sait, Miss MauD SHATH,
L. M. TERRILL.

Meetings held the second Monday of the Month except
during summer..-

Headquarters of the Society are:

REDPATH MussuM BIRD Room,
McGILL UNIVERSITY,
MONTRBAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence, LE TRES HONORABLE
Lorp TWEHEDSMUIR, G. C. M. G., C. H., Gouverneur- Général
du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: HONORABLE B.-L. PAtT-
ENAUDE, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de Québee;
Bureau de Direction pour 1989: Président: ROBERT HUNTER;
ler vice-président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, 2téme vice-
président: JAMES C. PRICE, Secrétaire-Trésorter: Dr. GUSTAVE
Ratt; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D.-A. DERBY;
Chef de ta section de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD
Scott, Chef de la section protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de
la section d'information scientifique et De HUBERT
DUCHENE, Directeurs: JOHN Buair, L. J. Marois, G.-U.
TESSIER; JAMES F. Ross, ALPHONSH DxasILnTs, I. A., Rex
MprepitH, N.P., EDGAR ROCHRETT®H, C. R.,

Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTB

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1988-89.

Honorary President: Hon. Vice-
President: Hon. H. C. Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; President:
F. C. Hurst; Vice-President: W. J. BAxtTER; Seerefary-
Treasurer: Mrs. L. E. JAQuITH, Couneil—Mrs. Harvey
AGNEW, W. J. W. BALDWIN, G. S. BELL, RuppRT Davips,

-R. G. Dineman, J. R. DyMonpD, C. S. FarmMuR, DR. NORMA

Forp, A. R. Gipson, PAUL Haun, H. M. Hauuipay, Dr. F.
P. Ipn, Maaistrats J. E. Jones, T. F. McIiwraita,
ArRNort M. Patterson, Dr. R. M. Saunpmurs, Dr. T. M.
C. Tayior, STUART THOMPSON, Mrs. A. R. WHITTEMORE.
President of Junior Club: W.J. BAXTER, Vice-President: Mrs.
A. R. WHITTEMORE.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum,
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during ovher seasons.

We ask the Officers, and more pare

ticularly the Secretaries, of all the

Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

make it one of the leading Natural

History publications of America.

For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX

By E, M. KINDLE : ;
Special profusely illustrated number of The
Natural History and Exploration. The author “Naturalist”, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every

Canadian should know this prize essay.
was a former President of the Club and this is a
Memorial Volume PRICE FIFTY CENTS

This book is attractively bound, and contains a
wealth of information concerning Canadian

PRICE $3.00. = 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa.

FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian

LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1940.
PUBLICATIONS Name? oS eee
1879-1938 Addvace 22 ees

City, Prov. or State... See

I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field-

FORM
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum
OF
Fy Date agai sl eI MUB GREER iRise x cic SiSe es —j00 Dollars
BEQUEST

Prices of Separates

Notes to Contributors, Etc.

Papers for publication should be addressed to the Editor, —
or to the appropriate Associate Editor.

Manaseript should be plainly written, typed if possible,
on one side of the paper only, with wide spaces between the
lines and ample margins. It is urged that special care be used
that scientific names are legible, properly formed, and correctly
spelled and capitalized.

Authors of leading articles are entitled to twenty-five
copies of the number in which they appear, free of charge on
application.

Separates of articles as they appear on the page, without
any change of make-up will be acppiea at the following rates
which are approximate. _If more than 2 , count in mul-
tiples of four, to provide for wire stitching. les tax is extra.

Se | | ES

MMO eee ticilerewe ro eee $2.00) $2.25) $2.50) $2.75) $3.00
Dike Pre a tes havens eats 3.00) 3.25) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25
Shay Bee a Sink Sosa Oc ote te ae 3.50} 38.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50
C Ua AMEN NCR ere 3.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50
Be eredic eu n e niee 4.50) 4.75) 5.00) 6.25) 6.50
Grate Ba eR eh 4.50) 4.75) 5.00) 5.25) 65.50
TE OS ea ea eo Aa 6.00) - 6.25] 6.50) 6.75) 7.00
te Ue ats fel ems eae peta oad 6.00) 6.25} 6.50; 6.75) 7.00
i cad ARR ocean 7.50] 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.765
DO ee earn anal s 7.50) 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.75
Covers extra........... 8.00} 3.00) 8. 4.00} 65.00

If removal of matter on the Bs sy non-pertinent to the
article or changes of make-up are red, or if insets or other
extra work are necessary, special rates will be furnished on
application to the Editor

Applications for separates should be made to the Editor.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers —

ip om m of Comps

“Ss Zocleagy "2g
=

VOL. LIV, No. 4 APR 25 ties IL, 1940

: oe
WA. ik a ve oy
| \ aa ie i N {

(ARAGON 8: ml

xX UBLISHED BB 9g

JDSNTA ISUEP PLT STS CLUB
ISSUED APRIL 20th, 1940

Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

RY

AP oll

ms

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

President: A. E. PoRSILD

ist Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD 2nd Vice-President: DOUGLAS LEECHMAN
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa

Additional Members of Council: F. J.. ALCocK, R. M. ANDERSON, REv. F. E. BANIM, HENRY BOWERS,
A. W. A. Brown, C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLurRy, H. Grow, J. W. ~
GROVES, G. H. HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, E. M. KINDLE, W.H. LANCELEY,
A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. LEwis, Hoyes LLoyp, J. M. RoBINSON, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG,
P. A. TAVERNER, MALCOLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, R. T. D. WICKENDEN, M E. WILSON,
and the following Presidents of Affiliated Societies: L.T.S. Norris-ELyz, C. F. CONNOR, JOHN
Davipson, M. Y. WILLIAMS, V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, ROBERT HUNTER, F. C. Hurst.

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEwIs

Editor:
C. H. D. CLARKE,
National Parks Bureau, Ottawa

Associate E'ditors:

DG SININEISS sir eerie ai nt 2 Anthropology Ciypin a PATCH 24 ale cee eee Herpetology
ye ADAMS loge s se eae aa ee Botany RM ANDERSON), os thos sees Mammalogy
Pe NGk RROCQUBI! 22 cu Schuck Chale eas Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........:..Marine Biology —
PSRITHUR GIBSON: cos. sos aes Ce Entomotogy P. AS TAVERNEIR | Oe 2a eee Ornithology
EA OAUCOCK HS ie SF eOan Game ee Geology Wo ABELLA a Palzontology
Je Re SDN MOND iin assy: Do cae eee Ichthyolegy —
CONTENTS
PAGE
New Canadian Triassic Ammonoids. By F. H. Mchearn................ Ses na ces 48
Birds Observed at Churchill, Manitoba, Spring and Summer 1938. By Frank L. Farley. . 52
Miscellaneous Contributions from the National Herbarium of Canada, No. 1. By A. E. Porsild 54
Keeping: Track of Bats... By Harold B.: Hitehcock....3 =e 3. 4 ee 55
Test of a Method of Small Mammal Trapping. By D. A. Maclulich .................. 57
Notes and Observations :-— ; :
Chenopodium polyspermum L. in Canada. By H.Groh..................... Rianne 58
Pintail Increasing as Nesting Bird in New Brunswick. By Harold S. Peters...... : 58
Flicker and Starling Taken Together in Same Nest By T.S. Hennessy.......... : 59
Two Rare Orchids in Thunder Bay District. By A. E. Allin..... ............. 59.
The Smelt in Upper St. Lawrence Waters. By G.C. Toner........... PEED RS 5 Som
European Cormorants Nesting in Nova Scotia. By Harold 8. Peters.............. 59: a
Reviews :—
he Recent Mammals-of dahoseBiye RNAs ce ate oe ri eae ee 60 |
Canadian Nature. By C.H.D.C......... a UR Nevin IN a PNR MEINE ey T05 y 62° @
Canadian Land Birds—Canadian Water Birds. By C.H.D.C..................... 62>
bts senspennnnt be nsnunsuhtnnsh sistas tasz ani anasnsns sh sscnns ssi sees bao Sas unnan sisson isan sans ath cscs sce sane nal rai sc ac as coxa ae

The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since

BH 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two

# volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been Bt

# continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued iy

it monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the if

#2 results of original research in all departments of Natural History. #
Ae
=

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

. WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
582 Mariposa Ave., a
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA.

bP

PLATE 1

EA LTC A tN

PLATE 2

35 SS

gm of Comp.>
Zoclegy

VOL. LIV

OTTAWA, CANADA, APRIL, 1940

NEW CANADIAN TRIASSIC AMMONOIDS*
By F. H. McLEARN

FEW new species and varieties of am-
monoids from the Triassic Schooler
Creek formation are described in the
following pages. Asklepioceras glaciense

n. sp. andA. lawrenci n. sp. are in the Nathor-

stites fauna. Juvavites (Dimorphites?) pardon-

etiensis n. sp., Styrites columbianus n. sp., Styrites

ireneanus n. sp., Buchites hilaris var. dawson n.

var., Thisbites charybdis var. custi n. var., and

T. charybdis var. ireneanus n. var. are from the

Stikinoceras-Styrites (or Stikinoceras-‘Palicites’)

fauna. Juvavites magnus n. sp. and Juvavites

biornatus n. sp. are in what may be _ tenta-
tively be called the Drepanites fauna. Helictites

decorus n. sp., H. decorus var. obesus n. var H.

decorus var transitionis n. var., Daphnites (Phor-

medites?) stelcki n. sp., and Distichites doidli var.
canadensis n, var. are in the Distichites fauna.

Revised lists of ammonoids of the Schooler
Creek formation, based on recent studies and des-
criptions of new species and varieties follow. The
Nathorstites fauna includes Isculites schooleri, I.
schooleri var. parvus, Lobites pacianus, Nathor-
stites cf. mcconnelli Whiteaves, N. cf. mcconnell:
var.lenticularis Whiteaves, Sagenites gethingi, Nit-
anoceras selwyni, Proarcestes sp. Silenticeras hatae,
Sirenites meginae, Protrachyceras sikanianum, P.
zauwae, Asklepioceras glaciense and A. laurenci.
This fauna is correlated with the later Ladinian
or early Karnian of Europe, that is late Meso-
Triassic or very early Neo-Triassic.

The Stikinoceras-Styrites (or Stikinoceras
Palicites’ fauna) includes Juvavites bococki, J.
cf. mackenzu, J. clavatus, J.? ef. carlottensis
Whiteaves, J. (Anatomites) humi, J. (Griebach-
ites) sp., J. (Dimorphites?) pardonetiensis, iro p=
ites sp., Styrites columbianus, S. wreneanus, Siren-
ites nabeschi, Stikinoceras kerri, Buchites hilaris
var. dawson, Thisbites charybdis var. ireneanus

; *Published with the permission of the Director,
Mines and Geology Branch, Department of Mines
and Resources, Ottawa, Canada.

and T. charybdis var. custi. In addition the fol-
lowing, collected from talus, are thought to be
of this fauna: Juvavites mackenzu, J. mertoni, J.
(Gonionotites) spiekeri, Malayites dawsom, Dis-
cotropites cf. acutus Mojsisovies, Waldthausen-
ites sp., Stikinoceras robustum, ‘Palicites’ and Pla-
cites. This fauna is correlated with the Karnian
of Europe and is early Neo-Triassic.

In the westernmost part of the area studied
a fauna similar in age to the above was collected
with Discotropites sandlingensis Hauer and Dis-
cotropites ef. formosus Smith.

The Drepanites fauna includes a number of
species tentatively grouped together. They do not
all have exactly the range of the Drepanites, but
they occur closely enough together stratigraphical-
ly to warrant a tentative assumption of their
association as one fauna. They include Juvavites
magnus, J. biornatus, Drepanites rutherfordi, Cyr-
topleurites magnificus, C. cf. bicrenatus Hauer and
Pterotoceras caurinum var. elegantulum. In ad-
dition Pterotoceras caurinum was collected from
talus. It is possible that Thisbites ef. meleagri
Mojsisovics belongs to this fauna. It is cor-
related with the Norian of Europe and is about
middle Neo-Triassic time.

The somewhat later Distichites fauna contains
Parajuvavites sp., Isculites brown, I. ef. smithi
Diener, ‘Heraclites’ cf. ariciae Mojsisovies, Siren-
ites cf. elegantiformis Diener, Himavatites colum-
bianus, Distichites ef. mesacanthus Diener, D. cf.
megacanthus Mojsisovics, D. loidli var. canaden-
sis, Helictites decorus, H. decorus var. obesus, H.
decorus var. transitionis, Daphnites (Phormed-
ites?) stelcki, Placites and Pinacoceras. In addi-
tion the following were collected from talus:
Arcestes sp., Himavatites cf. watsoni Diener and
Helictites cf. subgeniculatus Mojsisoviecs. This
fauna is compared with the Norian of Europe and
is about middle Neo-Triassic age.

The succeeding fauna with Monotis subeir-
cularis Gabb can be compared with the later Nor-

48 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIS1

ian of Europe. It includes the ammonoids Dyph-

yllites and Placites.

The following descriptions are brief and pre-
liminary, but are thought to be sufficient to es-
tablish the new species and varieties. More elab-

orate descriptions and adequate illustrations will

be given in a report now in preparation.

Juvavites magnus n. sp.
Plate I, figure 8

This large species has higher than thick whorls,
a narrowly arched venter at the posterior end
of the ultimate whorl and a broadly arched
venter at the anterior end, where there is a con-
siderable expansion in the thickness of the whorl.
The posterior part of the ultimate whorl! is orna-
mented with relatively slender, but elevated, ribs,
all of which bifurcate on the outer part of the
sides and some divide near the umbilical shoulder.
All ribs are arcuate and continuous across the
venter. The ribs are stronger and farther apart on
the anterior part of the ultimate whorl, and on the
last quadrant the bifurcation is lost and both long
and short, single ribs are highly elevated where
they cross the ventral area.

This species is distinct from others of the
continu group of Juvavites in the combined char-
acters of compressed whorls expanding in thickness
at the anterior end of the ultimate whorl, loss of
bifurcation at the anterior end and elevated ribs.
There is some resemblance to Juwvavites nepotis
var. tumorensis Welter, in ornament and form, but
the Timor species has the ribs interrupted on the
venter.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, Gali.
no. 8837.

Juvavites biornatus n. sp.
Plate I, figure 11

The holotype is of moderate size, is com-
pressed and involute, and has higher than thick
whorls, somewhat flattened sides of the whorls,
well rounded and not well-defined, ventral should-
ers, arched, rather narrow, ventral area and narrow,
rather deep umbilicus. The posterior half of the
last whorl is ornamented with slender, elevated,
bifureating ribs which divide on the outer part of
the sides and some, in addition, divide nearer the
umbilical shoulder. The ribs are slightly curved
on the sides, are bent forward a little near the
ventral shoulder and continue across the venter,
where they have the form of a low arch. In the
last quadrant of the ultimate whorl, bifurcation
is lost and there are long, fairly widely spaced,
strong, elevated ribs and several. short, elevated

(VoL LIV

ribs between them. All specimens have approx-
imately the general form of the holotype and the
two styles of ribbing but there is considerable
variation in thickness of whorl, in size and number
of ribs and in the stage of growth at-which the
change in style of ribbing takes place.

There is some resemblance to the Alpine
species Juvavites senni Mojsisovies, which, how-
ever, does not appear to have the second style of
ribbing. Some species from Timor have the second
style of ribbing, but they seem to have it ex-
clusively and lack the first style, or they have two
somewhat similar stages of ribbing, but differ in
having more acutely arcuate ribbing across the
venter or differ in proportions of the shell.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, eat.

no. 8838.

Juvavites (Dimorphites?) pardonetiensis n. sp.
Plate I, figure 13

This fairly compressed, involute species, has
high, thin whorls, flattened or nearly flattened
venter and rounded, ventral shoulders. The ribs
are fine, rounded, slightly convex on the sides and
bent forward near the ventral shoulder. There is
a narrow, smooth band on the venter. This species
has more slender and rounded ribs than the Alpine
species Dimorphites selectus Mojsisovics and has
rounded, not angular, ventral shoulders. It has
more slender and more rounded ribs than the
Sicilian species Juvavites (Dimorphites) mariae
Gemmellaro.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.

no. 8833.

Styrites columbianus n. sp.
Plate I, figure 3

The holotype is a stout-whorled shell with
thicker than high, inner whorls becoming relatively
lower and thinner and about as high as thick
anteriorly, that is there is whorl contraction and
there is also some umbilical expansion. Other
specimens have more slender whorls like those of
the type specimen of the Sicilian species, Styrites
haugi Gemmellaro. Compared with this species all
the Peace River specimens have longer ribs on the
ultimate whorl and some have more ribs per whorl.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, eat.
no. 8827.

Styrites treneanus un. sp.
Plate I, figures 1, 2
This is a very much compressed, fairly in-
volute shell, with very thin, high whorls and a
sharp venter surmounted by a small keel. Beyond

April, 1940] -

about 18 mm. diameter, the venter widens and
flattens, definite ventral shoulders form, but the
keel remains small. The surface is nearly smooth.
Growth lines and some striae are nearly straight
or slightly convex on the sides and strongly pro-
jected forward near the venter. This species is
larger than the Alpine species, Styrites altus
Mojsisovies and also differs in the widening and
flattening of the ventral area at maturity.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.

no. 8826.

Buchites hilaris var. dawsoni un. var.
Plate I, figure 4, 5

In this variety are included moderately evol-
ute shells with rounded whorls, about as high as
thick and somewhat stouter than those of the
Alpine species, Buchites hilaris Mojsisovies. The
shells of this variety are also larger and have more
ribs per whorl, about 45 in the holotype. The
venter is at first smooth. Faint tubercles appear
at the ends of the ribs and in some specimens a
faint, hair-like line appears on the venter. Finally,
in large specimens, the ribs cross the venter, al-
though they are mostly reduced in relief there.
This last stage of ventral ornament comes at a
later stage of growth than in the typical species.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.

no. 8825.

Thisbites charybdis var. custi n. var.
Plate I, figures 6, 7

This is a moderately compressed moderately
evolute shell, with higher than thick, fairly round-
ed whorls. The sides of the whorl are gently
convex. the venter arched and the ventral should-
ers well rounded. There is, in some specimens a
faint, ventral elevation or poorly defined carina.
The fine, approximate ribs are bent forward a
little near the venter and end in slight swellings
or carina

Compared with the Sicilian species Thisbites
charybdis Gemmellaro, this variety has more
rounded, less compressed whorls and fainter and
less well defined carina and tubercles. It is more
compressed than Buchites hilaris var. dawsoni and
has a better, if poorly, defined, ventral elevation
on carina.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.
no. 8801.

Thisbites charybdis var. ireneanus n. var.
Plate I, figures 9, 10
This variety has flatter and more compressed
whorls and better defined ventral shoulders than

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 49

var. custr. It is closer to the species than var.
custt, but it has, like this variety, a poorly defined,
ventral elevation or faint carina and only faint
tubercles.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.

no. 8802; paratype, cat. no. 8791.

The generic position of the three foregoing
forms, Buchites hilaris var. dawson, Thisbites
charybdis var. custi and Thisbites charybdis var.
wreneanus is not completely solved and the genera
assigned are likely only tentative. They are so
assigned because Mojsisovies and Gemmellaro
have so placed the species of which they are
assumed to be varieties. The three shells resemble
one another and T. charybdis custi is somewhat
intermediate between the other two. They all
share the very moderate curvature of the ribs, the
faint tubercles at the ends of the ribs, the tend-
ency for a faint line or poorly defined carina to
appear on the otherwise smooth venter and the
tendency at maturity for the ribs to cross the
venter, although mostly only faintly. The general
outline of B. hilaris dawsoni suggests Buchites, but
it is not a true Buchites. It is much smaller and
does not develop the style of ventral ribbing of
Buchites. The compressed form, ribbing, faint
tuberculation and faint ventral carination of T.
charybdis custi and T. Charybdis treneanus are
transitional toward Thisbites. But all lack the
stronger tuberculation and better defined, although
small, ventral carina or keel of typical Thisbites,
that is of a Thisbites like Thisbites agricolae
Mojsisovies. Any generic revision will involve not
only the foregoing varieties and species, but also
several Sicilian species that Gemmellaro has in-
cluded in Buchites and Thisbites.

Helictites decorus n. sp.
Plate II, figures 4, 5

This is a variable, compressed species. with
higher than thick whorls, rounded to abruptly
rounded, ventral shoulders, flattened to slightly
convex, convergent sides, flattened to somewhat
rounded venter, fine and numerous ribs which are
stiff to somewhat curved on the sides, curved
forward on the outer part of the sides and
slightly arcuate to nearly straight across the ven-
ter. There are no tubercles or knot-like swellings
on the ventral shoulders, although in a few spec-
imens, including the holotype, there is a slight
elevation of the ribs on the ventral shoulder, in
the anterior part of the ultimate whorl.

There is at least some superficial resemblance
to the Timor species Cycloceltites oppiani Diener,
which is not a true Cycloceltites, but H. decorus

50 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

seems to have flatter sides and venter, better de-
fined ventral shoulders and ribs straighter across
the venter and not so inclined on the sides.

Compared with typical Helictites our species
is more compressed and lacks the tubercles or
knot-like swellings on the ventral shoulder.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.

no. 8824.

Helictites decorus var. obesus n. var.
Plate I, figure 12

This variety has more rounded and less com-
pressed whorls than the holotype. The whorls are
nearly as thick as high, to as thick as high. Venter
and ventral shoulder are well rounded, but the
sides are somewhat flattened. The ribs are thick,
most so on the venter, are stiffer on the sides of
the whorl than in the typical species and are
arcuate across the venter. As in the typical
species, both the ribs and the spaces between them
are covered with fine, even striae.

This variety shows considerable resemblance
to a specimen from Timor figured as Helictites
mojsvari by Diener (1928, pl. 12, figs. 5a, b.)
This does not mean that it is close to H. Mosjsvari
for the type of that species should be the very
different specimen figured by Diener (1906, p. 17,
pl. 8, figs. 15a-c) from India. Diener included both
the Timor and Indian specimens in this species
when he described it, but the Indian specimen

corresponds the more closely to the original des-

eription.

This is the variety that departs the most from
typical Helictites and the genotype, Helictites
geniculatus Hauer, in rounding of whorl, absence
of tubercles on the ventral shoulder and degree of
arcuation across the venter. It is smaller than,
less robust than and lacks the umbilical tubercles
of Helictites sundaicus Diener from Timor.

Geological Survey collections; holotype,- cat.

no. 8822.

Helictites decorus var transitionis n. var.
Plate II, figures 7, 8

Compared with the typical species, this vari-
ety has lower, less compressed and stouter whorls,
flatter venter and fewer ribs which are stiffer on
the sides, more nearly straight across the venter
and more highly elevated on the ventral shoulder.
The whorls are almost.as thick as high. Thus
this is the variety that approaches the more close-
ly to typical Helictites. It is not close enough,
however, to have a tubercle or knot-like swelling
on the ventral shoulder. The whorls are a little
more compressed than those of the Indian species

(VoL. LIV

Helictites mojsvari Diener and there are no knot-
like swellings on the ventral shoulder.

Geological Survey collections;
no. 8823.

holotype, cat.

Daphnites (Phormedites?) stelcki n. sp.
Plate II, figures 9, 10

This is a large, compressed, moderately evol-
ute species with somewhat flattened whorls, as
high as thick to higher than thick. There is a
flat or very shallow, suleate, smooth band on the
venter. The ribs are strongly projected forward
near the venter and end in low elavi or tubercles
on the border of the ventral smooth band. In
some specimens there are also narrow, discontin-
uous carinae bordering the ventral, smooth band.
At maturity the ribs cross the venter, where they
are low and broad and are separated by broad
shallow furrows. There is an early stage of orna-
ment, ending on the posterior part of the ultimate
whorl, where flat, triangular or bluntly pointed bul-
lae are situated on the umbilical shoulder and give
origin to several ribs. The mature ventral orna-
ment resembles that of a Phormedites, the ventral,
smooth, shallow band resembles that of a Daph-
nites. It is larger than the Alpine Daphnites
berchtae Mojsisovics, has fewer and larger costae,
has a more shallow, ventral furrow or even merely
a flat. smooth band. Where marginal carinae are
present they are discontinuous and partly re-
placed by low tubercles or clavi. Moreover in the
adult stage the ribs cross the venter. It is of
course quite different from a Daphnites like
D. ungert Mojsisovies, with its deep, ventral
furrow.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.

no. 8832.

Distichites loidli var canadensis n. var.

Plate II, figure 6
This is a compressed, moderately involute
shell, with a higher than thick ultimate whorl.
The narrow, ventral sulcus is bordered by narrow
keels. The ornament differs from that of the Al-
pine species Destichites loidla Mojsisovies in hav-
ing two instead of three rows of lateral tubercles.
in having one of these, the umbilical row, weaker
and in having the outer row stronger than the
outermost row of D. lozdli. It is also not so in-
volute as the typical species. The ribs are not so
broad as in the Timor species, Distichites tropicus
Diener and it has a weaker umbilical and a strong-

er, outer row of tubercles.
Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.

no. 8816.

April, 1940)

Asklepioceras glaciense n. sp.
Plate II, figure 11

This is relatively large, robust, fairly involute
species. The whorls are stout, have somewhat
flattened, convergent sides, broad, flatly rounded
venter and rounded, ventral shoulders. The vent-
ral sulcus, beginning near the posterior end of the
ultimate whorl, deepens on the anterior part of
this whorl. The sides are ornamented with numer-
ous, even, flat, band-like to somewhat convex ribs,
separated by deep, narrow sulci, recording evenly
spaced ridges on the inside of the shell. The sulci
and ribs bend forward on the ventral shoulder and
extend to the ventral sulcus. There is a variable
number of rows of small tubercles on the sides of
the whorl and two or three rows of clavi next to

the ventral sulcus. Some ribs end in a small bulla’

on the umbilical shoulder. The suture line is poor-
ly preserved. ES, however, is entire.

The form is similar to that of the Grecian and
Anatolian species, Asklepioceras helenae Renz, but
the sulei and internal ridges are more evenly and
closely spaced. The tubercles persist to the an-
terior end of the shell.

Geological Survey collections;
no. 8808.

holotype, cat.

Asklepioceras laurenci n. sp.
Plate II, figures 1, 2

This is a stout-whorled, fairly involute species
with whorls about as high as thick. The sides of
the whorl are almost flat and convergent, the
venter wide and flatly arched and the ventral
shoulders rounded. Deep sulci are fairly evenly
spaced and projected forward on the ventral
shoulder and some cross the ventral suleus. The
sulci set off wide, flat bands, somewhat narrowed
and somewhat pointed or narrowly rounded at
their inner ends, on the umbilical shoulder. These
bands are covered with fairly even varices of
erowth.

This species bears no tubercles like Asklepio-
ceras helenae Renz and the ornament is more like
that of the Alpine species Asklepioceras segmenta-
tus Mojsisovics, from which it differs in having
thicker and stouter whorls and smaller nmbilicus.

Geological Survey collections; holotype, cat.
no. 8805.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES
PuatE I

Figure 1 Styrites ireneanus n. sp. Ventral view.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8826.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 51

Figure 2 Same specimen. Side view.

Figure 3 Styrites columbianus n. sp. Side view.
Holotype, Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8827.
Figure 4 Buchites hilaris var. dawsoni n. var.
Side view. Holotype, Geol. Surv. colls., cat.

no. 8825.

Figure 5 Same specimen. Apertural view.

Figure 6 Thisbites charybdis var. custi n. var.
Side view. Holotype, Geol. Surv. colls., cat.
no. 8801.

Figure 7 Same specimen. Apertural view.

Figure 8 Juvavites magnus n. sp. Side view.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8837.

Figure 9 Thisbites charybdis var. treneanus n.
var. Side view. Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls.,
cat. no. 8802.

Figure 10 Same specimen. Apertural view.
Figure 11 Juvavites biornatus n. sp. Side view.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat no. 8838.
Figure 12 Helictites decorus var. obesus n. var.
Side view. Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat.
no. 8822.

Figure 13 Juvavites (Dimorphites?) pardonetien-
sis n. sp. Side view. Holotype. Geol. Surv.
colls., cat. no. 8833.

Puate IT
Figure 1 Asklepioceras ‘laurenci n. sp. Ventral
view. Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls:, cat no.
8805.

Figure 2 Same specimen. Side view.

Figure 3 Thisbites charybdis var. wreneanus 0.
var. X 4. Ventral view. Paratype. Geol. Surv.
colls., cat. no. 8791.

Figure 4 Helictites decorus n. sp. Side view.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat no. 8824.

Figure 5 Same specimen. Ventral view.

Figure 6 Distichites loidli var. canadensis n. var.
Side view. Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat.
no. 8816.

Figure 7 Helictites decorus var. transitions n.
var. Ventral view. Holotype. Geol. Surv.
colls., cat no. 8823.

Figure 8 Same specimen. Side view.

Figure 9 Daphnites (Phormedites?) stelcki n. sp.,
Side view. Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat.
no. 8832.

Figure 10 Same specimen. Apertural view.

Figure 11 Asklepioceras glaciense n. sp. Side view.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat no. 8808.

52

n
¥

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

{[VoLt. LIV

‘BIRDS OBSERVED AT CHURCHILL, MANI TOBA,
SPRING AND SUMMER 1938
By FRANK L. FARLEY

HE SPRING MIGRATION of birds at
Churchill was well advanced when
Albert L. Wilk and the writer reached
the port, May 28th, 1988. On the 29th

a eareful investigation of the area immediately
south and east of the town was carried out, and
a ten-mile walk resulted im a list of 30 species
being secured. During the last two days of the
month this list was increased to 42. Some of these
were, without doubt, new arrivals, and it was
assumed that many of the birds observed for the
first time after June Ist, could also be considered
as such.

Records of migrations obtained at Churchill
during the past eight years have demonstrated
that certain birds arrive in that northern latitude
with the same degree of regularity as is noted in
more southern climes. This is particularly so
with species whose northern limit of distribution
coincides with the limits of tree growth. The
Yellow Warbler (Dendroica aestiva) is out-
standing in this class. Few other birds are more
consistently recorded at the actual time of their
arrival than this species. Its confiding ways, strik-

ing colour, and above all its spirited song, make-

it easy to recognise, and it is usually detected on
the day, or even the hour of its coming. Our
records show that the Yellow Warbler made its
first appearance at Churchill in the four years,
1935 to 1938, both inclusive, as follows; June 12,
June 14, June 10 and June 9, an average date of
approximately June 12. I have the spring records
of arrival of this species at St. Thomas, Ontario,
taken nearly fifty years ago. These are for the

years 1888 to 1891, both inclusive. They are as.

follows; April 29, April 30, April 30, and April 28,
an average date of approximately April 29. Should
the Yellow Warblers that spend the summer at
Churchill, reach that poimt by way of Ontario,
Michigan and James Bay, a journey of at least
1,500 air-miles would be necessary on this lap of
their northern migration. It may be, however,
that the Mississippi flyway is used which would
offer a more direct route. Banding birds on a
large scale in the north will some day reveal the
facts.

List of birds observed at Churchill during the
spring and summer of 1988, with date of first
appearance, and number of -individuals noted.
Birds listed in order of their occurrence.

COMPASS TREES

Isolated spruces on the wind-swept tundra grow most of their
branches on the south side of the trunk, one of the most dependable
signs of direction provided by nature. Many such trees are jound

in the Churchill country

a a dela Mra Me Aye

April, 1940) THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

1938 a) ULI Oh PY ES a STOR a cs
May 29— IRIs” IBle@k oval 22
American Rough-legged Hawk —. 6 ‘Smith’s Longspur Rea 2s, IE
Mercontn Godwin 4 INioral nena, IMO ere
oneapparte:s Gull Ss Stes eee ee 10 June 2—
SHOWA UG IN ge ese 8 Be ee eee 12 Black sek tee sen wt as Ue ee pe
lean Wongspur se i 25 Orange-crowned Warbler
White-crowned SOLERO Wee sa iter ante a rele 10 Winer
Harris's Sparrow —_..- eeecceceeeecceeeeaeteetaeestetae 12 (Cinen ne ents ee ee |
Wihiterumped Sandpiper 2. =. 20 Rubweecumed Mmelest
Tree Sparrow Maa RE RE ATER (ROT Sint : Ruddy.ehurnstone ee ee Jee
ATIVE TAC aT NO It eek ees ea) Po ee Beewal
SHvammegln (Syomeronyy Le 5 June 6—
Weasesandmiper coe ee eo! 5 Green=winged adic same senna eee
Demupalmated Sandpiper, 222s 20 June 7—
Semupalmated: Plover’ 22-25 4) 2 anne 6 Greberspyey ce We Woe hoe Lites ee
See Gull UR Biosiie aie acc 1 esa NORM Sura Ghat 6 Tie eee
One Cee le airkers eis eat COMPS Be 2S 20 Roe
CommoneRedpolles aa ae 10 Whistling Swan
Robie eS ETI ae BSH apt ay SE 6 June 9—
VES SUN GUS cask i aaa a eh es ee 2 Ls 60d see Pa sa canes ae BE
ONG S UT wie es ies Gia Sie 10 Northern Water-Thrush _..
Fire eipeeerse S eO e w ees ge 16 Vellows Wiarl ler Ase aiken ee eae
SMe eg cl en eect EN 20 June 10—
(Canard te Goosen ee a 2 Tree Swallows cites feng en in aa
(GC MeaeRaWOCAU Pr = 22. Une ON ee 20 Soras Rail: Sons 2 ee ee oe ee
Siilter Sam onpen at ker eS 20
Dovwdiichenseeatn cate rece) ee) Pon aS 15 diate ee
INonthermeehalarope =e. en 50 Amen ican Knot
Ceo Onl ee 1 IpTNG OMS SIORVARON a =
Willow Jeiereomieyia = 50 June 13—

Paige Oleablawike el sel Pee ka 2 SON elle reer Sa eon
Arctic Loon

June 14—
May 30— Wihite- winged Seater: = see = seamen
“anaes SS Ls peeps ans
oe oe Tit etigs Se ak ga ee : iasterna bnocbhe) === ees ee eee
CLEr an meme. F
+ egress Hoan’ Goldeneye 7 0 or es
Americana: Bittern =) Ao ee 1 Bmnican sGeleneye
essemu(cllowlesc (ui a ea 95 June 20—
Red=backed' Sandpiper 22 she isk Tennessee Warbler , —--_______—
archi Ini) Mist ai yy kee si 2S ants oe eck SS 1 June 22—
Baldpate Sc 3 Blucswinced) eal a
Wilson Snipe __ so oso oon 1 iBronzedue Gracklejg === ee
May 31— Solltmnay: Shao hooere
DWC keeles seetccee et ep near cy abel eye 1 Spotted] Sand piperk== = =
Gray-cheeked= Mhrushi =: 8 5 July 1—
Je TGR VINCE 0 Se sv ca 20 Wilrte=rumiped Shrike 222s = saa
Red-breasted Merganser 6 ees |
June 1— Red=winged) Blackbird) 2-2

Fox Sparrow Seo vo aes peepee CLE AE TW, ym nnee Sem 1 Ea GT ines ee oe SO ta rae ne ie ia SY Sa cee

54 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

{[VoL. LIV

MISCELLANEOUS CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
OF CANADA, NO. I
By A. E. PORSILD

Radiola linoides Roth.; Millegrana Radiola (L.)
Druce.—tThe first,;and as far as the writer knows,
the only previous American record of Radiola 1-2
is based upon a single collection from Cape
Breton Island, Nova Scotia: Louisburg, along a
ditch, August 18, 1898, John Macoun, No. 20232
(G; CAN). Gray’s Manual and Britton and
Brown both record it as introduced from Europe.

Specimens of what proves to be this tiny flax
or all-seed from several new stations have recently
been received from Miss Margaret S. Brown of
Halifax, N.S., who collected well-developed, fruit-
ing specimens on damp soil, near the sea at Green
Bay, Halifax County, Nova Scotia, September 26,
1928(CAN), and also at Ship Harbour, Cole
Harbour and East Dover, all in Halifax County,
August 15, 1924. Radiola linoides is otherwise
known from Europe, Northern Africa, Western
Asia and the island of Madeira.

Myriophyllum pinnatum (Walt.) BS.P.; M.
scabratum Michx—Small fruiting specimens of
what proves to be this warm-temperate species,
not previously known from Canada, have recently
been received from Saskatchewan.

The specimens were collected in July, 1939, by
Mr. E. T. Reeder, in a small slough in wet soil
with Callitriche verna, Ranunculus trichophyllus
and Elatine americana, near Wordsworth, ten
miles S.W. of Carlyle in S.E. Saskatchewan.

According to Rydberg *, Myriophyllum pin-
natum is known otherwise from Rhode Island
south to Florida, west to North Dakota, Texas,
and south to Mexico and Central America. Mr.
Reeder’s new station in Saskatchewan is thus a
very considerable extension of range.

Conimitella Williamsii(D. C. Eaton)Rydb., in
N. Am. FI. 22, 2:97 (1905); Heuchera Williamsii
D. C. Eaton, Bot. Gaz. 15: 61 (1890); Tellima
nudicaulis Greene, Pittonia 2:162 (1891); Litho-
phragma Williamsti (D. C. Eaton) Greene. Ery-
thea 3:102 (1895).

*Published by permission of the
Mines and Geology Branch,
and Resources, Ottawa.

1. Gray’s Manual, ed. 7:532 (1908)

2. Britton & Brown, Illustr. Flora, Ed. 2, 2:440
(1913)

Director,
Department of Mines

3. (G)—Gray Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass.;
(CAN)—National Herbarium of Canada.
4. Flora of Prairies and Plains, 583 (1932)

Of this little-known species, otherwise known
from mountains of Montana, Idaho and Wyoming,
there are two sheets of beautifully preserved speci-
mens in the National Herbarium of Canada, col-
lected by W. D. Cram, in the Crow’s Nest forest
Reserve, Alberta, June 22, and July 10, 1920.
No. 102,826 and No. 102,783 (CAN). Both speci-
mens are in flower, with young immature fruit.
The species is new to the flora of Canada.

Cystopteris montana (Lam.) Bernh.—

John Macoun® correctly wrote of this species as
“one of our rarest ferns.” Since it was first re-
corded from North America, from Rocky Mount-
ains lat. 52°-56° (Hooker, Fl. Bor-Am.) more
than a century ago less than a dozen new stations
have been added from Canada and, as far as the
writer is aware, but two new Canadian stations
have been recorded since Macoun published his
Catalogue,* when the species was known from the
Strait of Belle Isle, Gaspé, Lake Mistassini, from
north of Lake Superior near Current River, Yel-
low Head Pass and Kicking Horse Pass in British
Columbia.

Collections from two new Canadian stations
have recently come to hand. One is from the
Yukon Territory: North Fork of the Klondike
River, in shaded woods, 2000 feet elevation, July
18, 1919, W. E. Cockfield. The other is from the
Northwest Territories: Liard River, between Na-
hanni Butte and Simpson, June 21-25, 1922, C. H.
Crickmay. (Both CAN).

In America C. montana is known otherwise from
Colorado, from a few stations in Alaska? and
from one station in Greenland. In addition it is
known from mountains of Europe and Asia.

Lycopodium obscurum L. var.dendroideum
(Michx.) D. C. Eaton—Yukon Territory: Near
the Aretie Cirele, in longitude 141° W. 1912. D.
D. Cairnes.

Although Hultén® cites an unverified record
from the Klondike the above appears to be the
first authentie collection from Yukon Territory.

5. Catalogue of Canadian Plants 5:290, (1890)

6. Britton & Rydberg, Bull. N.Y. Bot. Gard.
2:149 (1901), from Klondike-Indian Divide, Y.T.
and Raup, Contr. Arnold Arb. 6:113 (1934) from
Lesser Slave Lake, Alta.

7. Porsild, A. E., Rhodora 41:171 (1939).
8. Fl. Aleut. Isl.

a ee ee

bab itige ea Ly

April, 1940}

Aphragmus Eschscholézianus Andrz—Of this
very rare plant, for more than a century known
only from one island in the Aleutian chain, and
but recently recorded from the mainland of
North America® there is a well-developed, fruiting
specimen in the Gray Herbarium, Harvard Uni-

THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST 55

versity, Cambridge, Mass., collected in Canada.
This plant was taken in the southwestern corner
of the Yukon Territory, between Lake Kluane
and the Donjek River, by A. Miiller, August 11-
22, 1920. It is new to the flora of Canada.

9. Porsild, A. E., Rhodora, 41:232 (1939).

KEEPING TRACK OF BATS

By HAROLD B.

HE LITTLE BROWN BAT, Myotis 1.
lucifugus, and the big brown bat, Hp-
tesicus f. fuscus, are common in Ontario
: from early May to late August or early
September. During this period the females may
make a nuisance of themselves by congregating in
large maternity colonies where their squeakings,
seratchings, and droppings may annoy the human
occupants of the buildings they have chosen for
their summer abode. Almost any structure pro-
viding darkness, warmth from the sun, and pro-
teetion from wind and rain may shelter a colony.
The hotter and stuffier the place is the better bats
seem to lke it. Of eight Ontario colonies. of
Myotis visited durmg the summer of 1939 three
were In occupied dwellings, one in an unoccupied
dwelling, three in churches, and one_in a school.
The only colony of Eptesicus located was in a
church which also sheltered many Myotis, but
each species had its own attic, and never was an
Eptesicus found in theMyotis attic, or vice versa.

- Contrary to the popular concept of “bats in the

belfry” church bats more frequently retire to the
stygian gloom of the attic, leaving the brighter
and better ventilated belfry to the starlings and
pigeons. Even in the attic most of the bats do not
remain exposed, but crawl behind boards, get
between the walls, or squeeze between the ridge-
pole and the roofing.

Hew about the males? That they shun fe-
male companionship in crowded, stuffy maternity
centers 1s demonstrated by the fact that of the
431 adult Myotis caught in Ontario colonies from
July 27 to August 31, 1939, only two were males.
A few instances where adult males were found near
colonies furnish clues to their habits. At Bala,
Ontario, two solitary males were discovered near
a colony where on the fifth of August 498 bats
were seen emerging. One was in a pile of lumber,
and the other was behind the flashing on a chim-
ney of a cottage on the opposite shore of the lake.
Aecumulated droppings at the cottage indicated

HITCHCOCK

that this retreat, had been in use for some time.
In fact Messrs. Jack and Douglas Bocking caught
a male there in the latter part of August, 1938.
That year four bats used this place regularly, but
the sex of only one was determined. At Lake
Memphremagog, Quebec, on July 8, 1939, a sol-
itary male was found in a boathouse a few rods
from a colony. Droppings indicated that this
retreat was in regular use.

During the colder months of the -year an
occasional bat may alarm the occupants of a
dwelling by flying around in the attic or basement.
City churches in which heat is kept on throughout
the week usually have a service or two disrupted
when the organ music or perhaps the extra heat
interrupts the winter slumbers of a bat. Eptesicus
is usually the villain, but even with this species the
natural winter habitat is believed to be in caves
which remain above freezing. Since Middlesex and
Kent counties, Ontario, where most of, the bats
were studied, are without caves, there is probably
some migration. It is known that fall migration is
not necessarily in a southerly direction. Griffin
(1940) for instance, reports finding four Myotis
which had flown northwest 168 miles from a sum-
mer colony on Cape Cod to hibernate in a Ver-
mont cave. Whether bats from southwestern
Ontario hibernate in the United States or find
shelter in Canada, perchance in the Niagara es-
carpment, is not yet known.

Banding is being employed in studying this
question of summer-winter distribution of bats.
During the summer of 19389, 738 Myotis and 11
Eptesicus were marked in Ontario and Quebec
with bands supphed by the Biological Survey.
This method of keeping track of bats, first em-
ployed by Allen (1921), has been utilized most
extensively by Griffin, who has banded about
13,000 in New England and New York since 1932.

The greatest problem in bat banding is to
eatch the bats. Local conditions determine the

56 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

method. At some colonies the easiest way is to
work inside the building during the day, clamber-
ing over dung-covered rafters in dark, oven-like
attics. The bats are picked from roofboards and
beams by hand, extracted from crevices with
forceps, and caught in mid-air by net. At other
colonies they are more easily captured in traps as
they leave the building at dusk. The traps, cylind-
rical containers of wire screening fitted with a
funnel-like opening through which a bat can drop
but not crawl out, are placed below the exit holes.
Since the holes are of various sizes and shapes,
and in a variety of locations, setting a trap is
sometimes a problem, but with the aid of mos-
quito netting an escape-proof arrangement can
usually be effected. Good catches can be made by
placing traps at the busiest exits and blocking the
others, though it 1s often impossible to discover
all the chinks through which bats leave a building.

In winter the greatest difficulties in collecting
are finding where the likely caves are and then
getting to them. Travel becomes imperative. Two
expeditions were made during the fall of 1939, and
one has been made so far in 1940.

On October 28, 1939, a search of several caves
on Flowerpot Island at the tip of the Bruce
Peninsula produced two unbanded male Myotis 1.
lucofugus. The following day caves near Wiarton,
Bruce County, were explored and two bats found.

Both were males of the species Myotis keenii-

septentrionalis, the long-eared little brown bat,
previously unreported hibernating in Ontario. All
but one of the caves visited in the Bruce country
were on the face of cliffs a short distance from the
shore. Most were shallow and probably too ex-
posed to remain warm throughout the winter.

On November 25, 1939, the Lafleche Cave at
Wilson’s Corners, Quebec, was visited. The size-
able cavern, about 18 miles from Ottawa, is oper-
ated as a tourist attraction. In it were found 23
Eptesicus, 5 Myotis l. lucifugus, and 17 Myotis
keenu septentrionalis. None had been banded.
The big brown bats were all in a restricted area
near the entrance, most of them packed together
in a large cluster. A nearby thermometer about
half way between floor and ceiling registered 36°F.
The other bats were found singly or wedged two
or three together into crevices. According to the
proprietor, Mr. Zephir Lafleche, their number
fluctuates from year to year, there usually being
more than were seen on our visit.

(VoL. LIV

It is known that some species of bats follow
bird migration routes. Saunders (1930) reported
finding red bats, one hoary bat and one silver gray
bat among birds killed at the Long Point, Ontario,
lighthouse in the fall of 1929. No record is known
of Myotis or Eptesicus following bird routes, but
it was hoped that if they cross Lake Erie via the
Pelee Island route some would be recovered in the
Ohio caverns on South Bass Island and mainland
nearby. On January 1, 1940, Crystal Rock Cave
on the shore of Sandusky Bay was visited, and on -
the following day several caverns on South Bass
Island. Only 19 bats were found: 7 Myotis I.
lucifugus (all males), 4 Eptesicus, and 8 Pzpistrel-
lus subflavus obscurus, a small bat recorded but
twice in Ontario (at Ottawa, July 10, 1890, by W.
E. Saunders (1920) and at Niagara-on-the-Lake in
May 1933, by Downing (1938) ). None of these bats
had been banded. If bats from Ontario do follow
the Pelee route, they apparently pass by the first
suitable caves in favor of others farther along.

Banding operations will be continued and, if
possible, extended during the coming year. Any
information regarding colonies and caves, partic-
ularly caves in Ontario, will be appreciated.
Persons finding banded bats are urged to report
the band number, together with date and place of
capture, to the National Parks Bureau, Depart-
ment of Mines nad Resources, Ottawa, or to the
Biological Survey, Washington, D.C. Caution must
be exercised in reading numbers on bat bands
because the skin sometimes grows over the ends
of the band, obseuring figures. If the bat is dead,
the band can easily be removed by inserting
scissor points and spreading them.

REFERENCES

A. A. ALLEN, Banding bats, Journal of Mammal-
ogy, vol. 2, pp. 53-57, 1921.

S. C. Downine, Second Ontario record for the
pipistrelle, Journal of Mammalogy, vol. 19,
p. 103, 1938.

D. R. Grirrin, Migrations of New England Bats,
Bulletin Museum of Comparative Zoology,
.Harvard University, vol. 86, no. 6. pp. 217-
246, 1940.

W. E. Saunpers, A New mammal for Canada,
Canadian Field-Naturalist, vol. 34, p. 17, 1920.

W. E. Saunpers, Bats in migration, Journal of
Mammalogy, vol. 11, p. 225. 1980.

April, 1940]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 57

TEST OF A METHOD OF SMALL MAMMAL TRAPPING
By D. A. MacLULICH

ARIOUS arrangements of traps in quad-
rats and lines have been used to gain
comparative indices of abundance of
small mammals, see papers by Bole

(1939), Dice (1931 and 1938) and others. In the

present experiment it was desired to test the plan

of crowding traps closely so that it would be
unlikely that any small mammals should escape
capture.

Method—Ordinary break-back mouse _ traps
were placed at 8-inch intervals, i.e. 3 per 2 feet,
around the four sides of a quadrat measuring one
rod or 16% feet square. Four rows of similarly
spaced traps were set across the quadrat near one
side, the distance between rows being one foot.
As there were not sufficient traps available to
cover the area at one time the four rows were
moved across the quadrat in barrage fashion.
The number of traps in use was 192 and traps
were set in 396 places altogether. All traps were
anchored to sticks, ete., by tie-strings. For bait
a mixture of rolled oats, peanut butter, raisins
and bacon was used.

Trapping was carried out on a quadrat of the
above description in 1933, June 11 to 21, and the
next year the same area was trapped in the same
way, July 9 to 18. The location was near Frank’s
Bay on the south shore of Lake Nipissing in Parry
Sound District, Ontario.

The forest was mixed second-growth, consisting
of poplar, white birch, balsam, white pine, red
pine and white spruce in order of abundance, with
Aster macrophyllus and Araha nudicaulis promin-
ent in the ground cover. The diameter of the
dominant trees varied from 6 to 11 inches.

TABLE 1
1933 1934
Species First Total First Total
2 days 2 days
Peromyscus maniculatus 2 4 6 ! 10
Clethrionomys gappert - 0 tet One ex 2
Blarina brevicauda ____ 0 1 0 0
ORCEUCUICNCUS = es 1 A) 0
|

Table 1. Mammals caught in a square rod quadrat.

Results—The species and numbers caught are
shown in Table 1, in which are indicated the
catch of the first two days and the total for the
whole period of trapping. In Table 2 the total
numbers of animals caught daily for both years
is shown.

TABLE 2

Days Year 1933 Year 1934
Ist.
2nd.
ord.
4th.
5th.
6th.
7th
8th.
9th.

10th.

SoOOOrFNNN PWD

aI | FPOoOoOoCcOrFNONrF

Totals 13

Table 2. Total numbers of mammals caught.

Trap spacing 8 x 12 inches on quadrat 1 rod square.

The animals caught on the boundary of the
quadrat were, in 1933, 2 deermice, Peromyscus
maniculatus, and 1 cinereous shrew, Sorex cin-
ereus; and in 1934, 9 deermice and 1 red-backed
mouse, Clethrionomys gapperv.

Discussion—It is at once evident from’ the re-
sults presented in Tables 1 and 2. that this method
yields a small and irregular sample and hence an
inaccurate index of population changes. The
sample is not large enough to represent even one
family of an abundant species. The method re-
quires too much labour and time. To enlarge the
area of the quadrat (it was 1/160th of an acre)
would use an impractical number of traps and
excessive expenditure of time. For the same effort
considerably more information could surely be
obtained by spreading the traps over a larger area.
Since mice explore their home range and will find
traps even if only three or four are on their
feeding ground it is not necessary to crowd traps
so closely.

The trapping carried out in this experiment
yielded some incidental information on the a-
bundance of animals which is summarized in
Conclusions 3a and 3b below.

Summary and Conclusions—1. A plan of crowd-
ing break-back mouse traps 8 inches apart in rows ©

58 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

spaced 1 foot apart on a rod square quadrat was
tried in two successive years.

2. The method required too much labour and
gave inadequate and irregular data. It is recom-
mended that traps be spaced much farther apart
on larger trapping areas.

3. The numbers of animals caught suggest the
following conclusions regarding the abundance of
various animals on the south shore of Lake
Nipissing in mixed second-growth: (a) Deermice,
Peromyscus maniculatus, were more abundant in
1934 than in 1933. (b) Red-backed mice, Cleth-
rionomys gapperi, short-tailed shrew, Blarina brev-

(VoL. LIV

wcauda, and cinerous shrew, Sorex cinereus, were
present but not abundant.

LITERATURE CITED

Bote, B. P. Jr., 1939. The quadrat method of
studying small mammal populations. Cleve-
land Mus. Nat. Hist., Scient. Publ., vol. 5,
no. 4, pp. 15-77.

Dice, Lez R. 1931. Methods of indicating the
abundance of animals.. J. Mamm., vol. 12, no.
4, pp. 376-81.

Dicz, Lee R.- 1938. Some census methods for

mammals. J. Wildlife Management, vol. 2
no. 3, pp. 119-30.

b

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

Chenopodium polyspermum L. In Canapa*—
Since the publication in The Canadian Field-
Naturalist for March, 1936, of a record of occur-
rence at Ottawa of Chenopodium polyspermum
L., that and previous records from the Province of
Quebec have been added to by both eastern and
western extensions of range. From the herbarium
of the Division of Botany, Science Service, Ottawa,
the following citations may now be made.

New Brunswick: St. Andrews, H. Groh, July 31,
1936.

Quebec: Ste. Therese, Iberville Co., Fr. Marie-
Anselm, August 30, 1934.

Ontario: Ottawa, Rockcliffe Park, H. Groh and
W. G. Dore, August 10, 1935, open woods.
Saskatchewan: 15 miles S.W. of McKague, in
garden, A. J. Breitung 479, August 27, 1939.

This weed, which may be known as many-seeded
goosefoot, is a slender annual, adventive from
Europe. A specimen collected from ballast at
Camden, N.J., in 1879, is in the National Herb-
arium at Ottawa. Earlier records are mostly from
Atlantic ports—H. Grou.

*Contribution No. 616, Division of Botany and
Plant Pathology, Science Service, Dominion Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada.

Pintain INcreastnc as NeEstinc Birp in New
Brunswick.—The first record of a Pintail (Da-
fila acuta tzitzihoa) nest in the Province of
New Brunswick was obtained when an incubating
female was flushed from a nest of ten eggs in a
small marsh near Midgic, Westmoreland County,
New Brunswick, on June 6, 1938, by John Tingley.
On May 20, 1938, I had suspected that this species

nested there when I observed six mated pairs
feeding in a nearby flooded hayfield. A careful
search on May 28 failed to disclose any nest, so
the aid of John Tingley, game warden, was en-
listed through the interest and co-operation of H.
H. Ritchie, chief game warden of the Province.
We believe that the six pairs of Pintails nested
there during 1988.

In 1939 Mr. Tingley was again assigned to
searching for Pintail nests and succeeded in finding
five, all in approximately the same area as the one
found in 1938. We saw as many as 21 pairs of
Pintails there during the latter part of May, 1939,
so believe that probably 20 or more pairs nested,
a good increase over 1938.

Upon inquiry among local residents we learned
from a farmer, who seemed perfectly reliable and
who identified the birds as recent additions to his
neighborhood, that one pair of Pintails nested in
the Midgic area during 1937. This must have been
the beginning of Pintail nesting in this part of
New Brunswick.t From this one pair in 1937 the
nesting population increased to six pairs in 1938
and to about 20 pairs. in 1939.-The~ small
boggy marsh near Midgic is a part of the vast
Tantramar marsh and hayfield area lying near
the border of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia.
It will be interesting to follow the nesting
Pintail population there in the future as it
may represent an important addition to the
Atlantic Flyway waterfowl—Harotp S. Perers,
U.S. Biological Survey, Charleston, S.C.

1. Chamberlain (Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. of N.B.,
1882, pp. 23-68) records a female and brood of
young on the Tobique river, Sept. 1879, seen by
Mr. Carnell. No Pintail nesting records are known
for New Brunswick from 1879 to 19387.

April, 1940]

FLICKER AND STARLING TAKEN ‘TOGETHER IN
Same Nest.—Page 59 of The Canadian Field-
Naturalist for April, 1939, contains a reference by
Mr. William W. Lott, a bird bander of London,
Ontario, about a female Flicker he observed tend-
ing a brood of three young Starlings on May 24,

1938.

Just before dusk on the evening of June 1,
1939, in the vicinity of Ottawa, Ontario, the
writer captured an adult male Yellow-shafted
Flicker (Colaptes auratus) in a typical Flicker
nesting cavity in a telephone pole, and in the same
hole nestled underneath the Flicker was an adult
Starling (Sturnus vulgaris). I marked these birds
with bands Nos. 38-355008 and 39-209175 respect-
ively. Apparently both birds were intending to
share the nest for the night.

No eggs or young were found in the nest which
probably was an old one that had been occupied

by Starlings the previous season. Several visits to ~

the nest were made afterwards and no eggs or
young were found, but on June 16, 1939, I caught
another adult Starling in it and banded the bird
with No. 39-235101. No eggs or young were found
en this or subsequent visits.

During May and June, 19389, practically all nest-
ing sites suitable for Flickers that I found in this
vicinity were occupied by Starlings.

As to banding Starlings, banders may never
again have an opportunity of studying a species
that offers so many interesting problems for in-
vestigation as does the Starling in its present
status as an introduced species —T. S. HENNESSY.

Two Rare OrcHIDS IN THUNDER Bay District.—
The present report on these two orchids differs
from the majority of records in the fact that
neither of them is a new species for the Province
of Ontario nor even the District of Thunder Bay.
Owing to their rarity, however, I believe their re-
discovery in 1939 is worthy of being brought to
the attention of interested naturalists.

On July 8, near Grassy Lake, in the Sibley Pen-
insula, the writer found a small orchid which was
later identified by Mr. Frank Morris as the
Auricled Twayblade (Listera auriculata Wiegand).
Mr. Morris had discovered this orchid at Grassy
Lake many years ago to establish the first station
for the species in Ontario. (Morris, F. and Eames,
E. A. Our Wild Orchids.)

In August, I had the opportunity of examining
another small orchid which had been collected by

THE .CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 59

Col. Milton Francis, Port Arthur, on July 29,
near Pass Lake, also in the Sibley Peninsula and
some 20 miles from Grassy Lake. This proved to
be a specimen of the very rare Bog Adder’s Mouth
(Malaxis paludosa (L.) Sw.). This species had
previously been found in Ontario on two occasions,
both in the Sibley Peninsula but 20 miles or more
from where it was found by Col. Francis. The
only other North American stations for the Bog
Adder’s Mouth are at Ketchikan, Alaska, and in
two counties in the State of Muinnesota—A.E.
ALLIN.

THE SMELT IN Upper St. LAWRENCE WATERS.—
In the spring of 1939, smelt, Osmerus mordazx
(Mitchill), appeared below the dam of the Gan-
anoque River. On May 4 several were caught in
the raceway of the hydro plant, the first specimens
to be reported from the upper St. Lawrence river.
This raceway is about 100 feet in length, 15 feet
wide and two to three feet in depth, blasted
through sandstone and quite a fast current. The
water flows constantly as the electric plant sup-
plies part of the current used in the town of
Gananoque. Such conditions,—fast water, con-
stant flow and rocky or gravelly bottom,—are
ideal for the spawning of the smelt —G. C. Toner.

European Cormorants NESTING IN Nova
Scotta—For more than 15 years a colony of
Double-crested Cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus
auritus) has been nesting on a high gypsum cliff
about 10 miles north cf Antigonish, Nova Scotia.
On June 8, 1937, I first visited the colony and
estimated that there were nearly 300 pairs nesting,
young birds being present in most of the nests.
One hundred young were banded at that time. No
other species of cormorant was found in the
colony in 1987.

My second visit to the colony was on May 30,
1939, when I was surprised to find that about one-
fifth to one-fourth of the adult birds present were
European Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo car-
bo). A total of 212 occupied nests of both species
was counted, all but two still containing eggs, but
it was not possible to determine the number of
nests of each of the two Cormorants. Three or
four adult European Cormorants were observed to
be wearing bands. According to the records of the
Biological Survey, Washington, D.C., the only
European Cormorants that have been banded in
North America are those which Dr. Harrison F.

60 - THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Lewis has banded during the past few years at
Lake Island, Wapitagun, and St. Mary Islands,
all in Saguenay County, on the north shore of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, Quebec. Consequently the
banded birds represent an interesting recovery
record, and indicate that the European Cormor-
ants must have come to the Antigonish colony
from the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence
rather than from the closer colonies reported on
the Magdalen Islands or islands off Cape Breton
Island.

(VoL. LIV

It is believed that the European Cormorants
first invaded the Antigonish colony during the
summer of 1938, because Mr. Hoyes Lloyd,
National Parks Bureau, Ottawa, has received from
correspondants two picture post ecards of this
colony taken in 1988 thet clearly show the two
species of Cormorants to be present—Haro.p S.
Petzrs, U.S. Biological Survey, Charleston, S.C.

REVIEWS

THe Recent Mamm™ats or IpaAnHo.—By William
B. Davis. Contribution from The Museum of
Vertebrate Zoology, Unversity of California,
Berkeley. The Caxton Printers, Ltd., Caldwell,
Idaho. April 5, 1939. Cloth, 6” x 9”, pp. 400,
frontispiece, relief map of Idaho, figs. 33. $5.00.
This volume gives the only complete account

~ of the mammals of Idaho and in the opinion of

the reviewer is the most complete account that
has ever been published on the mammals of any
one of the United States. The 141 kinds of mam-
mals recognized as occurring in the State are fully
treated, the generally accepted scientific name
being given, with citation of the original descrip-
tion, type locality, synonyms, and the common
or vernacular name which seemed best applic-
able. The ecology of each species and the most
important records of each subspecies are given,
and the characters of the orders, families and of
many of the genera are given in section headings,
making the book a comprehensive treatise of the
mammals of the State. It is not a picture book,
but the descriptions are adequate for determining
specimens and the accounts of life history are well
selected, making the book valuable to naturalists,
teachers of biology, game officials, agricultural
officials, sportsmen, and all people who are inter-
ested in Western mammals. 22 distribution maps
are given where needed to show distribution of
species and races and 16 artificial keys assist
in determination of species and subspecies. The

Caxton Printers are to be congratulated in getting

out a good specimen of the printing art, on good

paper with clear type, with only one error noted
by an old proofreader?.

1. Subheading on p. 305, line 9, should read
“Genus Clethrionomy’s Tilesius’’ not ‘‘Tsileus.”’

Idaho is a large State of 88,888 square miles,
extending from the Canadian border nearly 500
miles to the southward, and 312 miles from east
to west, the northern tip of the pan-handle reach-
ing southeastern British Columbia, while the States
of Montana and Wyoming border on the east,
Utah and Nevada on the South, and Oregon and
Washington on the west. Zoogeographically, the
faunas and floras of the North Pacific Coast, the
Rocky Mountains, and the Great Basin meet in
the State and help to make a composite fauna
and flora. The altitude varies from 710 feet on the
Snake River at Lewiston, to 12,655 feet at the top
of Mt. Borah in the Pahsimeroi Mountains, and
temperatures range from 110° F. in the shade to
-45° F. Dr. C. Hart Merriam (1891) considered
the Life Zones of south-central Idaho as ranging
from Upper Sonoran to Arctic-Alpine, but Dr.
Davis in the present volume prefers to assign the
fauna to three, or possibly five, “biotic areas,”
considered as faunal-floral units within which exist
at the present an assemblage of animals and plants
which has become recognizable from assemblages
in adjoining areas. He states that 56 kinds of
mammals appeared to be limited in their dis-
tribution by climatic factors, largely temperature,
while the remaining 70 kinds may be ‘assigned
to areas which are not determined by temper-
ature alone, but by the interaction of climatic,
geographic, edaphic and biotie factors, each of
which, alone, may affect each of the kinds of
mammals differently.

The areas recognized are (1) Northern Rocky
Mountain Biotic Area, (2) Central Rocky Moun-
tain Area, and (3) the Northern Great Basin
Biotic Area. .Two other areas which are less well
defined in Idaho, may be recognized as (4) Co-

——

=< ee eee

alae
ee ee a

a woe

April, 1940)

lumbian Plateau Biotic Area, and (5) the Payette
Biotic Area. Within these areas certain definite
habitats or associations are mentioned: (1) Marsh
Association, (2) Meadow Association, (3) Prairie
Association, (4) Chaparral Association, (5) De-
ciduous Woodland Association, (5) Coniferous
Association types, and (6) Rock Association.

The “Northern Rocky Mountain Biotic Area”
is of the greatest interest to Canadian naturalists,
comprising as it does, “the northern portion of
the state, is a southward extension of a more ex-
tensive area occupying the greater part of south-
~ eastern British Columbia, northwestern Montana
and portions of northeastern Washington. Its
southern limits in Idaho appear to be in the
vicinity of the Salmon River where it transects
the state into northern and southern parts.” Mam-
malogists who are familiar with the distribution
of mammals in southern British Columbia will
be interested in studying the distribution maps
carefully, and will find that some mammals which
are essentially northern, as the mountain wood-
chuck (Marmota monaz petrensis), Kootenay red-
backed mouse (Clethrionomys gapperi saturatus),
Rocky Mountain phenacomys (Phenacomys inter-
medius), Kootenay jumping mouse (Zapus prin-
ceps kootenayensis), are found in northern Idaho,
while others which are more common farther
south, as the Rocky Mountain meadow mouse
(Microtus pennsylvanicus modestus), Coeur d’A-
lene pocket gopher (Thomomys talpoides satura-
tus), and Rufous-tailed Chipmunk (Hutamias
ruficaudus simulans), penetrate a short distance
into British Columbia. It may be noted here that
the pocket’ gophers of the Prairie Provinces
(Thomomys talpoides), the ranges of which do
not touch the ranges of the British Columbia
pocket gophers of the Thomomys fuscus group,
and which have heretofore been treated as distinct
_ Species, are now shown to intergrade to the south-
ward and should now all be considered as sub-
species of the widely-ranging species Thomomys
talpoides. It is also interesting to note, although
not mentioned in the volume under review, that
the Montana hoary marmot (Marmota caligata
nivaria) is now known to range from north-central
Idaho northeastward into extreme southwestern
Alberta, and the pale yellow-bellied wocdchuck
(Marmota flaviventris avara) ranges from south-
western Idaho northwestward into the southern
part of Columbia and Okanagan valleys in south-
ern British Columbia.

The exceedingly diverse physiographic features

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 61

of Idaho, and abrupt boundaries of different areas,
combined with great extremes of temperature and
humidity, have made distributional problems very
complex. The author states that the mammalian
fauna is not static, but changing. “It consists of
elements which have moved in recently, or are
now moving in, plus a core that has been present
in the area since the Pleistocene, or earlier. Cer-
tain kinds appear to have moved in from the
south, others from the north, and still others from
the east; the east-west course of the Snake River
has influenced greatly the present distribution
of recent immigrants.”

The author has discussed the geological situation
briefly and the climate more exhaustively, and
brings up many ideas which will be of interest to
all students of the problems of animal distribution.
He shows that while the occurrence of any species
depends primarily on the availability of suitable
food, the presence of safe breeding places and of
cover or places of temporary refuge are almost
equally important. Discussing the influence of
large rivers as barriers to spread of species, the
author concludes that hibernating, land-dwelling
mammals which are closely restricted to a definite
home territory and do not ordinarily swim are
different on the two sides of a river; also that
burrowing kinds are usually different on the two
sides. On the other hand, he states that in every
instance of which he is aware, nonburrowing and
nonhibernating forms are the same on the two
sides. He also suggests that certain nonhiber-
nating animals, as pocket gophers, which are un-
able to travel over dry rocky areas in summer,
may be able to pass over safely by burrowing
under the snow in winter. It may be mentioned
that while the book has many very useful maps,
showing sectional profiles of Idaho, distribution of
coniferous forests, biotic areas, and a map showing
the type localities of the 43 specific and subspecific
names which are based on Idaho-taken mammals,
as well as an extremely useful gazetteer of local-
ities mentioned, there is no map showing the
location and names of the counties of Idaho, and
it 1s frequently difficult to locate records of speci-
mens if a large atlas is not available.

Various other problems of animal and plant dis-
tribution are discussed at greater or less length,
and give food for thought. Altogether the book
is one of the most valuable and stimulating books
on North America mammals which have appeared
for a long time, and may well be a model for
other States and Provinces—R. M. A.

62 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

CANADIAN NATURE—Bi-monthly, published by
Whittemore Publishing Company, Limited;
edited by A. R. Whittemore, W. G. Clements
and Wm. C. Mansell; editorial offices, 177 Jarvis
Street, Toronto; subscriptions $2.00 a year in
Canada and the United States, $2.50 forezgn.

So far as is known the publication of Canadian
Nature marks the first attempt to provide an
illustrated natural history magazine devoted en-
_ tirely to the publication of popular articles for
Canadian readers. Volume 1, number 1, was issued
for September-October, 1939, beautifully printed
on heavily-sized stock, and number 2 for Novem-
ber-December followed in due course. The lay-
out is excellent, illustrations are well-chosen, even
though some were already familiar, and the sub-
ject matter is particularly adapted for use in
schools. In neither of the two issues is there any
intrusion into the field occupied by The Canadian
Field-Naturalist and its predecessors for more
than sixty years, namely that of publishing the
results of original observations and investigations
in Canadian natural history. The publisher and
editors are to be congratulated on their good
work, which will surely bear much fruit.

Although Canadian Nature is not sponsored by
any organization its efforts are being directed
towards the support of nature clubs.

The magazine is dedicated by Mr. Whittemore -

to the memory of his wife who was devoted to the
furtherance of nature study. Mindful of the loss
commemorated in this dedication we are further
saddened to note among the first contributors
Thornton Mustard, late principal of Toronto Nor-
mal School, a victim of the Athenia atrocity, and
Fred Barratt, an artist of unusual promise whose
career was closed by death when his talents were
just beginning to be recognized —C.H.D.C.

CanapIAN LANp Birps—A Pocket Field Gwde,
by P. A. Taverner, illustrated by Allan
Brooks, F. C. Hennessey and P. A. Taverner.
Toronto, 1939, The Musson Book Company
Limited; pp. 279, 113 coloured plates and
many drawings in black and white; small
8 vo. $2.50.

CANADIAN WATER Birps——Game Birds: Birds of
Prey. A Pocket Field Guide, by P. A. Taver-
ner; illustrated by Allan Brooks, F. C. Hen-
nessey and P. A. Taverner. Toronto, 1939.

(Vou. LIV

The Musson Book Company Limited; pp. 293,
nearly 100 plates in four colours, and many
drawings in black and white; small 8 vo.
$2.50. _
When the reviewer was just beginning to take
a keen interest in birds he came ito possession
of a copy of Taverner’s Birds of Eastern
Canada, then just issued. Here at last was the
book he had wanted, a Canadian bird book. Since
then it has been replaced by Birds of Canada;
now the answer to the question of what book to
place in the hands of Canadians beginning to
take an interest in birds will be found im the
two compact little volumes described above. The
joy that was produced by Birds of Hastern Canada
will find a much louder echo now, because in
Canadian Land Birds and Canadian Water Birds
the needs of the amateur are given first consider-
ation.

While these books are primarily field guides
the author has managed to include a great store
of general information. There is, in Canadian
Land Birds, a general chapter on methods of bird
study, one on birds and the garden, and a colour
key designed for field use. It is noted that the
author has a good word to say in the same volume
for egg collecting; the caution might well have
been added that under the Migratory Bird Treaty
and the Regulations enforcing its provisions a
scientific collector’s permit is needed for such
operations.

Canadian Water Birds is dedicated primarily
to sportsmen, who, taken by and large, are often
quite ignorant of the specifie identity of the birds
that they shoot. The key in the tront of this
volume will be most useful to those who have
their bird in the hand rather than on the water
several hundred yards away. The introduction
contains a common sense discussion on con-
servation that will be appreciated by sportsmen.
It also describes bird-photography and _ bird-
banding, two hobbies whereby the amateur can
enjoy birds profitably without killing them.

Merely to know birds and be able to identify
them is a source of keen pleasure to hundreds,
whose ranks should now grow constantly. With
these two books and a good pair of binoculars
anyone can learn to identify most of our Canadian
birds in the field. Fond parents and other patrons
of aspiring bird lovers are warned against giving
one volume without at least making arrangements
to follow up with the other—C.H.D.C.

a

riage #

P55

Affiliated Societies

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA

1946-41

President Emeritus: Dk. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. L. T. S.
NoORRIS-ELYE, Past Presidents: J. J. GOLDEN, (Deceased),
H. M. SpEEecHLy, M.D., V. W. JACKSON, M. Sc., C. W. Lowe,
M. Sc., J. B. WALLS, B. A., A. A. McCouBrRny, A. M.
Davipson, M. D., R. A. WARDLE, M. Sc., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS;
A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, Vice-Presidenis: H. C.
Parcs, W. H. RAND, L. W. «oO ER, Mrs. H. T. Ross,
J. P. Happow, P. H. Sroxes, Treasurer: H, J. PEcK, General
Secretary: Mrs. L. R. Simpson, Auditor: R. M. THOMAS;
Executive Secretary: Mrs. A.SHoRTT, Secial Convenor: MRs.
A.G LAwzEncs.

Section Chairman Secretary
Ornithological A. H. SHORTT J. HAAK |
Entomological G. SHIRLEY BROOKS - Miss M. Pratt
Botanical M.G. DupDLEy. M.Sc.,Ps.D. Mrs.G.W.BARTLETT
Geological E. I. Leitu, M.Sc. P. H. Stokes
Zoological V. W. JACKSON, M.Sc. R. SuTTON
Microscopy
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.

Botany C. W. Low#, M.Sc.

Secretary: R. HADDOW.

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday
during July and August.

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OFFICERS FOR 1939-40

Honorary President: L. S. KuiInk, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.; Past President: PROF. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S.,
F.B.S.E., F.RHS; President: C. F. CoNNor, M.A., Vice-
President: Mr. J. J. PLOMMER, Honorary Secretary: MR. GEO.
RoGser Woop, B.S.A., First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assisiant Secretary: Mrs. MARY SIEBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A.
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR.
W. CuarkK, Mr. F.W FARLEY, Mr. K. RAcey, Mr. P. L. Tart,
Dr. E. N. Drier, MR. EH. A. SCHWANTIB; Chairmen of Sections:
Botany: PRor. JOHN DAvIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.4., F.R.H.S.,
Geology: M. Y. WILLIAMS, PH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C.,
Entomology: Mr. A. R. Woortrton, Ornithology: MR.
KENNETH RAC&Y, Microscopy: Mr. H. P. CLARK, Photography:
Me. Paiuir Timms, Manimalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAuRA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; Pror. G. J.
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SzLWoop, W. B. Woops.

_All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science
Building, University of British Cclumbia, unless otherwise
announced. f

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL

SOCIETY

President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAmM-
ILTON M. Laine; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. Bastin, 4484 West 9th Avenue,
Vancouver, B.C.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

Treasurer: H. B. MAcMAHON, 3882 Richmond Strest.

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L M. TmeRRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH,
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF.
V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4.
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY:;
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN.

Executive Committee: Miss RuTH ABBOTT, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. Boutter, J. D. Fry, W. S. Hart, Mre. C. L.
HENDERSON, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. JupAH, Miss P. B.
MATTINSON, Miss Louise Murpny, J. A. DeEcARIB, Miss M.
S. Nicouson, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. SAIT, Miss MaupD SBHATH,
L. M. TERRILL.

Meetings held the second Monday of the Month except
during summer. .
Headquarters of the Society are:
REDPATH Muszum BirD Room,
McGILL UNIVERSITY,
MONTREAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
' NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence, LH TRES HONORABLE
LorD TWEEDSMuIR, G. C. M. G., C. H., Gouverneur- Général
du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: HONORABLE E.-L. Pat-
ENAUDE, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de Québec;

Bureau de Direction pour 1989: Président: ROBERT HUNTER;

ler vice-président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, 2iéme vice-
président: JAMES C. Pricn, Secrétaire-Trésorter: Dk. GUSTAVE
RattH; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D.-A. Dury;
Chef de ta section de Propagande éducative: A. BRRESFORD
Scott, Chef de la section protection: IAN BREAKBY, Chef de
la section d'information scientifique et. Dr ataues HUBERT
DUCHENE, Directeurs: JOHN Buatr, L. J. MAROIS8,
TrssIER; JAMES F. Ross, ALPHONSH DasiILets, I. A.. Rex
MsREDITH, N.P., EDGAR ROCHETTE, C. R.,

Seerétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTB

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1938-39.

Honorary President: Hon. Vice-
Prosident: Hon. H. C. Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLeMinG; President:
F. C. Hurst; Vice-President: W. J. BaxTor; Seeretary-
Treasurer: Mrs. L. E. JAQuitH, Council—Mrs. HARVEY
AGNEW, W. J. W. BALDWIN, G. 8. BaLL, Rupprt DAvips,
R. G. Dineman, J. R. DyMonp, C. S. Farmar, DR. NoRMA
Forp, A. R. Grsson, PAUL HAHN, H. M. HALuipay, Dr. F.
P. Ipn, MaAcistrate J. E. Jones, T. F. Mcitwralts,
ARNort M. PATTHRSON, Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS, Dr. T. M.
C. Tayitor, STUART THOMPSON, Mrs. A. R. WHITTEMORE.
President of Junior Club: W.J.BAxTER, Vice-President: Mrs.
A. R. WHITTEMORE.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum,
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons.

We ask the Officers, and more par=

ticularly the Secretaries, of all the

Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

make it one of the leading Natural

History publications of America.

G.-U.

For information concerning purchaseof the following publications of the Club apply to
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX
: By E. M. KINDLE
This book is attractively bound, and contains a Special profusely iustrated > namber, she Tbe

wealth of information concerning Canadian “é 29 Fs

Natural History and Exploration. The author Nateralial ys Bile sep pias priate bel

was a former President of the Club and this is a =
Memorial Volume : PRICE FIFTY CENTS

PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue,

Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa.~

FOR SALE:— Enclosed. please find $2.00 as membership in
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1940.
PUBLICATIONS ; Name (2582. oe
1879-1938 Address Bt PANES en
City, Prov. or State________________________

I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field-

FORM
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum
OF ~
fo) Spaetthes © Ara MOT Re Ba casera ash lee Uy Nae ates Lk 8 —j0 Dollars
BEQUEST
Datei 222 ae Signature 6) 05) ee

Prices-of Separates

Notes to Contributors, Etc. _

Papers for publication should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the appropriate Associate Editor.

Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if possible,
on one side of the paper only, with wide spaces between the
lines and ample margins. It is urged that special care be used
that scientific names are legible, properly formed, and correctly
spelled and capitalized.

Authors of leading articles are entitled to twenty-five
copies of the number in which they appear, free of charge on
application.

Separates of articles as they appear on the page, without
any change of make-up will be supplied he the following rates
which areapproximate. — If more than 2 p count in mul-
tiples of four, to provide for wire atitehing: Sales tax is extra.

—_—}—————_— | —q“~— ———~“~ | —————_

1 00} $2.25) $2.50) $2.75) $3.00
2 -26} 3.75) 4.00) 4.25
3 3.75] 4.00) 4.25) 4.50
4 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 >
5 4.75] 6.00) 6.25) 5.50
6 4.75} 5.00} 5.25) 6.50
7 6.25} 6.50) 6.75) 7.00
8 6.25] 6 5 | 6.75} 7.00
9 8.00) 8.75! 10.25) 11.75
10 8.00} 8.75) 10.25) 11.75
Covers extra 3.00} $.00) 4.00} 5.00

If removal! of matter on the pares non-pertinent to the
article or changes of make-up are desired, or if insets or other
extra work are necessary, specia! rates will be furnished on
application to the Editor

Applications for separates should be made to the Editor.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

ei) of Comp;
y" Zoology

JUN 19 1949 - MAY, 1940

VOL. LIV, No. 5

) 2D ip ) ) PA ‘ a faa.
Al
Beveg

. y)
—S =
=e

> S22 —

f ? ( hy
ay : Baas Ng! WA : |
4 ( a \ : ¢ | I ra Nest WAN}
\ i ‘ AY (A ji | i "i : \ | \e | ,

ALISTS’ CLUB

MON tite =*
| ST gh Saws a H

ISSUED JUNE 10th, 1940
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter
(le

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB |

President: A. E. PoRSILD

1st Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD 2nd Vice-President: DOUGLAS LEBCHMAN
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa

Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALcock, R. M. ANDERSON, REV. F. E: BANIM, HENRY BOWERS,
A. W. A. Brown, C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLuRyY, H. Grou, J. W.
Groves, G. H. HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELBY,
A. LARocquE, HARRISON F’. Lewis, Hoyes Luoyp, J. M. ROBINSON, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG,
P. A. TAVERNER, MALCOLM M. THompson, E. F. G. WHITE, R.T. D. WICKENDEN, M_E. WILSON, —
and the following Presidents of Affiliated Societies: L.T.S.NORRIS-ELYB, C. F. CONNOR, JOHN
DavIpson, M. Y. WILLIAMS, V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, DrR.VIGER PLAMONDON, F. C. Hurst

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS bs

Editor: | ;
C. H. D. CLARKE, :
National Parks Bureau, Ottawa

Associate Editors:

1D THNNESS so ees ee PO Sek Anthropology CLYDE PATCH. ae eee Herpetology
JAS NLD SMEs pes RN otany R. M. ANDERSON.~ 22: . 7 atin Mammalogy
(A EAR OCQUBG: cok escent arenes Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology —
ARTHUR GIBSON..............4.. Entomotogy PA. TAVERNER =). 5.0372 ete Ornithology —
BM AICOCK 6) soe. alee ete ae Geology Wi AS BELL S205 jens eee Palzontology
Seah DY MOND) ote Be a ee Ichthyology *
z
Fi
CONTENTS 4
PAGE
Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Journal of 1855 ............ Ae yh ee 63%
Miscellaneous Contributions from the National Herbarium of Canada II. By A. E. Porsild~ - 68° 2
The Spread of Cottontail Rabbits in Canada. By R. M. Anderson..................... 70. a
The Genotype of Cenularia. By G. Winston Sinclair... 002.225. c 3. 42 ee 12. =
Notes and Observations :— ae :
Teeland Gull at Fort William, Ontario. By A. E. Allin......... Eg eS ARCA ase as 74
The Crested Flycatcher in Central Alberta. By R. D. Ussher.......... Baie ted ds Ai 74
Chestnut-backed Chickadee in Alberta Foothills. By R. D. Ussher............... 15
Placocephalus kewensis in Manitoba. By V. W. Jackson......................... : 15
Spread of Nebraska Cottontail in Manitoba. By V. W. Jackson...... ey Actas 1)
Oceurrance of Gray Squirrel in Manitoba. By.V. W. Jackson.................... 15 @
Reviews :—
Natural History of the Birds of Eastern and Central North America. By C.H.D.C.. (6) a
Annual Report of the Forest Insect Survey, 19389. By C.H.D.C.................. 16 =
Howto Know ‘Lrees.: “By CoB DiGi? vials oes Bape eae a in ie é 16
Ducks Unlimited (Canada), Census, 1987. ByC.H.D.C......................000- 7 =
The’Reptile of Ontario, “By C.LiPi oo) ace 6 UO ee | =
Turtles of the United States and Canada. By C.L.P.................. yaa age Tl =
On-Melospiza melodia in Ontario!) By PAA. yo. 4G) ee Pee 78

= The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since
i 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Oltawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two &
ist volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been
it continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued
i monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the
# results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

F Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each
! =

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to L
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD, ao
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club a
582 Mariposa Ave., 4
Reckliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA. i

35 343

“ of Co ™Dars>

ON
é Cos Zoology as

IBR aARy

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. LIV

O&

OTTAWA, CANADA, MAY, 1940

No. 5

CHIEF FACTOR JAMES ANDERSON’S BACK RIVER JOURNAL OF 1855

INTRODUCTION

HE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST
has always been alive to the value of
é yj even the most general observations re-
lating to the more remote and poorly-known parts
of Canada, and on several occasions has assisted
in making such observations available by publish-
ing them. In this issue, by the permission of the
Director, Lands, Parks and Forests Branch, De-
partment of Mines and Resources, and with the
approval of the Hudson’s Bay Company, we are
able to begin the publication of Chief Factor
James Anderson’s Journal of his expedition in
search of traces of Sir John Franklin in 1855.

The Journal is taken from a bound volume of
typewritten sheets in the library of the Lands,
Parks and Forests Branch, Department of Mines
and Resources, Ottawa. It contains the Journal,
several other letters and reports of Chief Factor
Anderson, and a copy of Robert Campbell’s diary
of his exploration of the Pelly River as printed
by the Manitoba Free Press in 1885. The volume
-was formerly in the library of the Commission of
Conservation, and originally came from the library
of the Chief Geographer, Mr. James White, who
afterwards served as secretary of the Commission.

Though the circumstances surrounding the tran-
scription of the Journal are not known, its origin
is easy to determine. On Friday, April 6, 1888,
Mr. James Anderson, son of Chief Factor James
Anderson, appeared before the Select Committee
of the Senate of Canada, appointed to enquire
into the resources of the Great Mackenzie Basin.
He exhibited to the Committee a diary of his
father’s, which included his personal journal of
a trip in search of Sir John Franklin. Notes from
the journal included in the Committee’s report
agree with the MS, and it is likely also that other
papers in the MS volume were with the documents
exhibited to the Senate Committee.

In the Archives of the Hudson’s Bay Company
‘there is a diary forwarded by Chief Factor

officers, and in the
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for
1857, Vol. 27, pp. 321-328, Sir John Richardson
published a series of extracts from it, covering
the days from July 30 to August 22. For the days
in this period the diary from July 30 to August 13
seems to be published in full, as does also that
for August 20. Comparison of the entries with
those to be published here show that while the
facts tally, the two documents are quite different
in text. The Hudson’s Bay Company Archives
diary is a much more polished document, which
tends to omit details of the daily routine and
to enlarge on subjects that Anderson knew were
of particular interest to those who would be read-
ing it. By letter of May 12, 1938, the Hudson’s
Bay Company communicated to Mr. M. G.
Cameron, of the Air Surveys Section, Bureau of
Geology and Topography, Department of Mines
and Resources, extracts from the diary in their
possession for use in mapping the route traversed
by Anderson. The style is similar to those
published by Richardson, and in fact the letter
states that Richardson’s text is that of the een
in their Archives.

Anderson to his superior

The Journal we are publishing must be, then,
Anderson’s field note-book, and it should: not
detract from the value, for future publication,
at least in sufficient detail for comparison, of the
diary in the Hudson’s Bay Company’s Archives.
Nothing is known of the fate of the diary ex-
hibited to the Senate Committee of 1888. It is
evident that there were other Journals, some
earher and some later than the Back River
Journal. Apparently only documents of geograph-
ical interest were copied, and all the Journals,
which dealt in the main with James Anderson’s
private affairs, were returned to his son when the
copying was done. If any papers or records were
deposited with the records of the Senate they
would have been destroyed at the time of the
fire in 1916. During the sittings in 1888 two great
Canadian scientists, Dr. George M. Dawson and

64

Professor John Macoun, examined the Journals,
and it is likely that one or both of these men,
most probably Dawson, had the Back River
diary and other papers copied, and that the type-
written sheets were bound later with other geo-
graphical papers at the instance of Mr. James
White.

The Back River Journal is here printed verba-
tim from the MS. copy. The otherwise inexplic-
able use of double page numbers and different
lengths of pages suggest that the original paging
was followed in the copy, so that page numbers,
dates and titles are inserted here in their proper
places. Many mistakes in spelling are found; in
many cases they are obviously the fault of the
person who typed the copy, but this can never
be stated with certainty.

For a history of the organization of the ex-
pedition the Parliamentary Arctic Expedition
Papers should be consulted.1 When Dr. Rae’s
report of his discovery of the fate of Sir John
Franklin’s expedition was transmitted to the Lords
Commissioners of the Admiralty by the Hudson’s
Bay Company, the Admiralty expressed their
“earnest anxiety” that an expedition (one of two
proposed by them) should proceed to the mouth
of the Back River (Great Fish River) where
Eskimo reports indicated that the men of the
Erebus and Terror had perished. The command
of this expedition was given to “Mr. C. J. James
Anderson” with James Green Stewart as second-
in-command. Anderson was at that time in charge
of “McKenzie’s River” District of the Hudson’s
Bay Company, with headquarters at Fort Simp-
son. He was given a hand-picked crew, including
three Troquois voyageurs sent all the way from
Montreal by way of Chicago.

Further information on the expedition is to be
found in the next of the Parliamentary Arctic
Papers.2 On September 15, 1855, Anderson wrote
to Sir George Simpson, giving a summary of the
expedition (Further Papers, 1856, pp. 25-29). In
addition to the correspondence published in the
Parliamentary Papers, Anderson’s letter was pub-
lished in the Journal of The Royal Geographical
Society, Vol. 26, pp. 18-25, and some extracts from
his Journal, already referred to, were published

1. Report from the Select Committee on Arctic
Expedition, together with the proceedings of the
Committee, Minutes of Evidence, and Appendix,
House of Commons, London; 1855, p.p. 846-858.

2. Further Papers relative to the Recent Arctic
Expeditions in search of Sir John Franklin and the
crews of Her Majesty’s Ships ‘“‘Erebus’’ and
“‘Terror.'’ House of Commons, London; 1856, pp.
19-29.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. LIV

by Richardson. In Preble’s compilation? of faunal
records for the Canadian Northwest the only
references to the Anderson-Stewart expedition
were from the two latter publications, lack of
reference to the wealth of material in the Parlia-
mentary Arctic Papers being a conspicuous omis-
sion in Preble’s work.

The expedition was so little known that when
one of the Back River Eskimos told Hanbury‘ in
1902 that two canoes full of white men had gone
down the river when he was a boy, Hanbury put
him down as a liar. The fact that the Anderson
Journal was never published has kept him and the
Hudson’s Bay Company from the credit that is
their due for this expedition, an injustice that will
now be righted.

The expedition was a worthy accomplishment
even for the hardy men who participated in it.
As was the case in Back’s return trip® when the
river was first explored, the weather was very
bad, but the men did their work cheerfully.
Anderson’s letter (Further Papers, 1856, p. 26)
describes the crossing of the Mountain Portage,
one of the most difficult in Canada: “Immediately
after breakfast the portage was begun, and .. . at
10% p.m., our fine fellows were descending a
steep mountain with the canoes, singing “La
Violette.” Anderson himself was an unusually
keen observer as his Journal shows. He did not
discover as much about the Franklin expedition
as had been hoped, but he covered the ground
assigned to him thoroughly. The history of the
Franklin expedition is so well known now that
the pieces have been put together with only a
few missing.6 Today we are more interested in
the general observation as they were written down
day by day in a country not much visited by
white men even at the present time.

In annotating the Back River Journal the editor
has had the assistance of Messrs. M. G. Cameron,
J. R. Dymond, A. E. Porsild, P. A. Taverner, and
Drs. R. M. Anderson and Dymond Jenness, to
all of whom he wishes to express his thanks —
Editor.

3. Preble, EH. A.—A Biological Investigation of
the Athabaska-Mackenzie Region. U.S. Dept. Agr.,
Bureau of Biol, Survey, N.A. Fauna No, 27, 1908.

4. Hanbury, D. T.—Sport and Travel in the
Northland of Canada. London, 1904.

5. Back, G.—Narrative of the Arctic Land Ex-
pedition to the mouth of the Great Fish River.
London, 1836.

6. Gibson, William, Sir John Franklin’s Last
Voyage. The Beaver, Outfit 268, No. 1, pp. 44-75.

1

PISS WAR

ee a ee, Cee

May, 1940]

JOURNAL oF Cuter Factor ANDERSON oF THE H. B.
Co., OF A JOURNEY FROM Fort Stimpson, McKen-
ZiE RIVER,” TO THE MOUTH OF THE GreEAT FISH
River,’ via Great Stave LAKE eETc., 1855.

Simpson Monday, 28th May. I took my de-
to Big _parture with 2 canoes and 10 men laden
Island with supples for the Exped’n at a
1855 little after midday. Ice still drifting in

the Upper McKenzie. We broke one of
the canoes. Near Green Island? it drifted so
thickly that we were compelled to encamp at
7% h. p.m. at the head of the Islands. The water
appears to have risen very high in the River,
appearance of several Dykes?°.

Tuesday 29. Detained by ice till 8% a.m.
when we left and reached the point below Rabbit
Skin River, where we were compelled to encamp,
the ice drifting very thickly; in the midst of this
B. Le Noir came drifting in a small canoe; he
says the river is free as far as Conteauz Jaunes
Rr.12 but impracticable for even a boat to ascend.
‘The people shot a few ducks and rabbits.1? A few
drops of rain fell and the sky was overcast all
day. Got 9 French stock duck’s eggs.14

(Simpson to Big Island, 1855—2—)

May Wed. 30th. The ice detained us till 10%
am. We got many knocks and rubs, but reached
Spence’s Rr15 at 8% h.p.m. Saw Babilland'é
&e and old Le Noir and son; got a few fish, 2
geese,!7 a beaver!8 anda piece of bear!9 from
them; they had hunts varying from 40 to upwards

7. Now officially given as ““Mackenzie.’’

8. From the Indian name, Thlewy-cho; now
ealled after Sir George Back, who was the first to
descend it. ‘

9. 13 miles from Simpson; shown on four mile
Map Sheet No. 12, Mackenzie River Series, Depart-
ment of Interior, 1923, (M.G.C.).

10. The meaning of dykes is obscure—possibly
stones and earth pushed up the bank by ice, which
would indicate the height attained by the river.

“11. 22 miles from Simpson; shown on four mile
Map Sheet No, 12, Mackenzie River Series, Depart-
ment of Interior, 1923. (M.G.C.).

12. Couteaux Jaunes R.—Undoubtedly shown
as Redknife river on the four mile Map Sheet No.
12, Mackenzie River Series, Department of Inter-
ior, 1923; 93 miles from Simpson. (M.G.C.).

13. Varying Hare, Lepus americanus (R.M.A.).

14. Mallard, Anas platyrhynchos. (P.A,T.).

15. 37 miles from Simpson; shown on four mile
Map Sheet No. 12; Mackenzie River Series, Depart-
ment of Interior, 1923. (M.G.C.).

16. Possibly incorrectly copied from ‘“Robill-
ard,’ or “Babillard.’’

17. Probably Canada Goose,
(P.A.T,).

18. Castor canadensis (R.M.A.).

19. Black Bear, Ursus americanus.

Branta canadensis.

(R.M.A.).

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 65

of 100 MBr.2° The birches?! and poplars22 begin
to put out their leaves. The weather was warm
today—previous to leaving Fort Simpson the high-
est the Therm. reached this spring was—62.23

Thur. 31st. After gumming the canoes em-
barked at 4% a.m. Obliged to take to the paddle
owing to the quantities of ice on Beach. Exper-
ienced some heavy showers, accompanied by
thunder. We had too much trouble with drift
ice, but managed to reach a little above the
stream when we saw the ice coming down ful!
channel, evidently from the little
Lake. By using our best exertions
to we managed to get our canoes out
Resolution of the water (5 p.m.) just as the ice

came down with tremendous force,
sending huge boulders up the Bank like Skittle
Balls. The canoes suffered much today; on one
occasion a mass of ice tumbled from off the Bank,
seant?4 a wave into the canoe and broke the
paddle of one of the men; a few inches more and
we should have been all smashed into a thousand
pieces; as it was we escaped, except (Simpson to
Big Island—3—) an Indian who was hurt by the
handle of the broken paddle being driven into his
side.

June—Friday—l. Detained all day by ice; im-
mense quantities have passed. About 3 a.m. this
water rose with a sudden rush, bringing down
immense fields, portions of which were shoved
with tremendous force up the bank. Fortunately
I caused the baggage and canoes to
be carried high up before the men
to went to sleep—still one of our canoes
Big Island had a narrow escape. The ice tho’

still (8% p.m.) drifting thickly is
getting a little clearer. This is a bad place for
hunting; nothing has been killed today by the
hunters. Weather warm.

Sat. 2nd. Still detained by ice. Cloudy with
some shght showers. The Big Island boat arrived
at 11 a.m. took out its crew and sent the Simpson

Simpson

Simpson

20. “Made Beaver” or ‘skin,’ a unit of ex-
change, formerly based on the value of one beaver
skin, but gradually divorced from this connection.
The wooden tokens used in trading to this day are
referred to as “‘skins,’’ and the value of a skin is
now taken to be about fifty cents. Anderson did
not mean that the men had killed 40 to 100 beaver
each, but rather that each had taken 40 to 100 skins
worth of fur, at the current rate for the Fort Simp-
son District. In another part of the MS volume
Anderson gives the average value of 1 M Br. in furs
(1850-53) as 14s 11d and the average cost of 1 M
Br. in goods for the same period as 8s 5d.

21. Betula papyrifera is the common tree-
like birch of the region. (A.E.P.). 4

22. Populus tacamahacca (A.E.P.),
23. Undoubtedly 62 F, not -62 FB.
24. Sent.

66 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

people, except two Indians, back in it; Mr.
Clarke was a passenger.

The ice is drifting thinly this evening and I
am in hopes that we shall be able to leave in the
morning.

Sun. 3rd. Cloudy all day. Just as we were
"preparing to leave this, a canoe arrived from
Simpson, which Mr. Milles was kind enough to
send with some provisions upon learning the
state of the ice from the Indians; of them (June,
1855, Simpson to Big Island—4—) I took a bag
of Pem’n25 and sent back the remainder. We
left rather too soon as we broke both canoes with
ice and were compelled to put on shore to repair
them; it was tough work getting up to the head
of our line;26 the water is high which precludes
tracking and the current very strong. Both
canoes were nearly upset in rounding fallen trees,
and the old canoes had a most narrow escape of
being crushed by a flow of ice. Saw 5 Indians
with excellent hunts and a boy of 12 years old
who had killed 70 M Br in Martens—the lowest
the men had was 80, the others 100 and upwards.
Encamped late in the little Lake opposite Point
au Foin;27 men much fatigued after this hard
day’s work—it was one continual stretch.

Mon. 4th. A Beautiful calm warm day. Vege-
tation has made considerable advances during the
last 2 or 3 days. We left the encampment at 4
a.m. and encamped at 714 p.m. the canoes requir-
ing considerable repairs—at a pipe?® from the
small lake close to the “Ecaurs;”29 saw only a
few pieces of ice, until we encamped when we saw
a considerable quantity, I suppose from the small
lake. Saw old Bedean®° and the Grand Noir. ‘Tne
men who are unaccustomed to the paddle (June,
1855, Simpson to Big Island—5—) complain of
sore arms and breasts.

25. Pemmican, pounded dry (buffalo) meat and
fat mixed together.

26. 67 miles from Simpson. The river from
here to Simpson is narrow and swift, and it is
necessary to track canoes coming up, hence it is
known as Head of Line. (M.G.C.).

27. Hay was cut at a place about four miles
above the mouth of Trout river, 78 miles from
Simpson, as shown on four mile Map Sheet No. 12,
Mackenzie River Series, Dept. of Interior, 1923.
Point aux Foins shown opposite this place on the
north side by E. Petitot on his map of the Mac-
kenzie Basin , 1875. (M.G.C.).

298. Asa unit of time and distance a pipe might
mean the time taken to smoke a pipe and the dis-
tance that could be travelled in such a time, or it
might mean the time (and distance) between paus-
es for the purpose of smoking or “‘lighting up.”

29. Probably meant to be ‘‘Pointe des Petites
Ecores,’’ as shown on E. Petitot’s map of the Mac-
kenzie Basin, Geog. Soe. of Paris, Vol. 10, 1875, on
north side of river, about 120 miles from Simpson.
(M.G.C.).

30. Possibly Bedeau.

Saw a grasshopper.

(VoL. LIV

Tuesd. 5th. Left early, but were stopped by a
large body of ice (or rather a stream of drift ice
apparently much broken) supposed to have come
from the Channels about Big Island. Did not
unload till sunset, in hopes of a passage clearing.
In the evening a heavy gale arose. We are en-
camped in the little Lake opposite Lap Stick
Point,?! the weather warm. I need not say the

pain and vexation I feel at these repeated deten-

tions; however, I could do nothing were I further
advanced. Slave Lake is still firm, but the appear-
ance even of advancing is consolatory.

Wed. 6th. Left at 7 a.m. Stopped by ice at
the Islands?? at 7% am. until 5 p.m.; we then
manage to cross among the drift ice and reached
Charleson’s Fishery?? where we were again com-
pelled to encamp by our enemy at 8 p.m. Stopped

at an Island where we saw many of the small »

forked tail black-headed Tern;34 they had just
begun to make their nests but had laid no eggs;
saw one of these birds drive off a crow.25 Goose
berries?® in flower. Very warm and clear (Simp-
son to Big Island—6—) till the evening when it
was overcast. Mosquitoes troublesome.

Thurs. 7. Detained here the entire day by ice
drifting so thick that we cant see water; it is all
smashed into separate candles. Very sultry;
thunder at some distance; a few drops of rain
fell here, but heavy showers falling to the Nd.
Strawberries?? in flower.

Frid. 8th. Another warm day; thunder at
intervals and a shower in the evening. Mosquitoes
rather troublesome. Still detained by ice which
is drifting full channel.

Sat. 9th. Another warm day. Cloudy at inter-
vals with a few drops of rain. Still detaimed by
ice running full channel. Saw a dragon fly and
some yellow butterflies.

31. Lop-stick Point—This must have been a
point on Mills lake, shown on Sheet No. 12 of the
Mackenzie River Series. The exact location of the
point is not known. (M.G.C.).

32. In all probability those islands at the east
end of Mills lake, 140 miles from Simpson, shown on
Sheet No. 12 of Mackenzie River Series. (M.G.C.).

33. Possibly near the mouth of Horn river
where the present Indian village is marked on
Sheet No. 12 of the Mackenzie River Series.
(M.G.C,).

34. Probably Arctic Tern, Sterna
(c.f. Preble, foot-note No. 3) (P.A.T.).

35. Since some of the “crows’’ seen by Ander-
son were certainly ravens it is impossible to say
which species is meant here. (P.A.T.).

36, Ribes oxyacanthoides (A.E.P.).

37. The strawberry common on Great Slave
Tale one the Upper Mackenzie is Fragaria glauca
(A. E.P.).

Paradisea

May, 1940]

Sunday. 10th. At 3 p.m. we managed to cross
the river amongst the drift ice and put ashore
to supper at 9 p.m.; after which we continued
our route. Very warm, sultry; about 64% p.m.
the sky to the N. Wt. became of an inky color
with long streamers like waving hair hanging like
a fringe; the sun shone through this as if a halo
had been cut (June, 1855, Simpson to Big Island
—?—) in the cloud; this shifted gradually round
the compass, Ey.,?8 accompanied by violent squalls
and heavy showers of hail and rain. We had
some narrow shaves in the ice and the tracking
at the Rapid was execrable.

Mond. 11th. We marched?® all last night—got
up the Batteau Rapid? about daybreak; when
we were within sight of Isle aux Bruleaux*! we
were again stopped by drift ice, but managed to
get on by dint of wading and hauling the canoes
through the small channels and afterwards by
keeping along shore—which was shoal and full of
stones—we reached the point before reaching the
Big Island Fort4? at 5 P.M.; then we were obliged
to unload as the channel is choked by ice. Sent
all hands to the Fort excepting my servant. Saw
some Big Island Indians and one belonging to
Resolution, who is waiting for the disruption of
the ice to go there. The men marched 26 hours,
except during (June, 1855, Simpson to Big Island
—8—) the time they put on shore to sup and
breakfast.

Tuesday 12th. The ice cleared sufficiently about
mid-day to cross over to the Island along which
we found a channel, and reached a point on it
about 15 miles from B.I. at 6 pm. Here we found
our road barred by ice and encamped on a nasty
swampy point. Set a short net which yielded by

38. Easterly; cf. also Ny, Sy, and Wy.

39. A voyageur expression adopted into the
English of the north; in the case of the well-known
command to dogs it has degenerated into ‘‘mush.’’

40, Just above Providence is a strong current
due to the narrow contracted channel which is cal-
led ‘“‘The Rapid,’’ although there is plenty of water;
Sir Alexander Mackenzie is reported to have sound-
ed and got 21 feet here. No mention is made of
Providence which it is reported by Preble, was
not established until 1868. On the south side of
Meridian Island opposite Providence, there are
numerous rapids, making the south channel im-
passable to big boats. 156 miles from Simpson.
(M.G.C.).

41. Undoubtedly ‘Isle aux Bouleaux,’’ shown
on E. Petitot’s map, about 214 miles below Big Is-
land. 182 miles from Simpson. (M.G.C.).

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 67

sunset 3 fine trout, 8 W. fish and 13 Red Carp#?.
Wed. 13th. Detained all day by ice.
Big Island The water rose and drove us to an-
to other encampment; obliged to take
Resolution up the net as the ice was covering it
—it yielded 32 fish, chiefly white fish.
Some marsh flowers are in bloom, such as the
large buttercup4*. It is blowing fresh from the
N.E. The land here is evidently encroaching on
the Lake; the process is first driftwood, then a
sediment of mud; moss then springs up and grass
and marsh plants, willows take root and, when
the ground is a little raised, birech—beyond that
(June, 1855, Big Island to Resolution—9—)
spruce; the leaves of the Birch here are just
appearing and the grass is 18 inches high, though
the ground is frozen six inches from the surface.
Thurs. 14th. Heavy rain with wind all night.
The ice is packed against the beach so that we
cannot even set a net.

Friday 16th. Calm and cloudy—a most gloomy

day; ice as yesterday. This perpetual detention
is most disressing, but it is useless repining.
Sat. 16th. Very warm with a slight shower, fog-
gy, Mosquitoes dreadfully thick. About 5 p.m.
we managed to set off from our beastly, swampy
encampment. We found some lanes of water
and bored through much drift ice till we reached
near the De Marais Islands,4° where we could get
no further, the ice being hard and in close pack.
At the same time the fog was impenetrable. It
was an awkward situation. We bored away into
the bay and suddenly came on one of the Islands
and afterwards (June, 1855, Big Island to Resolu-
tion—10—) managed to reach the last one by sun-
set. Canoes rather damaged. Saw several fields
of ice still white and hard; very cold in the even-
ings. Set the net.

(To be continued)

42. This is shown on E. Petitot’s map, 1875, to
have been on the north shore of Great Slave lake,
opposite the eastern end of Big Island, established
1847, abandoned 1868, according to Preble. Ap-
proximately 200 miles from Simpson. (M.G.C.).

43. Trout— Cristivomer namaycush; white
Coregonus clupeaformis; Red Carp, Catostomus
or Moxostoma lesueurit. (J.R.D.).

44, Probably Caltha
gold. (A.E.P.).

45. Iles des Marais, along the south shore of
Great Slave lake opposite the east end of Big Island,
shown on the map of Great Slave lake, Western
Sheet, Department of Interior, 1928. 27 miles west
of Hay River post. (M.G.C.).

fish,
catostomus

palusiris, Or marsh mari-

68 Tue CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. LIV

~ MISCELLANEOUS CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL
HERBARIUM OF CANADA II.
By A. E. PORSILD .

Cassiope lycopodioides (Pall.) Deon
White Pass, Northern British Columbia: rocky
slopes and crevices, 2000-3000 ft. elevation, June
25, 1936, EH & G. Lohbrunner, No. 25 (CAN & V)!

Outside of northeastern Asia this species was
previously known from the Aleutian Islands and
from the south and southeast coast of Alaska but
apparently it has not previously been recorded
from Canada.

Cassiope tetragona (L.) Don. ssp. saximon-
tana (Small) n. comb. C. saximontana Small,
N- Am. Flora, 29:59 (1914).

The arctic white heather, Casszope tetragona
is a cireumpolar, arctic or high-arctic species
which, outside the arctic regions, is known from
a few stations in high mountains of northern
Eurasia. In arctic regions of North America,
from northern Greenland to northern Alaska, it
is perhaps the most ubiquitous of the dwarf
shrubs and, because of its omnipresence and be-
cause it burns well and produces a hot fire even
when moderately wet it is an important fuel
for travellers and residents of those regions (Por-
sild 7). In Greenland it reaches 82° N. lat. but 1s
absent in the southern part. On the North Amer-
ican continent its southern limit is on the west
coast of Hudson Bay, near Churchill, Manitoba.
A map showing the world distribution of Cassi-
ope tetragona is given by Rikh (10).

Small, le., segregated from the circumpolar
Cassiope tetragona, the plant which in the Cana-
dian Rockies had previously passed under that
name, but no one appears to have taken up his
name, except Kirkwood (5) who under C. tet-
ragona mentions C. sazimontana, saying that “it
is said to differ from C. tetragona in having more
slender branches.”

In the Canadian Cordillera C. tetragona ssp.
saximontana apparently takes the place of the
species and in high mountains reaches south to the
49th parallel. The writer has seen no typical C.
tetragona from Alberta or from Brtish Columbia
and he suspects that what is treated as such by

1. CAN—National Herbarium of Canada, Ot-
tawa, V—Herbarium of the Provincial Museum of
Natural History, Victoria, B.C. NY.—Herbarium,
New York, Botanical Garden. G—Gray Herbarium,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass,

Howell (4, in part), Rydberg (11), Henry (3) and
Piper & Beattie (6) all belong to the subspecies.
In Britton & Brown (2) C. tetragona is said to
reach Oregon.

Cassiope tetragona ssp. sazimontana has often
been confused with C. Mertensiana which it re-
sembles superficially but from which it may at
once be distinguished by the presence of a groove
on the back of the leaf-blade.

Small, l.c., has correctly described his segregate
as having more slender branches and by having
much shorter pedicels than C. tetragona. Also the
flowers are somewhat smaller. According to
Small the corollas are from 3.5 to 4 mm. long in
C. saximontana against 5 to 6 mm. in C. tetragona.
In the key to the genus Small, Le., erroneously
reverses these figures (6-7 mm. against 3-4 mm.).
The Rocky Mountain plant, athough its distin-
guishing characters appear to be constant, never-
theless is very close to the species and probably
is best treated as a well-defined geographical race
of the cireumpolar C. tetragona.

The writer has seen the following specimens:
ALBERTA: Sulphur Mt., Banff, McCalla, No.
2161 (TYPE) (NY); same place, M. A. Barber,
No. 104 (G); same place, Sanson (CAN 22, 465*) ;
Mt. Norquay, 7200 ft. Miss D. Pelluet (CAN 91,
770*); Moose Mt., Elbow R.; 6-7000 ft., Wm.
Spreadborough (CAN 28,256); Kicking Horse
Pass, Macoun (CAN 15,583*); Mountain Park,
near Rocky Pass, J. D. Soper (CAN 106,262) ;
Maligne Lake, Stewardson-Brown, No. 1261*
(CAN; G); North
River, idem No. 1015 (G); Mountain at Pipe-
stone Creek, 7000 ft. Macoun (CAN 66.457*) ;
Rocky Mts., Burke (G); Rocky Mts., Bourgeau
(G).

BRITISH COLUMBIA: Summit of Cascades,
49° Lat. Dr. Lyall, 1860 (G); Peace River district,
Mt. Selwyn, 5000 ft. Rawp & Abbe, Nos. 3778 &
4119 (CAN & G).

NORTHWEST TERRITORIES: Liard River,
between Nahanni Butte and Simpson, C. H. Crick-
may, No. 86 (CAN).

In the above list the specimens marked with an
asterisk were named Cassiope Mertensiana, the
balance, with the exception of the type, were
named C. tetragona.

Fork of the Saskatchewan _

el ee

May, 1940}

= Malaxis paludosa(L.) Sw—In a recent number
of this journal A. E. Allin (Allin 1) recorded a
new station in the Thunder Bay district of north-
ern Ontario, not far from where it was originally
collected (Silver Inlet, Port Arthur, Aug. 1909,
Henry C. Cowles, CAN).

In the National Herbarium of Canada is an-
other unrecorded station, from British Columbia,
Aleza Lake, west of Prince George, June 23, 1930,
B. G. Griffith (CAN 122,205). In North America
this rare orchid is thus now known from four
widely separated stations: Thunder Bay district,
Ont.; Otter Tail Co., Minnesota; northern Brit-
ish Columbia and Ketckikan, southeastern Alaska.

= .Pedicularis Langsdorffii Fisch. & Stev.—Jas-
per Park, Alberta: “Pyramid Mt., July 23, 1930
and mountain, 6000 ft. elevation, July 6, 1930, H.
M. Laing, Nos. 418 & 417 (CAN). This species,
previously known from the Bering Sea region and
from central Alaska (Porsild 8) is new to the
flora of Canada.

Downingia laeta (Greene) Greene, Leaflets,
2:45 (1919); Bolelia laeta Greene, Erythea 1:338
(1893). Crane Lake, Sask.: Skull Creek, in brack-
ish marshes, July 3, 1894; same place, in a bog,
John Macoun, Nos. 7.532 & 7.533 (CAN). The
above two specimens were kindly named by Dr.
Rogers McVaugh, Bur. of Plant Industry, US.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

The genus is new to the flora of Canada.

— Draba lonchocarpa Rydb. When recently the
writer (Porsild 9) published a list of the plants
collected in southeastern Alaska by the Mount
Logan expedition he hesitated to include this
species because of the fragmentary condition of
the only specimen available. More ample mater-
ial has since come to hand which confirms his
early determination. The specimens were col-
lected near the head of Chitina River, 61° N.
141° 40’ W. on dry slopes at 4000 feet elevation
June 26, 1925. H. M. Laing, No. 88.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 69

The species is new to the flora of Alaska.

Pedicularis ornithorynchaBenth., in Hook.
Fl. Bor.-Am. 2:108 (1838). This rare plant, long
known only from the type locality (Mt. Rainier,
Wash.) is now also known from Vancouver Island,
Elk River, Strathcona Park, J. M. Macoun (CAN
83.199) and on the mainland from Mt. Wadding-
ton.

Two new British Columbia stations have recent-
ly been added from the Bella Coola region, Rain-
bow Mts., Mt. Brilliant, 6000 ft. elev. Aug. 24,
1938 and Stuie, Caribou Mts., 6000 ft. and 5700 ft.
elev., Aug. 20 and 11, 19388, H. M. Laing, Nos.
653; 655 and 654 (CAN). In addition there is
in the National Museum of Canada a specimen
from southeastern Alaska, Mt. Head, 56° 5’ lat.
131° 9’ long., 4200 ft. elev., collected by Otto
Klotz, Aug. 6, 1894 (CAN 4196).

REFERENCES

1. Allin, A. E.: Can. Field-Naturalist, 54:59
(1940).

2. Britton & Brown: Illustrated Flora of N.
-Am., 3:686 (1913). :

3. Henry, J. K.: Flora of southern British Col-
umbia, p. 232 (1915).

4. Howell, Thos.: Flora of N.W. America p. 419
(1901).

5. Kirkwood, J. E.: Northern Rocky Mts.
Trees and Shrubs, p. 266 (19380).

6. Piper & Beattie: Flora of the Northwest
Coast, p. 280 (1915).

7. Porsild, A. E.: Flora of Northwest Territor-
ies, In Canada’s Western Northland, p.
132, (1937). :

8. Idem: Rhodora, 41:287 (19389).

9. Idem: Contr. to the Flora of Alaska, Rho-
dora, (1939).

10. Rikh, M.: Bot. Jahrbiicher 50, Suppl. tab.
vi (1914).

11. Rydberg, P. A.: Flora of the Rocky Mts.,
(1917).

12. Ann. Rep. Provincial Museum of Natural
History, British Columbia, p. 15, (1928).

70 THE CANADIAN FYELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. LIV

THE SPREAD OF COTTONTAIL RABBITS IN CANADA
By R. M. ANDERSON

HE EXTENSION of range of at least
three kinds of cottontail rabbits has

been so rapid within recent years that

ana) ;
eS there is a possibility of overlapping of
ranges and confusion of records of “cottontails”
and “little brown rabbits in mid-winter.”

The Mearns Cottontail, Sylvilagus floridanus
mearnsii (Allen) was apparently indigenous in
extreme southern Ontario, as W. J. Wintemberg
has found bones of this species in ancient village
sites. E. W. Nelson! gives J. H. Fleming as
authority for the occurrence of the cottontail in
Essex County, Ontario, as early as 1868 or 1870,
and they were first noted at Niagara about 1871,
The National Museum of Canada has one speci-
men taken near London, Ontario, in 1883, and four
taken in the Toronto region (E. T. Seton col-
lection) from 1885 to 1890. The writer was in-
formed by the late Professor A. B. Klugh that
the cottontail had become common in the city of
Kingston and abundant in the surrounding country
by 1925, and C. L. Patch took specimens for the
National Museum in Lanark and Frontenac
counties between Kingston and Ottawa in the
summer of 1931. The cottontail was first reported
around Ottawa in 1931 and the first authentic.
specimen was killed by a dog at McKay Lake,
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, February 14, 1932, and
the species has been fairly common since that
time on both sides of the Ottawa, but has not
penetrated very far into the Laurentian Hills vn
the Quebec side of the Ottawa River. The Mearns
Cottontail became common in the vicinity of
Montreal about the same time, but it is not known
whether the cottontails in the region south of
Montreal came in by spreading along the St.
Lawrence River from Ontario, or whether they
spread from a large “planting” of cottontails on
the west side of Lake Champlain in the northern
part of the State of New York. As far as we know
this is the only part of Canada where artificial
introduction of cottontails near the border may
have been a factor. Otherwise in Eastern Canada
the spread seems to have been a gradual infil-
tration accompanying the clearing of the land
incidental to farming operations which at the
same time made conditions less favourable for the
indigenous “bush rabbit,” “snowshoe rabbit” or
varying hare, Lepus americanus virginianus Har-

1. The Rabbits of North America, N. A. Fauna,
No. 29, 1909, 171.

lan, which is well known for turning white in
winter.

The writer has examined several specimens of
cottontail from southeastern Quebec, and all were
referable to S. f. mearnsii. The writer knows of no
authentic records of the New England Cottontail,
Sylvilagus transitionalis (Bangs), but Nelson
(1909, 198) stated that the New England Cotton-
tail was extending its range northward in southern

-Vermont and New Hampshire, and F. L. Osgood?

stated that this species has spread rapidly north-
ward during the past forty years, and at the
present time it ranges to the Canadian border on
the west side of the State and on the east side at
least to Montpelier. The New England Cottontail
has presumably moved across the border mto
parts of the “Hastern Townships” of Quebec, and
it is only a question of time when somebody will
establish an official Canadian “record” of the
species.

The Nebraska Cottontail, Sylvilagus floridanus
similis Nelson, was first recorded from Canada by
Stuart Criddle (Can. Field-Nat., 1929, 159) from
a single specimen caught three miles north of
Treesbank, Manitoba, February 11, 1914, and de-
termined by Dr. H. H. T. Jackson of the US.
Biological Survey. In 1927 J. D. Soper was in-
formed by D. W. Yuill, barrister, of Melita,
Manitoba, that he had seen several cottontails
and secured one in the woods along Souris River
near Melita, and that others had been taken by
sportsmen in the same region. The writer was
informed in 1928 by Norman MacKellar, a farmer
of Clearwater, about 135 mules southwest of
Winnipeg, 12 miles north of the International
Boundary, and about 40 miles east of Turtle
Mountains Forest Reserve, that the cottontails
had recently come into that region, first appearing
in 1925. By 1932 the species had become a pest in
the nurseries of the Experimental Station for
Southern Manitoba, Department of Agriculture,
and four specimens were sent to the National
Museum by Superintendent W. H. Leslie in
December, 1932. The Nebraska Cottontail Rabbit
has spread with remarkable rapidity for a small
mammal species. Vernon Bailey? states that no

2. The Mammals of Vermont, Journ. Mamma-

- logy, Vol. 19, No. 4, 1938, pp. 435-441.

3. A Biological Survey of North Dakota. Mam-
mals. N. A. Fauna, No. 49, 1925, 135.

May, 1940]

trace of this species was found in North Dakota in
1887, nor nearer than Fort Sisseton, South Dakota,
and Browns Valley, Minnesota, but they had
reached Larimore, N.D., in 1900, and Walhalla,
near Pembina, close to the Manitoba International
Boundary in 1912. From the time of its first
appearance in Manitoba in 1914, the range of this
Cottontail has extended to the northwest as far
as Dauphin, 250 miles from the International
Boundary. The rapid extension of the range of
this brush-loving mammal is apparently because it
could not find food and shelter on the bare
prairies which were swept by prairie fires before
the sod was broken up for farms. With the
_ farmers came shelter-belts, weed-patches and brush
in the coulees and the cottontails speedily follow-
ed. It may be noted that on the prairies the
cottontails are more apt to become a pest by
concentrating in the sparse shelter-belts and
gnawing young fruit trees and shrubbery, than in
the East where there is usually enough natural
“bush” to accommodate a large rabbit popu-
lation without doing much damage except in
towns.

The National Museum has no actual records of
this species being taken in the Province of Saskat-
chewan, but from the history of its rapid spread
over North Dakota and southwestern Manitoba,
there seems little reason to doubt that this is the
“Cottontail” recently reported from parts of south-
eastern Saskatchewan.

Recent records of “Cottontails” from Saskat-
chewan should be carefully sifted, as there is
another species of cottontail, the Black Hills
Cottontail, Sylvilagus nuttallii grangert (Allen),
found in the dry regions of southern Alberta and
southwestern Saskatchewan, probably indigenous,
and recently reported to be increasing and extend-
ing its range in some districts. The first published
record of this cottontail in Canada was given by
Nelson (1909, pp. 204-7), who gives its range “ .
extends north of the United States into southern
Alberta and Saskatchewan, Canada. Zonal range
mainly Transition and upper half of Upper Sonor-
an.” Nelson definitely records one specimen from
Cypress Hills, Saskatchewan.

The first specimen of the Black Hills Cotton-
tail in the National Museum of Canada was taken
by C. H. Young, September 4, 1917, near Steve-
ville, Red Deer valley, Alberta. Chas. H. Stern-
berg reported that the cottontails were fairly
common in the same region in 1919, but in
previous years they were rare, only one or two
seen each season. J. D. Soper reported in 1922
that a clerical friend had shot several cottontails

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 71

about 30 miles southeast of Calgary, and another
man had also killed them in the same region. In
1927, Mr. Soper found remains of one on the trail
a few miles east of Cardston, Albert, near St.
Mary’s River, which is more or less wooded along
the banks. He was also informed by Henry
Webster that cottontails occurred in the willow
flat near his place on Deer Creek, near Sweet
Grass Hills. Mr. Soper took four specimens at
Deer Creek, Alberta, July 13-19, 1927. They were
said to occur in the Eagle Butte region of the
western escarpment of the Cypress Hills, in Al-
berta, but none were seen during a stay of about
ten days, although signs were observed.

Our first National Museum record of the Black
Hills Cottontail from Saskatchewan was a male
taken by H. M. Laing at Eastend, June 15, 1921.
J. D. Soper collected four August 21-24, 1927, near
Kastend, where they were comparatively common
on the Potter ranch, resorting to thorn thickets
near Frenchman River and in draws leading to
the higher bench lands. The species was more
rare at Val Marie, found in willows along French-
man River where one specimen was taken Sept-
ember 2. Two were seen and one collected at
Lonesome Butte on Rock Creek south of Wood
Mountain in a brushy draw among the buttes on
September 16. Only one was seen and collected at
Big Muddy Lake, where they were obviously
scarce, on September 23, 1927. This one was sun-
ning itself before a hole in the side of a naked
clay butte along the Waniska coulee. The latter
is the most eastern record in Canada as far as
known. Three specimens were obtained from
Charles F. Holmes, taken January 8, 1924, near
Dollard, between Eastend and Shaunavon. Laur-
ence B. Potter wrote in 1933 that the Black Hills
Cottontail had noticeably increased in the vicinity
of Eastend since the beginning of winter 1931-32,
and H. F. Hughes of Shaunavon wrote in 1933
that they were also increasing in that region, and
were often seen out on the prairie. F. Bradshaw,
former director of the Provincial Museum, Regina,
wrote in spring of 1933, that H. W. McCrae, of
Crestwynd, Sask., a few miles east of Johnston
Lake, had seen a little brown rabbit that spring
in the same environment as the common varying
hare, in the brush along the lake. Mr. Bradshaw
stated that this was the most northerly point of
Saskatchewan from which the cottontail rabbit
had been recorded to his knowledge. This record
is only about 50 miles northeast of our Lonesome
Butte record, and from physiographic reasons is
presumably S. n. grangeri, but with this species
working north and east, and S. f. similis moving

72 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

north and west, it is evident that naturalists
should use care in reporting “Cottontails” as
determined specifically without careful examin-
ation of specimens. Although Snowshoe Rabbits
(Lepus americanus) occur in most of the regions
where cottontails have been reported in Canada,
there is no difficulty for anybody to recognize
them in winter, as the snowshoe rabbit is white in
winter and the cottontail is brownish or grayish
at all seasons.

Rabbits are difficult to describe briefly, as they
are dull coloured, without noticeable markings,
and measurements are not always dependable for
identification on account of differences due to age
and individual variation. A few of the different-
ating characters are given:

EASTERN FORMS

Mearns Corrontaiy. Sylvilagus floridanus mearn-
sti (Allen). A large cottontail, with top of
head and back pale pinkish buffy, sometimes
with ochraceous tinge, and always darkened
by the overlying and usually strong wash of
black; rump dull iron gray. Average meas-
urements of five adults (Nelson, 1909): Total
length, 446 mm. (17.6 inches) ; tail vertebrae,
60 (2.4 inches); hind foot, 104 (4.1 inches) ;
ear from notch in dried skin, 54.3 (2.15 inches).

New Encuanp Corrontain. Sylvilagus transition-
alis (Bangs). Upper parts of head and body
usually bright pinkish buffy, varying to a
deeper almost ochraceous buffy heavily over-
laid with a black wash, the latter coarsely dis-

(VoL. LIV

tributed and giving the effect of black streak-
ings or pencilings; top of head with a narrow
black patch between ears; rump patch obsolete.
Average measurements of five adults (Nel-
son, 1909): Total length, 388 (15.3 inches) ;
tail vertebrae, 39 (1.6 inches); hind foot,
95 (3.8 inches) ; ear from notch in dried skin,
51.6 (2.05 inches).

WESTERN ForMS

Nepraska Cottontalu. Syvilagus floridanus similis
Nelson—A pale coloured form, smaller than
mearnsii, and much more grayish, especially
on head; ears shorter and distinctly paler;
legs paler and more cinnamon than mearnsiz;
under side of neck paler and more grayish
buff. Measurements of five adults (Nelson,
1909): Total length, 408 mm. (16.1 inches);
tail vertebrae, 52 (2.1 inches); hind foot, 99
(3.9 inches); ear from notch in dried skin,
50 (19 inches).

Buack Hixtits Cortontarn. Sylvilagus nuttalli
grangert (Allen) —A considerably smaller ani-
mal than the Nebraska Cottontail, with upper
parts creamy buff lightly grizzled with grayish
or brownish instead of blackish hairs; back
and sides of lower part of hind legs varying
from rather dark rusty cinnamon to a pale
rusty cinnamon, shading into pale dull rusty
along outside of hind feet. Average measure-
ments of five adults (Nelson, 1909): Total
length, 352 mm. (13.9 inches); tail vertabrae,
44 (1.7 inches); ear from notch in dried skin,
55.7 (2.2 inches). :

THE GENOTYPE OF CONULARIA
By G. WINSTON SINCLAIR

BSTRACT: The type species of the genus
Conularia is shown to be C. quadrisul-
cata Sowerby, a species from the Silurian
rocks of Great Britain. A new subgenus,
Paraconularia, is proposed for shells of the type
of Conularia inaequicostata DeKoninck.

Various authors, most recently Leriche (p. 58)!
and Fletcher (p. 241), have pointed out that the
type species of the fossil genus Conularia has been
generally misconceived. The recent revision of the
Conularida by Boucek (1939, p. A113 e¢ seq.),
with his erection of subgenera, gives a present
importance to the question.

1. All page references in brackets refer to the
works cited at the end of this paper.

The problem concerns the identity of the species
Conularia quadrisulcata Sowerby, and its relation-
ship to C. sowerbyi. The pertinent history of
these two species follows.

The name Conularia was first used for this group
of fossils in 1821, when Sowerby (p. 107) defined
the genus and described and figured two new
species, C. quadrisulcata and C. teres. The latter
has been shown to be a cephalopod and need not
concern us further. The former name was applied
to four specimens, all illustrated on plate 260,
figures 3-6. Following his specific diagnosis Sower-
by said: “The above description is taken from a
very perfect specimen (fig. 4) found by the Rev.
R. B. Plumtree of Gloucester, in transition Lime-

May, 1940]

stone, who gave it to Mr. Miller, it s the only one
in which I have seen either a septum or the inflect-
ed lips.” The original of figure 3 was also from the
“transition” limestone, and it, according to Slater
(p. 33) belongs to the species later described by
Salter as C.—-subtilis. Figures 5 and 6 represent
specimens from the carboniferous.

There can be no doubt that the species, and con-
sequently the genus, was based on the original of
figure 4, a specimen of Silurian age. Sowerby
credited the names “Conularia” and “C. quad-
risulcata” to the manuscript catalogue of “Mr.
Miller, of Bristol.” However it does not appear
that they have any standing except as of Sowerby
1821. All the specimens used by Sowerby seem to
have been lost.

In 1825 Blainville (p. 377) introduced the name
C. sowerbyi, which he attributed to Defrance. This
name was applied to exactly the same fossils which
Sowerby had described as C. quadrisulcata and C.
teres, and all Sowerby’s figures were reproduced
as plate xiv, figures 2a-e. Seventeen years later
deVerneuil (p. 348) proposed that the name C.
quadrisulcata be restricted to the Carboniferous
form described by Sowerby, and that C. sowerbyr
Defrance be used for the Silurian species. De-
Verneuil gave a good figure and description of his
C. sowerbyi, from a specimen from the Silurian
of south-western Russia. Most recent authors have
followed Slater’s suggestion and referred to ‘C.
sowerbyi deVerneuil 1845.’
_ jections to this usage, the first being that if de-
Verneuil’s interpretation of the species be accept-
ed, deBlainville’s name is not available for it.
The other, which has been generally overlooked,
is that the specimen described and figured by
deVerneuil is not the same as the English species
from the Wenlock beds, to which Slater applied
the name.

Sandberger in 1847 (p. 8 et seq.) gave diagnoses
and diagrammatic figures of all the species of
Conularia known to him, at the same time pro-
posing new and more descriptive specific names.
Thus C. creni-jugata was substituted for C. sower-
byi deVerneuil; C. cancellata for Sowerby’s Sil-
urian C. quadrisulcata; and C. tuberi-costa for the
British Carboniferous C.. quadrisulcata. Of these
names C. cancellata has been used by some Swed-
ish authors; the others have not been accepted,
but may be useful.

In 1902 Reed (p. 122) described and figured the
species C. clavus which Salter had listed in 1873
(p. 153). Slater (p. 26) considered this to be the
same species as C. quadrisulcata Sowerby, which

There are two ob-.

THE CANADIAN: FIELD-NATURALIST 73

name she applied incorrectly to the British Car-
boniferous species.

Boucek (1928) in his revision of the Bohemian
Conulariae divided the genus into a number of
groups, and more recently (1939, p. A121) has
carried the division a step further by removing
some species to new genera and by erecting four
new subgenera in the genus Conularia. Of these
subgenera Conularia ss. is based on C. quadrisul-
cata (erroneously considered as a Carboniferous
species) and Plectoconularia is based on C. sower-
byt deVerneuil.

This history may be summarized in the state-
ment: The genus Conularia has as genotype C.
quadrisulcata Sowerby 1821, a British Silurian
species with which C. Sowerbyi deBlainville 1825
and C. cancellata Sandberger 1847 are synony-
mous; C. creni-jugata Sandberger 1847 (= C.
sowerby: deVerneuil 1845) is a Russian Silurian
species closely allied to the genotype; Plectocon-
ularia Boucek 1939 is a synonym of Conularia
Sowerby 1821.

Leriche (p. 58) has pointed out that the name
C. tubericosta Sandberger is available for the
British Carboniferous species described by Slater
as C. quadrisulcata; Reed’s name C. clavus might
also be considered. However, it is understood that
the British Carboniferous Conularids are being re-
studied, and the question of the proper name for
this form may well be left to those working with
the actual specimens.

It does not seem necessary at the present time
to discuss the subgeneric division of the genus.
The writer is engaged in a study of the American
Conularida, and the question will be dealt with in
connection with that work. In order to avoid

‘confusion, it is proposed to supply a name at this

time for the group ‘Conularia s.s.’ of Boucek (1939,
p. A122).

Boucek’s division of the genus may therefore be
amended as follows: ;

Genus CONULARIA Sowerby 1821,, Type, C.
quadrisulcata Sowerby 1821; Wenlock, Eng-
land. Transverse ridges distinct, close, tuber-
ulated; the spaces between them crossed by
prominent bars or striae. No longitudinal

_ Septa on the faces of the shell. (C. niag-
arensis Hall 1852 is an American species
closely resembling the genotype.)

Paraconularia nov. Type, Conularia inaequicost-
ata deKoninck 1883; Carboniferous, Belgium.
(Annaues, Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle

74 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

de Belgique, viii: p. 223, pl. liv, 9-11. The type
specimen is preserved in the Museum in
Brussels.) Shell usually large; transverse ribs
strong, distant, faintly tuberculated, bending
abruptly towards the aperture at the corner
grooves; longitudinal striae rarely present,
never well developed; mid-line of the faces
indicated only by the change in direction of
the transverse ribs. (C. blairi Miller & Gurley
1894 is a well known American species which
belongs to this group.)

Archaeoconularia Boucek 1939. Type, Conularia
insignis Barrande 1867; Ordovician, Bohemia.
“Secondary longitudinal lines feebly develop-
ed; sculpture fine, arched.” (Boucek) (It is
not certain that this group is represented in
America.)

Mesoconularia Boucek 1939. Type, Conularia
fragilis Barrande 1867; Lower Devonian, Bo-
hemia. “No secondary lines; ribs distinct,
visible to the naked eye, undulating.”
(Boucek) (Conularia roeperi Miller & Gurley
1896 is of this group.)

[VoL LIV

LITERATURE CITED

Boucek, BepricH, 1928; Révision des Conulaires
Paléozoiques de la Bohéme, Palaeontograph-
ica Bohemiae, xi.

GSES aie , 1939; Conularida, in O. H. Schinde-
wolf’s Handbuch der Paldéozoologie, Band 2A,
pp. 113-131. Berlin.

DEBLAINVILLE, 1825; Manuel de Malacologie, Paris
et Strasbourg.

DEVERNEUIL Edouard, 1845; in Murchison et al.,
Géologie de la Russie d'Europe ete., ii.
London and Paris.

Fietcuer, Harorp, 1938; A Revision of the Aus-
tralian Conularia; Records of the Australian
Museum, xx, 3.

LericHe, Mcer., 1912; in Gosselet et al., Fauna
Siluro-Devonien de Liévin; Mém., Société
Géologique du Nord, vi, 2.

Reep, F. R. C., 1902; Salter’s undescribed species,
v1; Geological Magazine 1902, pp. 122-126.

Satter, J. W., 1873: Catalogue of the Cambrian
and Silurian Fossils in the Geological Museum,
Cambridge.

SANDBERGER, GuiIpo, 1847; Conularia und Cole-

oprion; Neues Jahrbuch ftir Min. etc., pp.
8-25.

Sater, Ips, 1907; Monograph of the British Con-
ularia; Palaeontographical Society, London.

Sowersy, JAMES, 1821; Mineral Conchology etc,
ii. London.

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

IceLAND Guup at Fort WILiiAM, OnTarto.—On
December 26, 1939, while taking the Christmas
Bird Census, four members of the Thunder Bay
Field Naturalists’ Club, Kenneth Eoll, Claude
Garton, Jack Lowcock, and the writer, visited the
Imperial Fur Farm, west of Fort William, to
observe a large flock of gulls, whose presence in
the region at that late date was probably attribut-
able to the mild and open winter. It was estimat-
ed that 200 gulls were present, all but one of
which were Herring Gulls. The exception stood
out in marked contrast to the other gulls and was
readily identified as an Iceland Gull, Larus leucop-
terus. Its smaller size was carefully noted when
compared both in flight and at rest with that of
the Herring Gulls. The smaller size of head and
neck was also noted, leading to the conclusion
that the bird was an Iceland Gull and not a
Glaucous Gull. The plumage was the nearly pure
white of a second-year bird.

There are relatively few records of the occur-

rence of the Iceland Gull in Ontario, and these
are for the Lower Lakes. There are no reports
for Manitoba. One specimen has been collected in
the adjacent State of Minnesota, a bird in the
plumage of the second-year, obtained August 10,
1931, 12 miles north-east of Grand Marais on the
north shore of Lake Superior. (Roberts: The
Birds of Minnesota. Vol. 1, p. 542, 1936.) Grand
Marais is 85 miles south-west of Fort William —
A. E. ALIN.

THE CRESTED FLYCATCHER IN CENTRAL ALBERTA.
—On July 16, 1939, at Elk Island National Park,
some forty miles east of Edmonton, Alberta, the
writer was rather surprised to hear the notes of a
Crested Flycatcher. During subsequent days the
bird was heard on several occasions in the poplar
bush, and on July 23 single birds (possibly the
same individual) were twice seen on Long Island

May, 1940]

in Astotin Lake, a mile or so north of where this
Flycatcher was first noted.

Mr. T. E. Randall, who has been observing
birds in the Park for some time, informed me
that he had never detected the species there —
R. D. UssHeEr.

CHESTNUT-BACKED CHICKADEE IN THE ALBERTA
FoorHitts—On November 12, 1939, the writer was
observing a mixed flock of Black-capped, Gambel’s,
and Brown-headed Chickadees in Lodgepole Pines
near the headquarters of the Kananaskis Forest
Experiment Station, Seebe, Alberta, about forty
miles west of Calgary.

The notes of one dark looking bird attracted
attention, and when examined through glasses, it
proved to be a Chestnut-backed Chickadee. The
bird was watched for some time, coming within a
few feet on more than one occasion. The writer
has had little time for observations here, and this
is the only time this Chickadee has been noted.

The altitude is about 4,300 feet and Gambel’s
Chickadee was not observed during the previous
May and June, being first seen in early November,
on the writer’s return to the Station.

The prevailing forest cover is mostly Lodgepole
Pine of rather small size, with patches of Poplar
and some Spruce, practically all second growth.—
R. D. Ussuer.

Placocephalus kewensis IN Maniropa.—Placo-
cephalus kewensis was first noticed in the green-
house of the University of Manitoba in September,
1933, during the annual search for breeding On-
iscus. Its introduction has no doubt been with
nursery stock as has been the case throughout
America and Europe coming originally from
Samoa.

Placocephalus von Graff has recently been
changed to Bipalium, eight species of which are
now recorded from Java, Sumatra and Bali. Br-
paliidae have flat elongated bodies (4 to 8 inches)
with dorsal stripes, and a broad placate head with
marginal eye spots.—V. W. JacKSon.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST - 75

SpreAD oF NesrasKa CoTTontTaIL IN Manriropa—
Nebraska Cottontail (Sylvilagus yoridanus sim-
is) has now crossed Latitude 52° in Manitoba and
possibly 53° in Saskatchewan. Anthony gave its
northern limit as Fargo, North Dakota, in 1924.
In 1926 the first specimen for Manitoba was sent
from Kaleida. In 1928 many had reported “a
brown rabbit in midwinter” and in 1930 it had
reached Winnipeg. January 1932 Joe Morton re-
ported it 100 miles north and on November 11th
that year Peter Durant sent in a specimen from
Dauphin, 200 miles north. So this sudden mi-
gration northward was very rapid, nearly 100
miles a year. Since reaching Latitude 52° the
spread has been general throughout the Province
but not -farther northward. Has the Eastern
Cottontail made a advance?—V. W.
JACKSON.

similar

1. Records of ‘‘cottontails’’ from Saskatchewan
should be carefully investigated, as the Black Hills
Cottontail, Sylvilagus nuttallii grangeri, has been
known to occur in Saskatchewan for at least 30
years, and is known to be increasing and spreading
in some areas.—R. M. ANDERSON.

OccurRENCE OF Gray SquirrEL IN Manrtospa.—
Gray Squirrels are quite a novelty on the streets
of Winnipeg this winter. They first crossed the
Manitoba boundary from the south in 19301—
perhaps the first wave of retreat from the inter-
specific war said to have been raging at the time, —
when thousands of squirrels swam the Mississippi.
3 years later they were in St. Boniface and
young ones were seen that summer. They have
now spread northward to East Selkirk and
to Latitude 51° and westward to Portage la
Prairie and the Pembina ridge, i.e—the Red
River valley. They are darker than the eastern
Gray Squirrel less white below and their furry
tracks prove them to be the Merriam or Minn-
esota Gray Squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis hypo-
phaeus) —V. W. JAcKSON.

1. The National Museum of Canada has one skin
in the black (melanistic) phase, taken near Sewell,
Manitoba, in November, 1916, but in the absence of
further details an isolated occurrence of a common
caged pet might be considered as an ‘‘escape.’’—
R. M. ANDERSON.

16 : THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

{Vot. LIV

REVIEWS

NaturaL History oF THE Birps oF HASTERN AND
Centra, Nortu AmertcA—By Edward Howe
Forbush; revised and abridged with the ad-
dition of more than one hundred species by
John Bichard May; illustrated in colour by
Louis Agassiz Fuertes, Allan Brooks and Roger
Tory Peterson; Houghton, Mifflin Company,
Boston 1939; pp. rvi-554, with 97 coloured

plates; 16 mo. $4.95.

Forbush’s great work Birds of Massachusetts
and other New England States is an ornithological
classic, but its three volumes are no longer in
print, and, even when they were, the price was
beyond the ordinary purse, though better value
was seldom given. The present volume is a con-
densation of Forbush’s three volumes, with the
addition of enough species to make it apply to
the whole of eastern North America. This ex-
tension is carried out also in the coloured plates
by the addition of four new plates.

The text as it stands is a list of subspecies,
(geographical races), with similar headings for
each race and nothing to point out species to the
amateur. The reviewer is moved to protest the
infliction of such a system on the ornithological
laity for whom the book is supposed to be in-
tended. When it was tried on some friends in-
terested in birds but lacking scientific traiming it

proved even more confusing than was feared -

Fortunately the plates are captioned with species
names. .

The literary value of the book is high. All of
Forbush’s finer passages are preserved, and Dr
May and his associates maintain the same high
standard. Peterson’s birds are also worthy of
association with those of Fuertes and Brooks.
Rarely is so fine a bird book, or, indeed, a book
of such distinction in any field, offered at so low
a price—C.H.D.C.

ANNUAL ReEporT oF THE Forest INSEcT SURVEY,
1939, Division of Entomology, Science Service,
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, 1940.

The Forest Insect Survey, a co-operative
project based on the regular collection of field
samples of forest insects, is now in its fourth year,
and has grown until it involves the collection of
8310 samples by more than 2,000 co-operators. It
is understood that co-operators are supplied with
collapsed cardboard containers that can be set up
in a few seconds, and have merely to collect a
sample, for which operation explicit instructions
are supplied, and to place it in the mail.

~The report, which contains. fourteen maps and

an elaborate, but understandable, table, summar-
izes the distribution and.abundance of forest
insects in Canada. A series of these reports (this
being the first to be printed) will be invaluable
to ecologists, and the Survey is of vital import-
ance to our forest industries.

During the summer of 1939 certain forest insects,
notably the Spruce Budworm, destroyed immense
quantities of timber. A casual reader, mindful of
the much-publicized salvage operations that fol-
lowed the destruction of timber by a recent
hurricane in New England, will look in vain for
any hint of salvage for the timber of the insect-
devastated areas of Canada: Our forest economy
is the economy of abundance.

A glance at the array of insects dealt with
inspires the prediction that some species or
other will reach epidemic numbers in any given
year, at least for a good many years—C. H. D. C.

How To Know THE TREES.—by H. E. Jaques, 1940,
pp. 152, many illustrations, published by the
author, 709 N. Main St., Mt. Pleasant, Iowa;
Spiral binding $1.00, cloth $1.80.

This little book is a key to the trees of United
States and Canada east of the Rockies, with a
brief description of each species and marginal
drawings showing leaves, fruits and twigs and a
map of the range. The trees as a group lend
themselves admirably to this type of treatment,
and the result_is a very useful little manual.
Apparently there is no perfect key, but once the
precise meaning of key characters are established
by use this one will be found to be quite work-
able—C. H. D. C.

Ducks UN.uImMitep (CANADA), CEeNsus, 1938 and
1939, and Kee-man Record Book-pp. 50, n.d.,
many illustrations. (Ducks Unlimited (Can-
ada), T. C. Main, General Manager).

This interesting document contains an estimate
of the duck population of the interior of Canada,
with a description of the methods by which it
was made, notes on duck populations, a discussion
of the causes of loss of waterfowl, an outline of the
restoration program of Ducks Unlimited, and a
guide to the identification of waterfowl.

May 1940}

The duck population of the interior is estimated
at 59,682,000, these figures apparently applying to
the end of the 1939 breeding season, and may be
contrasted with an estimated 40,500,000 for 1935.
It is an estimate, not a count, made by “Ducks
Unlimited” to the best of their ability with a vast
amount of information to help them. The pop-

ulation of some species is still alarmingly low, and, ©

looking at the grand total, one is reminded that
the bison are said to have numbered 60,000,000 at
one time. We wonder just how close we came to
losing all our ducks in the last decade. The duck
hunters of 1939 far outnumber the bison hunters
of 1870, and the killing privileges extended are still
so generous that if they could take full advantage
of them one season would see the end of the
ducks.

Most persons know that marshes and sloughs
have dried up by hundreds on the prairies, but the
loss of aquatic habitats in the forested area be-
tween the prairies and the pre-Cambrian shield
is not so familiar. This loss has been brought
about by forest fires and by the destruction of
beaver. Deterioration is so remarkably out of
proportion to population that we are told, (p. 26)
“Anyone who has flown over this area cannot
fail to be astonished that so few people could do
such great damage to such a vast area in such a
short period of time.”

The Ducks Unlimited program is stated to con-
sist In impounding water, prevention of drying-up
of key ponds, fencing, fire control, predator
control on breeding grounds and planting of duck
foods. Details of individual projects are not
given —C. H. D. C.

Tue Reptites or OntAri0o—By E. B. S. Logier;
Published under the Reuben Wells Leonard
Bequest, The University of Toronto Press,
1939; pp. 63, with 2 charts and 8 plates, 35c.

In the “Foreword” to The Reptiles of Ontario
Mr. Logier says, “The purpose of the present
handbook is mainly to serve as a guide to the
reptiles occurring in Ontario rather than as a
natural history of them. Special attention has
therefore been given to the keys and descriptions
to keep them simple and yet comprehensive
enough, and the illustrations were prepared with
particular reference to the features discussed in
them. The introductory account “Concerning rep-
tiles in general” was written to give to those less
familiar with the study of reptiles a general idea

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 17

of the kinds of animals which are included in the
term “reptile” and to point out some of the
important features of the group. Throughout, the
work has been kept as non-technical as is con-
sistant with a reasonable understanding and ac-
curate diagnosis of the forms in question.”

The “Introduction” gives general data concern-
ing reptiles—differences from amphibians, meaning
of cold-blooded, body form and _ specialization,
food and methods of feeding, killing of prey by
snakes, venom apparatus of snakes, defence of
harmless snakes, tongue, senses, shedding of skin
and reproduction.

The keys to the snakes and the turtles are based
on easily seen external characters, and refer to the
plates for a clearer picture.

A description is given of the range, size and
structure, colour and habits and habitat of the one
lizard, eighteen snakes and nine turtles known to
occur in Ontario.

The two charts give the subdivisions and the
counties and districts referred to in the text. The
eight plates contain fifty-one splendidly drawn
figures from the pen of Mr. Logier.

The Reptiles of Ontario is in reality a handbook
of the reptiles of eastern Ontario and the adjacent
portion of the United States. This book, with
The Amphibians of Ontario also by Mr. Logier,
should be owned by teachers, students, campers
and everyone from Manitoba to the Atlantic and
from James Bay southward through Vermont and
Michigan who may be interested in animal life.

Congratulations to E. B. 8S. Logier and the Royal
Ontario Museum of Zoology on a perfect pub-
lication, the first of its kind and one that will
stand unsurpassed for many years.—C. L. P.

TURTLES OF THE UNITED STATES AND CaNaDA,—By
Clifford H. Pope: Alfred S. Knopf, Inc., New
York, 1939; pp. 348, with 99 halftone photo-
graphs, $3.75.

In Turtles of the United States and Canada,
the only complete account of American turtles,
Mr. Pope has set down all that is known today
about these extremely interesting creatures. The
first chapter deals with origin and relationships,
structure, size, the sexes, reproduction, the egg,
young, longevity, hibernation, food, enemies, intel-
ligence, relation to man and care in captivity.
Subsequent chapters give precise information on
identification, distribution, habits, economic value,

78 -THE CANADIAN: FIELD-NATURALIST

habitats and other data concerning the sixty-three
land, fresh-water and sea turtles inhabiting North
America. The ninety-nine unsurpassed photo-
graphs were mostly taken especially for this book.
Turtles of the United States and Canada should
be available for reference wherever nature study
is taught, and may well be greatly treasured by
everyone interested in nature—C.L.P.

On MeEtospizA MELODIA IN OntTARIO—By J. H.
Fleming and L. L. Snyder. Occasional Papers
of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, No.
5,Toronto, Ontario, University of Toronto Press,
February, 28, 1939.

This is a critical examination of the races of
Song Sparrow of Ontario based upon some 439
specimens from well distributed localities in the
Province.

_The conclusions arrived at are, that the hitherto
regarded prairie form M.m. juddi Bishop extends

[VoL.. LIV

‘through northern Ontario eastward to a line from
eastern Lake Superior to the foot of James Bay.

The type form of the species, melodia, (Wilson)
is based upon a winter specimen assumed to have
been taken at Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and

some doubt exists as to its area of breeding origin.

Analyzing the evidence, birds of eastern Canada,
Nova Scotia westward to central Ontario are
referred to this form. It intergrades with juddi
across a broad belt from between Georgian Bay
and Temagami to the above line.

The area bordering Lakes Erie and Huron are
occupied by a third race that is referred to
euphonia Wetmore, beata Bangs being regarded
as a synonym of juddi, with more or less inter-
gradation along its boundaries with melodia.

_It is eminently satisfactory that these rather

‘slightly differentiated races of a common and

familiar bird have at last been cleared of the
migratorial and intergrading confusions that have
hitherto obscured their distributions within the
Province —P.A.T.

ae ae ae

a Se en ee

oe

Ry: 2

Affiliated Societies

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
~ MANITOBA

1940-41

President Emeritus: Dk. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:

A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. L. T. S.
NorRIs-ELyYp, Past Presidents: Ty: GOLDEN, (Deceased),
H. M. pESCELY, M.D., V. W. JACKSON: M. Sc., C. W. LowB,
M. Sc., J. WALLIS, B. A., A. McCousrey, A. M.
DAVIDSON, Me D., R.A. WARDLD, M. &c., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS;
A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, Vice-Presidents: H. C.
Pparcn, W. H. Ranp, L. W. KoseR, Mrs. H. T. Ross,
J. P. Happow, P. H. Stoxss, Treasurer: H J. Peck, General
Secretary: Mrs. L. R. SIMPSON, Auditor: R. M. THOMAS;

Executive Secretary: Mrs. A. SHORTT, Social Convenor: MRs.
~ A. G. LAWRENCE.

~ Section. Chairman Secretary
Ornithological A. H. SHORTT J. HAAK als
Entomological G. SHIRLEY BROOKS Miss M. PRATT
Botanical M.G. DuDLEY, M.Sc.,PH#.D. Mrs.G.W.BARTLETT
Geological B. I. Luitu, M.Sc. P. H. Stokes
Zoological V. W. JACKSON, M.Sc. R. SuTTON
Mieroscopy : R
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.

Botany C. W. Lowe, M.Sc.

Secretary: R. HADDOW.

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University

~ - Winni eg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-

noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday
during July and August.

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
, ' . OFFICERS FOR 1939-40

Honorary President: L. S. Kink, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.; Past President: PROF. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S.,
F.B.S.E., F.RHS.; President: C. F. Connor, M.A., Vice-
President: Mr. J. J. PLoMMER, Honorary Secretary: Mr. GEO.
Rocpr Woop, B.S.A., First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant y Secrerery: Mrs. Mary SIEBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Dibrarian: Mr. A. A.
Scort, Additional Members ‘of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR.
W. CuarRK, Mr. F.W Far ey, Mr. K. Racry, Mr. P. L. Tart,
Dr. E. N. Drinr, Mr. BE. A. SCHWANTIB; Chairmen. o. Sections:
Botany: Pror. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S.,
Geology: M.-Y. WILLIAMS, PH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C.,
Entomology: Mr. A. R. Wootton, Ornithology: Mr.
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: MR. H. P. CUES Photography:
Mr. PHiuie Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology: Pror. G. J.
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SHLwoop, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science
Building, University of British Columbia, unless otherwise
announced.

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL

SOCIETY |
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Viee-President: HaM-
ILTON M. LaInG; Seeond Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BAsTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue,
Vancouver, B.C. ;

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

Treasurer: H. B. MACManoN, 382 Richmond Street

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L as pee Mr. NAapige SMITH,
Mr. W. 8. Hart, Mrs. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF.
V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, “doe Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4.
Montreal; Vice Presidents: McI. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Tasos Mr. HENRY Mousey:
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLHGHORN.

Executive Committee: Miss RUTH ABBOTT, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. Bouuter, J. D. Fry, W. 8. cHaeS Maes. C. -
HENDERSON, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. Jupag, Miss P. B
MATTINSON, Mis 3 Louise MURPHY, J. A. DECARIB, Miss M.
Ss. NICOLSON, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. Sart, Miss MaupD SHATH,
L. M. TERRILL.

Meetings held the second Monday of the Month except
during summer.

Headquarters of the Society are:

REDPATH MusnumM Brrp Room,
McGILL UNIVERSITY,
MONTRBAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron Honoratres Major GENERAL
Sir EUGENE Fisat, Kp.,C,M.G., D.S.O., M.D., Lieutenant-
Gouverneur de la Province de Québeo; Bureau de Direction
pour 1940: Président: DR. VIGHR PLAMONDON, Jer vice-
président: JAMES C. PRICH, #iéme vice-président: ULRic G.
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trésorter: aoe Gustave Rattn; Chef
de la section scientifique: Dr. D.-A. DRY; Chef de la seccn
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE,
Directeurs: HONORABLH EDGAR ROCHHTTB, JOHN BLAIR,
CHARLES DuMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMHS F. Ross, REx
MEREDITH, N.P.

Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTB

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1988-39.
Honorary President: Hon. Vice-
President: Hon. H. C. Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; President:
F. C. Hurst; Vtce-President: W. J. BAXxTSR; Seeretary-
Treasurer: Mrs. L. E. JAQUITH, Council—Mnra. HARVEY
AGNEW, W. J. W. BALDWIN, G. S. BaLL, RUPERT DAVIDs,
R. G. DINGMAN, J. R. DyMOND, C. 8. FARMBR, DR. NORMA
Forp, A. R. GiBson, PAUL HAHN, H. M. HALLIpAy, Dr. F.
P. Ipz, MAGistRaATH J. E. Jones, T. F. McILwRairTa,
ARNorT M. Patterson, Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS, DR. T. M.
C. TAYLOR, STUART "THOMPSON, Mrs. A. R. WHITTEMORE.

_ President of Junior Club: W.J. BAXTER, Vice-President: Mra.

A. R. WHITTEMORE.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum,
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons.

We ask the Officers, and more pare

ticularly the Secretaries, of all the

_ Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

make it one of the leading Natural

History publications of America.

For information concerning purchaseof the following publications of the Club apply to”
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, ;
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. —_

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX

By E. M, KINDLE
This book is attractively bound. and contains a Special pr Soe illustrated number of The
wealth of information concerning Canadian “Naturalist”, 88 pages, Sf illustrations. Eee
Natural Hietory and Exploration. The author Canadian should kn cur thidipeizelaoune

a
was a former Cresident | = che Clek and this is a PRICE FIFTY CENTS

PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa.

a Enclosed pl find $2.00 bership i
FOR SALE The Oo F. oN. and soa ietion tat the Canadian

LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1940.
PUBLICATIONS Name fies ees
1879-1938 Address ___-=-.

City, Proo. or State

I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field-
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum
OF |

BEQUEST

Prices of Separates

Notes to Contributors, Etc.

rs for publication should be a te the Editor,
or ‘ e appropriate Associate Editor.

seanpacsy should be plainly writes! typed if possible,
on ona is ne Bapericm eee ee between the
fee oe eines fended moh oy, ed, and nd cactect!

at selen' names are pro} ormed, and cor iy

spelled and capitalized. *

Authors of leading articles are entitied to twenty-five : ’
eopies of the number in which they appear, free of charge on :
oP iBeparaton f artiel th th without

of articles as ey nupenricn fhe pare: “

any change of make-up will be su the following ra
which areapproximate. If more Ap re Male oe eee in taal

tiples of four, to provide for wire
50 800
LET ig Ginna san Sates $2.2 $3.00
b ea erga 8.26 4.25
Be Cae A eimai 8.7 4.80
(die eu rie eye nuns pana 8.76 4.50
Bet tas eee Cenc 4.7 5.50
Be ES acne ee 6.7 6.50
Fs a ee ea ica 6.25 7.00
hd CAR RS eM SS rk 6.2 7.00
Lek ois MuAH nd 8.00 11.76
LOS eee aSicre restore eere 8.00 11.75
Covers extra 3.00 6.00

If removal of Fem on the pages non-pertinent to the
article or ehanges of make-up are , or if insets or other
extra work are n , Special rates wil] be furnished on
application to the Editors

Applications for separates should be made to the Editor,

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

VOL. LIV, No. 6 : SEPTEMBER, 1940

eSes=25 SS ae,

SEs
LIZ LEE

)

—* |
\

Xl

ul

V:

run,

~ SEP 121940 °
LiBRAR®

Hh

‘i \ |

ISSUED SEPTEMBER 9th, 1940
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

% .
“A NV =

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

President: A. &. PORSILD
1st Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD 2nd Vice-President: DOUGLAS LEECHMAN

Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa

Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALcocK, R. M. ANDERSON, REV. F. E. BANIM, HENRY BOWERS,
A. W. A. Brown, C. H. D. CuarKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLuRy, H. Grou, J. W.
Groves, G. H. HammMonpb, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELBY, A. LAROCQUE,
HARRISON F. LEwis, Hoyes Luoyp, J. M. Rospinson, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A.
TAVERNER, MALCOLM M. THompson, E. F. G. WHITE, R. T. D. WICKENDEN, M. E. WILSON,
and the following Presidents of Affiliated Societies: L. T.S. NoORRIS-ELYE, C. F. CONNOR, JOHN
DAVIDSON, M. Y. WILLIAMS, V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, DR.VIGER PLAMONDON, F. C. HURST

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS

Editor:
C. H. D. CLARKE,
National Parks Bureau, Ottawa

Associate Editors:

DD TENNMSS SNS ane ees eee ,. Anthropology CLYDE Liv PATCH ....c 3 eee ee Herpetology
SF PAIVAMSE Ys Cone S, ir tS oaeay On Saree lane ae Botany R: M. ANDERSON; ). 42-5262 sae Mammalogy
AA ROCQUB Ze os re oom aacnee Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology
ARTHUR GIBSON..............4-: Entomology P. A... TAVERNER } 2.5. cee re Ornithology
ALCOCK 8 ci i. Gime Syntace meyers Geology OW) AS BRDTG 2 Siar ee eee Palzontology
JE RUDYMOND Sis ere Nae oo Oars Ichthyology
%
CONTENTS

PAGE
Triassic of Beattie Hill, Peace River Foothills, B.C. By F H. McLearn ................ 719
Animal-Predation; -By J. A. Munroe 240.000 Raa Coole iors ce soca Ss ee 82
~ Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Journal of 1855 ................. 0 -.....-5-. 84

Notes and Observations :— ;
Pipistrellus Hibernating in Ontario. By Harold B. Hitchcock & Keith Reynolds... 89
Ruffed Grouse on Grand Manan Island. By Robie W. Tufts..................... 89
The Ruffed Grouse and Island Populations. By P.A.T................... ae Ge ae 90

Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club and Subscribers to the Canadian Field-

Naturalist, September, 1940...... Sh eS Ga) NACI AES SC oe a oo a 90
seosssceaZseOussQusEtOUHSeOgEsQOssQUestOzszteassassSeusstisgcuttagattsssuusstiss:iussenssiuess aus tangs essai Qussucsstesss cuss seaesesgogsaioeagepsstaiogtsfc353 fe HUD IBESD BReSBOO:

The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since
1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two
volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been
# continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued
monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the
results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

FY * Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

OSegeapRHEaEHTSEEETESS

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
_ who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

3 WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
582 Mariposa Ave.,

Rockliffe Park, Orrawa, CANADA _

Se te at wren _

SSETiSGEcapSSe pERGCeA Steg sce nsateres

te ‘

Se OW a CIN e Mie care

nore

Oe aa eee ee

pa R a KiD

35 343

ge Zoology “ay
SEP 121940

LIBRARY

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. LIV

OTTAWA, CANADA, SEPTEMBER, 1940

No. 6

TRIASSIC OF BEATTIE HILL, PEACE RIVER FOOTHILLS, 8.C.+
By F. H. McLEARN

“Published with the permission of the Director,
Mines and Geology Branch, Department Mines
and Resources, Canada.

EATTIE HILL is situated on the north
bank of the river, at the west end of
Beattie flat, about 20 miles west of
the Peace River canyon, in the middle

of the Peace River foothills.

The exposures of the Triassic Schooler Creek
formation at this locality are of interest both
to the stratigrapher and to the collector of fossils.
For here the beds with the Nathorstites fauna
are better exposed than at any other place in
the foothills and here also they yield the greatest
variety of fossils. This locality, moreover, is
readily accessible being near the Beattie farm,
close to the river and on the site of the pro-
posed highway through the foothills and mount-
ains. a

Fossil collections from Beattie hill were first
made in 1917 and by the writer. Since then
other collections have been made by M. Y.
Williams, C. M. Sternberg, the writer and others.
The lists incorporated in this paper have their
source almost entirely in the writer’s collections.
All records of field relations are based solely on
the writer’s observations. The contour map
which forms the base for figure 1 was prepared
by the late F, A. Kerr. A. H. Bell, C. R. Stelck,
A. J. Childerhose and others have assisted in
the collection of fossils.

This fossil locality escaped discovery by A.
R. C. Selwyn in 1875 by what appears to have
been a mere chance. In the late afternoon of
July fifteenth of that year, going downstream in
the course of his exploration of the Peace River
valley, he seems to have passed by the Beattie
hill. He did, it is true, note the structure, “two
sets of rock, the one horizontal in the hills, the
other nearly vertical at the waters edge” (See
his map at h), but since he did not recognize
the monoclinal structure, had no exact knowledge

of the lithology and recorded no fossils, it is
inferred that he did not land. Continuing on
for nearly two miles he camped for the night
on the north bank of the river near the present
boat landing on Beattie flat, with the purpose
of examining on the next morning a ledge on the
opposite bank of the river. So he missed the
opportunity of discovering the WNathorstites
fauna of the Peace River foothills, with its
interesting ammonoids and it remained unknown
for 42 years. The next morning he crossed the
river and examined the ledge on the south bank.
A few brachiopods were obtained, but they could
hardly compare with the splendid assemblage
of fossils at the Beattie ledge, which he had
unwittingly overlooked.

Beattie hill is the southern end of a nearly
flat-topped spur between the valleys of Adams
and Aylard creeks, on the north side of the
river. It is about 900 feet high and overlooks
Beattie flat and the river (See figure 1). The
southern face is truncated and steep. The high
slopes of this face are fortified with flat lying,
precipitous ledges, the Beattie Cliffs (See figure
1), stepped back in rocky, curving benches and
simulating from some angles the walls of a
coliseum or Martello tower. The middle slopes
of this southern face are covered mostly with
sand and gravel, carved into narrow and irregular
benches, with high, steep fronts or margins, all
that remain of what were once high and broad
terraces. Near the base, at the east end of this
face and bordering the west end of Beattie flat,
is a long, low, but precipitous and rocky ledge,
with flat-lying strata, the Long ledge (See figure
1). At the base, at the west end of this face,
and washed by the river are the west dipping
strata of Beattie ledge (See figure 1). From
the west end of this ledge rise several sloping
rocky ribs, high up.on the west part of this
southern face. Thus the section exposed at the
south end of Beattie hill reveals an internal
monoclinal structure (See profile, figure 1). The

80

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Beattie Cliffs

a aa ae

Sk
ANS

S
6)
5
v
x
pea

Beattie

ale \
2 Beattie | -

*

SCALE OF FEET a a
1000 : co)

ES 2128
Fete ea Pe) epee Si

G.S.C.

Top, Nathorstites zone

(VoL. LIV

September, 1940}

east limb is flat or nearly flat and the west
limb fairly steep.

The west slope of Beattie hill is fairly steep, is

ledges.

The section is as follows:

Mostly grey, thickbedded, calcareous
sandstones and siltstones and rare, 1m-
pure limestone with rare Lingula
Mostly grey, mostly thickbedded, mass-
ive, but also shaly and slabby, cal-
careous, very fine sandstones, siltstones,
and impure shelly limestones and silty
limestones with Lingula selwynt Whit-
eaves, Spiriferina onestae, Coenothyris
petriana, C. silvana and Monotis mon-
tint

Upper Nathorstites bearing beds with
lithology similar to the above. A non-
fossiliferous, calcareous siltstone tested
contains 25 percent insoluble matter.
Some beds are barréu; brachiopods
predominate in some fossiliferous beds,
pelecypods in others. Ammonoids are
comparatively rare. The fauna includes
Spiriferina onestae, Coenothyris silvana,
C. petriana, Hvernesia? woyaniana,
Monotis montini, Daonella nitanae,
Ostrea, Anomia, Pecten tranquillianus,
Pecten n. sp. Pinna sp., Myoconcha
caurimensis, Modiolus ahsisi, Pleuromya.
Nathorstites ef. mcconnelli Whiteaves
and N. ef. mcconnelli var. lenticularis
Whiteaves

Mostly non-fossiliferous, dark grey,
somewhat shaly, slabby, laminated and
massive, calcareous siltstone and silty
limestone

Lower WNathorstites-bearing beds, in-
eluding dark grey and brownish grey,
somewhat carbonaceous, shaly to thin-
ly slabby, thin-bedded, impure, shelly
limestone, silty limestone and impure,
shelly limestone and calcareous silt-
stone. An impure, silty, shell limestone
chemically tested contained 15 per cent
insoluble matter and another impure
limestone with few shells, 25 per cent.
Compared with the upper Nathorstites
bearing beds, these are of a. darker
colour, somewhat more carbonaceous,
on the average of somewhat finer grain,
and more thinly bedded. The fauna
includes Spiriferina onestae, Coenothy-
ris silvana, C. petriana, Monotis mon-
tint (rare), Daonella nitanae, Modiolus
ahsisi (rare), Nautilus sp., Isculites
schooleri, I. schooleri var. parvus, Lob-
ites pacianus, Nathorstites, cf. mecon-
nelli, N. ef. mcconnelli var. lenticularis,
Sagenites gethingt, Nitanoceras selwynt,

nearly a structural slope and is, in places, ribbed
with west-dipping
strata occur in low cliffs and ledges on Adams
creek.

Similarly dipping

Feet

800

200

200

300

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 81

Proarcestes sp., Silenticeras hatae, Si-
renites meginae, Protrachyceras sik-
anianum, P. zawwae. 30

Non-fossiliferous, somewhat shaly or
slabby, dark grey, calcareous siltstone
and impure limestone 40
Concealed 50+?

Somewhat carbonaceous, well laminated
to almost fissile, calcareous siltstone,
with very fine, light and dark colour
banding, with rare, poorly preserved
Daonella and what appear to be worm
burrows. 40

The basal, laminated siltstones are flat-lying
in the Long ledge. The forty feet of non-
fossiliferous siltstone occur as steeply west dipping
beds at the easternmost end of Beattie ledge.
The lower Nathorstites beds overlie them near
the east end of the same ledge. The 300 feet
of mostly barren siltstones occupy all the central
part of Beattie ledge. The upper Nathorstites
beds include steeply west dipping strata at the
west end of Beattie ledge and flat-lying strata
in the lower ledges of the high Beattie cliffs.
The beds with Lingula, Spiriferina, ete. include
flat-lying strata in the higher ledges of Beattie
cliffs and west dipping strata on the west slope
of Beattie hill. The yet higher calcareous, fine
sandstones and siltstones with rare Lingula dip
to the west along Adams creek.

Higher strata are concealed below sand and
gravel in the higher slopes west of Adams creek.

The Nathorstites fauna thus occurs locally in
two zones. The lower contains mostly ammonoids
and the upper rare ammonoids together with
numerous pelecypods and brachiopods. The
brachiopods and the pelecypod, Monotis montini,
extend beyond the stratigraphic range of the
Nathorstites and other ammonoids and _ persist
in higher beds, where they are associated with
Lingula selwyn. Finally all but the Lingula
disappear.

The fossils mentioned above have been de-
scribed in several papers in this journal (See
October 1937, December 1937, and November
1939).

Collectors can obtain interesting fossil speci-
mens at this locality. The ammonoids are most
abundant in the lower Nathorstites beds near
the east end of Beattie ledge. Nathorstites is
easily identified by its sharp venter. Protrachy-
ceras 18 ornamented with numerous nodes and
clavi. Svrenites is compressed and finely ribbed;
clavi or nodes border the ventral sulcus. Sil-
enticeras is compressed, almost smooth and has

82 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

a ventral suleus. Nitanoceras is a small, dwarfed,
nearly smooth shell. The amateur will have
difficulty in separating the Lobites and Isculites
in this fauna. Both have smooth, swollen, inner
whorls. In the (/sculites) species at this locality
nearly all of the ultimate whorl is effected by
the umbilical enlargement, whereas in Lobites
only a small part of the ultimate whorl is so
effected. The faint ribbing on the last whorl
of the Lobites species is somewhat unlike that
of the Jsculites species and the different suture
lines form a basis for separation of the two
genera by the palaeontologist.

The correlation and external relations of the
Nathorstites fauna are discussed elsewhere (e.g.
see paper now in press, Trans, Roy. Soc. Canada.
3rd ser. Sec. IV, vol. 34, 1940). Nathorstites has

a boreal distribution, being found on the Liard
river, in Alaska, Spitzbergen and the Kotelny
islands.

The Lobites shows some resemblance

[VoL LIV

to a species at Timor, Dutch East Indies. The
age is late Meso-or very early Neo-Triassic.

Hint, East or AYLARD CREEK

Beds similar to the upper Nathorstites-bearing
beds on Beattie hill are exposed on the hill
east of Aylard creek. They contain a similar
fauna: Spiriferina onestae, Coenothyris silvana
C. petriana, Hoernesia? woyaniana, Monotis mon-
tum, Myophoria (Elegantina) ef. urd Boehm,
Lima ef. austriaca Bittner, Modiolus ahsisi and

Nathorstites ef. mececonnelli var. lenticularis
(Whiteaves).
Figure 1. Plan and profile of Beattie hill.

In the profile a is local Lower Nathorstites zone,
b the barren beds, c the local Upper Nathorstites
zone, d the beds with Spiriferina, Lingula ete.
and e beds with rare Lingula. All elevations are
approximate.

ANIMAL PREDATION
By J. A. MUNRO’

HE SIGHT of one animal killing another
animal causes an emotional reaction
in the observer, of a kind and strength
proportionate to the size of the victim,

its attractive qualities, its position in the animal

world and the circumstances under which it was
killed. The sight of a bluebird catching a house-

fly or a meadow lark tearing the legs from a

grass-hopper cause only interested comment but

the capture of a chickadee by a sharp-shinned
hawk awakens emotions of a more positive kind.

Nevertheless the act of predation in each case

does not differ in essentials.

Man unconsciously humanizes the other an-
imals. He attributes to them cruelty, vindictive-
ness, hate, meanness, fear, bravery and cowardice,
not realizing that these are but vague terms
conveying different meanings to different persons
and applicable to man only.

As man interprets animal behaviour on the
basis of human psychology so also is he impelled
to judge animal behaviour on the basis of an
abstraction called justice and to mete out reward
or punishment.

1. Chief Federal Migratory Bird Officer

Thus, in the case of the bluebird and the
meadow-lark man extends his benevolent pro-
tection to “good birds” which, incidentally, serve
his human needs. In the case of the sharp-
shinned hawk, a “bad bird”, he feels it is necessary
to punish. Not a little of the current attitude
towards predators can be ascribed to this human
ideal of “justice” which impels man instinctively
to defend the weak against the strong, to reward
those whose actions are thought commendable
and to punish those whose actions are thought
evil.

It is not realized that “killing” is an unsocial
act only in human communities and that in
other animal communities it is vital to existence.

Evolution in human society through the ages
has established the concept of an ideal and orderly
human relationship; an ideal which influences
all of us to a greater or lesser degree. It has
created social laws and customs many of which
thwart biological laws as they apply to human
survival.

It is right that man should thus seek to
mitigate the harshness of nature as it applies
to man but it is wrong to extend this benevolence

September, 1940]

in lavish manner to other animal species. Man
as well as other animals may suffer from such
action.

The killing of the weak for the benefit of the
strong, the survival of those best fitted to survive,
the balance in animal numbers brought about
through various complex forms of relationship
is still the law of the animal world in which man
is an intruder at all times.

Predation is an integral part of the machinery
by which all animal populations, from the amoeba
to the higher vertebrates, are made to function.
The predator-prey relationship has evolved to-
gether with the evolution of species and the
establishment of balanced animal populations. It
is governed by laws of which the functions and
the results can be seen although the actual
mechanism itself is hidden, one which

“ _... the world’s coarse thumb

and finger failed to plumb.”

It has been argued that balanced animal com-
munities no longer exist because of serious human
intervention. In the sense that man has greatly
altered the constituents of these communities,
and changed the physical characters of much of
the world, this is true. Nevertheless it also is
true that nature unaided is forever striving to
heal these scars, to set up a new balance, to
assist the operation of biological laws which work
for the benefit of all animals no matter how far
from the original state their habitat may be.

Further intervention in the form of unscientific
control of predators in general may be decidedly

harmful or, at least, an unnecessary sacrifice of
wild life.

In a completely protected area such as a garden,
or small patch of woodland, or some Similar

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 83

area, it has been demonstrated that a summer
population of small birds can be increased by
improving the environment and by killing the
predators which prey upon small birds. Such
action may be necessary and commendable in a
sanctuary for small birds but to practice this
intensive bird farming over the country as a
whole is an entirely different matter. Even if
such a condition is desirable, and many will say
it is not, the physical difficulties in the way of
such a scheme are insurmountable. In com-
parison with a garden, or other similar sanctuary,
many large areas of country-side are greatly
diversified as to habitat and consequently the
kinds of animals inhabiting them are many and
varied. Thus there is room for biological laws
to function successfully and for animal popu-
lations over a period of years to attain a stability
best fitted for all concerned.

The practice of predator control in a large
area may start with the destruction of one par-
ticular species and, should this not produce the
expected results, proceed from that to the destruc-
tion of one after another suspected species until
the entire balance of life has been upset.

An important contribution to the question of
predation has been made by a scientist in con-
nection with his studies of ruffed grouse, rabbits
and grey squirrels, all of which are cyclic; that
is to say they are subject to periods of abundance
followed by periods of scarcity. It was discovered
that over a four year period, when these par-
ticular animals were abundant the population on
a protected area, where predators were destroyed
systematically, was no greater than the population
on an area of comparable size and character where
the animals were not protected and organized
predator control was not carried on.

ErrATUM.—On page 77 of this volume the sixth
word in the twenty-sixth line in the right hand

column should read “Canada” instead of “On-

tario”’.

84 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. LIV

- CHIEF FACTOR JAMES ANDERSON’S BACK RIVER JOURNAL OF 1855

(Continued from page 67)

Sund. 17th. Left very early in hopes of finding a
clear road; we were soon, however, undeceived, as
after pushing through much drift ice and injuring
the canoes much, we were brought to a stand by
thickly packed ice, in the bay at a short distance
from Pt. des Roches.4® Foggy, with some showers
of rain; were the wind to blow off shore, I think
that we could get on as the ice is in pieces and
moving. Mosquitoes awful. The net only prod-
uced 2 fish. Shot a goose.

Mond. 18th. Got off at mid-day and, after 5
hours hard labor in getting thro’ the ice, reached
Pt. des Roches. Got a few gulls eggs.47 Weather
warm, with thunder. Mosquitoes awful. Set the

net. The bay beyond the point quite blocked up.

Tues. 19th. At 7 p.m. yesterday a slight land
breeze drove (June, 1855, Big Island to Resolu-
tion—11—) the ice from round the point and left
a channel. The net was instantly raised and we
started—the channel, however, only extended a
mile. We then began to bore through the ice and
at last found a fine open channel which with
many bars of ice took us to Hay River;#8 after-
wards we bored through a great deal of ice with
occasional lanes of water and reached here after
being 23 hours on the water (6 p.m.). We are
encamped on a stony islet about 2 miles from the
Sulphur Springs.*? Much to my surprise, the
Lake here seems much stronger than towards Big
Island. The floes seem unbroken, white and hard;
we shall require a breeze of wind ere we can start,
as it is impossible to get through such ice. The
canoes suffered much damage. We have been
troubled with perpetual fogs for the last 3 days.
Much of the ice yesterday and today covered with
sulphur.

46. Pte. des Roches—On south shore of Great
Slave lake, about 13 miles from Hay River Post,
shown on map of Great Slave Lake, Western Sheet,
Department of Interior, 1928. (M.G.C.).

47. Several species of gulls are found on Great
Slave Lake cf. Preble loc. cit. (P.A.T.).

48. On south shore of Great Slave Lake, 234
miles from Simpson. (M.G.C.).

49. These springs were reported near Sulphur
Point by R. G. McConnell, Geological Survey, as
early as 1888. Sulphur Point is shown on the map
of Great Slave Lake, Western Sheet, Department of
Interior, 1928, and lies about 43 miles west of Reso-
lution. (M.G.C.).

Wed. 20. About 5 a.m. a breeze sprung up which
cleared a channel outside; it ran far out, but I
could not see whether it approached the Presque
Isle. I, however, (June, 1855, Big Island to Reso-
lutton—12—) determined on venturing and after
breaking some ice, we fortunately reached the
Presquisle, after which we got pretty clear water
to Les Isles aux Mort.51 A head wind put us

ashore on one of les Isles Brules5? for
Resolution 3 hours. We then started and reached
the house®? about 10 1/2 p.m.

Thurs. 21. Gave the men their advances and
prepared for starting. Calm and warm.

Fri. 22. Last night and most part of the day
blowing a gale from sea, which has undoubtedly
cleared our road, as we can see large bodies of ice
—with the naked eye—driven in. In the evening
we made a start®4 and encamped a little beyond
the small channel. Mosquitoes awful.

Sat. 23rd. Left at 3 A.M. but could not get be-
yond Rocky Island,®* owing to strong head wind.
The Resolution canoes excessively leaky. Set 2
nets in the evening.

50. This is Pte. Presquile, about 8 miles east
of Sulphur Point. (M.G.C.).

51. Tle du Mort, as shown on the Western Sheet
of the map of Great Slave Lake, Dept. of Interior,
1928, 27 miles from Resolution. A party of Dogribs
are said to have been chased here and starved to
death long ago by their southern neighbours.
(M.G.C.).

52. The largest of these now shown as Burnt
Island on the Western Sheet of Great Slave Lake
Map, Dept. of Interior, 1928, 18 miles from Resolu-
tion. (M.G.C.).

538. Fort Resolution, 309 miles from Simpson.
(M.G.C.).

54. The Illustrated London News of Nov. 3,
1855, p. 525, has an interesting account of the de-
parture from Resolution complete with sketch
from which one sentence may be quoted: ‘‘The
evening on which the expedition took its departure
was fine and calm, and the three canoes, accom-
panied by another from the fort, swept swiftly and
lightly over the unrufiled surface of the lake, to the
inspiring strains of numerous paddling songs—‘‘La
belle Rose,” ‘‘La claire Fontaine,’’ ‘‘Les trois Sol-
dats,’’ ‘‘La Bergére;’’ and numerous other choice
specimens of the north-west muse awoke the wild
echoes of the Moose-deer Island, and swept over
the waters until the woods upon the mainland re-
sponded to the song.”

55. Stony Island, shown on Sheet 7, Hastern
sheet of Great Slave Lake, Department of Interior,
1932, 22 miles from Resolution. (M.G.C.).

September, 1940)

CREWS®&—12-A

Baptiste
‘Ignace
Joseph
Thomas Mistigan
Alfred Laferte

John Fidler

Mur. McLellan
Ham Fisher.
Edward Kippling
Don McLeod ~
George Daniel
: Joseph Bouché

13. Will Reid
Paulet Papino Keish
Jerry Johnson
4 Copper. Indians

Bow

Steer

S:Oo oN Onr WN

— —
LSS

ye
oo

19

June, 1855—_SLAVE LAKE—13

ocice 24th. About 4 a.m. the wind lulled and we
made a start, but it soon arose again and we were
driven ashore at Pt. des Roches®? (whence we
take this Traverse)®’ where we remained all day.
The nets set yesterday produced only 6 fish; they
cannot be set here owing to the immense quanti-
ty of drift-wood which lines the shore.

56. Some of these men were recommended by
Dr. Rae (Parliamentary Report, 1855, p. 849) who
gives their names as Thomas Mistegan, Murdoch
McLellan, John Fidler and Henry Fidler. - Alfred
Laferte was sent back sick from Muskox Rapids,
and the Indians also did not go farther than the
head of Back River. In his letter to Sir George
Simpson as published in the Further Papers, 1856,
p.. 26, Anderson. lists his men as Bte. Assinijunton,
Ignace Montour, Joseph Anarize, Thomas .Mistea-
gun, Paulette Papanakies, John Fidler, Henry Fid-
ler, Edward Kipling, George Daniel, Donal M’Leod,
Jerry Johnston, Joseph Boucher, Murdo’ MacLellan
and William Reid.

However, a photostat copy of this letter in the
Lands, Parks and Forests Branch Library shows
the names to have been written. Baptiste Ausi-
nigenton, Ignace Montour, Joseph Anarise, Thomas
Mistegon, Paulett Papehkinaisse, John Fiddler,
Henry Fiddler, Edward Kippling, Donald M’Leod,
George Daniel, Irving Johnston, Joseph Bouche,
Murdo M’Lennan, William, Reid. The men are
listed again on July 13. Several names vary in
spelling,
are mistakes on‘ the part of the copyist, e.g., ‘“Ham.
Fisher”? for what obviously must:have been ‘‘Hen.
Fidler,’’ and ‘Janice Montours”’ for Ignace Mon-
tour.”’ Although Anderson usually spells the name
of his lone Canadian ‘‘Bouche,”’ it. would seem that
“Boucher” is correct, as is also. McLellan, rather
than McLennan.

57. Grant Point, shown on Sheet 7, Hastern
sheet of Great Slave Lake map, Dept, of Interior,
1932, formerly known-as.Pte. des Roches, 34 miles
from Resolution. (M.G.C.).

58. An open -water crossing where the canoes
had to leave the shelter of land.

‘ages—6 of them long ones.

but it would seem that some variations ~

- THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 85

Mon. 25th. Unable to move from our en-
Slave campment. Blowing a heavy gale all day,
Lake. with no appearance’ of its abating. An

Indian here says that his band follow a road
from near this Mountain5® to Lake Aylmer; it is
through a chain of small lakes with many port-
I wished to follow
this road, but unless I can get an additional infor-
mation shall adopt another which they all repre-
sent as longer but perfectly safe and with few
portages. This falls on the east of L. Artillery,
near the Rat Lodge.°°

Tuesday 26th. Detained still by wind; this de-
lay is most distressing .°The men shot a goose,
some ducks and gulls. I was in hopes that the
Esquimaux Interpreter, (June, 1855, Slave Lake—
14—) might have overtaken us here; had this oc-
curred I should not have regretted this detention.

Wed. 27th. The wind fell a little after 4 a.m. and
we started immediately. Just after making the
traverse it began to blow from the N.E. harder
than ever, but we felt little of it among the
numerous Islands of

Group,®! but in making some of the Traverses,
the canoe shipped water. The evening is delight-
fully calm and serene. We are encamped about
8 miles from Pt. Keith,6? at 8 1/2 pm. The view
from a high rock near our encampment is of
extraordinary beauty. On this rock was a nest
(ast year) of a Fishing Eagle6? composed of
sticks, Set 2 nets. Saw some
Canada Geese®! with their young ones. I may
here add that Back’s®® description is’ generally
correct, and that I do not intend to repeat his
descriptions—I however think that he has esti-
mated the height of the Rocks too highly. .

hay and moss.

59. There is a small hill at Grant Point;' but it
is thought that the ‘‘monutain’’ referred to is at
the point of embarkation from Slave lake, where

_ the real difficulties begin and which is evidently

constantly on his mind. (M.G.C.)

60. The Rat Lodge lies on the west shore of
Artillery lake. (M.G.C.).

61. <A letter from the Hudson’s Bay Company
already referred to indicates that this reads ‘‘Simp-
son’s Group of Islands’ in the Journal'in their
Archives. Reference to the map of this group as
shown on the eastern sheet of the map of Great
Slave Lake, Dept. of the Interior, 1932, shows that
Anderson is probably following the Inconnu Chan-
nel. (M.G.C).

62. The south-westerly tip of Keith Island
shown on the Eastern sheet of Map of Great Slave
Lake, Department of Interior, - 1932. This was
shown as a point on Sir George Back’s map and
nanmed by him. (M.G.C.).

63. Probably osprey, Pandion haliaetus (P.A.T.).
64. Branta GREATS) =
65. Reference cited in footnote 5.

canadensis.

86 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Thurs. 28th. A fine day with one or two showers.
Wind rather strong ahead. Back mentions that
the rocks are from 200 to 2000 feet in height; the
highest estimate that both Mr. Stewart and my-
self have formed is 500 feet,*® and (June, 1858,
Slave Lake—15—) this is only in one or two
instances; his descriptions otherwise are correct.
The Cut Rocks (Trap etc.) strikingly resemble
those in Nipigon Bay, Lake Superior.** 3 peaks
indistinctly seen by Back in the bay between
Pethenent®’ and the East coast, I perceive are
portions of a considerable Island. There are
many Islands along the East coast not noticed
in the map. Many plants are now in flower, but
they are all to be found in the valley of the Me-
Kenzie. I have therefore collected only a few of
the rarest.62 We left our encampment at 3 a.m.
and encamped at 9 p.m. at the N.E. end of Tal,
thet,la7° (a strait which does not freeze during
the winter)! on an island called the “Bag.” Our
nets produced 8 White fish and a very fine trout ;“2
they were set again tongiht. We met with a little
ice in this strait, and I fear we shall be stopped
tomorrow as it appears unbroken in the distance.
I saw an eagle’s*? nest; the young eagles were
peering over the edge.

Frid. 29th. Young ice formed last night and we
could not leave till the sun had some effect on it
and the (Slave Lake—16—) old ice which when

=>

66. Carl Lausen reported in a report of a geo-
logical reconnaissance of the east end of Slave
Lake, 1928, that a small lake on the crest of Kaho-
chella peninsula was approximately 1000 feet
above the main lake. (M.G.C.).

67. The two formations are actually very
similar. In both cases the trap rock is diabase.

68. Must be Pethei Pen., the long peninsula
separating McLeod bay and Christie bay shown on
Eastern sheet, Great Slave Lake Map, Department
of Interior, 1932. (M.G.C.).

69. These specimens were apparently pressed
in the original note book and were in it when it
was exhibited to the Senate Committee of 1888.
One specimen from Big Island was identified by
Prof, John Macoun as Golden Saxifrage (Chrysos-
plenium tetrandrum ), and another from the Arctic
Coast as the Arctic Willow, Salix arctiea.

70. Shown as Taltheilei Narrows on Hastern
Sheet of Great Slave Map, Department of Interior,
1932; approximately by canoe travel, 140 miles from
Resolution and 450 miles from Simpson. Corres-
pondence from the Hudson’s Bay Co., already re-
ferred to, indicates that it is spelled Tal-thel-la
in the Journal in their Archives. (M.G.C.).

71. Due to reversing currents caused by
seiches. Compare A. E. Porsild, Geogr. Review,
22. 474-477 (1932), where seiches are recorded from

Great Bear Lake. (A.E.P.)
72. White fish, Coregonus clupeaformis; Trout,
Cristivomer namaycush. (J.R.D.).

73. Both Golden and Bald Eagles, as well as
the Osprey, sometimes called Fish Eagle, are found
in this region. (P.A.T.).

(Vo. LIV

cemented together is as strong as ever. We em-
barked at 6 a.m. and after breaking through some
ice put on shore at high rocky island74 where we
remained till 12 o’clock, then made a move but
after proceeding two or 3 miles put on shore
again, as the ice was still too strong. Starting
again at 3 p.m. The ice was now breakable and
we found occasional pools of water. We managed
to reach a small stream about 15 or 16 miles from
the Mountain portage,75 a road leading to the
Barren Lands and L. Aylmer. Back rejected this
route as impossible, but as it is the only chance
we have of reaching the Thleury-cho7® in time
to descend to the sea I have determined on adopt-
ing it. The head of the lake is still firm and
the other lakes (Artillery,77 Clinton, Colden,78
etc.) will probably be still unbroken. This moun-
tain route is a chain of small lakes with many
portages. Our nets produced nothing. It was
curious to see the men at this date on the ice
chopping a road. Mr. Stewart took a meridian
altitude where we breakfasted which gave 62° 47’
11” Latitude.79

June, 1855, Slave Lake—17—

Sat. 30. Calm and clear. The ice froze in a
mass last night and we eould not attempt to
leave before 2 p.m.; it is thicker than what we
saw yesterday and bore the men easily; it was
from 1 to 2% feet thick; by dint of chopping
and pushing pieces apart we made abcut 3 miles
when it became so thickly packed that I could
not venture to proceed further without risking
the destruction of the canoes. We encamped at

74. This island is not identified but is probably
one of the small islands just at the northeast
entrance to Taltheilei Narrows. See Eastern sheet,
Calas n Lake, Department of Interior 1932.
(M.G.C.).

75. There is some ambiguity here as the moun-
tain portage, according to his mileage and hours
elapsed, lies at least thirty miles further on. He
may be referring to Mountain River route followed
by Pike in 1890. See Eastern Sheet Great Slave
Lake (M.G.C.).

76. Wrongly transcribed from Thlewy-cho
(Thlewee-cho Dezeth or Great Fish River); ex-
plored by Back in 1833 ;subsequently named Back
River after him. (M.G.C.).

77. Named by Sir George Back after the 6th
Battalion of Royal Artillery. See Lockhart River
Basin Sheet, Department of Interior 1928. (M.G.C.).

78. Clinton-Colden Lake, Named by Back ‘‘as a
mark of respect to the memory of those dis-
tinguished individuals, DeWitt Clinton (1769-1828)
and Cadwalladar David Colden (1769-1834), Ameri-
can lawyers and statesmen’’. See Lockhart River
Basin Sheet, Department of Interior, 1928. (M.G.C.).

79. This latitude would put them about the
mouth of Akaitcho river, Eastern sheet Great
Slave Lake; actually it is thought that they are
at the mouth of Mackinlay river. (M.G.C.).

September, 1940}

5 p.m. within sight of our last encampment. The
men went to hunt but nothing was killed except
a goose and a white partridge;®° the latter had
only half its plumage changed. At 6 p.m. Ther:
in the air shaded 59—; in water near the shore
39—. Our nets yielded nothing. On account of
the ice none were set tonight.

Sunday July 1. The wind arose (N-E.) rather
fresh and by driving away the ice permitted us
to leave. We made about 2 miles and were again
driven ashore till half past 3 when by breaking
through-some ice we got paddling till 9 p.m.
(breaking occasionally through ice) when we
were brought to a stop by an impenetrable
pack-opposite Kah-oo-chellah8! or Rabbit Point.
The wind blew very fresh from (Slave Lake—18—)
2 to 7 o’clock and has broken up the ice which
had not previously moved. The rocks on the
mainland (W’y) are higher than any we have
seen, the ascent is sloping; I think that the highest
does not exceed 700 feet. Most of the rocks are
in a state of disintegration; they appear to be
of granite and trap; the process is easily seen,
the rocks are in layers of about five feet thick;
the upper layer is split into quadrangular pieces;
water enters into these cracks, freezes and splits
off the outside one, so that at last the whole of
the under layer—which is perfectly rounded and
smooth—is covered with these rocks. In process
of time the angles are work8? off and they have
much the appearance of boulders. This may
explain why boulders—apparently—are found on
high mountains—without having recourse to either
water or ice8?. The islands are apparently of trap
and resemble very much those in Nipigon Bay;
they have many peaks with a cut face to the
north. The water is of immense depth even
close to shore. Only a few ducks and geese are
seen, and a chance gull and a few small birds.
I have not seen the Cypres (Bankivan Pine) 8&4

since leaving Resolution. We passed two insig-
nificant streams today.

(From Slave Lake to Lake Aylmer—19—)

Monday, July 2, 1855. Obliged this morning
to make a portage % mile previous to embarking,
after which we only met with two bands of ice.
We embarked at 3 a.m. and reached the “Moun-

80. Ptarmigan, Lagopus sp. (P.A.T.)

81. Probably Gibraltar Point. See Hastern Sheet,
Great Slave Lake (M.G.C.)

82. Probably should be worn.

838. V. C. Wynne-Edwards, in Trans. Roy. Soc.
Can., 33:1-7 (1939) has recently elaborated this
theory. (A.E.P.),

84. Jack Pine. Pinus Bank siana (A.E.P.).

THE CANADIAN FIEBLD-NATURALIST 87

tain Portage’®5 at 8% am. We passed one
insignificant stream about 2 miles from the portage
and another falls into the Bay where the portage
commences. This portage is an ugly business—
it is almost a continual ascent for over 1500 feet.8¢
In the first place a portage of about % mile is
made to a pond of about a mile in length which
I have named...... 87

Another portage is then made (over these
mountains) of about 3 miles to a small lake now
named ... .87 The whole of the loadings with
the canoes were rendered by 10 p.m. and the
men are now laughing over their day’s work! ! !
The general direction of our route today about
N.W.Wd. Lat. of the head of the portage 63°
46’ 19” by a Meridian observation of Mr. Stewart’s.
88 Moostigues or sand flies and mosquitoes dread-
fully annoying.

(July, 1855, Slave Lake to Lake Aylmer—20—)

Tues. 3rd. The men only got to bed about 11%
o'clock last night; I therefore allowed them to
sleep till 6% a.m. We crossed a small lake8®
(about % mile across) and made a portage to
another lake about 3 miles in length. From the
top of one of the highest mountains perhaps 1000
feet above the level of Slave Lake, I had a fine
view of that body of water (there seems still
to be a good deal of ice in it) and counted no
less than 15 small lakes or tarns. The interior
is inconceivably rugged and desolate. The moun-
tains are riven in every shape. Only a few dwarf
spruce and birch®® are to be seen, and scarcely

85. The exact jumping off place of this old
portage. route into the Barren Lands from Great
Slave Lake has not been located. It would prob-
ably depend to some extent, on ice and wind
conditions on Great Slave lake, because there are
several possible routes leaving Great Slave Lake
and converging to a common route at a short dis-
tance inland. The route depicted on the accompany-
ing sketch is thought to be probably most used.
(M.G.C.).

86. This ascent for over 1,500 feet refers to the
vertical distance above Great Slave lake (M.G.C.).

87. In several places it will be noticed that
Anderson stresses the fact that he has named
some feature. Apparently he must have prepared
a sketch on which these would be recorded. Un-
fortunately it has not been found possible to
locate this eketch, if such existed, (M.G.C.).

88. There is an error in this latitude as 63° 46’
19” would put the position about 50 miles too far
notrh. His general direction is described as N.W.
Wad., which is interpreted as compass bearing,
which would put him a little west of North
astronomically. (M.G.C.).

89. See sketch map No. 1 (M.G.C.).

90. Pica glauca or Plicea mariana; Betula papyrifera
or Betula glandulosa. (A.E.P.).

THE CANADIAN _FIELD-NATURALIST ‘ee Won. LIV

; °30 108°00"
6 109°00 » 08° 30 ae
soe: 64°30"
64°30" Ss ine 3
{ 3 ey
> 2
tas ry a
rks A:
’
Lone 0/1
Ber,

40Cn WAR
7»

110°00
64°00"

ee

110°30°
63°30"

ANDERSON AND STEWART ROUTE
GREAT SLAVE LAKE
AYLMER LAKE

Sketch No | Scalen® + 8 2 1°

a 83°00"

109°30 fos"00

GREAT SLAVE LAKE

Eop

September, 1940]

even a bird to enliven the scene. Labrador Tea®
is in full flower and some berries?? are nearly
full size. The first portage was about a mile
in length, and, of course, from the steep ascents
and the ruggedness of the country, very fatigue-
ing. We then made 2 short portages and crossed
2 small tarns; we then made a portage of about
%4 mile which, tho’ it had some steep ascents,
was less rugged than the others. It is thickly
carpeted with Reindeer Grass,23 and from their

91. Ledum groenlandicum. (A.E.P.).
92. Probably crowberry, or Empetrum nigrum,
the earliest berry to ripen in that district. (A.E.P.).

93. Probably Cladonia sylvatica, commonly called
“reindeer moss’’. (A.E.P.).

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 89

vestages appears to be a favourite haunt of
those animals.24 This brought us to a lake where
we encamped at 7% p.m. as the men tho’ in
(July, 1855, Slave Lake to Lake Aylmer—21—)
good spirits seem pretty well done up with their
last 2 days exertions. Set 2 nets as the Lake is
said to abound in Trout.

(To be continued)

94. Barren Ground Caribou, Rangifer arcticus.

(R.M.A.).

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

PIPISTRELLUS HIBERNATING IN OnTARIO—On
February 25, 1940, search of a small limestone
cave at Rockwood, Wellington County, Ontario,
yielded two hibernating bats, both of which were
male pipistrelles, probably Pipistrellus subflavus

obscurus. These specimens have been deposited
in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology,
Toronto.

The pipistrelle has been reported but twice
previously in Ontario—at Ottawa, July 10, 1890,
by Saunders (1920), and at Niagara-on-the-Lake,
May 14, 1933, by Downing (1938). It is found in
the states south of Lake Ontario and Lake Erie,
and has been reported hibernating at South Bass
Island, Ohio, just a few miles from Ontario’s
southermost point by Hitchcock (1940). It
seems not unlikely that the species is commoner
and more widely spread in Ontario than records
would indicate.

REFERENCES

S. C. Downinec, Second Ontario Record for the
pipistrelle, Journal of Mammalogy, vol. 19,
p. 103, 1938.

H. B. Hitcucockx, Keeping track of bats, Can-
adian Field-Naturalist, vol. 54, pp. 55-56, 1940.

W. E. Saunpers, A new nammal for Canada,
Canadian Field-Naturalist, vol. 34, p. 16,
1920.

Harotp B. Hitcucock.

KeitH REYNOLDS.

RuFFED GROUSE On GRAND Manan IsLanp.—
Grand Manan Island. lying some 6 miles off
the mainland, in Charlotte County, New Bruns-
wick, is now (1940) well populated with Ruffed
Grouse (Bonasa umbellus) but prior to 1925 none
was to be found there. The present pleasing
state of affairs is the result of an effort which
was made by Reverend H. C. Mullen, who at
that time was stationed at Seal Cove, Grand
Manan. When Mr. Mullen was transferred to
Grand Manan from his parish in Nova Scotia,
he missed the familiar springtime “drumming”
of the cock grouse, with which he was so familiar
in his native province, whereupon he arranged
for the importation of 9 birds from Nova Scotia
where they had been trapped. These were lib-
erated on October 29, 1925, at a point about one
mile northwest of the village of Seal Cove and
it is from these that the present population has
sprung. The foregoing is taken from my perm-
anent records and in which I find the following
notation:

1933. “From reliable sources reports are re-
ceived telling of a very satisfactory increase
of Ruffed Grouse over the whole of Grand
Manan Island.”

For some years past there has been an open
season on Grand Manan for the hunter of
these birds and good sport has been enjoyed.
—Rostz W. Turts.

90 THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST

Tue Rurrep GRouUsE AND ISLAND PoPULATIONS.—
On receipt of the above note the ornithological
editor turned to his records. He finds the follow-
ing in his notes from Harrold Herrick, Birds of
Grand Manan, Bulletin Essex Institute, V, 1873,
28-41: (Quotation may not be verbatum.)

“Bonasa umbellus. Rare. At North Head,
June 29, I flushed a fine male but was unable
to shoot him. I was sorry for this as the in-
habitants insist that the grouse is never found
on Grand Manan.”

This substantiates Mr. Tufts’ statement of the

general absence of the species from the island in
earlier days but demonstrates that stray speci-
mens could and did occur. The only source of
supply would be the mainland nearly six miles
away over open sea. That a Ruffed Grouse
could or would make such a sustained flight is
interesting especially as indicative of the powers
and limitations of the species to populate isolated
habitats. It seemed well to look up its success

or failure to reach other island masses with the -

[VoL. LIV

It failed to establish itself on Newfoundland
requiring a flight of 45 miles from St. Paul’s
island, or Anticosti, 20 miles from the Mingans.
Neither does it seem to have reached Isle Royale
in Lake Superior, 15 miles off shore, or the Queen
Charlotte Islands, 35 miles off the coast of British
Columbia. Prince Edward Island, requiring a
flight of only 10 miles, was well populated. The
Spruce Grouse seems to have shown the same
possibilities and limitations but it is interesting
to note that the Sharp-tailed Grouse, with greater
tradition of migration has reached Isle Royale
and the big powerful Sooty Grouse the Queen
Charlottes where in both cases the Ruffed Grouse
has failed. Probably ten miles is about the limit
of over-water crossing of the species. Even the
six miles, more accurately 5.79 miles, to Grand
Manan was probably made too rarely for two
of opposite sex to meet there to Iaugurate perm-
anent population—P.A.T.

following: results —

MEMBERS OF THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB AND
SUBSCRIBERS TO THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIS7, SEPTEMBER, 1940

HONORARY MEMBERS

GIBSON, ARTHUR,
Entomological Branch,
Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, Ont.

MERRIAM, C. HART,

1919 16th Street,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

SMALL, H. B.,

150 Laurier Avenue, West,
Ottawa, Ont.

SUSTAINING LIFE MEMBERS

Dre Lury, RALPH E., (1933)
Dominion Observatory,
Ottawa, Ont.

HALKETT, Miss M., (1932)
216 Lyon St.,

Ottawa, Ont.

LIFE MEMBERS

Grou, H., (1923)
Botanical Division,
Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont.

ELLIS, RALPH, (1938)
2420 Ridge Road,
Berkeley, Cal.. U.S.A.

Pautson, C. W. G., (1936)
Woodside Cottage,
Wheeler’s Lane,
Smallfield, Surrey, England.

Puiiep, P. B., (1933)

220 Broadway,
New York, N.Y., U.S.A.

ROBERTSON, C. N., (1932)
Apt. 601, The Claridge,
1 Clarendon Ave.,
Toronto, Ont.

WALKER, FE. M., (1935)
67 Alcina Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.

WILSON, M.E., (1936)
Department of Mines,
Ottawa, Ont.

MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
A

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE,
1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.

ADAMS, JOHN,

Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
Division of Botany, Library,
Experimental Farm,

Ottawa, Ont.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
Entomological Branch Library,
Ottawa, Ont.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
Library, Confederation Block,
Ottawa, Ont.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
The Entomologist,

Quebec, P.Q.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
Library,

Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

AHERN, G. S.,
20 St. Antoine Street,
Quebec, P.Q.
ALBERTA, PROVINCE OF,
Game Branch,
Dept. of Lands and Mines,
Edmonton, Alberta
ALCOCK, F. J.,
Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.

ALEXANDER, D. C.,
18 Hurd Street,
Lowell, Mass., U.S.A.
ALLEN, A. A.,
McGaw Hall, Cornell University,
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A.

ALLEN, GORDON,
764 Waterloo Street,
London, Ontario

ALLIN, A. E.,
Provincial Laboratory,
Fort William, Ont.

AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HiIs-
TORY,
77th Street and Central Park W..
New York, N.Y., U.S.A.

AmI, Mrs. H. M.,
464 Wilbrod Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

ANDERSON, E. G.,
Division of Botany,
Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa. Ont.

ANDERSON, R. M.,
58 Driveway,
Ottawa, Ont.

ANGUS, W. F.,
Box 280,
Montreal, P.Q.

ARCHIVES, PUBLIC,
Dominion of Canada,
Ottawa, Ont.

AUDUBON SOCIETIES, NAT. ASS. OF -
1006 Fifth Ave.,
New York, N.Y., U.S.A.

AusTIN, O. L.,
Tuckahoe,
Westchester Co., N.Y., U.S A.

September, 1940]

B

BALL, S. C.,

Curator, Dept. of Zoology,
Peabody Museum,
New Haven‘ Conn., U.S.A.

BAILEY, VERNON,

1834 Kalorama Rd.,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

BAILLIE, J. L. JR.,

Royal Ontario Museum,
Bloor Street,
Toronto, Ont.

BAKER, FRANK C.,

Natural History Building,
Urbana, IIl., U.S.A.

BALDWIN, L. H.,

. 2 Kilbarr Place,

Toronto, 5, Ont.

Bani, F. E.,

St. Patrick’s College,

Ottawa, Ont.
BEAMER, L. H.,

Box 56,

Meaford, Ont.

BENT, A. C.,’

140 High Street,
Taunton, Mass., U.S.A.

BERNARD, H.,

Editor, ‘‘Le Courier’’,
St. Hyacinthe, P.Q.

BIOLOGICAL SURVEY LIBRARY,
U.S. Dept. of Interior,
1348 South Agriculture Building,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

BIoLoGy, LIBRARY OF,

Mont Saint-Louis,
224 Sherbrooke Street East.
Montreal, P.Q.
BIRD, RALPH D.,
Box 250,
Brandon, Man

BIsHOP, LoulIs B.,

450 Bradford Street,
Pasadena. Cal., T7.S.A.

BORDEN, C.B.,

Woodstock, Vermont, U.S.A.

BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL. HISTORY.
234 Berkeley Street,
Boston, Mass., U.S.A.

Bowers, HENRy,

247 Fourth Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.

Boy Scouts’ ASSOCIATION,
Canadian General Council,
Wellington Street,

Ottawa, Ont.

BRANDT, H. W.,

11945 Carlton Road,

Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.
BRERETON, E. L.,

Box 99,

Barrie, Ont.

BRIGDEN, F. H.,

15 Oswald Crescent,
Toronto, Ont.

BRIMLEY, J. F.,
Wellington, Ont.

BRITISH COLUMBIA PROVINCIAL Mu-
SEUM,

The Library,
Victoria, B.C.

BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY,
The Library,
Vancouver, B. C.

BROOKS, ALLAN,
Okanagan Landing, B.C.

BRooMAN, R. C.,
c-o Bank of Montreal,
St. Thomas, Ont.

Brown, Dr. A. W. A.,
92 Driveway
Ottawa, Ont.

Brown, Miss F. A.,
104 Cameron Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

Brown, Mrs. R. D.
388 Main Street.
Ottawa, Ont.

Brown, Miss M.S&.,
36 Kent Street,
Halifax, N.S.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Brown, W. J.,

4129 Dorchester St.,
Apt. 14,
Montreal, P.Q.

Bruce, V.N.,

246 Irving Ave.,
Ottawa, Ont.

BUCKLE, F. R.,

Dominion P.O. Building,
Kamloops, B.C

BUCKLE, J. W.,

262 Craig Street West,
Montreal, P.Q.

BUFFALO MUSEUM OF SCIENCE,
Research Library,
Buffalo, N.Y., U.S.A.

BuLier, A. H. R.,

University of Manitoba,
Winnipeg, Man.

Cc

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
c/o The Librarian,
San Francisco, Cal., U.S.A.
CALIFORNIA, UNIVERSITY OF,
Library,
Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A.
CALVERT, E, W.,
Haliburton, Ont.
CAMPAGNA, E.,
Department de Botanique,
Ecole d’Agriculture,
Ste. Anne de la Pocatiere, P.Q.
CARNEGIE LIBRARY,
Ottawa, Ont.
CARTER, J. B.,
Department of Labour,
Ottawa, Ont.
CARTWRIGHT, B. W.,
238 Guildford St.
Deer Lodge,
Winnipeg, Man.
CHICAGO, THE UNIVERSITY OF,
LIBRARIES,
Periodical Division,
Chicago, IIll., U.S.A.
CLARKE, C. H. D.,
National Parks Bureau,
Department of Mines & Resources,
Ottawa, Ont.
CLARKE, THOMAS H.,
Peter Redpath Museum,
Montreal, P.Q.
CLEMENS, W. A.,
Director, Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C.
CLEVELAND MUSEUM OF NATURAL
HISTORY.
2717 Euclid Ave.,
Cleveland, Ohio. US.A
CLoutT, G. J..
89 North Street,
St. Catherines, Ont.
COLDWELL, C. K.,
Gaspereau, Kings County,
Nova Scotia
Co.Le, Miss M. P.,
Box 45,

Red Deer, Alberta.
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
NewYork, N.Y., U.S.A.

Comma, E. L,,
26 Lake Street,
Wakefield, Rhode Island, U.S.A

CONNERS, E. I.,
347 Island Park Drive,
Ottawa, Ont.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY-
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A.

CovEnTRY, A. F.,
Dept. of Biology,
University of Toronto,
Toronto, Ontario

Cowan, Miss M. E.,
97 Stanley Ave.,
Ottawa, Ont.

CRANBROOK INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE,
Bloomfield Hills, Mich., U.S.A.

CRAWFORD, H. C.,
Entomological Branch,
Department of Agriculture
Ottawa, Ont.

91

CRERAR LIBRARY,
Chicago, IIl., U.S.A.

CRIDDLE, STUART,
Treesbank, Man.

CRICKMAY, C. H.,
Haney, B.C.

D

DALE, E. M.S.,
297 Hyman Street,
London, Ont.
DANISH UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
Copenhagen, Denmark.
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE LIBRARY,
Hanover, New Hampshire, U.S.A.
Davis, El,
R.R. No. 7,
London, Ont.
DEaM, Cuas.,
Bluffton, Ind., U.S.A.
DeEar., L.S.,
Box 127,
Port Arthur, Ont.
DECcARIE, J. A.,
4121 Marlowe Avenue,
N.D.G., Montreal, P.Q.
DES RIVIERES, H.,
Grande Allée,
Quebeg, P.Q.
DEvITT, O. E.,
31 Willowbank Boulevard,
Toronto, Ont.
DINGMAN, RUSSELL G.,
217 Bay Street,
Toronto, Ort.
Dostr, E. F.,
Glashan School,
Ottawa, Ontario
Doutt, J.K
Curator of Mammalogy,
Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A.
Dymonp, J. R.,
Royal Ontario Museum,
Toronto. Ont.

E

EastHaM, J. W.,

Court House,
Vancouver, B.C
EDMONTON PUBLIC LIBRARY,

Edmonton, Alta.
EDwaprps, D. K.,
Bayswater Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.
Errric, C. W. G.,
1029 Monroe Avenue,
River Forest, IIl., U.S.A.
Exsot, S. A. JR.,
32 Paradise Road,
Northampton, Mass., U.S.A.
ELTON, C. S.,
Bureau of Animal Population,
University Museum,
Oxford, England.
Emery, F. H.,
29 Old Mill Terrace,
Toronto, Ont.
ERRINGTON, P. L.,
Iowa State College,
Ames, Iowa, U.S.A.

F

Farco, W. G.,
506 Union St,
Jackson, Michigan, U.S.A.
FARLEY, F. L.,
Camrose, Alta.
FAUVEL, B. A.,
263 McLeod Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
FIELD, Miss C.,
1461 Mountain Street,
Montreal, P.Q.
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL History,
General Library,
Chicago, IIl., U.S.A.
FLETCHER, J. F.S.,
Dimock, P.O.,

Susquehanna Co.,
Penn., U.S.A.

92

FRASER, C. MCLEAN,
University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C.

FRASER, W. P.,

University of Saskatchewan,
Saskatoon, Sask.
FRITH, ROWLEY,
Butternut Terrace,
Ottawa
G

GARDNER Dk.G.

4541 Pontiac Street,
Montreal, Que

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY LIBRARY,
c/o Mrs. Forsey,

Dept. of Mines and Resources,
National Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.

GILLET, J.M.,

363 Hamilton Ave.,
Ottawa, Ont.

GODFREY, EARL,

Box 136
Northfield, Ohio

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY LIBRARY,
Department of Interior,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

GooDWILL, FE. V,

36 Albemarle Ave.,
Toronto, Ont.

Gorpon, H. K.,

34 Glen Elm Ave.,
Toronto, (12) Ont.

GOTEBORGS STADSBIBLIOTEK,
Goteborg, Sweden

Grist, Miss Mary L.,

251 Laurier Ave. East,
Ottawa, Ont.

Gross, A. O.,

Bowdoin College,

Brunswick, Me., U.S.A.
GROVES, J. W.,

Division of Botany,

Central Experimental Farm,

Ottawa, Ont.

H
HALFERDAHL, Mrs.,
140 Cochrane Street,
Rocekeliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
HALL, E. R.,
University of California,
Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A
HAMILTON BIRD PROTECTION SOCIETY,
c-o J. H. Williams,,
E. 43rd Street,
Mt. Hamilton,
Hamilton, Ont.
HAMMOND, G. W.,
Aylmer, Quebec.
Gorpown, Dr. G.,
4541 Pontiac Street,
Montreal, Quebec
HARKNESS, W. de Ukr
Department of Biology,
Toronto University,
Toronto, Ont.
HARPER, FRANCIS,
224 S. Chester Road,
Swarthmore, Penn., U.S.A.
HARRINGTON, PAUL,
813 Bathurst Street,
Toronto, Ont.
Hart, J. L.,
Pacifie Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C.
Hart, W.S.,
Province of Quebee Society for
Protection of Birds,
P.O. Box 1185,
Montreal, P.Q.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
Gray Herbarium,
Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.
HEIMBURGER C.C
Dominion Forest Service,
Department of Mines & Resources,
Ottawa, Ont.
HEMING, W. E.,
Zoological Laboratory,
Cornell, University,
Ithaea, N.Y., U.S.A.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

HIckKIE, P.,
Game Division,
Dept. of Conservation,
Lansing, Mich., U.S.A.
Houpom, M. W.,
Lindsay Cottage,
Crescent, B.C.
HUBER, WHARTON,
225 St. Mark’s Square,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.
HupDson’s BAY CoMPANY,
Fur Trade Commissioner,
Winnipeg, Man
HUMPHREY, S.,
Unity, Sask.
HuNTER, E. R.,
Art Association of Montreal,
1379 Sherbrooke St. W.,
Montreal, Que.
HUNTER, FENLEY,
Box 97,
Flushing, Long Island, US.A.
HUNTSMAN, A. G.,
University of Toronto,
Toronto, Ont.

[pn, F. P.,
Department of Biology,
University of Toronto,
Toronto, Ont.
[LLINOIS UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Urbana, IIl., U.S.A.
[INDIANA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Bloomington, Ind., U.S.A.
Iowa STATE COLLEGE,
Library,
Ames, Iowa, US.A.

J

JACKSON, C. F.,
vollege of Liberal ye
Durham, N.H., U.S.A
JACKSON, H. A. C.,
35 Campbell Avenue,
Montreal West, P.Q
JENNINGS, OTTO E.,
Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A
JOHANSEN, F.,
Copenhagen, Denmark.
JOHNSON, C. E.,
Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.

K

KANSAS UNIVERSITY,
Periodical Department,
Lawrence, Kan., U.S.A.

Kipp, H. M.,

McKenzie Island, Ontario

KINDLE, C. H.,

Dept. of Geology,
City College,
New York, N.Y., U.S A.

KINDLE, E. M.,

Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.

KiTTOo, V.,

36 Patterson Ave.,
Ottawa, Ont.

KuRATA, T. B.,

359 Ellis Park Road,
Toronto, Ont.

LAING, H. M
Comox, B.C.

LAMBERT, Mrs. A. J. F.,
2321 Halifax Street,
Regina, Sask.

LANCELEY, W. H.,

23 Elmdale Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.

LA RocqugE, A.,
National Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.

LAVAL UNIVERSITY,
Bibliotheque,
Quebec, P.Q.

[VoL. LIV

LAWRENCE, A. G.,
City Health Department,
Winnipeg, Man.
LEECHMAN, D.,
National Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.
LEEs, W. A. D.,
P.O. Box 138,
Wetaskiwin, Alta.
Ler, A. H.,
P.O. Box 254,
St. Andrews, N.B.
LEOPOLD, ALDO,
424 University Farm Place,
Madison, Wis., U.S.A.
LEWIS, GRACE S.,
Dominion Bureau of Statistics,
Ottawa, Ont.,
LEWIS, HARRISON F.,
c-o National Parks Bureau,
Department of Mines & Resources,
Ottawa, Ont.
LLoybD, Hoyss,
582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
LLoyp, WILMO‘’,
582 Mariposa Awanant
Rockeliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
LocHHEAD, D.,
389 Third Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.
Loaiser, SHELLY,
Royal Ontario Museum,
Toronto, Ont.
LONDON PUBLIc LIBRARY,
London, Ont
Loses, S. T,
79 James Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY,
The Library,
Baton Rouge, La., U.S.A.
Lowe, C. R.,
University of Manitoba,
Winnipeg, Man.
LOWwNSBuRY, C. R..
52 Second Ave.,
Ottawa, Ont.

M

MACDONALD, E.C.,

112 Cottingham Street,
Toronto, Ont.

MaAcGREGoR, H. A.,,
Foremost, Alberta.

Mack, H. G..

c Jo Gilson Manufacturing Co..,
Guelph, Ont.
MACLULICH, D. A.,
144 Mavety Street,
Toronto, Ontario
MaAcNAMARA, CHAS.,
Arnprior, Ont.
MAGEE, M. J.,
603 South Street,
Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., U.S.A.
MacGulIrE, W.S.,
NEWCO IN +
New Westminster, B.C.

MAINE, UNIVERSITY OF,

Library,
Orono,
Maine, U.S.A.

MANITOBA NATURAL History SOCIETY ,
Winnipeg Auditorium Museum,
Memorial Boulevard,
Winnipeg, Man.

MANITOBA UNIVERSITY,

Science Library,
Fort Garry Site,
Winnipeg, Man.

MARCOTTE, LEON,

St. Charles Seminary,
Sherbrooke, P.Q.

MaAyALL, K.M.,

151 Metcalfe St.
Ottawa, Ont.

McCasg, T. T.,

2620 Benvenue Ave.
Berkeley, California, U.S A.

McDouaatt, FE. G.,

Royal Ontario Museum,
Toronto, Ont

September. 1240]

MCFADDEN, R. W. E.,
4 Hart Street,
Brantford, Ont.

McGauey, Miss PEARL,

193 O’Connor Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

McGEE, Mrs. T. D.,

12 Marlborough Ave.,
Ottawa. Ont.

McGILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
3459 McTavish Street,
Montreal, P.Q.

McGuFrrFIin, W. C.,

Division of Entomology,
Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, Ont.

McILwRAITH, T. F.,

50 St. Leonard’s Avenue,
Toronto 12, Ont.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
368 Richmond St.,

London, Ont.

McKinnon, Mrs. J.S&.,

24 Jeanne d’Arc Street,
Hull, P.Q.

McLaine, L.5., . aa
Plant Protection Division,
Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, Ont.

McMASTER UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Westdale,

Hamilton, Ont.

MENZIES, L. P.,

247 4th Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.

MEREDITH, R.,

93 St. Peter Street,
Quebec, P.Q.

MmrRRIAM, C. H.,

2590 Cedar St.
Berkeley, Cal.

MERRIMAN, Miss IDA,

186 Frontenac St.,
Kingston, Ont.

MICHIGAN STATE COLLEGE,
LIBRARY,

East Lansing, Mich., U.S.A.

MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A.

MINNESOTA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
University Farm,

St. Paul, Minn., U.S.A.

MINSHALL, W. H.,

Division of Botany,
Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont

MIssOURI, UNIVERSITY OF,
Library, i ;
Columbia, Missouri, U.S.A.

MITCHELL, Mrs. O. S.,

Apt. 405,
49 St. Clair Ave.,
Toronto, Ont.

MorrAN E.H.,

541 Bronx River Road,
Yonkers, N.Y.

MONTREAL MECHANICS’ INSTITUTE,
Atwater and Tupper Streets,
Westmount, P.Q

MONTREAL UNIVERSITY,
Botanical Institute,

4101 Sherbrooke, East,
Montreal, P.Q.

MONTREAL UNIVESITY,
Zoologie Sciences,

1265 St. Denis St.
Montreal, Que.

MorE GAME BIRDS IN AMERICA, INC.,
500 Fifth Avenue,

New York, N.Y., U.S.A.

MorrIs, FRANK,
694 Aylmer Avenue,
Peterborough, Ont.

Morris, ROBERT T.,

Box 554,

Stamford, Conn., U.S.A.
Mous.Ley, H.,

4073 Tupper Street,

Westmount, Montreal, P.Q.
Munro, J. A.,

Okanagan Landing, B.C.
MurpHy,. Miss L.,

388 Oliver Avenue,

Montreal, P.Q.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

N

NATIONAL PARKS BUREAU,
Department of Mines & Resources
Ottawa, Ont.

NEEDLER, A. W. H.,

Ellerslie, P.E.I.

NEWCOMBE, W. A.,
138 Dallas Road,
Victoria, B.C.

NEwrTon, H. E.,

P.O. Box 935,
Victoria, B.C.

Nrw HAMPSHIRE UNIVERSITY,
Hamilton Smith Library,
Durham, N.H., U.S.A.

NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Bronx Park,

New York, N.Y., U.S.A.
New YorK STATE COLLEGE OF FOREST-

RY,

Forest Library,

Syracuse, N.Y., U.S.A.
New YORK STATE LIBRARY,

Albany, N.Y., U.S.A.
Npw YorK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

185th Street, Bronx,

New York, N.Y., U.S.A.
NICHOLS, C. K.,

512 Hamilton Road,

Ridgewood, N.J., U.S.A.
NICOL, COLIN,

84 Gleneairn Avenue,

Toronto, Ont.
NORDEMANN PUBLISHING Co.,

Clarendon Building,

215 Fourth Avenue,

New York City, U.S.A.
NORMAL SCHOOL,

The Principal,

North Bay, Ont.
NORMAL SCHOOL,

Elgin Street,

Ottawa, Ont.

oO

OBERHOLSER, H. C.,
2805 18th Street N.W.,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
O’ConnoR, J. L.,
Dominion Observatory,
Ottawa, Ont.
OnIO STATE UNIVERSITY,
Library,
Columbus, Ohio, U.S.A.
OKLAHOMA AGRICULTURAL AND MECH-
ANICAL COLLEGE,
Stillwater, Okla.
ONTARIO AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE,
Library,
Guelph, Ont.
ONTARIO LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY,
Library,
Toronto, Ont.
OsLO ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM,
Oslo, Norway.

P

PacIFIC BIOLOGICAL STATION,
Nanaimo, B.C.

PARASITOLOGY, INSTITUTE OF,
MACDENALD COLLEGE,

PARLIAMENTARY LIBRARY,
Ottawa, Ont.

PaTon, H.,

900 Victoria Square,
Montreal, P.Q.

PATRICK, Miss B.,

1930 16th Ave., W.,
Vancouver, B.C.

PEARSE, THEED,

P.O. Box 158,
Courtney, B.C.

PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
34th Street & Woodland Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.

Patsrs, H. §.,

R.F.D. No. 1, Box 171,
Charleston, S.C., U.S.A.

93

PETTINGILL, O. S. JR.,
Dept. of Zoology,
Carleton College,
Northfield, Minn., U.S.A.
PHELPS, FRANK M.,
214 Fourth Street,
Elyria, Ohio, U.S.A.
PORSILD, A. E.,
569 Mariposa A venue,
Rockcliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
PorRsILD, M. P.,
Disko, Greenland.
POSTLETHWAITE, G.,
139 Henderson A venue,
Ottawa, Ont.
PREBLE, FE. A.,
3027 Newark Street,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
PRIESTLY, Mrs. R. J.
65 Tupper Ave.,
Yorkton, Sask.
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Princeton, N.J., U.S.A.
PRITCHARD, A. L.,
Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C
Putman, W. L.,
Entomological Laboratory,
Vineland. Station, Ont.

Q

QUEBEC SOCIETY PROTECTION OF BIRDS,
e-o Mrs. C. L. Henderson,
1536 St. Mathew Street,
Montreal, P.Q.

QUEBEC ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
Charlesbourg, Quebec.

QUEENS UNIVERSITY,
Douglas Library,
Kingston, Ont.

R

RABBITTS, Gower,
Longs Hill,
St. Johns, Newfoundland
RacEY, KENNETH,
3262 W Ist. Ave..
Vancouver, B.C.
RAND, AUSTIN L.,
American Museum of Natural
History,
New York, N.Y.
Rawson, D. S.,
Department of Biology,
University of Saskatchewan,
Saskatoon, Sask.
RICHARDSON, G. H.,
640 Huron Street,
Toronto, Ont.
RICHARDSON, L. R.,
Dept. of Zoology,
McGill University,
Montreal, P.Q.
RICKER, Miss H. S.,
94 Park Street,
Truro, N.S.
RICKER, WM. E.,
International Salmon Commission,
Dept. of Zoology,
Indiana University,
Bloomington, Ind., U S.A.
RoBgEkrts, T. S.,
Director, Museum of Natural
History,
Minneapolis, Minn., U.S.A.
ROBINSON, J. M.,
36 Fourth Ave.,
Ottawa, Ont.
RONAYNE, JOHN,
Pemberton Meadows, B.C.
Ross, D. A.,
Vineland Station, Ont.
RUSSELL, LorRIs S.,
University of Toronto,
Toronto, Ont.
RuTTgER, R. J.,
c-o Brodie Club,
Royal Ontario Museum,
Toronto, Ont.

- 94

SS)

SARGEANT, MissP,
389 Second Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.
St. PATRICK’S Boys’ SCHOOL,
Ottawa, Ont.
SANSON, N. B.,
Banff, Alta.
SARNIA COLLEGIATE INSTITUTE,
Sarnia, Ont.
SASKATCHEWAN PROVINCIAL MusEUM,
Normal School
Regina, Sask.
SAUNDERS, W. E.,
240 Central Avenue,
London, Ont.
Scott, W. E.,
Conservation Annex,
20 North Carrol Street,
Madison, Wisc., U.S.A.
Scott, W. L.,
383 Stewart Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
SENN, H. in: ‘
Central. Experimental Farm,
Division of Botany,
Ottawa, Ont.
SHaw, W. T.,
1002 Cambridge Avenue,
Fresno, Cal., BAG
SHELDON, Miss Cs
R.F_D. No. Th
Woodstock, Vermont, U.S.A.
SHELFORD, V. E.,
200 Vivarium Building,
Champaign, fll., U.S.A.
SHEPPARD, 'R.
1805 Mouland Ave.,
Niagara Falls, Ont.
SHERMAN, Miss A. R.,
National,
via McGregor, Iowa, U.S.A.
SHERWOOD, E. S.,
140 Wellington Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
SirTon, H. B.,
10 Rathnally Ave.,
Toronto, Ont.
SMITH. A. G.,
Wainwright, Alberta.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
U.S. National Museum,
Washington, D.C., U:S.A-
SNELL, C. H.,
Red Deer, Alta.
SNYDER, L. L.,
Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology,
Toronto, Ont.'
SocIETE PROVENCHER D’HISTOIFRE Na-
TURELLE DU CANADA,
38 Sherbrooke Street.
Quebeg, P.Q-
SopsER, J. D.,
827 Riverwood Ave.,
Fort Garry,
Winnipeg, Man.
SouTHaM, W. M.;,
Roekeliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
SPEECHLY, H. M.,
232 Home St.
Winnipeg, Man.
SPEIRS, J. M.,
; 17 Wolfrey Avenue,
Toronto 6, Ont:
SPENCER, G. Ji,).
Department of Zoology,
University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C.
Squires, Mrs. NATHAN C.,
Fredericton, N.B.
STANFIELD, R.,
934 Dufferin Ave.,
London, Ont.
STEFANSSON, V.,
67 Morton St:,
New York
N.Y., U.S:As
STEPHENS, T. C.,
Morningside College,
Sioux City, Iowa, U.S.A.

- THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

STERNBERG, CHAS. M.,
Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.
STEWART, DAVID,
382 Spruce Street,
Winnipeg, Manitoba
STEWART, Tom,
165 Carling Ave,
Ottawa, Ont.
STIRRETT, G. M.,
416 Queen St.,
Chatham, Ont.
SWEDISH ROYAL ACADEMY OF ey
Stockholm, Sweden.
SWEDISH ROYAL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Lund, Sweden

T

. TAVERNER, P. A.,

National Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.

TAYLOR, B. W.,

Director of Fish Culture,. -
Room 206, Biological SB uudine:
Montreal, P.Q.

TERRILL, Lewis M.,

216 Redfern Avenue,
Wiese ures PQ:

THACKER, T. L
Little Mountain,

Hope, B.C.

THOMPSON, Mrs. L. N.,
Harrington Harbour,
Saguenay County, Que.

THOMSON, M.

Dominion Observatory,
Ottawa, Ont. :

TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB,
198 College Street,
Toronto 5, Ont. |

TORONTO UNIVERSITY,
Department of Geology,
Toronto, Ont.

TRURO AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE,
Biological Division,

Truro, N.S.

TORONTO UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Toronto, Ont.

Tuck, JOHN R.,
11126-90th Avenue,
Edmonton, Alta.

TuFtTs, R. W.,

Wolfville, N.S.

TURNBULL, J. F.,
R.R. No. 3,
Orillia, Ont.

TURNER, G. H.,

: : Fort Saskatchewan, Alta.

TURNER, J.

117 Cooper Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
TUTTLE, G. M.,
4016 Cliff ‘Street, |
Niagara Falls, N. avis U S.A.

TYRRELL, J. B.,

1312 Metropolitan Building,
Toronto 2, Ont.

U

URQUHART, F. A.,
Royal Ontario Museumof Zoology,
Toronto. Ont.

UssHpEr, R. D.,
Nancy Lake Farm,
King, Ontario

UTAH STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE,
Forestry Dept.,
Logan, Utah, U.S.A.

Vv

VANCOUVER NATURAL History So-
CIETY,
c-o W. F. Connor,
3222 W. 36th Street,
Vancouver, B.C.
VANCOUVER PUBLIC LIBRARY,
Main and Hastings Ave.,
Vancouver, B.C.

[VoL. LIV

VICTORIA PUBLIC LIBRARY,
Victoria, B.C.
VLADyYKOV, V. D.,
1577 Providence Street,
Montreal, P.Q.

Ww

WALKINSHAW, L. H.,
1416-W Michigan Avenue,
Battle Creek, Michigan, U. S.A.
WALLACE, J. F. F.,
153 Acacia Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont
WALSH, M.J., ..
Box 133,
Ottawa, Ont.

- WARREN, E.-R.,

1511 Wood Avenue,
Colorado Springs, Col., U.S.A.
WARREN, J.,
125 Aeacia Avenue
Rockeliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
WASHINGTON STATE COLLEGE LIBRAR*,
~ Pullman, Wash.. U.S.A.
WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Seattle, Wash., U.S.A.
WEEMS, F. C.,
Box 16, Wall Street Station,
New York, N.Y:, U.S.A.2i:
WHELEN, R. V., ‘
Smoky Falls, -
via Kapueieane, Ont.
WHITE, ED. F. G.,
185 Wurtemburg Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
WHITEHEAD, A. B.,
302 Grande Allee,
Quebee, P.Q.
WHITTEMORE, A. R.,
18 Alvin Ave.,
Toronto, ont.
WICKENDEN, R. T. D.,
30 Pretoria Ave.,
Ottawa, Ont.
WICKSTEED,. Miss W.,
145 Bay Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

WILLEY, PRor. ARTHUR,

Mille Isles, Que.
WILLIAMS, M. Y.,

University of British Columbia,

Vancouver, B.C.
WILSON, Miss ALICE E.,

Geological Survey,

Ottawa, Ont.
WILSON, Miss W. E.,

231 Elm Ave.,

Westmount, P.Q.
WINRAM, J. M.,

Caulfield P.O.,

West. Vancouver, B.C.
Woop, WM.,

59 Grande Allee,

Quebec, P.Q.
WISCONSIN, UNIVERSITY of,

Madison, Wisc., U.S. A.
Woopstock NATURALIST SOCIETY.

c-o G. L, Nutt,

11 Beale St.

Wocdstock, Ont.
WRIGHT, A. H.,

Zoological Laboratory,

Cornell University, :

Ithaca; N:Y., U.S.A.
Wricut, Miss S§. E.,

317 Gilmour St.,

Ottawa, Ont.
WYNNE-EDWARDS, V. C.,

McGill University,

Montreal, P.Q.

Zz

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY, LONDON,
Regents Park,
London, N.W.8, England.

~~

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA

1940-41

President Emeritus: DR. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. L. T. S
NorRIs-ELYE, Past Presidents: J. J. GOLDEN, (Deceased),
H. M. Speecuiy, M.D., V. W. JACKSON, M. Sc., C. W. LOWE,
M. Sc., J. B. Wauuis, B. A., A. A. McCousrey, A. M.
DAvipson, M. D., R. A. WARDLE, M. Sc., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS;
A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, Vice-Presidents: H. C.
PEARCE, W. H. RAND, L. W. KoseR, Mrs. H. T. Ross,
J. P. Happow, P. H. Stokes, Treasurer: H J. Peck, General
Secretary: Mrs. L. R. Simpson, Auditor: R. M. THOMAS;
Executive Secretary: Mrs. A. SHORTT, Social Convenor: MRs.
A. G. LAWRENC=.

Section : Chairman Secretary
Ornithological A. H. SHORTT J. HAAK
Entomological G. SHIRLEY BROOKS Miss M. PRATT

Botanical M.G. DuDLEY, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.W.BARTLETT

Geological E. I. LertyH, M.Sc P. H. STOKES
Zoological V. W. JACKSON, M.Sc. R. Sutton
Microscopy

Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.

Botany _ C. W. Lowe, M.Sc.

Secretary: R. HADDOW.

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University

Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-~

noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday
during July and August.

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OFFICERS FOR 1939-40

Honorary President: L. S. KiinK, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.3 Past President: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S.,
F_B.S.E., F.R.HS.; President: C. F. Connor, M.A., Vice-
President: Mr. J. J. PLoMMER, Honorary Secretary: Mr. GEO.
ROGER WOOD, B.S.A., First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. MARY SIEBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A.
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR.
W. CLARK, Mr. F.W FARLEY, Mr. K. RAcrey, Mr. P. L. Tait,
Dr. E. N. Drier, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTJE; Chairmen of Sections:
Botany: PRoF. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S.,
Geology: M. Y. WuuuiamMs, PH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C.,
Entomology: Mr. A. R. Wootton, Ornithology: MR.
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: Mr. H. P. CLARK, Photography:
Mr. Paruip Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRor. G. J.
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELwWooD, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science
Building Universi y of British Cclumbia, unless otherwise
announced. ‘

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL

SOCIETY 3
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM-
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. Bastin, 4484 West 9th Avenue,
Vancouver, B.C.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street.

Affiliated Societies

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L M. Terrint, Mr. Napier SMITH,
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF.
V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4.
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. McI. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY:
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN.

Executive Committee: Miss RuTH ABBOTT, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. BouttEr, J. D. Fry, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L.
HENDERSON, H. A. C. Jackson, E. L. JuDAH, Miss P. B.
MATTINSON, Miss Louise MurpHy, J. A. DECARIE, Mies M.
S. Nicotson, J. A. RoLLAND, C. C. Sait, Miss MAUD SHATH,
L. M. TERRILL. f

Meetings held the second Monday of the Month except
during summer. :

Headquarters of the Society are:

REDPATH MusnuM BIRD Room,
McGILL UNIVERSITY,
MONTRBAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron Honoraire: MAJOR GENERAL

Sir EUGENE Fiset, Kp.,C.M.G., D.S.0., M.D., Lieutenant-
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction

pour 1940: Président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, fer vice-
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRIc G.
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef

de la section scientifique: Dr. D.-A. Dery; Chef de la section
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section
adinformation scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE,
Directeurs: HONORABLH EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR,
CHARLES DuMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, REx
MEREDITH, N.P.

Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE

FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1938-39.

Honorary President: : Hon. Vice-
President: Hon. H. C. Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; President:
F. C. Hurst; Vice-President: W. J. BAXTER; Secretary-
Treasurer: Mrs. L. E.. JAQUITH, Council—Mrs. HARVEY
AGNEW, W. J. W. BALDWIN, G. S. BELL, RUPERT DAVIDS,
R. G. Dincman, J. R. DyMOND, C. S. FARMER, DR. NORMA
Forp, A. R. Gipson, PAUL HAHN, H. M. Hatiimay, Dr. F.
P. IpzE, MAcistrate J. BE. JoNes, T. F. McILwralta,
ArRNort M. PATTERSON, Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS, Dr. T. M.
C. TAYLOR, STUART THOMPSON, Mrs. A. R. WHITTEMORE.
President of Junior Club: W.J. BAXTER, Vice-President: Mrs.
A. R. WHITTEMORE.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum,
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons.

THE TORONTO

SSS S000

4

We ask the Officers, and more pare

ticularly the Secretaries, of all the

Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

make it one of the leading Natural

History publications of America.

For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, et
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A.

This book is attractively bound, and contains a

wealth of information concerning Canadian

Natural History and Exploration. The author

was a former President of the Club and this is a
Memorial Volume

CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX
By E, M. KINDLE

Special profusely illustrated number of The —

“‘Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every
Canadian should know this prize essay.

PRICE FIFTY CENTS

PRICE $3.00. = 305 pp.

a

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa.
Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in

The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian
Field-Naturalist for the year 1940.

FOR SALE:—

LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S
PUBLICATIONS
1879-1938

Name © 22

Address

City, Prov. or State.

I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field-

Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum

OF
Te BA OSS Peete Se cae EY cee DN eget ee —j00 Dollars

BEQUEST

Saks nip ica meses ten AN:

Prices of Separates

Notes to Contributors, Etc.

Papers for publication should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the appropriate Associate Editor.

Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if possible,
on one side of the paper only, with wide spaces between the
lines and ample margins. It is urged that specia! care be used
that scientific names are legible, properly formed, and correctly
spelled and capitalized.

Authors of leading articles are entitled to twenty-five
copies of the number in which they appear, free of charge on
application.

Separates of articles as they appear on the page, without
any change of make-up will be supplied at the following rates
which areapproximate. If more t 2 pages, count in mul-
tiples of four, to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra.

~t

Manasdsdbacrbtrnd eo

If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent to the
article or changes of make-up are desired, or if insets or other

extra work are necessary, special rates will be furnished on
application to the Editor
Applications for separates should be made to the Editor.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

VOL. LIV, No. 7

Se gy nein
em of COM.
fe aunnag OR
oF por,
NOW 22 1949 ©

,
|

I

“ 2 % i \

J) LA jy

KH

i
N

Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNO

Ist Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD

Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park

Patrons:

R GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS
THE PRINCESS ALICE

Presideni: A. EK PORSILD

2nd Vice-President: DoUGLAS LEECHMAN

Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY,
62 Second Ave., Ottawa

eet ere tn ie ee

Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALcockK, R. M. ANDERSON, Rev. F. E BANiIM, Henry Bowsrs, :
A. W. A. Brown, C. H. D. CuarkKe, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLuRyY, H. Grou, J. W. x
Groves, G. H. HAMMOND, C. C HaimBurGmr, C. E. JOooNSON, W.H LANcELEY, A. LARocQUE, 2
HARRISON F Lewis, Hoygs Luoyp, J. M. Ropinson, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P A. -
TAVERNER, MALCOLM M.THompson, E. F. G. WHITE, R T. D. WICKENDEN, M_ E. WILSON, ¥
and the following Presidents of Adfiliated Societies: L.T.S.Norris-Eiyg, C. F. CONNOR, JOHN Pt
Davipson, M Y. WILLIAMS, V C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, DR.VIGER PLAMONDON, F. C. Hurst 3

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS 3
Editor: 4

C. H. D. CLARKE,

National Parks Bureau, Ottawa 3

Associate Editore: _ ;

PV ENNSS 02 ass ae ee Anthropology _ Crypn li. PATCH..2 15. 32 eee Herpetology }

SPepAM AMOS aes usec US a uiaieg ney otany R. M ANDERSON: 5. Mammaloagy ‘

ALO ENROCQUB eh cce.o4of se hee Conchology A. Go HRONTSMAN: (cs aes Marine Biology rs

ARTHUR GIBSON................. Entomotogy PA. PAVERNER occ ee Ornithology

Hy PRON COCK La ee oe Geology Wu AS Beis >: 20 eee Palzontology

Je RAD VMON Dee 8 roi Per eneateue Ichthyology
CONTENTS
x PAGE

Listera Australis Lindl. in the Province of Quebec. By Henry Mousley..._......... Sel es 95

Notes on the Habits of the Pigmy Shrew (Microsorex hoyi)in Captivity. By Leslie A.Prince 97

Notes on the Ontario Species of Scudderia (Orthoptera, Ensifera). By F A. Urquhart..... 102

Duck Mortality in the Cataraqui Marsher. By G C. Toner........... pee ee A 8 Bree ees 104

Further Notes on the Sand Cricket, Tridactylus apicalis Say. Fy F.A. Urquhart ... 106

c Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Journal of, 1855 ................ 1... eae. 107-
‘First Ontario Record of the Subgenus Mictomys. By Stuart C. Downing ........... 109

Reviews :—

Annual Report of the Provancher Society of Natural History of Canada. By C.H.D.C. 101
ure ot the. North: “By. | Cosa spe ere Oh ee Ik ae eG ils a 110 i
AY Manual of Aquatic Plants: By Cx sD Cine eee ee 110
Annual Report of the Province of Quebec Society for the Protection of Birds.

By CoB DiCe Sealte anes aie ee, RS COR I CS ete 110
scOaESEGEEEEUEEUES PRESS IORSEESDERENISSECERZESEGEOUSEESEIESSEESESEESEDR MS SUSSECEESEERE SEE CESSESES PSII DEcUSESESEERES uaz tateestcoMMecsscosccasccoascosscoMscsscossiteMbessOssoMedtsts :: ;
i- The official publications of ‘THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since j
if 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two
sa

volumes; the next, The Oltawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been
continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued
monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the
results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

seSSaaREEEESS:

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who.is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America. i

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to \

WILMOT LLOYD, %
Ottawa Field-Naturalisis’ Club
582 Mariposa Ave.,
Reckliffe Park, Orrawa, CANADA.

Ko ot Compa,
ow Zoology

“NOV 22 1946

RARY
LIBRARS

ae
©

GiieGanadian Field-Naturaher

VOL. LIV

OTTAWA, CANADA, OCTOBER, 1940 No. 7

LISTERA AUSTRALIS LINDL. IN THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC
By HENRY MOUSLEY |

})NDOUBTEDLY, the Southern Twayblade
(Listera australis Lindl.) is one of the
rarest orchids in the Province of Quebec,
and in the Dominion also, for previous
to my finding it this summer (1940), there was
no record for the Province, and only one other
for the whole Dominion of Canada, and that in
the Province of Ontario. This record, however,
dates back to the summer of 1893, when on June
21, the late Prof. Fletcher discovered it in the
large bog, Mer Bleue, situated about fifteen miles
east of Ottawa. In the National Herbarium of
that city there is a sheet No. 27.259 containing
one specimen of the plant collected by the late
Prof. Fletcher, this being the only record in the
Herbarium, and so far as I understand, it has
never been re-discovered in the Mer Bleue since,
although the bog has been somewhat extensively
least two well

worked in recent years by at

Imown botanists, without success.

Naturally, I experienced a great thrill when
first meeting with it on June 27, in a delightful
little bog near Ste. Dorothée, Que., a village about
twenty miles north of Montreal, and thus being
able not only to add it for the first time to the
flora of the Province of Quebec, but also to record
the only other known station for the whole
Dominion of Canada.

What this little sphagnum bog, surrounded as
it is with spruce, tamarack, maple and young
white pines, will eventually produce, I cannot
say. At my first visit on May 22, I observed
specimens of that somewhat local and never very
plentiful little hairstreak butterfly, the Banded
Elphin (Inc?salia niphon), which only occurs where
young pines are to be found. The sphagnum
moss was carpeted with pitcher plants (Sarracenia
purpurea) and amongst the orchids, later on,
were found the Rose Pogonia (Pogonia ophio-
glossoides), Grass Pink (Calopogon pulchellus) ,
and the somewhat local White Fringed Orchid
(Habenaria blephariglottis), possibly the most

beautiful of all the fringed Habenarias with its
pure white soft feathery blossoms. This species
apart from the beauty of its flowers has an
interesting underground development being gem-
miparous, I use the word in its restricted sese
of producing not ordinary leaf-buds resulting in
a new growth on the same plant, but adventive
buds on stolons which detach themselves from the
parent and develop into separate plants, starting
life on their own, the same as does Habenaria
clavellata and H. flava. Altogether, I only located
seven widely separated plants, but fortunately all
of these came into flower. It is my opinion that
this species with Listera australis are only just
beginning to establish themselves in this little
bog. Other plants to be found associated with
Iistera australis may be mentioned the following,
viz: Lambkill (Kalmia angustifolia), Pale Laurel
(Kalmia polifolia), Labrador Tea (Ledum groen-
landicum), Cassandra or Leather Leaf (Chamae-
daphne calyculata), Bog Rosemary (Andromeda
glaucophylla), Small Cranberry (Vaccinium Oxy-
coccus), Round-leaved Sundew (Drosera rotundi-
foha), whilst on the surface of the small pond
the lovely white Water Lily (Castalia odorata)
may be found blooming early in July. Strange
to say the only birds so far found breeding im ine
immediate vicinity of the bog, are the Bittern
(Botaurus lentiginosus), Canada Warbler (Wil-
sonia canadensis), and White-throated Sparrow
(Zonotrichia albicollis), but this seeming paucity
may be due to the fact of a Sharp-shinned Hawk
(Accipiter velox) having its nest in a spruce
tree near the edge of the bog.

The underground development of our native
orchids, as well as the extent to which they may
be found diverging from type, has always appealed
to me more or less strongly, and I have made it
a special study of late years, especially with
regard to Spiranthes, Amesia (Serapias L. Epipac-
tus Crantz), Habenaria, Corallorrhiza, Calypso,
Liparis, Malazis, and Listera.. In those species
more especially possessing one or two leaves as

95 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

the type form, I have generally found the diverg-
ence to consist in the addition of an extra leaf,
which in most cases is situated above the normal
one or two as the case may be.

Hegi in his Mlustrierte Flora von Mitteleuropa,
vol. ii, p. 393, speaking under the heading of
M. monophylla (L.) SW., says, “There appear
not too rarely two leaves on the stem (M. dip-
hyllos, Cham.=Microstylis diphyllos, Lindl.) of
which then the upper always is smaller. Speci
mens with three or still more leaves, of which
the upper were bract-like, have also been ob-
served”, Strange to say I have never found in
our Eastern form Malazxis brachypoda (Gray)
Fernald, now separated from the Eurasian plant
(M. monophyllos (.) Sw.) whose flowers are
resupinate, or upside-down, so that the lips point
up; while in the plant of eastern America the
flowers are in normal position, with drooping lp.
Asa Gray recognized this difference in 1853 when
he described the American species as Microstylis
brachypoda), any examples with the extra leaf
above the normal one, but I have found two
examples which are illustrated in the Orchid
Review of December, 1927, and February, 1929,
in which the extra leaf appears below the normal
one, evidently of rare occurrence since only one
other instance (previous to the present summer)
has come under my notice, and that in M. unifolia
which is also figured in the Orchid Review of
December, 1927. In this latter species, however,
quite a number have been found in which the
extra leaf appears above and just inside the nor-
mal one, Orchid Review of December, 1927, and
February, 1929.

In the case of Habenaria obtusata I have
always found the extra leaf to be above the
norine! one without exception, but in H. orbi-
culata in the only example I have ever come
across the third leaf springs from the same level
as the normal pair, Orchid Review, April, 1934.
This is also the case in Liparis Loeselu, Cypri-
pedium acaule, and Orchis spectabilis.

In Pogonia ophioglossoides one would naturally
expect to find the extra leaf above the normal
central one and the bract leaf, and so I have
found it, but I also possess two interesting
examples in which this third leaf is borne on a
separate stem springing from the base of the

{[VoL. LIV

plant at flowering time, as figured by W. H.
Gibson in his Our Native Orchids, 1905, pl. X XIX.

Coming now to the Listeras which have been
left to the last as the result of my having come
across a further aberration in L. australis. Taking
Listera cordata to begin with, I have three ex-
amples (but none of australis) in which as usual
the extra leaf is above the normal pair and one
in which it is in the centre of the usual pair
thus forming a miniature whorl. This is also the
case with two of my australis, beside which, the
size of the leaves in the normal pairs varies
considerably, in one instance as much as 60 mm.
in length by 72 mm. in width, whilst in the largest
and finest plant illustrated, the third leaf, a very
small one, 80 x 60 mm. only, is much below the
normal pair, which pair, instead of the two leaves
being opposite to one another as is usual, are
separated by a space of 2 cm., surely a very
unusual occurrence? In addition, this plant ex-
ceeds the greatest height of nine inches recorded
by Morris and Eames in their delightful book
Our Wild Orchids, 1929, by one and one half
inches. I certainly agree with these authors that
L. australis takes a lot of beating, its sharp
pointed upcurled shining dark green leaves, with
purplish stem and spike of flowers, and general
sturdy appearance, far surpasses that of cordata
or convallarioides, the only other two Listeras
that I am familiar with. Looking back for a
moment to these so-called departures from type
1e., the type form as we know it today, may
they not point the reading on the wall, and sug-
gest that in the remote past these plants were
not always as we see them today, gradual evolu-
tion having brought this about. In the dim past
possibly the stem consisted of many nodes, and
these extra leaves of today may be an attempt
(in specially robust plants) to revert to a state
of things that existed ages ago, when the stem
bore several leaves one above the other. Can
it be possible this supposition of today may not
be the true solution to the problem—I wonder?

In conclusion, I have presented specimens of
Listera australis to the National Herbarium at
Ottawa, the Herbarium of the Botanical Institute
of the University of Montreal, the Herbarium of
Prof. Oakes Ames, and the Gray Herbarium,
whilst my best thanks go out to the kind friend
who first introduced me to this little El Dorado.

October, 1940)

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

om

NOTES ON THE HABITS OF THE PIGMY SHREW (Microsorex hoyi)
IN CAPTIVITY

By LESLIE A. PRINCE:

HILE ENGAGED in field work for ‘the
Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology at
Lake Attawapiskat, Patricia portion of
Kenora district, Ontario, in the summer

of 1939, the writer was able to make some obser-

vations on the behaviour of a captive Pigmy

Shrew (Microsorex hoy). At 6.30 a.m. August 10,

a Pigmy Shrew was removed alive from a water

trap which had been set in a dry, high grass

clearing, bordering second growth alder-poplar-
birch woods.

The specimen was kept alive for ten days,
August 10, to August 19, in a wooden cage with
a screen top. The cage was 12 inches long, 4%
inches wide and 4% inches deep. Moist soil,
dead leaves, twigs and cotton batting were placed
in the bottom.

When first observed in the water trap, the
shrew was swimming rather feebly and when
removed made no attempt to escape. It appeared
to be very exhausted and shivered violently.
Wrapping the animal in cotton batting I held it
in my hand for about fifteen minutes and gradu-
ally the shivering ceased. The shrew began to
struggle and bite my fingers quite viciously in
an attempt to escape. The bites felt like little
pin pricks but did not break the skin.

Upon removal to the cage the shrew immedi-
ately commenced to make a nest in the centre
of the ball of cotton ,with openings at either end.
On every occasion when the cage was cleaned
and fresh cotton supplied the nest-making was
repeated.

The shrew was continually active, its move-
ments rapid, with many sudden stops and starts.
While running the tail was held straight out. from
the body with a slght upward curve. It was
quite adept at climbing up the sides of the cage

1 Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.

and walline upside down on the wire mesh top.
On several occasions it hung down from the
cover “monkey fashion”, the hind limbs clinging
to the mesh, while the front limbs and body
dangled below. The shrew was a very capable
jumper, and once when the top was removed,
it bounded from the bottom of the cage, over
the rim onto the table, a height of 4% inches.

A violent quiver and a quick dash to cover was
the reaction of the shrew to any noise or disturb-
ance. The quivering of the body was interesting
to observe. For example, if the sides of the cage
were struck, the shrew would give a shudder as if
it had been struck at precisely the same moment.

The snout of the shrew was constantly moving
and sniffing, suggesting that it depended greatly
upon its sense of smell to determine its direction.

The Pigmy. Shrew did not appear to have any
set period for sleeping. Observations made on a
number of occasions during the night, revealed
it to be just as active as during the day. During
the ten days of captivity it was observed sleeping
on only one occasion, in mid-afternoon. The
shrew slept with the limbs drawn under the body
and the head and tail curled alongside, much in
the same manner as a dog would sleep.

Very audible short, sharp squeaks were emitted
by the shrew as it moved about the cage. The
sounds were most obvious when it was frightened
or disturbed.

Food contents must have passed through the
shrew’s body with remarkable rapidity as the
cage was continually covered with fresh droppings.
While defecating, the forelegs were set low, the
hind limbs braced and the tail and _ posterior
portions of the body held high. Faeces were de-
posited all over the cage and in no chosen spot,
the faecal pellets being small, round and moist
and giving off a very strong, sickening odour.

98 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIS1

The shrew possessed an enormous appetite and
attacked each article of food with characteristic
viciousness. It was purposely subjected to a diet
of great variety. Freshly-trapped Cimereous
Shrews (Sorex cinereus), one White-footed
Mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus), the liver of
. Meadow Mouse (Microtus pennsylvanicus), one
Red-becked Mouse (Clethrionomys gappert), and
the careass of a Pigmy Shrew (Microsorex hoy) ;
live grasshoppers. house flies, crane flies, one
beetle and sweet buttered biscuit were included
in the shrew’s diet.

When the Cinereous Shrews, the White-footed
Mouse and the Red--backed Mouse were placed
in the cage, they were carefully sniffed all over
by the Pigmy Shrew, before it commenced to
break in the skell and devour the brains or tear
open the stomach regions and eat the viscera.
Following this operation the flesh was stripped

[Vo.. LIV

from the body, and a good portion of the ribs
was consumed. The parts remaining usually con-
sisted of the skin, tail and feet and most of the
skeleton.

When live grasshoppers with the jumping legs
removed were placed in the cage, the shrew dis-
patched them by biting and tearing at the head
and abdominal regions. In the struggle the
grasshoppers were pulled and rolled all over the
cage. Only the internal organs of the grasshoppers
were consumed, the exoskeleton remained uneaten.
House flies, crane flies and the beetle were
pounced upon and devoured by the shrew as soon
as they were put into the cage.

On several occasions a watch glass of water
was put into the cage. The shrew did go to the
water and stick its snout in but no attempt to
actually drink the water could be discerned. Fresh

Table of food contents partially consumed by Microsorex hoy.

eee eo Eee

Date MATERIAL

unparisy I) 2 Cinereous Shrew

1

1 C@inereous) Shrew, 222 eee
PPE aS stl ye seer eo ree tees Uo ee
i Chrmvercouws Siwy

Nous) Wil 1 Gimereousis re wae es

1 Cinereous Shrew — ~
3 Grasshoppers
2
1

August 12 3

1 Grasshopper

1 White-footed Mouse
4 Grasshoppers

Aug tists: aus

3 House flies 2.
Careass of Pigmy Shrew ____.

slowee thes 2
Cinereous Shrew —

1 Cinereous Shrew —------
1 Cinereous Shrew —-------
7 IsIO WES the 2
1 Cinereous Shrew —
IMs eetlel ee tentes Cae tenet
2 House: flies
Liver of Meadow Mouse ___
1 Cinereous Shrew

WEIGHT T
IN GMS. IME
mea Sich MNase Oud sesetieln wine 11.30 am
3.7 1.00 p.m
BiG 9.30 p.m
3.7 7.30 a.m
3.3 1.00 p.m
Ee ERE A! }\ ules eee 7.00 p.m
a Sin dots es he AED pease fe eee ee 12.15 a.m.
Pi Tee Pe Mate eae aPlieged eee ue 8.30 a.m
ARABS ees oe 3.00 p.m
PLA Ashe Ves 4 3.30 p.m
UEC. SEU eeey 5.00 p.m
eA arenes eH hee te lieeneUe 9.30p.m
aS arene 1G iB) eee ews ee 8.30 a.m
eels oat MLS gs 7303 gee eee eR 2.30 p.m

October, 1940]

PANO tigi A ee
3 House flies _
3 Grasshoppers _.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 9

1 Cinereous Shrew —

| Gimereous Susy Se
1 Cinereous Shrew

eo)

ER OE AN AD hie ess NE 12.30 a.m,
4.1 2.30 p.m
anita MURUE SUN a) MN ae 930 p.m

shoots of green grass were placed in the cage
but were never eaten.

One day the shrew was feeding on a Cinereous
Shrew when three live grasshoppers were dropped
into the cage. The Pigmy immediately left the
Cinereous and proceeded to kill the grasshoppers
one after the other. While feeding upon these
four specimens a piece of sweet buttered biscuit
was dropped into the cage. The Pigmy immedi-
ately ran over, ate the biscuit voraciously and
returned to feed on the grasshoppers and Ci-
nereous Shrew. It was observed that the shrew

took the piece of biseuit between its forefeet and
lifted it to its mouth, sitting back on its hind
legs and feeding much in the manner of a squirrel.

On August 15th the Peromyscus placed in the
cage on August 13th, was removed. The skull
had been broken, the flesh stripped off the skull
and the brain completely devoured. The portions
remaining, were the tail, limbs, feet and parts
of the vertebrae and ribs. The remaining portions
weighed 5.2 gms. The original weight before at-
tacked by the Pigmy Shrew was 16.3 gms.

August 15 —..—. 2 House flies _

August 16
Red-backed Mouse

ANTOEAOISG 17 be

Noe

2 House flies

Dd (GRAMS) avo) OyeKesesy ue een ee
il Chinvenreonis Slieyy

1 Cinereous Shrew
1 Red-backed Mouse
it Quinvermaoms, Slot
DIMETOUSE MANES i ae teen eee datas se

2 Grasshoppers — Si yah es

Cinereous Shrew
@rame ily eee Coreen aue sie
Grasshoppers

1 Cinereous Shrew

ei me Cm tO ee 5.00 p.m.
rsh SMA SA SGieee ies 12.15 a.m.
ree ab wis SOA IPAS dnd ao ie ne 9.00 a.m.
DO Hp eal Lotte 10.00 a.m.
SA VLA PREMIO AND Ne SAYA sn 10.00 a.m.
Pa) SA UST DNE Case 5.00 p.m.

The Red-backed Mouse which was placed in
the cage on August 16th was removed on August

18th at-9.00 a.m. The remaining portions weighed
5.3 gms.

Lii@inereoush Shrew) oe ARC en LEN NGS 9.30 a.m.
1 Cinereous Shrew _ PPA Nae SABC
2 GLASS Op pW Tse wwe LIAN Aaa A

ZMETOUSE RATES Woh Ne Me aU ti Sc ey

UR Cranes ily. Man Cee MeN iM eRe.

August 18 _-..

100

During the ten days the shrew was kept in
captivity, 20 Cinereous Shrews, 1 White-footed
Mouse. 1 Red-backed Mouse and the carcass of
a Pigmy Shrew were placed in the cage. The
total weight of this material was 107.5 gms. In
addition 20 house flies, 22 grasshoppers, 2 Crane
flies. 1 beetle and the liver of a Meadow Mouse
were consumed by the Pigmy Shrew.

When examined at 7.45 a.m. on August 19, the
shrew was lying in a corner of the cage, was un-
able to move and appeared to be in a very

Tue CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. LIV

weakened condition. The last examination had
been made at 9.30 p.m. the previous evening. On
this occasion the shrew was very active and
seemed quite normal. The shrew was removed
from the cage and after a few seconds of tremb-
ling and gasping it died.

The Pigmy Shrew proved to be an immature
female and weighed 3.4 gms. immediately after
death. The measurements of this specimen are:
total length, 89 mm.; tail vertebrae, 35 mm.; hind
toot, 11.5 mm.

NOTES ON THE CYPERACEAE OF SASKATCHEWAN
I. SCIRPUS

By W. P. FRASER

ECENT collections of the flowering plants
of Saskatchewan have added much to
the knowledge of their occurrence and
distribution in this province. These

collections were made chiefly in the southern

half of the province. They did not extend much
further north than the southern end of Montreal
and Turtle Lakes, about 54° N. Lat. Notes on
some of these may be of interest as a number
of species have been found not previously reported
from Saskatchewan. All the species collected are
represented in the herbarium of the University
cof Saskatchewan. Considerable attention was
given to the collection of the Cyperaceae and the
genus Scirpus is treated in this article as the
species collected probably are fairly complete for
the aren investigated. Acknowledgement is made
of 2 report on duplicates of the collections by
Alan A. Beetle of the University of California.

Scirpus americanus Pers. THREE-SQUARE BUL-
RUcH.—This species 1s common in wet places and
marshes around sloughs and lakes. (Scirpus pun-

gens Vahl. of Macoun’s Cat.)

Scirpus caespitosus L. var. callosus (Bigelow)
Fern. Turrep CLus-RusH—Fernald (Rhodora
93. 22. 1921) points out that the common northern
species which has passed as Scirpus caespitosus
L. is distinct and refers it to the variety callosus
Bogs. McKague (collected by A. J. Breitung),
Prince Albert.

Scirpus cyperinus (L.) Kunth. (Eriophorum
cypermum LL.) Woou-crass—Occeasional in wet
places in the northern part of the area investi-
gated. Meadow Lake, in the Prince Albert Nat-
ional Park north and south of Waskesiu, and near
the Indian Reserve. Macoun (Cat. of Can. Pls.)
does not report collections from Saskatchewan, but
quotes from MHooker’s Flora, “Canada to the
Saskatchewan”.

Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr.) A. Gray. River But-
ruUSH.—Collected only along the marshy shore of
Pike Lake about 20 miles south of Saskatoon.
This seems to be a northern extension of the
western range of this species. No previous record
of its occurrence in western Canada was found.

Scirpus hudsonianus (Michx.) Fern. (Leuco-
coma alpina (L.) Rydb., Eriophorum alpinum L.)
ALPINE CoTTon-Grass.—Collected only at Me
Kague by A. J. Breitung.

Scirpus microcarpus Presl. SMALL-FRUITED BuL-
ruSH.—Widely distributed in wet places through-
out our area but not common.

Scirpus nevadensis S. Wats. NrvapA BULRUSH.—
Marshes at Vonda and Redberry Lakes (collected
by R. C. Russell). Abundant in a large drying
slough near Saskatoon. Reported from Old Wives
Lakes (Johnson Lake) by Macoun.

October, 194 0]

This species does not seem to be common or
often collected. It may have been overlooked
because of its resemblance to S. paludosus A. Nels.

‘Scirpus paludosus A. Nels. Prairie BuLRUSH.—
Very common in marshes around sloughs and lakes
in the prairie region.

Scirpus pauciflorus Lightf. FEw-FrLOWERED CLUB-
RUSH—=sSvenson (Rhodora 31, 173, 1929) in his
monograph of the genus Eleocharis assigns this
species, which is usually placed in Scirpus, to the
section Pawciflorae of the genus Eleocharis. In
this section the tubercle is confluent with the apex
of the achene. He states, “A thorough examin-
ation of the species of Scirpus which might be
considered close to this species has convinced me
that Eleocharis pauciflora and its allies stand
clearly apart from Scirpus.’ Following Svenson
our collections are assigned to Eleocharis pauci-
flora (Lightf.) Link.

MckKague (collected by A. J. Breitung), bog
near Saskatoon associated with Scirpus pumilus
Vahl.

Scirpus pumilus Vahl. Scirpus alpinus Schleich.)
ALPINE CLuB-RUSH.—Victorin (Trans. Roy Soc.
Can. 3rd. Ser., xxii, pt. 2, Sect. v, 1928) reports
in detail collections of this species in the Mingan
Islands and Anticosti.

Fernald (Rhodora 3, 123, 1931) reports collec-
tions from the Canadian Rocky Mountains from

THE CANADIAN FIBELD-NATURALIST

101

Banff and Laggan, Alberta. No other collections
seem to have been reported from Canada.

Collections were made in 1938 and 1939 in a
small, depressed, alkaline bog sat Sutherland,
about two miles from Saskatoon. This species
was abundant in a small area of the bog closely
associated with Eleocharis pauciflora (Lightf.)
Link. Lobelia Kalmii L. and Scirpus rufus (Huds.)
Schrad. and other bog species. Collections of
plants in flower were obtained in June and speci-
mens fruiting freely later in the season. No
other plants of this species were observed else-
where though much collecting was done in the
bogs of the northern part of the area surveyed.

Scirpus rufus (Huds.) Schrad. Rep Cius-ruse.
—Collected only in the alkaline bog at Sutherland
near Saskatoon where S. pumilus was collected.
It seems to be a rare species as it was not collected
elsewhere. It is not reported in Macoun’s ecata-
logue. Probably a westward extension of its
range.

Scirpus validus Vahl. (S. lacustris Am. authors).
ComMon BuLrusH.—Common in wet places and
in water throughout the area.

Scirpus atrovirens Muhl. Dark-areen BuLrusu.
—This species was not collected. Saskatchewan is
included in its range by Rydberg’s manuals. No
collections are reported by Macoun but he in-
cludes Saskatchewan based on Hooker’s Flora.

REVIEWS

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE PROVANCHER SOCIETY OF
Natura History or CaNnapa—Quebec, 1940,
pp. 1-116.

The Provancher Society continues to serve the
interests of conservation and natural history in
the Province of Quebec in a very active manner.
It maintains an excellent bird sanctuary at Ile-
aux-Basques and Razades Islands near Trois-
Pistoles, and sponsors educational work, par-
ticularly among school children. It should be
noted that the public is invited to visit the sanc-
tuary between the 15th of July and the Ist of
Sepember each year, when the Guardian acts
as guide.

During the year the Society suffered a great
loss in the death of its devoted secretary, Mr.

Louis B. Lavoie, whose passing was recorded in
The Canadian Field-Naturalist for January of this
year. The obituary published in The Canadian
Field-Naturalist is published by the Society in a
translation by Dr. Gustave Ratté.

The report contains two scientific articles,
namely, “Bird Banding Activities”, by Dr. D. A.
Dery, and ‘Mammiféres de la Province de Québec”
by Dr. R. M. Anderson (pp. 37-111). The lat-
ter, while in the main a translation of the paper
of the same name published in English in last
year’s report, contains some additional material,
particularly a description of Clethrionomys gap-
peri hudsonius subsp. nov.

Dr. Anderson’s paper is preceded by a biogra-
phieal sketch written by Dr. Ratté—C.H.D.C.

102

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL LIV

NOTES ON THE ONTARIO SPECIES OF SCUDDERIA (Orthoptera, atiharen
By F. A. URQUHART'

HE SPECIES of Scudderia are commonly
called “katydids”, “narrow-winged katy-
dids”. or “bush-katydids”. However, the
name “katydid” properly belongs to a

more southern species, Pterophylla camellifolia,

the rasping and somewhat guttural sound pro-
duced by this species closely resembling a mon-
otonous repetition of the word ° ‘katydid”.

The so-called “bush-katydids” are abundant in
marshes and fields during August and September
throughout the greater part of Southern Ontario.
The sound produced by the males is very char-
acteristic consisting of a series of distinct rasping
notes, ‘Z-%-Z-ip 2-Z-Z-ip ” terminated by
a few sharp clicking sounds, the same theme being
repeated incessantly from sunset to sunrise.

The five species of Scudderia known to occur
in Ontario may be readily identified from the
following key and accompanying figures:

Key to THE ONTARIO SPECIES OF ScUDDERIA

1. Ultimate tergite of the male not produced
into an elongate median process. Arboreal

_S. septentrionalis
Ultimate tergite of the male produced so
as to form an elongate median process . . aD,
With a median process between the two
lobes of the fureate apex of the male ultim-
ate tergite (fig. 5). Of large size; tegmina
long and narrow; inhabiting marshes; OVi-
positor of the female as in fig. 6.......-

Abeta aed S. texensis
Without a median process between the two
lobes of the fureate apex of the male
ultimate tergite. Of medium size; tegmina
narrow or broad; usually inhabiting shrubs
MG OMEE CLASS ieee anteeNe) THE RNG MeL Gene

vo

3 Apex of the male ultimate tergite swollen,
the two lobes somewhat oval and widely
separated (fig 7). Tegmina narrow; Ovi-
positor of the female as in fig. 8......

_ S. furcata furcata
Apex of the male ultimate tergite not
swollen, the two lobes smaller and somewhat

depressed. Tegmina broader

4. Lobes of the apex of the male ultimate
tergite tapering (fig. 9). Tegmina broad;
ovipositor of the female as in fig. 10.....

. S. pistillata

1 Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.

Lobes of the apex of the male ultimate
tergite decidedly depressed and with distinct
marginal flanges (fig. 11). Tegmina narrow;
ovipositor of the female as in fig. 12.....

weed S. curvicauda curvicauda

Scudderia septentrionalis (Serville). NortTHEerN
BUSH-KATYDID—This species is included in the
present paper based upon a single male specimen
that was apparently taken at Guelph, Ontario
and contained in a “student collection”. This
species probably does occur in the more southern
parts of Southern Ontario but, possibly owing to
its arboreal habits, it has so far escaped detection.

Scudderia texensts Saussure-Pictet. TEXAN
BusH-KatTypDIp—The “texan bush-katydid” is of
common occurrence in marsh areas in extreme
Southern Ontario. It has not been taken along
the north shore of Lake Ontario from Hamilton
to Brockville, but it is of common occurrence in
marshes from Brockville to Lancaster in eastern
Ontario (fig. 1).

This species has been previously recorded by
Walker (1904) from Point Pelee, Arner, Sarnia
and Walpole Island. Specimens have also been
taken at Kingsville, Port Rowan, MacGregor,
Essex, Tecumseh, Amherstburg, La Salle, Malden
Centre, Niagara Falls, Colchester, Oxley, Tren-
ton (C.N.C.), Guelph (O.A.C.), Lancaster, and
Brockville.

Scudderia furcata furcata Brunner. FORK-TAILED
BuSH-KATYDID—The “fork-tailed bush-katydid”
has been previously recorded by Walker (1904)
from Point Pelee, Arner, Rondeau, Sarnia, To-
ronto, Lake Simcoe, Severn River, Dwight, and
North Bay. Specimens have also been taken at
Kingsville. Go Home Bay, Chatham, Trenton
(C.N.C.), Ottawa (C.N.C.), Blackburn (C.N.C.),
Ingersoll (C.N.C.), Constance Bay (C.N.C.),
Bell’s Corners (C.N.C.), Guelph (O.A.C.), Port
Stanley (O.A.C.), Brockville, and Bolton

The probable distribution of this species in
Ontario is shown in fig. 2

Scudderia pistillata Brunner. BroaD-wINGED
BusH-KatTypip—The “broad-winged bush-katydid”’
has been previously reported from Toronto, Lake
Simcoe, Southampton, Burke’s Island, Dwight, and
Algonquin Park by Walker (1904); and from Fort
William and Temagami by the same author (1909).
Specimens have also been taken at Grand Bay

103

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

October, 1940)

104 THE CANADIAN FYELD-NATURALIST

(Lake Nipigon), Macdiarmid, East River (Nipis-
sing District), Sesikinika. Rosegrove, Parry Sound,
Lake of Bays (C.N.C.). Hawthorn (C.N.C.),
Sudbury (C.N.C., Ottawa (C.N.C.), Constance
Bay (C.N.C.), Trenton (O.A.C.), Guelph (O.A.C.),

Leg Lake (O.A.C.), Brockville, Manitoulin Island |

and Laneaster.
The probable distribution of this species in
Ontario is shown in fig. 3.

Seudderia curvicauda curvicauda (DeGeer).
CurRVE-TAILED BUSH-KATYDID—This species has
been previously reported from Arner, Toronto,
Tobermory, and Severn River by Walker (1904).
Specimens have also been taken at Kingsville,
Macdiarmid, Go Home Bay, Inglewood, Algonquin
Park, Tobermory, Constance Bay, Aylmer (C.N.
C.), Manitoulin Island, Hawthorn (Mer Bleue)
(C.N.C.), and Brockville.

The probable distribution of this species in
Ontario is shown in fig. 4.

(C.N.C.): Canadian National Collection, Ottawa.

(O.A.C.): Ontario Agricultural College Col-
lection, Guelph.

LITERATURE CITED
Waker, BE. M., 1904. Notes on the Locustidae

of Ontario. Can. Ent.,
36: 325—330.

[VoL. LIV

1909. On the Orthoptera of
northern Ontario. Can.
Ent., 41: 205—212.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Distribution of Scudderia texensis
in Ontario.

Figure 2. Distribution of Scudderia furcata fur-
cata in Ontario.

Figure 3. Distribution of Scudderia pistillata in
Ontario.

Figure 4. Distribution of Scudderia curvicauda
curvicauda in Ontario.

Figure 5. Ultimate tergite of male Scudderia
texensis.

Figure 6: Ovipositor of Scudderia texensis.

Figure 7. Ultimate tergite of male Scudderia
furcata furcata.

Figure 8. Ovipositor of Scudderia furcata fur-
cata.

Figure 9. Ultimate tergite of male Scudderia
pistillata.

Figure 10 Ovipositor of Scudderia pistillata.

Figure 11. Ultimate tergite cf male Scudderia
curvicauda curvicauda.

Figure 12. Ovipositor of Scudderia curvicauda
curvicauda.

DUCK MORTALITY IN THE CATARAQUI MARSHES
By G. C. TONER

KOR. several years past the local fish and
same protective association has received
reports that wild ducks of various
species were dying in the marshes of
the Cataraqui river, above Kingston, Ontario.
This mortality was supposed to occur each spring
while the birds were concentrated in the area
before passing northward on their migrations.
In 1940 it was decided to investigate the re-
ports and under the direction of Dr. G. B. Reed,
Queen’s University, a number of birds were ex-
amined in the Bacteriological Laboratories. The
writer particularly wishes to thank Dr. Reed for
his kind cooperation. Thanks are also due to
D. E. Plotz for providing a motor boat for the
field trips and to R. W. Smith for aid in field

identification,

On April 3, 1940, the edge of the open channel
was carefully examined for sick birds. Many
hundreds of ducks were concentrated along the
open water, having arrived about April Ist. Part
of this channel is ice free throughout the year
but it is not until open water extends a mile or
two in length that the great flocks of ducks ar-
rive. The species noted on this date were Greater
and Lesser Secaup, Common Golden-eyes, Black
Ducks, Common Mergansers and a lone Buffle-
head. No sick ducks were noted but a Greater
Scaup drake and a Lesser Scaup female were col-
lected.

On April 11th the great flocks were still present
but only one dead duck, a Common Golden-eye,
too decayed to examine, was found. On April 23rd,

October, 1940}

many of the birds were gone but three sick ducks
were taken. On April 26th another sick bird was
eaught and as most of the flocks had departed—
only about twenty birds were seen—the work was
discontinued for the year.

Laboratory examination of the specimens was
carried out within twenty-four hours of the time
they were collected.

1. Lesser Scaup female, obviously not sick, shot,
normal as far as could be ascertained.

2. Greater Seaup drake, shot, normal.

3. Greater Scaup drake, living, but unable to fly
when collected. Digestive tract was filled with
ereen plants. Lining of the gizzard was yellow-
ish-green with several necrotic areas, 10 sq.
cm., or more in size, from which the roughened,
bark-like lining could be readily slipped away
from the underlying muscles. No lead could be
found by gross examination.

4. Greater Scaup drake, poor condition, unable
to fly or to stand. Digestive tract was packed
with green plants. Lining of the gizzard, yellow-
ish-green without necrotic areas. Nine lend
shot were present.

5. Greater Scaup female, poor condition, lmbs
paralysed, mass of green plants in the digestive
tract with slight necrotic patches on lining of
gizzard. Four lead shot were present.

6. Greater Seaup drake, thin to emaciation, par-
alysed, gizzard showed a yellowish-green lining
but no necrotic patches. Seven lead shot were
found, all badly eroded.

Pirnie (1935), Green (1939) and others have
shown that lead poisoning in ducks is the cause
of considerable mortality in the wild flocks. The
birds pick up the shot with the gravel, so neces-
sary for grinding the food. The finely divided
metal, worn away by the mechanical action of
the gizzard, is absorbed through the intestines,
causing paralysis of the muscles. Several weeks
may elapse after ingestion of the lead before its
effects are apparent. Torry ef al (1934) produced
lead poisoning experimentally in ducks by feed-
ing lead in the form of shot. One specimen, fed
eight No. 6 shot, died in 42 days, showing, on
autopsy, necrotic areas in the lining of the bulbo-
ventriculus, this lining having a yellowish-green
colour. These experimenters found similar changes
in ducks picked up in the field.

It has been pointed out, Anon. (1939), that lead
shot in the gizzard is not evidence that lead is
being absorbed. From the present work, and
from the accounts of others, Shillinger and
Cottam ((1937), Torrey et al (1934), it is appar-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

105

ent that paralysis of the wings and legs is, to some
extent, symptomatic of the disease. However,
there are other pathological conditions that may
likewise cause paralysis so autopsies should be
done when the disease is suspected.

From the foregoing review it seems apparent
that the changes in the gizzards of the four birds
examined are the result of lead poisoning. The
necrotic areas and the change in colour to yellow-
green of the gizzard lining appear to be chara-
teristic. The masses of food in the digestive
tract and the finding of lead shot are supporting
evidence. The anonymous writer, zbid, states that
blackening of the lining of the caeca is an indica-
tion that lead is being absorbed though this change
was not observed in the present lot of birds.

Four sick birds were picked up on the Cata-
raqui marshes and examined for evidence of lead
poisoning. One of these showed marked necrotic
changes in the gizzard, generally associated with
the disease but no shot were found. Three had
lead shot in the gizzard, one also showed the
yellowing necrotic change ,one showed the yel-
lowing only and one had a normal gizzard.

LITERATURE.

ANONYMOUS.

1939. (Editorial comment on lead poisoning
paper) Wildlife Review, No. 22, August,
1939, p. 10.

GREEN, R. C.

1939. Diseases of wild animals and birds. Ab-
stract, papers, Wildlife Cons. Short Course,

University of Minnesota, p. 6-7, Mimeo-
graphed.

JONES, JOHN C.

1939. On the occurence of lead shot in the

stomachs of North American Gruiformes.
Jour. Wildlife Man. 3 (4): 353-57.

Pirnin, M. D.

1935. Michigan Waterfowl Management, Dept.
of Cons., Lansing, Mich., pp. 1-328.

SHILLINGER, J. E. and Corram, C.

1937. The importance of lead poisoning in water-
fowl. Trans. 2nd N. A. Wildlife Conf.
pp. 398-403.

Srarsetu, H. J.

1933. Lead poisoning in ducks.
Sta. Rep. p. 205.

Torrey, J. P., THorp, F. Jr., and Granam, R.

1934. A note on pathological changes encount-
ered in wild ducks. Cornell Veterinarian,
24: 289-298.

Mich. State. Ex.

106

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. LIV

FURTHER NOTES ON THE SAND CRICKET, TRIDACTYLUS APICALIS SAY
By F. A. URQUHART’

N A PREVIOUS publication (1937)! the
writer described the egg-laying habits
of the sand cricket and stated that there
“were from 10 to 27 eggs in each batch

However. further collecting has shown that the

number of eggs in each batch varies from 8 to

18: the number 27 being due to an error in copy-

ing from the original field notes.

On June 16, 1940, adults, nymphs and eggs of
T. apicalis were taken in the same locality
(Don Creek, Sunnybrook Park, Toronto). From
these two records, namely August 2, and June
16, it may be inferred that the sand cricket
oviposits during early and mid-summer; this
may explain the presence of adults and nymphs
of various instars throughout the summer and also
during hibernation in winter (Urquhart, 1937)'.
There was an obvious difference in the location of
the brood chambers in June as compared with
those found in August; in August the brood
chambers were located in the mud flats within
one or two feet of the water’s edge, whereas
during June the brood chambers were located in
sandy banks some ten feet from the water’s edge.
The sand in which the eggs were found was
exceedingly moist in both cases. The burrows,
leading to the brood chambers, located in the
mud flats in August extended horizontally within
an inch or so of the surface of the soil, while
the burrows located in the sandy banks in June
extended in a vertical direction to a depth of
three or four inches. This difference in the loca-
tion and position of the burrows found in early
and mid-summer may be correlated with the
difference in the water level of the neighbouring
ereek: During the early summer, the higher
water level causes the mud flats to become
settrated with water thus inhibiting the formation

of brood chambers; and sand crickets are thus

1. Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.

compelled to inhabit more distant locations on
the adjacent sand banks and to extend their bur-
rows in a vertical direction in order to reach sand
of the required moisture content.

The writer has repeatedly observed that the
sand cricket occurred in open, moist sand areas
where there was little or no apparent vegetation.
Specimens were rarely taken in grassy areas,
except for the odd specimen that had been flushed
from an open sand area. It was more or less
assumed that the sand cricket fed upon the roots
of plants, and, possibly, the aerial parts of grasses.
That it was more abundant in areas devoid of
living vegetation seemed to discredit this con-
tention. An examination of the contents of the
alimentary tract of twenty-eight specimens dis-
closed quantities of minute particles of sand with
no traces of plant tissue. This would suggest that
the sand cricket obtained its food in a worm-like
fashion by swallowing silt containing decaying
vegetable matter and, possibly, algae.

In my previous paper (1937)! I stated that “the
only other species of North American Tridacty-
lidae is T’ridactylus minutus Seudd.” _“minuta”
being an error in printing—‘which is not known
from Ontario.” However, since this publication,
T. minulus has been taken by Dr. E. M. Walker
at Morpeth, Ont., (1940)? and by the writer at
Port Rowan in Norfolk County. In the latter
locality, 7’. minutus was found inhabiting the
mud flats at the margin of a small pond in
company with 7. apicalis.

1. Urquhart, F. A—Some notes on the sand
cricket, (Tridactylus apicalis Say). Can.
Field-Nat., LI; 28-29.

2. Walker, E. M. and Urquhart, F. A—New
records and notes of Orthoptera in Ontario.
Can. Ent., LXXII; 15-19.

October, 1949;

a

(Continued from page 89)

Wed. 4. Began to load at 3 am. Our nets
produced nothing. We made 8 portages today,
most of them short and about 35 miles of lake
route. The lakes are getting larger and the
height of the mountains is diminished. Wood
is fast disappearing. The whole country is clothed
in Reindeer Moss,95 and is evidently much fre-
quented by those animals. It is now utterly life-
less with the exception of a very few birds such
as robins, loons and eagles.9° The water in the
lakes is of crystal purity; they are said to abound
m fine trout and W. Fish; we, however, have
caught none. We passed through a lake about
7 miles in length. which empties itself into Slave
Lake by a very rapid river (unnavigable). A
httle to the N.E. of the mountain, at the head
of this lake we found banks of snow still 10 ft.
thick. A little before encamping we passed
through a large body of water, broad and 10 miles
in length. Another lake empties itself into it
by a fine fall of (July, 1855, Slave Lake to Lake
Aylmer——22—). (Spent up to this date 3 bags
Pem’n., 2 bags flour. Opened one of each at mid-
day today, 4th). about 50 feet in height; it passes
through a door like cut in the rocks..7 We en-
camped a little beyond this at 7% p.m. Set the
nets. Weather is very warm and mosquitoes and
sand flies dreadful; a slight breeze today gave us
some relief. I shall for the sake of reference
name all the lakes we pass through, but not those
I see from high mountains; they are innumer-

able, of all sizes and at every elevation. Saw

95. Since it is said that the “wood is fast dis-

appearing’ the ‘‘reindeer moss’’ here mentioned
is probably Cladonia rangiferina or Cetraria nilvalis
(CAN 2%) 6

96. Robins, Turdus migratorius, loons probably
Red-throated Loon, Gavia stellata and Yellow-

billed Loon, Gavia adamsi; eagles, possibly various
species already mentioned with the addition of the
Common Rough-legged hawk, Buteo lagopus
(P.A.T).

97. This is marked on the sketch map page 88 as
Rae Falls. It is curious that in this Journal the falls
are not named, yet in a copy of Anderson’s Journal
forwarded to the writer from Hudson’s Bay House,
London, England, the following quotation for July
4th is made: ‘‘Another lake empties itself into it by
a fine fall about 50 feet in height, through a door-
like cut in the rocks. I have called this Rae Falls.”’
Mr. John Carroll, D.L.S., in 1938 obtained a ground
peiture of these falls, which bears out the above
description (M.G.C.).

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

107

° CHIEF FACTOR JAMES ANDERSON’S BACK RIVER JOURNAL OF 1855

some old Indian encampments (last year’s of 11
Lodges). Lat. of the portage where snow was
seen by a M. ob. of Mr. Stewart’s, 64° 4 52”.
The general direction of our route is (compass)
a little to the W. of North.98

Thurs. 5th. Began to load at 3 am. We are
very unlucky; the nets set last night produced
nothing. We made 6 portages—two of them about
% mile each in length ,the others short—and
about 47 miles through lakes; two of these were
12 and 13 miles in length,9® two of 5 and 7,
2 others very small. We are now encamped about
half way in a large lake full of islands; we saw
divers and gulls in it as well as white partridges
in their brown garb, and traces of marmots100
are also seen at our present encampment. A fine
salmon trout and a pike! were taken; the one
with a line, the other shot. The appearance of
the country is less savage. The mountains
(Granites) now rise (July, 1855, Slave Lake to
Lake Aylmer—23—) gradually and rarely exceed
100 to 200 feet in height; their rounded summits
are covered with moss and debris of rock—the
same process of disintegration is going on with
the next layer. Some gravelly islands and sand-
hills were seen. Wood is getting rare indeed;
we cooked breakfast with a kind of heath today ;
tt burns well.1°2 The weather is excessively
warm, but an aft wind tempered the heat and
helped us on our way; it also kept down the
mosquitoes and sand-flies a little—in the evening
however they were in clouds. Set the net again.
Encamped at 9% p.m., men rather tired. The
canoes are very heavy, particularly mine, it takes

'6 men to carry her. Our route today was crooked

but the general direction is N.N. Wt. Compass.

_ 98. This should be about 63°10’, and his direction
is astronomically east of north, as the magnetic
declination here is almost N.40°R. (M.G.C.).

99. It is interesting to note that Warburton Pike
and McKinley on June 11th 1890, as noted in
MecKinley’s journal “camped below a bank of fine
sand of a red colour on the edge of a lake which
is the track by which Anderson and Stewart canoed
it to the Great Fish river’. This is thought to be
David lake, where an esker cuts across the West
end. See sketch map (M.G.C.).

100. Parry’s Ground Squirrel,

Citellus parryi.
(R.M.A.).
101. Salmon trout, Cristivomer namaycush; pike,
Esox lucius (J.R.D.).
102.

Obviously the white heather, Cassiope tetragona-
(A.E.P.)

108

from this lake runs towards Lake

(The water
Aylmer.)

(July, 1855, Slave Lake to Lake Aylmer—24—)

Friday 6th. Began to load at 5% a.m. having
given the men a little extra sleep. The Indian
took us into a Bay yesterday evening and we
lost % hour in getting to the proper road. The
remainder of the lake was free from islands;
in some parts we had a clear horizon; it is a
splendid body of water.!°* Some rocks were still
covered with ice and patches of snow were seen,
throughout the day; it is evident that the ice
has only lately broken up. This lake is 23 miles
in length and perhaps 8. cr 10 in breadth in
most parts. We ran the canoes down two short
pieces of river, but the pieces were carried as
they were both shallow. This brought us to the
largest lake we have yet met with1°* We en-
camped on it after making about 30 miles. The
mountains are now gently slopimg hills—some
sandhills were seen in both lakes. Wood is very
scarce; a patch of moderate sized spruce was
however, seen in this lake, but with this exception
it is about 2 ft. or 3 ft. in height; the trunks are
shaped like carrots at this encampment the trees
are like walking sticks (the largest) and about
1% feet in height. We shall leave even this
tomorrow. A marmot!°® was seen and six white
crouse with 2 Canada geese!®® (moulting) killed.
We (July, 1855, Slave Lake to Lake Aylmer—25—)
were alarmed a little before encamping by seeing
our road apparently barred by ice; fortunately
we found a passage round it; it was a broad
belt traversing the lake. One of our best men
is sick; he has injured his testicle in some of the

portages. Weather extremely warm. Flies as
usual. Encamped at 8% p.m.
Sat. 7th. Left at the usual hour, made 3

portages; they together measured 544 miles of

bad road; and 17 miles of lake way. This brought

us to a small lake communicating with the river
falling into Lake Aylmer.1°* Encamped at 8 p.m.;
men tired. At the last portage but one we saw
a clump of small spruce about 16 inches in
height. A few grouse!98 were shot. Nets set.
These lakes abound in fine salmon _ trout.1°9

103. Margaret Lake, see map. (M.G.C.)
104. Back Lake, see map. (M.G.C.)
105. Citellus parryi. (R.M.A.)

106. Ptarmigan Lagopus sp. (P.A.T.).

107. Montours Lake, see map. (M.G.C.)
108. Ptarmigan, Lagopus sp. (P.A.T.)

109. Cristivomer namaycush (J.R.D.)

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. LIV

Sund. 8th. Left our encampment 5% am. The
canoes are well arranged. Took up

the net which yielded only 2 trout.

Got into the river at 6 a.m. and

reached the mouth at 7% am. Ran
2 good rapids. Except at the mouth of the
river we found L. Aylmer fast, along shore how-
ever, and the bays afforded a passage. After
paddling about (July, 1855, Lake Aylmer—26—)
30 miles we found our passage barred. Broke
a piece along shore, but at last the ice began
to drive on shore in large fields and we were
compelled to encamp at a short distance (a mile
or two) from the portage of Sussex Lake. This
is most provoking—the whole of the Lake to
the North and Eastward is full of unbroken
ice; all hands were on it chopping away, though
the weather is very warm. In a shallow bay in
this lake we surprised a whole shoal of splendid
salmon trout; three or four were captured by
the men with. their hands. The Carriboo!!°®
tracks appear to be fresher than those hitherto
seen. The rocks in this part of the lake are
chiefly sandstone fit for the finest grindstones,
and some granite.

Mond. 9th. This day has been employed
battling against ice by ‘making portages (3) of
about 2% miles in total length—chopping and
pushing ice aside we rounded a deep bay and
reached a point about 3 miles in a direct line
from our encampment of last might. We are
again stopped by ice and a similar day’s work is
before us. Wind as usual h.111 and cold; it
froze hard last night and began to freeze at
(—27—) 9% p.m. when we encamped. One of our
canoes narrowly escaped destruction by being
nipped between two fields of ice—they actually
met but by shoving poles under her the ice
went under her bottom; all the canoes slightly
damaged notwithstanding all our care. A Canada
goose shot today. One of the Indians injured
his foot by letting a bag of Pem’n tumble on it—
our sick man still unable to work. Ther. 39 air;
34 water.

Aylmer
Lake

Tuesd. 10th. Wind N. N. E. and piercing cold.
The ice all froze in a solid mass, and to give it
time to soften we left only at 10 am. The
whole day was spent in breaking through ice
and making portages—of the latter 4 were made,
say 1% miles. We are obliged to round all the

110. Barren Ground Caribou, Rangifer arcticus.
(R.M.A.)
Unhils ARS NY

October. 1240]

bays; some of them were very deep. I really
think we have not made ten miles of direct
distance. We are now in a bay, the N. and N.E.
portion of which is formed of sandhills and is,
I trust, the Sandhill Bay of Back. We have
still much ice to break through before reaching
the bottom. The men, notwithstanding their
working among ice and water, are in famous
spirits, and many a joke and laugh is raised
at the expense of those who run a risk of
breaking through weak portions of the ice—in
general it is about 2% to 3 feet thick and sound
except close along (July, 1855, Lake Aylmer
—28—29—) shore. Encamped at 10% p.m. Un-
able to set the nets.

Wed. —11th. Wind mod. and variable; cloudy
with occasional showers. Left our encampment
at 11 am.; having waited to allow the ice to
soften a little. Just before starting a crack
appeared at the next point, across to the other
shore; along the side we were on was choked
by ice, and though the risk was great I was
determined on attempting it; fortunately the
wind was very light, and after a sharp paddle
we got safe through. We then had 4 hours of
uninterrupted paddling, when ice again barred
the road. Another crack appeared in the ice
which we immediately entered and re-crossed to
the opposite side. We were as nearly crushed as

possible; 2 canoes only succeeded in

Great crossing, the third had to retreat and
Fish take a passage across higher up. We
River then with the exception of a de-

charge reached the bottom of what
we considered Sand Hill Bay of Back. All our
Indian guides were ignorant of this particular

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

109

having come either from the River
falling into this Lake or from Clinton Golden
Lake!!2 overland. On surmounting a high sand
hill we immediately recognized Sussex Lake from
(July, 1855, Great Fish River—30—) Sir G. Back’s
admirable drawing. The river running from it
is nearly dry, and we are now cutting across to
an elbow of the river by a chain of these ponds
and portages; the first one is made—rocks,
granites, with occasional sand hills—some of the
rocks nearly white with plates of tale—'!2 in
some of the bays yesterday sandstones appeared.
I never saw a region so destitute of animal life—
since leaving Slave Lake, we have seen a white
wolf and a marmot,!!4 some divers, perhaps 20
Canada geese, as many gulls, a few plover, some
bands of grouse and a few small birds.115 One
Indian has lamed himself and our sick man is
still hors de combat—; fortunately, notwithstand-
ing the dreadfully severe labor they have under-
gone, the others are well and full of spirits.

portion,

(To be continued)

112. Should be Clinton-Colden.

113. Probably calcite.

114. Wolf, Canis lupus; the ‘‘marmot’’ is Parry’s
Ground Squirrel, Citellus parryi. (R.M.A.)

115. Divers, probably Red-throated Loon, Gavia
stellata, and Yellow-billed Loon, Gavia adamsi;
Canada geese, Branta canadensis; gulls, probably
Herring Gulls, Larus argentatus; plover, probably
either Semipalmated Plover, Charadrius semipal-
matus, or Golden Plover, Pluvialis dominica;
grouse, two species of Ptarmigan, Lagopus, as al-

ready noted. Small birds could belong to a number
of species common in the region. (P.A.T-.).

@:

FIRST ONTARIO RECORD OF THE SUBGENUS MICTOMYS
By STUART C. DOWNING!

NORTHERN Bog Lemming, Synap-
tomys borealis (R.O.M.Z. No. 138,211)
was collected at Moosonee, Ontario, on
July 25, 1939, by Gerald H. Clawson, a
member of a survey party from the Royal Ontario
Museum of Zoology. The specimen was trapped
on the open bank of a small creek draining a
spruce bog. The immediate vicinity was com-
paratively dry for this region, with scattered
large spruce trees and deep mossy ground cover.
This is the first-time Synaptomys borealis has

1 Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.

been recorded from Ontario.

In the following discussion comparisons are
based on data given by A. B. Howell (Revision of
the American Lemming Mice, North Am. Fauna,
No. 50, 1927).

The specimen, an immature male, measured as
follows: Total length, 121 mm.; tail 22 mm.; hind
foot, 20 mm. The skull was so badly smashed
by the trap that but two conventional measure-
ments are available: Rostral breadth, 4.8 mm.;
interorbital breadth, 3.3 mm. In body size the
specimen approaches S. b. medioximus, while the
two skull measurements are the same as the type

110

of S. b. innuitus.

The head is clay colour (Ridgeway). The
animal is moulting on the back and rump and the
colour band of the new hair approximates sayal
brown. The tail is slightly bicoloured, being a
little paler beneath. In colour the specimen is
different from S. b. borealis or any of the eastern
races,

Godbout, Quebec, six hundred miles to the east
and Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba, seven hundred
miles to the west, are the nearest points from
which the species has been recorded. A. B. Howell
(loc. cit.) and E. C. Cross (Journ. Mam., vol. 19,
No. 3) have tentatively suggested that an un-
described form probably occurs between the
eastern and western races of Synaptomys borealis.
Although the Moosonee specimen is geographic-

THE CANADIAN FIBELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. LIV

ally isolated and exhibits characters differing
from the known forms, lack of material makes it
inadvisable to describe a new race from this
single specimen.

The third mandibular molar exhibits an anom-
aly. Typical of Mictomys in other respects, this
third molar has a closed outer triangle. This
tooth is not completely erupted and it is con-
ceivable that further wear could reduce the tooth
surface to a point where the outer triangle would
no longer be completely closed. M. A. C. Hinton
(Monograph of the Voles and Lemmings, vol. 1,
1926) has pointed out that this character is sub-
ject to individual as well as age variation, and
has warned against the taxonomic value placed
on it by many authors.

REVIEWS

Lure or THE Nortu, by Richard Finme. David
McKay Co., Philadelphia; 227 pages, 8vo.; 56
illustrations on 16 pages inserted and num-
bered with the text. 1940. Price $3.50.

As recently as 1916 there were still many Cana-
dian Eskimos living in the manner of their fore-
fathers. Today the aeroplane, most modern of
conveyances, calls regularly at the settlements
established in their midst, and the apparatus of
civilization is in every man’s hand. They have
had to make, in one generation, adjustments that
the white race took ten thousand years to make.

The incidents which the author, a young Cana-
dian born at Dawson, Y.T., and already widely
known for his travels in the north, has taken from
his experiences have a double interest. They are
vivid and authentic and set down with a charm
born of understanding. They are also a unique
record of this period of transition.

It is clearly shown that the story-book Eskimo
is gone, but where men are judged by their man-
hood there is obviously much to be said for the
hybrid Fskimo of today—C.H.DC.

A Manvuau or Aquatic PLtants by Norman C.
Fassett. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.,
New York and London; 382 pages 8vo.,
numerous illustrations; 1940. Price $4.00.

As the field of conservation enlarges a great
many people are becoming concerned with the

ready identification of macroscopic aquatic plants.
In this timely book Professor Fassett provides a
profusely illustrated key to the identification of
such plants in the north-eastern United States.
west to the prairies, and the adjacent parts of
Canada, in flowering, fruiting and sterile condi-
tions.

In the appendix are lsted in detail established
records for the use of each plant species by game
birds and mammals, cross-indexed under the ani-
mal species and supported by an extensive bibli-
ography. Uses of various species of plants to fish
are also given.

There is a glossary, and an index both to text
and illustrations, the whole providing a most use-

CE Die

ful work of reference.

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC
Society FOR THE Protection oF Birps, Inc.
Montreal, 1940, pp. 1-119.

The activities of the Society in 19389 are sum-
marized. In addition, there is a ten-page resumé
of bird observations, including a map of the dis-
tribution of the Wood Thrush in the Montreal
region. The observer is identified in each case,
which will be useful to anyone wishing to cite a
particular obesrvation—C.H.D.C.

eS

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA

1940-41

President Emeritus: Dr. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H.
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M.SprEECHLY, M.D., V.W.
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W.Lows, G.SHIRLEY Brooks, R.A.
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT,
L. T. S. Norris-ELyYE Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W.
'o ER, A. H. SHorrt, Mrs. H. T. Ros, Mrs. A. SIMPSON,
Treasurer: H J. PE K, General Secretary: Miss M. F PRATT;

Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: MRs.
H. A. HAND.

Section Chairman Secretary
Ornithological J. Haak G. SMITH
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY
Geological W. 5. YARWOOD Mrs. P. H. STOKES
Mammological J.D. Sorer R. SUTTON
Microscopy
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.

. Botany C. W. Lows, M.Sc.
Secretary: R. HADDOW.
Botanical M.G. DupLey, M.Sc.,PH.D. MRrS.G.S.BARTLETT

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday
during July and August.

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OFFICERS FOR 1939-40

Honorary President: L. S. KLINK, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.3 Past President: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.LS.,
F.B.S.E, F.R.HS; _ President: C. F. CoNNorR, M.A., Vice-
President: Mr. J. J. PLOMMER, Honorary Secretary: Mr. Gro.
Rocer Woop, B.S.A., First Assistant Secretary: MisS VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. MARY SIEBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: MR. A. A.
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR.
W.CuARK, Mr. F.W FaR.ey, Mr. K. RAcry, Mr. P. L. Tait,
Dr. E. N. Drier, Mr. E. A ScHWANTIJE; Chairmen of Sections:
Botany: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S.,

Geology: M. Y. WituiaMs, PH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C.,
Entomology: Mr. A. R. WOOTTON, Ornithology: Mr.

KeNNETH RACEY, Microscopy: Mr. H. P. CLARK, Photography:
Me. Paitie Timms, Ma -malogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRor. G. J.
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Scienc2
Building Universi y of British Columbia, unless otherwise
announced. : ;

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL

SOCIETY
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM-
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BaAstTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue,
Vancouver, B.C.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL
LONDON, ONT.

Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street.

CLUB,

Affiliated Societies

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH,
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF.
V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4.
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: Mr. HENRY MOUSLEY;
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN.

Executive Commitiee: Miss RutH ABBOTT, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. Bouter, J. D. Fry, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L.
HENDERSON, H. A. C. JAcKSON, E. L. JUDAH, Miss P. B.
MATTINSON, Miss Louise Murpny, J. A. DecARIE, Miss M.
S. Nicouson, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. SAIt, Miss MAuD SEATH,
L. M. TERRILL.

Meetings held the second Monday of the Month except
during summer.

Headquarters of the Society are:
REDPATH Muskum Birp Room,

McGILiL UNIVERSITY,
MONTREAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron Honoraire: MAJOR GENERAL
Sir EUGENE FiIset, Kp.,C,MG, D.S.0., M.D., Lieutenant-
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction
pour 1940: Président: DR. ViGER PLAMONDON, Jer vice-
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRiIc G.
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trégorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef
de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. Dery; Chef de la section
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la
section de protection: IAN’ BREAKEY, Chef de Ia section
d’information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE,
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR,
CHARLES DuMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, REx
MEREDITH, N.P.

Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB ~
OFFICERS FOR 1938-39.

Honorary President: Hon. Vice-
President: Hon. H. C. Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; President:
F. C. Hurst; Vice-President: W. J. BAXTER; Secretary-
Treasurer: Mrs. L. E. JAQUITH, Council—Mrs. HARVEY
AGNEW, W. J. W. BALDWIN, G. S. BELL, RUPERT DAVIDs,
R. G. DINGMAN, J. R. DyMonpD, C. S. FARMER, Dr. NORMA
Forp, A. R. Gipson, PAUL HAHN, H. M. HAuurmay, Dr. F.
P. Ipz, MaAcGistRATE J. E. Jones, T. F. McILwraita,
Arnott M. PATTERSON, Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS, Dr. T. M.
C. TAyYLoR, STUART THOMPSON, Mrs. A. R. WHITTEMORE.
President of Junior Club: W.J.BAXTER, Vice-President: Mrs.
A. R. WHITTEMORE.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum,
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons.

We ask the Officers, and more pare

ticularly the Secretaries, of ail the \

Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation cf

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

make it one of the leading Natura!

History publications of America.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A.

This book is attractively bound. and contains a

wealth of information concerning Canadian

Natural History and Exploration. The author

was a former President of the Club and this is a
Memorial Volume

PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp.

For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,

582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.
ee

FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian

LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB'S Field-Naturalist for the year 1940.
PUBLICATIONS Name 2522) oe
1879-1938 Address 2.5 2 en sires ese

I do hereby give and bequeath to The Oitawa Fieid-

FORM :
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum
OF \
Se iE irae hen SiS RACER) ich se eS cen rr aie se Ue “joo Dollars
BEQUEST

CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX
By E. M. KINDLE ~—

Special profusely illustrated number of The
‘“‘Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 tilustrations. Every
Canadian should know this prize essay.

PRICE FIFTY CENTS

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa.

City, Prov. or State

Prices of Separates

Notes to Contributors, Etc.

Papers for publication should be addressed to
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor.

Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It
is urged that special care be used that scientific
names are legible, properly farmed, and correctly
spelled and capitalized.

Contributors are asked not to use subspecific
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when
dealing with specimens available for reference, or
examined under conditions permitting the recog-
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the

circumstances should be stated. Any familiar
English name is permissible if it is accompanied
by the scientific name. For birds the English name
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canada”
may be used without the scientific name.

Authors of leading articles are entitled to
twenty-five copies of the number in which they
appear, free of charge on application.

Separates of articles as they appear on the
page, without any change of make-up will be sup-
plied at the following rates which are approximate.
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four,
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra.

100 | 200

25 50 300
EADAGE Ess oe eis $2.00; $2.26) $2.50) $2.76) $3.00
OAT pie hor ce iibees) (asda peeve 3.00} 3.25) 3.75} 4.00) 4.26
BS Ped sr tA a ce MIR EN er a 3.50) 3.75) 4.00} 4.285) 4.50
YUU co Neate NES EAN ER 8.50; 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50
[PRlah ety Ale ae at 4.50; 4.75) 6.00) 5 25) 6.50
Bre ee. Bee aan 4.50) 4.75) 6.00) 5.25) 5.50
RES RU Ge Bene rate Tati a te 6.00) 6.25) 6.50) 6.75) 7.00
OR alte, aN ise gare 6.00} 6.25 6.50) 6.75) 7.00
Qe a WN faa 7.50) 8.00} 8.75! 10.25) 11.75
RO ii ictee canara cect s 7.60) 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.75
Covers extra........... 8.00} 3.00) 8.00} 4.00) 5.00

If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent

red

to the article or changes of make-up are desired,
or if insets or other extra work are necessary,
special rates will be furnished on application to the
Editor.

Application for separates should be made to the
Editor.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

NOVEMBER, 1940

ee =X. = Ca <b T
3 é \ f
—) ‘ a
\ ~\ ae
! i
; \
\ 2 1 !
1 ; i !
i !
ae 5 (es ap ede es

BLS! |

Wa

4
pe
\

a
~ dl

ISSUED DECEMBER llth, 1946
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

Patrons:
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS ~
THE PRINCESS ALICE

President: A. E. PoRSILD

lat Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD 2nd Vice-President: DouGLAS LEECHMAN
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, : Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa

Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALcocK, R. M. ANDERSON, Rev. F. E BANIM, H=NrRy BOWERS,
A. W. A. Brown, C.:H. D. CLarKB, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLury, H. Grou, J. W.
Groves, G. H. HaMMonp, C. C. HermBurGer, C. E. JOHNSON, W H LANcELEy, A. LARocQus,
HarrRISON F. LEwis, Hoes Luoyp, J. M. RoBinson, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P A.
TAVERNER, MALCOLM M. THompson, E. F. G. WuHITeE, R T. D. WICKENDEN, M E. WILSON,
and the following Presidents of Affiliated Societies: L. T. S. Norris-Etys, C. F. Covvor, JoHN
DAvipson, M. Y. WILLIAMS, V C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, Dr.VIGER PLAMONDON, F. C. Hurst

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HarRIsOoN F. Lewis

Editor:
C. H. D. CLARKE,
National Parks Bureau, Ottawa

Associate Editors:

BD) JENNESS2 <2 8 oe Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH.......... PRN Herpetology
D7 ADAMQE sor aes he eee Botany R. M ANDERSON.............. Mammulogy
AS AROCGUM 2.28 Kd eins Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology
ARTHUR GIBSONG 800 25. Entomotogy P. A. TAVERNBR. 320005 Se eee Ornithology
Be PAT COCK 36 ier bine Soe es Geology W.A: BRED: ? ok eee Palzontology
Jee: SDYMOND? vcccuicah, ee a eas Ichthyology
CONTENTS
PAGE
Preliminary Study of Some Triassic Pelecypods and Ammonoids from the Peace River
Foothills, B.C. By F. H. McLearn........... OR rhe Te San ee CR ee 111
The Snowshoe Rabbit Enquiry 1938-39. By Dennis Chitty and Charles Elton........... 117
Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Journal of 1855 .............. 00 -- eevee eeeee 125
Omitted from Table of Contents, October issue:
Notes on the Cyperaceae of Saskatchewan, J. Scirpus By W. P. Fraser ..............-. 100

The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since
1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two
volumes; the next, The Ottaw2 Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been
continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued
monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the
results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

Hepatlssssessccegegsags

iy
i
:
ba

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canidian Field-N uturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truiy interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to
WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
582 Mariposa Ave.,
Rockliffe Park, OrTrawa, CANADA.

ecb Sie

en nt oe

ae Se

(Pee

4

ee

Vie Boag Sa Ne

Ee =e:

f

ip lig, tna Tal iT i ae Sila a

PLATE I

sii

aii IEEE

PLATE II-

PLATE IIT

PLATE IV

35, Sule

VOL. LIV

OTTAWA, CANADA, NOVEMBER,

1940 No. 8

PRELIMINARY STUDY OF SOME TRIASSIC PELECYPODS AND
AMMONOIDS FROM THE PEACE RIVER FOOTHILLS. B.C.
By F. H. McLEARN

RELIMINARY descriptions of twenty
new species and varieties of Triassic
pelecypoeds and ammonoids from the
Peace River foothills, B.C., are given in

the following pages. It is hoped that a more

adequate treatment, including additional illustra-
tions, will follow in later papers or in a mono-
graph on the Peace River Triassic.

All types cited are in the collections of the
Geological Survey at Ottawa.

Halobia pacalis n. sp.
Plate III, figures 7, 8

The outline is somewhat oblique and about as
high as long to somewhat longer than high. The
beaks are somewhat in advance of the middle of
the long hingeline. The large anterior ear is
definitely delimited and flatly arched. except along
the dorsal margin where it is low and flat. The
surface of the umbonal part of the shell is covered
with fine, radiating costae, beyond which in most
specimens the costae are deflected and then
resume a radiating direction, resulting in a zig-
zag pattern. Beyond and on the greater part of
the shell are radiating, fine and wavy or crinkly
costae, mostly finer and less distinct on the
posterior part and less crinkly, but fine, on the
anterior part. In some specimens there is a
narrow, smooth area along the dorsal margin,
posterior to the beak. The median part of the
anterior ear has curved varices of growth and the
upper and lower parts have straight, fine, radial
costae. There is considerable variation in fineness
of ornament.

Halobia superbescens Kittl is smaller, has yet
finer ornament and has a posterior, triangular
area demarcated from the remainder of the shell.

1 Published with the permission of th Director, Mines ard
ey. Branch, Department ot Mines and Resources, Ottawa
anada.

Halobia comata Bittner is not accurately figured
and the type specimen is imperfect; it does not
appear to have the zig-zag ornament and may
have coarser ornament.

The species Halobia praesuperba Kitt], H.
cordillerana Smith and H. ornatissima Smith, have
the zig-zag ornament and the fine and crinkly
ornament on the middle and posterior parts of
the shell. They do not, however, have this orna-
ment also on the anterior part of the body of the
shell as in the Peace River specimens, but have
there, instead, coarse, straight, radical coste. It
is interesting to note that in some Peace River
specimens having coarser costae, they are straight
just under the anterior ear, but are always much
finer there and occupy a smaller part of the sur-
face than in H. praesuperba, H. cordillerana or
H.ornatissima. The close relation of the Peace
River shell to this group of species, however, is
manifest.

All these species are very variable and some,
including our own, should have, possibly, in a
broader view. only the status of varieties.

In a previous paper this species has been listed
as Halobia cf. superbescens Kittl.

Name. Pacalis, betokening peace.

Types. The holotype, cat. No. 8804, is from
Pardonet hill and the paratype, cat. No. 8800, is
from Twin Spruce gully, West Brown spur.

Halobia symmetrica var. lata n. var.
Plate III, figure 1.

In general proportions and ornament this
variety resembles Halobia symmetrica Smith very
closely. The proportions in the umbonal part of
the shell, however, as indicated by the course of
growth lines and undulations there, are different.
In the typical species the outline at this stage is
about as high as long, but in the variety lata
it 1s longer than high and the beaks are con-
siderably in advance of the middle of the hinge-

vile THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

line. In the growth of the shell of this variety
the outline advances from longer than high to
about as high as long and the beaks change in
position from considerably in advance of the
middle to nearly central.

Some right valves are quite convex, particularly
in the umbonal region.

Name. Latus, wide

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8809, is from the
Halobia zone, Twin Spruce gully.

Myophoria silentiana McLearn
Plate IV, figures 1 to 3

1939. Myophora silentiana McLearn, Can. Freld-
Nat., vol. 53, Nov. 1939, p. 118, pl. 1, fig. 2.

The holotype is compressed, due partly to dis-
tortion but mostly to a poor development of what
may be called the lower radial fold on the
post-umbonal slope. An upper radial fold is
better defined.

A variety to which the name schooleri is given,
is more convex because of a more prominent
“lower radial fold” which swells out all of the
posterior part of the shell and demarcates a wide
area between it and the dorsal margin. This area
is convex because of a broadly rounded ‘upper
radial fold”. On the holotype of this variety the
wavy costae show in the shallow sulcus in front
of the post-umbal slope and there are some
shallow varices of growth. ;

In var. placida n. var. (placidus, peaceful) there
are two rather faint, radial costae, one near the

middle and one at the anterior border of the
sulcus.
There is also variation in the number and

depth of the varices of growth. A few specimens
are almost free from them and on these the
ornament is more regular and even. Another
variation is in the depth of the suleus. These
differences however cannot be recognized in separ-
ate varieties. Indeed this is a very variable
species and the use of the names proposed above
may not prove desirable after experience with
larger collections.

The wavy costation in the sulcus is very char-
acteristic of this species. The costae, but usually
not the varices of growth, tend to weaken in the
sulcus.

Types. The holotype, cat. no. 8758, of the
species, the holotype, cat. no. 8810, of the var.
schoolerz, and the holotype, eat. no. 8812 of var.
placida, are from the poyana zone on the Dry
Canvon shoulder.

[VoL. LIV

Myophoria morigera n. sp.
Plate III, figure 6

The shell is moderately convex and a little
longer than high. The beak is nearly central. The
surface on the post-umbonal slope is abruptly
infolded to form a bevelled edge, above which
there is a convex area divided by a small, very
narrow, thread-like, radial groove. There is a
broad, very shallow, radial suleus in front of the
post-umbonal slope. Fine, fairly even, concentric
costz cover all the anterior part of the shell and
continue posteriorly, on the ventral part of the
shell almost to the post-umbonal bevelled edge
They are slightly wavy in the shallow sulcus.
There are two, low, radial costae in the suleus.
Height of holotype, 26mm.; length, 30+ mm.

Myophona silentiana McLaren lacks the bevel-
led edge on the post-umbonal slope. has the
costae more wavy in the shallow suleus and has
radial costae only in the variety placida.

Name. Morigerus. pleasing.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8813, is from the
poyana zone on the Dry Canyon shoulder.

‘Pecten ? dishinni n. sp.
Plate III, figure 4

Shell fairly convex, about aclne in the lack of
any appreciable obliquity, mostly about as long
as high, with fairly long hingeline, well rounded
ventral margin and comparatively large ears.
The “right” ear is separated from the body of
the shell by a well defined, auricular suleus and
a variably, but mostly abruptly. rounded, umbonai
fold; the “left” auricular suleus is not so well
defined as the “right” and the “left” ear is only
The body of the shell is
radial, widely spaced ribs
The ears are ornamented
Height of holotype,

obscurely delimited.
covered with 8 or 9,
of variable strength.
only with varices of growth.
18.0 mm.; length, 17.0 mm.

Kumorphotis nationals Smith has relatively
smaller ears and many more and finer, radial
costae.

Name. Diushinnt, semi-mythical enemies of
the Sekani.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8815, is from talus
of the poyana zone on the Dry Canyon shoulder.

‘Pecten’? dishinni var. kaska n. var.
Plate III. figure 9
Compared with the species, this variety has
more radial costae, due to additional intercalat-

ed, radial costae arising at a stage of growth

ee

yet oes

November, 1940}

corresponding to a height of about 12 mm.
Height of holotype, 21.0 mm.; length, 19.0 mm.

Name. Kaska, an Indian tribe.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8814, is from the
poyana zone on Kerr spur.

Juvavites concretus n. sp.
Plate I, figures 3, 4

This is a fairly large, fairly involute species,
with stout, rounded whorls, about as high as thick,
and rounded, umbilical shoulder. The coarse,
elevated ribs are curved a little on the sides and
somewhat arcuate on the venter. The ribs var-
iably divide near the umbilicus and near the
middle of the sides, forming groups of two, three
or four ribs. At the anterior end of the last
whorl there is a second and variable stage of
ribbing where ribs are widely spaced and are
single due to loss of bifurcation or decline and
atrophy of one branch. In the holotype widely
spaced, single ribs are present beyond a growth
stage of 58 mm. In the paratype wide spacing of
the ribs begins at 66 mm. and the ornament
approaches a single rib stage by decline in strength
of one branch each of the bifurcated ribs. There
is thus variation in the stage at which the second
style of ribbing appears, some variation in that
style and there is also variation in the size and
proportions of whorls.

‘Compared with Juvavites magnus McLearn,
the whorls are stouter and thicker.

Name. Concretus, gross.

Tyes. The holotype, cat. no. 8818, and the
paratype, cat. no. 8819, are from the Halobia
zone on West Brown spur.

Juvavites mclayi n. sp.
Plate IIT, figure 10

This is a rather compressed, involute species
with much higher than thick whorls, almost flat-
tened, somewhat convergent sides, convex venter
and rounded, but well defined, ventral shoulders.
There are numerous, fine, even, rounded costae,
nearly straight on the sides, but arcuate on the
venter, continuous across the venter on the
shell and mostly so on the core. The costae are
broad and of low relief on the anterior part of
the living chamber.

Compared with Juvavites (Anatomites) laevi-
costatus Mojsisovies, our species is larger, has
more even costation, better defined ventral
shoulders and, apparently, no constrictions. Com-
pared with Juvavites angulatus Diener, it is more

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 1138

involute, has blunter ribbing and the ribs on the
venter form a more obtuse angle.

In honour of A. B. McLay.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8792, is from the
Halobia zone at the west end of McLay spur.

Name.

Juvavites selwyni n. sp.
Plate II, figure 3

This is a fairly compressed. involute species with
rounded, umbilical shoulder. Near the anterior
end of the living chamber the venter broadens
and flattens and rounded, ventral shoulders are
formed. There are two stages of ornament. The
posterior half of the ultimate whorl has nearly
straight, rounded ribs curved forward a little
near the venter. Most ribs divide just outside
the umbilical shoulder and again on the outer
part of the sides. On the anterior part of the
ultimate whorl the ribbing is not so even; strong
ribs alternate with low, indistinct ones and are
slightly convex forward on the sides and only
bent forward a little on the ventral shoulder. In
addition two rows of indistinct tubercles appear
near the outer ends of the ribs. The ribbing is
not continuous across the venter, but, at maturity,
several shallow furrows cross it.

Compared with Juvavites subinterruptus Mojsi-
sovics and Juvavites kellyi Smith the whorls are
more compressed, the venter broadens and flattens
at the anterior end and faint tubercles are present.
In Juvavites chamissoi Mojsisovics the ribbing
disappears at maturity and the tubercles are larger
and more distinct.

Name. The species is named for A.R.C. Selwyn.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8820, is in the
Halobia zone on Juvavites gully, Pardonet hill.

Juvavites custi n. sp.
Plate II, figure 2

This is an involute, species with variably
stout, slightly higher than thick whorls, flattened
to gently convex sides, rounded to almost flatten-
ed venter, rounded, ventral shoulders, deep, steep-
walled umbilicus and rounded, umbilical shoulder.
On the posterior part of the ultimate whorl of the
holotype are small, low, distant costae, nearly
straight on the sides, but curved forward some-
what on the ventral shoulder. The surface is
nearly smooth in the anterior part of the same
whorl, except for some inconspicuous, faint, irreg-
lar, radial ornament. The fairly long lobes and
deep saddles of the suture line are moderately
indented.

114

The whorls are somewhat stouter, the venter
wider and more flattened, and the ribs are coarser,
more irregular and more distant than in Juvavites
bococki McLearn.

Name. The name is given for an early Trader
in the Peace River foothills.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8821, is in the
talus of the Halobia zone, just east of Juvavites
gully, Pardonet hill.

(Gonionotites)
Plate III, figure 5 .

The shell is very compressed and extremely
involute. The venter widens and is nearly flat
at maturity. From what remains of the shell
and from the core, it is inferred that the surface
of the later whorls is almost smooth, there being
nothing more than indistinct ridges and shallow
varices of growth. What appear to be specimens
of the early whorls have a very fine, almost
striate ornament. The low saddles and short lobes
are moderately denticulate.

Juvavites rarus NN. sp.

The inner whorls of Gononotites discus Gem-
mellaro, have stronger and coarser ribbing and
the saddles are higher and the lobes longer in
the suture line. The ornament on the last whorl
of Gonronotites more
pronounced and the suture line has more and
somewhat higher saddles.

haugi Gemmellaro is

Gonionotites vincentu Gemmellaro has a much
more pronounced sculpture on the inner whorls
and fewer saddles in the suture line. The venter
of Gonionotites irmintrudis Diener widens at a
much later stage of growth, if at all. The suture
line of this species is not available for comparison.

Rarus, thin.

The holotype, cat. no. 8833, is from the
Halobia zone on the west slope of West Brown
spur.

Name.

Type.

Juvavites (Gonionotites) fuscus n. sp.
Plate I, figure 1.

The whorls are much higher than thick, have
nearly flattened, convergent sides and narrow,
rounded venter. The umbilicus is fairly small and
the umbilical shoulder is abruptly rounded and
almost angular. The core is nearly smooth, having
only very faint, irregular ribs or undulations,
nearly straight on the sides and curved forward
near and on the venter. The short lobes and low
saddles are modified by short denticulations.
There is some variation in the degree of com-
pression and in the width of the umbilicus.

THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST

[VoL LIV

The sides of the whorl are more flattened, the
umbilicus wider and the umbilical shoulder more
angular than in J. (Gonionotites) rarus.

Name. Fuscus, brown.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8835, is from
talus of the Halobia zone on the west. slope of
West Brown spur.

Juvavites (Gonionotites) belli n. sp.
Plate I, figure 5.

The penultimate whorl is fairly thick, has a
broadly rounded venter and numerous costae,
bent forward a little at the venter. The ultimate
or outermost whorl preserved is compressed, has
a narrowly rounded venter, converging sides and
is smooth. The two known specimens are prob-
ably not mature or the anterior end is broken off.

The outermost whorl is more compressed and
the penultimate whorl has coarser ribbing than
Gonionotites maurolicoi Gemmellaro. The cost-
ation of the inner whorls is somewhat coarser
than in Gonionotites noricus Diener. The mner
whorls are thicker than those of Gonionotites
waldthauseniae Welter. The compression of the
shell is greater than in Gonionotites hyatti Smith,
the ribbing is stronger on the mner whorls, there
is no ventral ridge and the ultimate whorl is
smoother.

In honour of A. H. Bell.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8834, is from talus
of the Halobia zone on the west slope of West
Brown spur.

Name.

Juvavites (Malayites) butleri n. sp.
Plate II, figure 5.

This is a compressed, fairly involute species
The whorl is much higher than thick, the sides
almost flattened and convergent, the venter
narrow and rounded and the umbilical shoulder

well defined and rounded. The ribs are nume-
rous, low, nearly straight on the mner part of the
sides, curved forward near the venter and mod-
erately spaced on the sides, but closer on and
near the venter where extra ribs are introduced
by interealation and bifureation. There is also
fine strigation.

The ribbing is coarser, the shell 1s more com-
pressed and the umbilicus larger than in Malay-
ites browwert Pakuckas. The shell is more com-
pressed and the umbilicus is wider than in Malay-
ites indo-malayicus Welter. The ribbing is
better defined and coarser than in J. (Malayztes)
dawsont MeLearn.

November, 1940]

Name. The name is given for Captain W. F.
Butler, who ascended the Peace River in 1873.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8840, is from
talus of the Halobia zone on the west slope of
West Brown spur.

Juvavites (Malayites) parcus n. sp.
Plate II, figure 1.

This is a fairly, but variably, compressed, in-
volute species with slightly convex, convergent
sides, narrowly rounded venter, narrow umbilicus
and well rounded, umbilical shoulder. There
are low, irregularly shaped, rather distantly and
unevenly spaced ribs, stronger on the inner part
of the sides and becoming fainter and smaller,
dividing and becoming more numerous and closely
spaced near the venter. The ribs are bent back-
ward near the umbilicus, are nearly straight on
the middle of the sides and are bent forward a
little near the venter. There is considerable
variation in strength, form and spacing of ribs.
There is fine and, in places, very fine strigation.
The variably high saddles and long lobes are
moderately indented.

The strigation is finer and fainter than in
J. (Malayites) dawsoni McLearn. The ribbing
is less well defined and more unevenly spaced
than in J. (Malayites) butleri n. sp. and the
strigation is finer. Compared with Sagenites
mermis var. striatus Mojsisovics, the ribbing and
strigation are weaker and there are more nume-
rous and more closely spaced ribs on the venter,
which are curved forward a little and there are
more elements in the suture line.

Name. Parcus, frugal.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8843, is from
talus of the Halobia zone on Pardonet hill, just
West of Juvavites gully.

Sirenites pardoneti n. sp.
Plate I, figure 2, Plate IV, figure 4.

In this compressed, involute species the sides
of the whorl are gently convex to almost flat and
converge to a narrow venter on which there is a
narrow furrow, bordered by low, narrow “keels”.
The very small umbilicus has a high, steep wall
and an abruptly rounded, umbilical shoulder. The
sides have broad, low ribs, somewhat convex
forward on the middle of the sides and are bent
forward at their ventral ends. The low ribs
bear rather wide low, rather irregular tubercles of
which there are about 8 to 11 spiral rows. The
ventral “keels” bear short, narrow ribs set at an
angle to the venter, which gives it a corded or
plaited appearance. In mature specimens the ribs
decline in strength. At the very end of large and

THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST

116

mature specimens, the ornament becomes irregu-
lar, the tubercles become farther apart in radial
rows and finally there are very slender ribs with
small bullae. This is a very variable species and
many specimens have finer ribs and smaller
tubercles than the holotype. There is also vari-
ation in the stage of growth at which the finely
ribbed-bullate ornament appears.

This species is very close to Sirenites alizis
Diener and may be only a variety of it. The
coarser presence of bullae at the anterior end
seem to distinguish it. The ornament is coarser
than that of the Indian figured specimen of
Sirenites elegantiformis Diener.. It resembles an
unnamed Indian shell. labelled Sirenites aff. vre-
denburgi by Diener.

In previous papers this species has been listed
as Sirenites cf. elegantiformis Diener.

Name. The name is given for Jacques Pardonet,
trapper and miner.

Types. The holotype, cat. no. 8844, and para-
type, cat. no. 8845 are from the Halobia zone on
Black Bear ridge.

Pterotoceras caurinum var. arctum n. var.
Plate III, figure 2.

This variety differs from the species in the flatter
sides, the greater compression of the shell and
the narrower umbilicus. The ribs number about
forty, have the least relief on the middle of the
sides, end dorsally in small, not very well defined
bullae, and end ventrally in somewhat pointed
clavae, which border the venter.

Arctus, narrow.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8846, is from the
Halobia zone on the west slope of West Brown
spur.

Name.

Himavatites canadensis n. sp.
Plate III, figure 3.

This is a compressed, involute species with gent-
ly convex, almost flattened sides, almost flat
venter,, angular, ventral shoulders, narrow um-
bilicus and gently rounded, umbilical shoulders.
On the sides are flat band-like, narrow, somewhat
imbricating ribs which are convex anteriorly on
the sides and bent forward near the ventral
shoulder. Several rows of very small and faint
tubercles are present on the sides of whorl. Hach
flat rib ends on the ventral shoulder in a very
small, denticulate clavus, the two denticles of
which are small, irregular and poorly defined.
Outside this row of and bordering the
almost flat, almost smooth, narrow venter is a

clavi

116

row of small tubercles or denticles, mostly corres-
ponding in size and number to the denticles ‘on
the clavi of the ventral shoulder.

This species differs from Himavatites columbi-
anus in many features, including lack of enlarged
clavi or ears and Jack of large lateral spines.

Type. The holotype. cat. no. 8847, is from
talus of the Halobia zone on the west slope of
West Brown spur.

Distichites gethingi n. sp.
Plate II. figure 4.

This is a moderately evolute, compressed species
with convergent, almost flattened whorl sides.
definite, but rounded, ventral shoulders, narrow
venter, very narrow, ventral furrow, relatively
high, but small. bordering keels, rounded, umbili-
cal shoulder and a wide umbilicus. There is a row
of short spines on the umbilical shoulder and a
row of longer spines on the side of the whorl.
Fairly strong. but low, ribs are straight between
the spines and -curved strongly forward on the
ventral shoulder. On the anterior half of the last
whorl of the holotype, the strong ribs with
lateral spmes are widely spaced and are separated
by one or more weak ribs without lateral spines.

Compared with Distichites pudens var. fatwensis
Welter, the ventral shoulders are better defined,
the sides of the whorl are more flattened and
there is a more pronounced alternating ornament
of stronger ribs and weaker ribs
without spines.

with spines

Named for the Gething family of Hud-
sons Hope.

Name.

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8849. is from

talus of the Halobia zone on Black Bear ridge.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES

PLATE I
Juvavites (Gonionotites) Fuscus n. sp.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no.
8835.
Sirenites pardoneti n. sp. Paratype.
Geol. Surv. colls., eat. no. 8845.
Juvavites concretus n. sp. Paratype.
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8819.
Juvavites concretus n. sp. Holotype.
Geol. Surv. colls., eat. no. 8818

Figure. 1.

Figure 2.
Figure 3.

Figure 4.

THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST

Figure 5.

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.

Figure 8.

Figure 9.
Figure 10.
Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.

View of
the Rocky

(Vou. LIV

Juvavites (Gonionotites) belli n. sp.
Holotype. Geol. Sury. colls., cat. no.
8834.

PLATE IT

(Malayites) parcus nu. sp.
no.

Juvavites
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat.
8843.

Juvavites custi n. sp. Holotype.
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8821.
Juvavites selwyni n. sp. Holotype.
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8820.
Distichites gethingi n. sp. Holotype.
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8849.
Juavovites (Malayites) butleri n. sp.
Holotype. Geol., Surv. colls., cat. no.
8840.

PLATE II

Halobia symmetrica var. lata n. var.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no.
8809.

Pterotoceras caurinum var. arctum
n. var. Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls..
cat. no. 8846.

Himavatites canadensis n. sp. Holo-
type. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8847.
‘Pecten’ ? dishinni n. sp. Holotype.
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8815.
Juvavites (Malayites) butleri n. sp.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no.
8833.

Myophoria morigera n. sp. Holotype.
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8813.
Halobia pacalis n. sp. Paratype. Geol.
Surv. colls., cat. no. 8800.
Halobia pacalis n. sp. Holotype. Geol.
Surv. colls.. cat. no. 8804.

‘Pecten’ ? dishinni var. kaska n. var.
Holotype. Geol. Surv. colls., eat. no.
8814.

Juvavites mcelayi n. sp. Holotype.
Geol. Surv. colls.. cat. no. 8792.

PLATE Iv

Myophoria silentiana var. schooleri n.
var. Holotype. Geol. Surv. ecolls., cat.
no. 8810.

Myophoria silentiana var. placida n.
var. Holotype. Geol. Sury. colls., cat.
no. 8812.

Myophoria silentiana McLearn. Holo-
type, refigured. Geol. Surv. colls., cat.
no. 8758.

Sirenites pardoneti n. sp. Holotype.
Geol. Surv. colls., eat. no. 8844.

Peace river, Pardonet hill on the left.
Mountains in the far background.

November, 1940]

THE CANADIAN FYELD-NATURALIST

117

~ THE SNOWSHOE RABBIT ENQUIRY 1938-39
By DENNIS CHITTY AND CHARLES ELTON

1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION.

MANGES IN numbers of the snowshoe
rabbit or varying hare (Lepus amer-
canus) have been followed by means
of a questionnaire enquiry in Canada

since 1931-32, in Alaska since 1933-34 and in the

United States since 1934-35 (The Canadian Freld-

Naturalist, 47: 63-69, 84-86, 1933; 48: 73-78, 1934;

49: 79-85, 1935; 50: 71-81, 1936; 51: 63-73, 1937;

52: 63-72, 1938; 53: 63-70, 1939.)

During the eight year period so far covered by
the Canadian enquiry a peak in numbers his
been reached and passed; and in 1937-39 various
stages of recovery were reached except in the
Yukon. In Alaska great abundance was reached
later than in Canada generally, with local evidence
of decline. In the United States the cycle had
reached and begun to pass the bottom.

A report for 1937-38 has already been published,
but the replies were mapped and analysed on a
different system from that introduced for 1938-39.
In order to compare results in the two years the
replies for 1937-38 are also mapped on the new
system, and those for previous years will be
mapped in the same way later.

The mapping work at Oxford has mainly been
carried out with the aid of a grant from the
Carnegie Institution of Washington whom we
wish to thank.

We are grateful to Mrs. Mary Nicholson for
her help with the records and maps.

2. Canapa, (D.C.)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

There were 579 reports (corrected figure) for
1937-38 and 595 for 1938-39, the latter provided
by men in the following orginisations: Royal
Canadian Mounted Police (146 observers). Pro-
vincial Game Departments (151), National Parks
(73), other observers (52); Hudson’s Bay Com-
pany (153); Biological Board of Canada (20 ob-
servers in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia).
422 of these replies were forwarded by the Nation-
al Parks Bureau, Department of Mines and Re-
sources, Ottawa, to whom and to the Hudson’s
Bay Company and Dr. Huntsman of the Bio-
logical Board we are very grateful for so much
assistance.

METHODS

For the years 1931-38 maps have been given
to show two things: (1) opinions about changes
in the numbers of snowshoe rabbits and about
epidemics; (2) the areas (exaggerated about
twice) to which these opinions applied. The map
of Canada and the U.S. was marked off in squares
of 30 miles to a side and all the squares were
counted which were partly or entirely covered by
the areas described. These squares then became
units for expressing the percentage by area of the
country said to be experiencing increase, decrease,
no change and epidemic in snowshoe rabbits.

Revision of this technique (which has been
under consideration for some time) was carried
out this year (1940) by D.C. and these new
methods are introduced:

1. The country is marked off by a grid into
squares of 30 miles to a side (as before).

2. The square which most nearly represents the
centre of each observer’s area is found (using
large scale maps).

3. These squares are pencilled in on a_ blank
map 100 miles to the inch.

4. Inside each square a circle is inked in.

Circles containing only increase opinions are
shown black, decrease white, no change
stippled.

6. If opinions in the same group are different
the circle is divided up in proportion to tne
number of opinions of each kind. (For example
if there are four observers two of whom say
increase, one says decrease and one says no
change, the circle is shown half black, quarter
white and quarter stippled.

Two advantages of this method over the other
are these: (1) the results are shown on one map
instead of two; (2) where there are differences of
opinion the proportion in which each is given can
be seen. On the other system the opinion of one
person, even if it disagreed with that of several
others in the same group, was given equal pro-
minence.

A difficulty about the new method is in obtain-
ing figures to express the results shown on the
map. There are often comparatively few observers
reporting on large areas in the north, and a great
many concentrated in small areas in the south.
Thus, relative to their area, the more settled parts

118 Tur CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. LIV

Fig. 1. Opinions about changes in abundance of snowshoe rabbits in
1937-38 compared with 1936-37. A circle indicates the approximate centre of
an area reported on by one or more observers. Division of the circles ws tn
proportion to the number of opinions of each kind given in the same circle.
INCREASE reports are shown black, DECREASE white, NO CHANGE
stippled. Black dots are Hudson's Bay Company posts. Broken lines in
Canada show main vegetation zones. Thick black lines are Province or
State boundaries.

November, 1940) THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 119

Fig. 2. Opinions about changes in abundance of snowshoe rabbits in
1938-39 compared with 1937-38. Symbols as in Fig. 1.

120

have a disproportionate number of observers and
of circles. It was this difficulty that the former
methods avoided.

When something is reported by a concentration
of observers that differs from what is reported by
those well scattered, the figure for the province
as a whole is biased if a “vote” is taken. For
example in north and central British Columbia
(roughly 70% of the province) increase was almost
universally reported for 1938-39; but in the south,
where over half the observers were, a high pro-
portion stated no change. The percentage of
observers in British Columbia saying no change
was thus as high as 37%; but the map shows that
these reports refer to a relatively small part of
the province. If the circles and fractions of circles
are added up the index for no change is 30.5%
and this again does not truly represent what was
reported about the province as a whole. The
best statement is probably this: “Between the
52nd and 60th parallels there were 31 observers
in 29. groups, and 26 of these groups (90%) re-
ported increase. Between the 49th and 52nd
parallels there were 36 observers in 21 groups;
only four of which groups reported increase
(19%) ; 334 reported decrease (18%) and 1314 no
change (63%).”

A way is needed of putting this kind of state-
ment into figures that can be used to measure the
results year by year and to compare different
regions. Such a method will not be presented un-
til the data from previous years have been worked
over, when, it is hoped, natural regions will have
been defined which may be referred to in place
of the political divisions. At present only the
number and percentage of observers’ reports is
given, and it must be realized that these may be
misleading.

An observer who gives different opinions about
two areas is treated as though he were two obser-
vers each with a half “vote”.

RESULTS

The following conclusions may be drawn from
the maps for 1937-39:

1. Yukon. In, both years there was a general de-

cline in snowshoe rabbits, and unlike most, other

parts of Canada no imerease at all was reported
during 1938-39. This is undoubtedly because the
peak im numbers was reached and passed much
later than elsewhere in Canada.

2. Northwest Territories. 1935-38 was a period
of steep decline to the bottom of the cycle. Just
north of the Alberta boundary there was a little

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. LIV

recovery in 1937-38 which became much more
general the next year.

3. British Columbia. Northern British Colum-
bia, like the Yukon and Northwest Territories,
showed little recovery during 1937-38. The next
year rabbits in the greater part of the province
(north of about 52° North Latitude) were re-
ported to be on the increase. Central British
Columbia experienced some increase in both years,
but in the southern parts only local variations were
evident and the most common report was no
change. Long-term fluctuations, if they exist here.
may be different from those further north.

4. Alberta. There was a fair amount of in-
crease in northern Alberta during 1937-38 and
considerably more the next year. South of the
Athabasca River this increase was not so well
marked either year, which may mean that rabbits
only just reached the bottom of the eycle.

5. Saskatchewan. In the central part of this
province increase seems to have been fairly well
established in 1937-38, but from the far north
the reports are few in number and inconclusive
for this year. In the lower parts of the grove
belt little increase was noted in 1937-38. In 1938-39.
however, almost the entire province seems to have
had an improvement in snowshoe rabbit numbers,
expect in some parts near the edge of the prairie.

6. Manitoba. Here there was comparatively
little improvement the first year; and in many
parts of the north and of the south, this was also
true the second year. There was, however, an
appreciable rise in the reports of increase frory
29% to 55%.

7. Ontario. In the south-east recovery was up-
parent in a small area in 1937-38 and in a large:
area in 1938-39. It also seemed that recovery was
definitely established over a wide stretch in
northern Ontario east of the lower half of the
boundary with Manitoba. For 1938-39. therefore,
the drop in the number of reports of increase is
rather unexpected in this area.

8. Quebec and Labrador. : Recovery has gone
ahead steadily in both years since 1936-37, when
there were almost no reports of increase at all.

9. New Brunswick. Increase, which was re-
ported mainly from southern New Brunswick in
1937-38, became more generally noticeable in the
next year.

10. Nova Scotia. Rabbits on Cape Breton
Island were almost wnanimously reported to be
well on the increase in 1937-38 and considerable
abundance was reached the following year (when
they were still reported to be improving). On the

November, 1940]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

ance was reached the following year (when they
mainland increase was less noticeable the first
year, but was fairly generally reported for 1938-39.

11, Numbers.

been:

Question 3 (b) for 1937-39 has

If possible please give examples, such as num-
bers shot or.seen in a given time, with dates.
Not many observers have answered this ques-

121

tion, unfortunately; but it is hoped that more will
do so as rabbits become generally abundant in the
next few years. Three examples are taken to
show the kind of information that is of most use
in relating the comparative estimates to the abun-
dance reached.

Mayo District, Y.T. “Very few seen.
ten during entire year.”

Perhaps

TABLE 1

Reports for 1937-38 and 1938-39 on the relative abundance of the snowshoe rabbit in Canada compared with the
previous twelve months (ending May 31st).

No. OF OBSERVERS

Increase Decrease

1937-38 - _
Viti, Jae is 1 8
1938-39 0 7
1937-38 — -
Northwest + Belcan 3 12
Territories. | 1938-39 21 1
1937-38 = -
British ac 18 19
Columbia.. | 1938-39 342 8
1937-38 _ -
Alberta. <.. a Dili Sil
| 1938-39 46 12
1937-38 = —
Saskat- a 52 15
chewan.,. | 1938-39 67 2
1937-38 - —
Manitoba. . tte 18 22

1938-39 35 13 ©
1937-38 ~ =
Ontario.... re 23 29
1938-39 22 31
Quebec 1937-38 = -
and sf 15 32
Labrador 1938-39 38 13
| 1937-38 — —
New uf 8 9
Brunswick. | 1938-39 18 2
1937-38 = -
Nova Scotia 4 a 324 2
1938-39 52 1
1937-38 - —
shotaleeeeee re 1974 179
1938-39 3334 90

% OF OBSERVERS OR SQUARES*
No Change Total Increase Decrease No Change
- — 2-3 80-98 0-17
i 10 10 80 10
1 8 0 88 12
= = 5-9 Boel 21-44 )
11 26 12 46 42 {
10 32 66 3 31
~ - 26-48 27-52 13-41
30 67 27 28 45
244 67 51 12 37
- - 35-63 10-34 13-51
33 91 30 34 26 |
28 86 53 14 33
— — 33-75 9-41 12-47
22 89 58 17 25
12 81 83 2 15
= = 12-35 20-57 28-57
23 63 29 35 36
16 64 55 20 25
— — 26-44 28-48 20-38
28 80 29 36 35
25 78 28 40 32
— - 23-34 50-60 14-19
13 60 25 53 22
9 60 63 22 15
— = 3-34 34—89 5-45
U 24 33 38 29
3 23 78 9 13
= = |} 41-95 0-5 5—59
g2 BS ES Ge 5 21
5 58 | 89 2 9
= -- 23-43 31-53 16-40
7g 55405 36 32 32
133 557 60 16 24

*The figures in ordinary type are repeated from the last report.
gives substantially the same result.

It is seen that the former system, on which they were derived,

122

District No. 6, Prince Albert National Park,
Sask. “Last year I saw two or three rabbits in a
month. Last month I saw 33. They are still
scarce.”

Yarmouth County, N.S. “Party of five with no
dog and using only .22 rifles, picked up 42 in six
hours about Jan. 15th. This is considered good.”

12. Epidemics. In 1938-39 there were reports,
without description, of epidemics at Beauval,
Sask., and Windigo, Ont.

UNITED States anp ALASKA (C.E.)

Observers reporting through the U.S. Bureau of
Biological Survey have again supplied information
about. fluctuations of Lepus americanus in the
Eastern United States and in Alaska. We wish to
thank officials of the Biological Survey for their
co-operation during a fifth year of this extension
of the main enquiry, and especially Dr. H. H. T.
Jackson, who organized the collection of question-
naire replies. Particularly full records were re-
ceived from the Michigan State Department of
Conservation; and from Mr. W. E. Scott of the
Wisconsin State Conservation Department, who
supplied reports from observers in the 71 counties
of that state, and also figures for the numbers of
snowshoe rabbits reported shot by hunters.

UnItep Stratis

The total number of reports which could be
mapped was 84, an increase of 29 over the pre-
vious season. They have been treated in exactly
the same way as those in the Canadian enquiry
this year, according to the new method worked
out by Chitty i.e. instead of the areas of observers
being plotted and then combined onto a general
grid on the map, the centres of the observers’
areas are marked, so that the maps show the num-
ber of such’ centres reporting different percent-
age categories of abundance falling into each
thirty-mile sided square. In order to allow for
any change introduced by this new system, the
replies for 1937-38 have been re-analyzed and are
included with the current ones in Table 2, The
figures for previous years will also eventually be
re-analyzed in this way. The results for 1937-38
by the old method gave: Increase 69-80%, No
Change 11-20%, Decrease 7-8%:; by the new
method these become 56%, 26% and 18%. The
general picture obtained, of a great deal of in-
crease, some no change and a little decrease (that
is, of the bottom of the cycle having been turned)
is the same by each method. The greater pro-
portion of increase shown by the old method is
due chiefly to the large areas in New England
reported by a few observers.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

in 1938, based on hunters’ reports.

(VoL. LIV

The ‘same general situation appears from the
reports for 1938-39, except that there is relatively
more no change compared to decrease, the in-
crease figure being very much the same. This
indicates that the cycle has reached the bottom
or begun to turn in a great many areas. The
number of reports from individual states is mostly
too small to permit of fine analysis, but in
Wisconsin there are definite signs of the rising
cycle, shown not only in the number of reports.
but also by figures for the snowshoe rabbit kills
These figures,
well distributed over a number of separate
counties, are probably some index of numbers.
After falling steadily from a peak of 631,007 in
1932 to 60,081 in 1937, they rose by 40% to
83,906 in 1938. The reports of abundance show
that 96% of observers considered that the show-
shoe rabbits were either increasing or holding
their own in Wisconsin, while of these 49%
reported actual increase.

On the Lake Alexander area of Minnesota, where
Dr. R. G. Green and his associates have for
some years carried on intensive census and other
investigations, the number of snowshoe rabbits
to the square mile had increased from 32 in the
early part of 1938 to 73 in the early part of 1939.
(C. A. Evans). In Pennsylvania a special situ-
ation is reported: “Since the early ’20s, when the
Pennsylvania deer herd first began seriously to
over-load the carrying capacity of the range, over-
browsing by deer has gradually destroyed, region
by region. the naturally sought after snowshoe
habitats. The result has been a gradual reduction
in the hare population. This has, generally
speaking, made it impossible to discern cyclic
tendencies which may exist in the rabbit popu-
lation. In 1937. the showshoe, because of its
scarcity, was granted a year-round closed season.
the first in history [of this State]. A limited
open season was allowed in the fall of 1938, when
the species seemed to be increasing; but with
over 650,000 licensed hunters the total lall was
only 2,100. Thus in 1939 the season once again
has been entirely closed. All in all, it would
appear that until the deer herd is reduced to a
point more nearly commensurate with the avail-
able. food supply, snowshoe rabbit is destined to
remain within the State only in scattered areas
of small size and only at a very low population”
(Richard Gerstell). The same observer noted
in 1937-38 that snowshoe rabbits exist in “swamp
borders and other brush areas where over-browsing
by deer has not destroyed the habitat”.

In Vermont a complication has been brought

November, 1940}

about locally by the introduction of snowshoe
rabbits from Canada in order to re-stock the
ground during the period of scarcity. “During
the past three years the Chittenden County Fish
and Game Club has stocked the county each
season with snowshoe rabbits obtained from. Can-
ada.... In the town of Ripton in Addison
County there has also been an increase in the
number of rabbits during the past thres ‘ears
and in this latter case stocking has n been
resorted to” (P. A. Moody). Another observer
(F. J. Osgood Jr.) reporting for Rutland County
and eastern part of Windham County says: “In-
creased number due in some cases to restocking
with hares from the vicinity of St. Johns River,
Canada. In Windham County increase in num-
bers may be due to concentration in trees blown
down in the hurricane of 1938.” However, other
reports make it clear that in Vermont there has
been a marked natural recovery in numbers, and
in one area there was considerable actual abund-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

123

ance. In West Virginia snowshoe rabbits
permanently protected by the state (M. Brooke).

are

It can be seen from the map that the cycle
was rising over many parts of the northern area
of the Eastern States (in conformity with re-
covery in some parts of Eastern Canada). It does
not appear that any areas, except some in Ver-
mont, could yet record any great abundance, most
of the information suggesting the beginning of
recovery after scarcity, or else the cycle reaching
or passing the bottom. Continued increase may
be expected for several years in those parts of
the Eastern United States which take part in
the general northern cycle. The new method of
mapping introduces an element into the figures
which is not supplied in Table 2. But analysis
of the map symbols themselves has shown that
there is a very close agreement in the results, by
whichever method they are workd out: though
it does not follow that this will always occur.

TUNIS, 2

Records of Snowshoe Rabbit population trends in the Eastern United States

Figures are numbers of observers reporting

1937-38 1938-39
aa Increase Geers Decrease | Total Increase ones Decrease | Total

Michiel aN SAIS. epee Ge 3 1 0 4 3 0 0 3
Massachusetts. 3... 05 0... 2. 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Michigans seers) hae 1 0 1 2 5 10 0 15
Mimnesotans.. .. Sst... 2 2 2 6 3 3 1 7
New Hampshire........... 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
ING WACO earth elle So 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 2
Rentisylvanialiaee eee: 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 2
Venmtonts 2G eee 2 0 2 4 8 0 Or aa aS
NWestavaneimial ct lm ose 1 0 0 lanre'| | 1 | P| 0 2
WWASCOnSInm eas. 8 ce es cee 19 11 4 34 2D | 21 | 2 45

dlotalaer Paae 1 TER 31 14 10 55 43 37 4 84

|
IPSTCOMMISS. os so ncko ue 56 26 18 51 44 5

124 THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST

ALASKA

Six reports were received, four of them through
the Alaska Game Commission’s Executive Officer.
The trend of snowshoe rabbit numbers in this
region is not entirely easy to follow from the
series of maps published, because there is a local
variation in peak years, and there are not for all
these points continuous records for every year
since 1933. We can trace the situation changing
from a general concensus of reports of increase
in 1933-34 and 1934-35, through a period of
locally great abundance followed by crashes or
gradual decrease, to the present condition of
scarcity or slight recovery from scarcity. At *Fort
Yukon on the upper part of the Yukon River,
and at Fairbanks on the Tanana River, the main
peak seems to have been reached in 1936-37.
South of this at Copper Center on the Copper
River, there was a peak in 1937-38, followed by
searcity. At McGrath on the Upper Kuskokwim
River a peak was reached between 1934-35 and
1936-37 (the exact year not on record). We may
take these samples as evidence that the height
of the cycle has now been reached and passed
in Alaska and that snowshoe rabbit numbers are
probably comparatively low over wide areas.

In the maps it has been necessary to adopt a
different convention for Alaska, because the scale
of reproduction does not show up clearly small
circles of only 30 mile diameter. We have there-
fore continued to use the conventional circle of
100 miles diameter previously employed. In
most instances this corresponds to the area actu-
ally given in the replies, but in a few cases the
latter is smaller than the map shows.

According to Otto M. Geist.
Alaska, “Rabbits were rather scarce in the entire
area (forty miles around Fairbanks). Where in
the last two years rabbits were seen in great
numbers, about one eighth or possibly one tenth
of the total were present. Where I hunted dozens
during fall in 1937-38, to feed a tame wolf and
two great horned owls, in a single afternoon or
evening only an occasional rabbit could be
killed by me ... It seems that the few remaining
rabbits were in great demand by the owls, hawks
and coyotes living in that region.” For the regicn

University of

[VouL., LIV

between’ Kenai Mountains and Cook Inlet, and
between Skilak and Tustumena Lakes, in Western
Kenai Peninsula, (which is shown conventionally
exaggerated in size on the map for 1938-39), L. J.
Palmer of the U.S: Biological Survey reported
that “During March, April and May, only 7
rabbits were seen in a 100 sq. mile area bordering
Tustumena Lake being studied for management
of moose. Ona 150 sq. mile study unit bordering
Skilak Lake only 5 rabbits were counted during
Sept. and Oct. 1938. This spring, 1939, during
May, June, and July no rabbits were noted on
Tustumena Lake unit, but quite a few were
reported seen at Kasilof during the winter and for
the past three years.”

SuMMaRY
For the year ending May 3l1st, 1939, there were
579 replies to the eighth annual questionnaire
on changes in the abundance of snowshoe rabbits
in Canada. Only 22 reports were of no use.
Opinions have been mapped on a new system
which shows their general distribution but not

- the full area to which they apply. The replies

to the 1937-38 questionnaire have been remapped
on the same system. Generally speaking these
two years have been a period of recovery from
the bottom of the latest ten year cycle, but
there were well marked regional differences in
phase. In 1938-39 rabbits in Nova Scotia had
reached considerable abundance {while in the
Yukon no recovery had begun at all. Southern
British Columbia. southern Alberta and much
of northern Ontario were the other main excep-
tions to the general 1938-39 recovery. In most
provinees rabbits were still scarce.

In the United States 84 reports for 1938-39
were mapped jand those showed that in many
areas increase had occurred, and that the bottom
of the cycle had in most areas been passed. The
influence of over-browsing by deer in Pennsylvania
is noted as a cause hindering the development of
the cycle in that State. Great abundance was not
recorded yet from any areas except parts of Ver-
mont. Six reports from Alaska indicate that the
peak of the cycle has now been passed and that
searcity with or without slight recovery is wide-
spread.

ERRATUM
In the last report (Canadian Field-Naturalist, 1939, Vol. 53) p. 64. col. 2.

~ 2: for “decrease” read “increase”.

November. 1240)

ow

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

125

CHIEF FACTOR JAMES ANDERSON’S BACK RIVER JOURNAL OF 1855

(Continued from page 109)

July, 1855—THLEWYCHO RIVER—31

Th. 12th.1° The day commenced by making 3
portages and traversing 3 small tarns, which
brought us to the River!!’ which is at present
nearly dry—the distance from this Lake (Aylmer)
is about 2 miles of portage and one of lake.1!* We
then crossed it and made another portage of 1
mile to a small lake, after crossing which we made
two more portages—the river being still almost
dry—of % and 1 mile. We then encamped at
9 p.m.; men very tired and several lame. Mr.
Stewart and I went on ahead to view our road
and determine on the best places for portages—
two are before us, one short and the other long.
Saw 2 white wolves!!® and had a long shot at
one of them—a grey wavy!2° was killed today.
Our Indians are still ignorant of the route; we
are guiding ourselves by Back’s Journal—his de-
scription of the route is so minute and correct
that it is needless for me to say anything. The
wind was strong from the North and very cold.
No mosquitoes tonight—they were in clouds this
morning.

Frid. 13th. The men were so fatigued that I
gave them an extra hour’s sleep. We made 2
portages, one of %4 mile. the other 1% miles over
the angular debris of rocks; 4 men were so lame
as to be unable to carry. We then proceeded
(July, 1855—Thlewycho River—32) across the
little Lake and Musk Ox Lake—Back’s descrip-
tions are excellent. I thing he underestimated
the distance between the Portage and Musk Ox
Lake. Jay River was last. The Island particu-
larized by Back in the small lake is no longer

116. From here to the sea and return, Anderson
refers constantly to Back’s map of ‘‘Dis-
ecoveries and Route of the Arctic Land Ex-
pedition in the Years 1833 and 1834", and

all the place names used are to be found

on this map, which should be consulted.
(M.G.C.)
117. Back River, (M.G.C.)

118. This distance is exaggerated; actually the
portage via the small lake measures about
three-quarters of a mile. The river ap-
proaches within 700 yards of the lake and
apparently at one time the two connected.
This is not the main branch of Back river,
as a few miles downstream, much larger
streams enter and all unite to form Back
river. (M.G.C.)

119. Canis lupus (R.M.A.)
120. White-fronted Goose, Anser albifrons (P.A.T.)

conical—the middle is sunk and the N.W. and
SE. ends raised like a saddle; the white rocks
(are of gneiss) very little decomposed, the middle
is in a complete state of disintegration; the rock
first splits into squares of ice, then the angles are
decomposed by the atmosphere and they assume
the appearance of boulders and eventually are
entirely decomposed forming round spots of
gravelly earth a little higher than the moss which
surrounds. The rocks may be seen everywhere
in these regions in all stages of decomposition.
At the head of Musk Ox Rapid we found a few
copper Indians?! we purchased some meat
for122 them, and encamped a considerable distance
down the Rapids the entire ladings were run.
except at one place where a decharge was made.
From this encampment a sick man and 4 Indians
will return. The former and one of the Indians
proceed to join Mr. Lochart; the others will join
their relatives at Clinton Colden Straits.12% The
expedition will now consist of 14 men, Mr. Stewart
and myself. This will leave only 4 men for one
canoe and 5 for the 2 others, 3 of whom are lame;
these crews are quite insufficient; (July, 1855—
Thlewycho River—33) I shall therefore leave
one of the canoes either tomorrow or the day
after. The weather was cloudy with slight showers
of rain. We find enough of dry willows!24 +o
cook with; in Lake Aylmer we had nothing but
heath. Saw a grouse today with its brood—it
attacked me bravely. A wolf was also seen as
well as a crow!25 and a few teal'2® which have
long been strangers to us. On arriving opposite
the Indian Lodges we found the carcasses of at
least 20 deer127 rotting along the Beach; it shows
the improvidence of these people.

121. Called also Red Knives, now generally Yellow-

knives, from their use of copper for tools and

weapons. In historic times they hunted northeast

of Great Slave and Great Bear Lakes. (D.J.)

11225 Hrom:

123. This place is known as Than-a-koie, a famous
deer pass, and is shown on ‘‘Lockhart River
Basin Map” issued by the Department of
Interior in 1928. (M.G.C.)

124. This has been noted by others. In 1924 the
writer found splendid growth of willow and
alders about ten miles from Aylmer Lake and
Ernest Thompson Seton in his book ‘‘Arctic
Prairies’’ remarks on the same experience.
Evidently Aylmer lake, with ice in it for
about ten months of the year, acts as a
refrigerator to all growth immediately ad-
jacent. (M.G.C.)

125. Most likely a Raven, Corvus corax (P.A.T.)

126. Green-winged Teal, Nettion carolinense.
(2, /\s Abe)

127. Barren Ground Caribou, Rangifer arcticus-
(R.M.A.)

126

EXPEDITION

James Anderson Commanding

J. G. Stewart 2nd Commanding
Baptiste Assaminton128
Joseph Anarin Troquois—Bows.

Janice Montours
Thomas Mustigon Mushkegon Steer’n
Paulet Papanaknis “ £
John Fidler Half Breed Steer’n
Henry Fidler
Edward Kippling
Don’d McLeod
Geo. Daniel
Jeremiah Johnson

Half Breed Mid’n

Mushkegon Mid’n

Joseph Bouche Canad’n_ do
Murdock McLennan Highland do
W. Reid Orkney do

July, 1855—THLEWYCHO RIVER—34

Sat. 14. Blowing a N-E. gale accompanied by
rain and fog, which prevented us from leaving
the encampment till 10%2 am. We were obliged
to earry most of the ladings for the remainder
of the Rapids say half-way (2 miles) but the
eanals!2° and agrets!3° were run with difficulty
and rather damaged. particularly one of the Res-
olution ones, the bark of which is most wretched.
Sent back the men I mentioned with the 4
Indians. The ladings were carried at the Rapid
where Back nearly lost his boat, but the canoes
were merely lifted over a ledge of rock and were
now?*! safely with all the agrets. We encamped
close to the spot—a little below it— where Capt’n.
Black repaired his boat and which he left on the
Sth at 10 am. Two of our present weak crews
are so lame that they cannot carry. Encamped
at 8% p.m. 2 nets were set as fish appear to be
numerous. 2 Musk Oxen!32 were seen at the
Rapid of that name.

Sund. 15. Left at 4 am. The nets produced
nothing, though the fish were visibly numerous:

128. Refer to footnote 56
crew.

129. Undoubtedly wrongly transcribed from
“canot’’, the French word for canoe, carried
over into voyageur English.

130. A voyageur—French word used consistently
by Anderson for the personal kits of the men
as opposed to the expedition stores.

31. Should be ‘‘run’’.
132. Ovibos moschatus (R.M.A.)

for discussion of the
*

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. LIV

this is attributed to the extreme clearness of the
water. Ran 10 Rapids with full ladings, except
at 2 rapids where Mr. Stewart and myself, 3 men
per canoe and 6 pieces were put ashore. En-
camped at 9%4 p.m. at the foot of Malley’s Rapids
some distance below Capt. Back’s encampment
of July 9th. I do not find the Rapids nearly
so bad as I was led to expect by Capt. Back’s
(July, 1855—Thlewycho River—35) narrative—
the water is certainly lower than it was when he
passed, which renders them in this part of the
river worse. Saw some Canada geese. A cache
of 1 bag Pemmican was made exactly where Back
made his first cache. Wind still Ny.; squally
with showers of rain. A little before encamping
saw a reindeer.133 but could not pull ashore as
we were just entering a rapid. When making
this portage a big Musk bull134 was discovered and
I had the luck to knock him over; the men are
now cutting him up. Query the quality of the
meat. We shall sup on a goose shot by Mr.
Stewart. The worst canoe was left at the cache.
We are now rather deep, but get on well with
7 men per canoe. Some frozen snow was seen
lining the shore of a rapid. 5 deer are now run-
ning about on the other side of the river; one
is a fawn. Slate rocks on the beach at our en-
campment—and 2 or 3 small alders.135 which we
have not seen for some time.

Mond. 16th. Our canoes required so much re-
pairing that we could not leave till 10% am.
All the rapids mentioned by Back were run with-
out difficulty. The water must have been higher
and the Rapids stronger when he passed13* Saw
4 deer and Fidler shot one; saw two bands of
Musk Oxen, one of 5, (July, 1855—Thlewycho
River—36) the other of 20 animals, besides 5 or
6 solitary bulls. but only one shot was fired at
them; 11 gray waveys!%? were also run down.
Back’s description of the country is in general
very correct but I did not perceive several
branches of the river before arriving at L. Beechy,
at the entrance or head of which we encamped
at 9 pm. Wind dead ahead and strong all day;
weather cloudy and chilly. The rocks at our en-
campment composed of slate.

(to be continued)

133. Barren Ground
(R.M.A.)

134. Musk-ox. Ovibos moschatus (R.M.A.)

135. Northern Alder, Alnus crispa (A.E.P.)

136. Back passed here on July 10. (M.G.C.)

137. White-fronted Goose, Anser albifrons(P.A.T-)

Caribou, Rangifer arcticus

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA

1940-41

President Emeritus: Dr. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H.
StToK«s, Past Presidents: H. M. SpeecHity, M.D., V. W.
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W.Lowe, G.SHIRLEY Brooks, R.A.
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. Lawrence, 3B. W. CARTWRIGHT,
L. T. S. Norris-Etye Vice-Presidents: W. H. Ranp, L. W.
Ko Er, 4. 3. SH rk T, Mes. H. T. Ros, Mrs. A. SIMPSON,
Treasurer: J. PE E, General Secretary: Miss M. F Pratt;

H

Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: Mrs.
H. A. Hanp.

Section Chairman Secretary
Orni i J. Haak G Smite
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY
Geological W. S. Yarwoop Mrs. P. H. STOKES
Mammological J.D. Soper R. SUTTON
Microscopy
Zoology = A. WARDLE, M.Sc.
Botany C. W. Lowe, M.Sc.

_ Seeretary: R. HaDpDow.

Botanical M.G. Dubey, M.Sc.,P#.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University
Wi Field exearsions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday
during July and August.

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OFFICERS FOR 1939-40 :

agar 2 President: L. 8. KLInk, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C,3; Past President: PRror JoHN Davipson, F.L S.,

PBSE, os President: C. F. CONNOR, M.A, Vice
President: Mr. J. J. "PLOMMER, Honorary Secretary: Mr. Geo.
Rocer Woop, B.S.A., First Assistant Secretary: M1ss VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Seeretary: Mrs. Mary SIZBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANPORD, Librarian: Mr. A A.
Scott, Additional Members of Ereeutive: Mr. A. H. Barn, Me.

- W. CLarK, Mr. F.W Far ey, Mr. K. Racey, Mr. P.L. Tait,

Dr. E. N. Deter, Mr E.A ScHWANTIJE; Chairmen of Sections:
Botany: Pror. JOHN Davipson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S.,
Geology: M. Y. Wruuiams, P#_D., "P.GS.A., ERS.C.,
Entomology: Mr. A. R. Wootton, Ornithology: Mr.
Kenneota Raccy, Mieroscopy: Mr. H. P. CLARK, Photography:
Mr. PHILIP Trams, Ma -malogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; Pror. G. J.
Spencer, Auditors: H. G. SELwoop, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Appli-d Sci-nce
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise
announced.

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL
SOCIETY

President: Dr. M. Y. WiLutaMs; First Vice-President: Ham-

ILTON M. Latnc; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;

Seerelary-Treazurer: C. H. Bastin, 4484 West 9th Avenue,

Vancouver, B.C.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

Treasurer: H. B. MacMaunon, 382 Richmond Street

Affiliated Societies

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L = TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH,
maar W. S. Hart, Mes. L. HENDERSON; President: PROP.
C. WrYNNE-EDw RDS, ioe Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4.

oe Viee Presidents: L. McI. SpacKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY:
Seeretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN.
Executive Committee: Miss Ruta Appott, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. Boutrer, J. D. Pry, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L.
HENDERSON, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. Juba, Miss P. B.
MaAtTTINSON, Miss LouIse MuRPHY, J. A. Decarte, Miss M.
s. NICOLSON, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. Sart, Miss Maup SEATH,
L. M. TERRILL.

Meetings held the seco.d Monday of the Month except
during summer.
Headgquartere of the Society are:

ReppATH Museum Birp Room,

McGrILt UNIVEREITY,
MONTREAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron Honoraire: Maron GENERAL
Str EuGeNne Fiset, KeP,C.MG, )SO., M.D., Lieutenant-
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec: Bureau de Direction
pour 1940: Président: Dr. VIGFR PLAMONDON, ler rice-
président: James C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: Unric G.
Tessier, Seertaire-Trésorier: oe GUSTAVE a Chef
de la section scientifique: Dk. D.-A. Dery; Chef de la eection
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section
@informatiun scientifique ef or 2: HusERT DUCHENS,
Directeure: HONORABLE EDGAR OCHETTE, JOHN BLar,
CHagLtes Dumas, RoBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross,
MEREDITH, N-P.
Seer#taire-Trézorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1938-39.

President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Hon. Vice-President: Hon, H.
C. Nrxon, Me. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: T. FP.
McILwaatts, Seeretary-Treasurer: “Miss GRACS ANDERSON,
40 Bedford Road; Membership Secretary: Miss EDNA
BorssovN2AU, 100 Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club:
Miss G act MALKIN; Past Presidents. ARNOTT M. PATTERSON,
Dr. F. P. Ine, F. C. Hurst; Councitl—W. J. W. BaLpwin,
W.J. Baxter, G. S. BELL, RUPERT Davips, Miss WINNIFRED
Crute, Brotass D=Nes, Dr. NORMA ForD, MISS FREYA
Haun, Paut Hagn, H. M. Hatumay, Miss Mary KreEwoop,
L T. Owens, Mes. L. E. Jaquits, De. L E Jaquita,
Dr. T. M.C. Taytor, Stuart THOMPSON, Miss Marton
Wider, SPxacus TROYER.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum,
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during ocher seasons.

We ask the Officers, and more ae

ticularly the Secretaries, of all the

Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

make it one of the leading Natural

History publications of America.

This book is attractively bound, and contains a
wealth of information concerning Canadian
Natural History and Exploration. The author
was a former President of the Club and this is a
Memorial Volume

For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A.

PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa.
FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in
x The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1940.
PUBLICATIONS Name: oe een
1879-1938 Address C20)

I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field-

FORM
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum
OF
COB i a Wee ee 2 5 ak ee he Sg —joo Dollars
BEQUEST

CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX
By E, M. KINDLE

Special profusely illustrated number of The
**Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every
Canadian should know this prize essay.

PRICE FIFTY CENTS

City, Provo. or State__.............

a wee we a ne ee oe = as a we ee ew eceeee

Prices of Separates

Notes to Contributors, Etc.

Papers for publication should be addressed to
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor.

Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It
is urged that special care be used that scientific
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly
spelled and capitalized.

Contributors are asked not to use subspecific
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when
dealing with specimens available for reference, or
examined under conditions permitting the recog-
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the

circumstances should be stated. Any familiar
English name is permissible if it is accompanied
by the scientific name. For birds the English name
for the species from Taverner’s “‘Birds of Canada”
may be used without the scientific name.

Authors of leading articles are entitled to
twenty-five copies of the number in which they
appear, free of charge on application.

Separates of articles as they appear on the
page, without any change of make-up will be sup-
plied at the following rates which are approximate.
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four,
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra.

Sa
RS

25 60 300
VO ot Cpu eit ete Rain a $2.00) $2.25) $2.50} $2.75) $3.00
Dra Nd Geant ree an 3.00} 3.26} 8.75) 4.00) 4.26
Bh Tea oe Nets 3.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50
1 RR ir esi setatee, KOPN Aye 8.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50
Bahk ok Seecean lt) eae acs 4.50} 4.75) 6.00) 6.25) 6.50
(EO UKERERY SARE ER Se taba al She 4.50) 4.75} 6.00) 6.26) 6.50
Y UGA OUIRV SA yee ee Rg 6.00} 6.25) 6.60) 6.75} 7.00
tole oh ioc bee Mee er 6.00) 6.25) 6.50; 6.75) 7.00
CREA aN eles caper ere 7.50} 8.00} 8.76) 10.26) 11.76
Deh erarwleretere otedesthalieten 7.50) 8.00) 8.75) 10.26) 11.76
Covers extra........... 8.00} $8.00} 8.00) 4.00) 6.00

if removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent
to the article or changes of make-up are desired,
or if insets or other extra work are necessary,
special rates will be furnished on application to the
Editor. :

Application for separates should be made to the a
itor.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

4

ie mees.come dab pein ich Sat

te

>
oe

sci aa aa mara acai ip

ree
ates ee

Fen Pe a Oe

6 ey

DECEMBER, 1940

as BE SS

ante (PSMA. a

\ (hae n\
; 4 he Mali
{

Ay

Li A hs

ISSUED JANUARY 29th, 1941
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

oN

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB |

intone
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS
THE PRINCESS ALICE

President: A. E. PORSILD

1st Vice-President: H. G. CRAWFORD 2nd Vice-President: DoUGLAS LEECHMAN
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, ' Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY,
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa

Additional Members of Gone F. J. ALcock, R. M. ANDERSON, REV. F. E. BANIM, HENRY BOWERS,
A. W. A. Brown, C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. CowaN, R. E. DeELuRY, H. Grow, J. W.
GROVES, G. H. HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELEY, A. LAROCQUE,
HARRISON F.. LEWIS, HoyeEs LLoyD, J. M. RosBinson, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A.
TAVERNER, MALCOLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, R. T. D. WICKENDEN, M. E. WILSON,
and the following Presidents of Affiliated Societies: L. T.S. Norris-E.yez,, C. F. CoNNoR, JOHN
DAVIDSON, M. Y. WILLIAMS, V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, DrR.VIGER PLAMONDON, F. C. Hurst

Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEwIs

Editor: ;
C. H. D. CLARKE, 5
National Parks Bureau, Ottawa

=

Associate Editors:

D JENNESS............ bree Ns Anthropology CLYDE L. BATCH: = 220 ea eee Herpetology
Vamp ADAMS ste ese se POR A Met Botany R: M.*ANDERSON |... 02. sues Mammalogy
A IGATLOCQUB eiicc teas tee elo 4 Conchology AGS HUNTSMAN: 33) eee Marine Biology
ARTHUR GIBSON..............00: Entomctogy P. A. TAVERNER © 2.2 G4 eee Ornithology
Bi SWAT OOCK ees aot hc en be Geology W. A. BEL oo o5 | alice Palzontology
ae: JER DYMONDY OSes a ee Ichthyology :
CONTENTS
PAGE
. The Nesting of Ross’s Goose Chen rossi. By P. A. Taverner........................... a Wea aes
The European Praying Mantis (Mantis religiosa. L.) in Ontario. By F. A. Urquhart and fs
(Opel DH G0) d's) Renesas ae ALON Aah onion ER abr eel MRE SAIL eNO NG DAN RUN NCCE Mcrae : 130
Some Studies in Bill Measurements and Body Weights of American Wocdcock (Philohela
minor). UBB BSW UGS 2 eV a PRL RIS i ee 132
0 Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Journal of 1855 ............................ 1324
Ides COSVOlUM eral Vitesse ee ERR ING ALGAAS FOS RENE AU SEERA oe Na i er 137

sesisgsesdessesesdsescibesepsagecassssegeseasgessisesssscscccssssssggssssececstesssgecasescssessssascccepesceesssssapascescsssbsrsseceasesssicessssscessacesesstoedstestseesgesesseseeeseesee
if The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since
## 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two
# volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and "these have been st
# continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued F
it monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the
# results of original research in all departments of Natural History. He

if Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each
y

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 4

increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.
Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to
WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
582 Mariposa Ave.,
Rockliffe Park, Orrawa, CANADA.

Bac) SS

™

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. LIV

OTTAWA, CANADA, DECEMBER,

1940 No. 9

“ THE NESTING OF ROSS’S GOOSE Chen rossi.
By P. A. TAVERNER

MONG the puzzling breeding mysteries
of our high northern American birds
sesame those of the Blue and Ross’s Geese,
C255) Chen caerulescens and C. rossi remained
the longest unsolved. The former was cleared
up by Mr. J. D. Soper! under the auspices of the
Northwest Territories and Yukon Branch of the
Canadian Department of the Interior in 1929
when he found it nesting on the low lands (Blue
Goose Plains) of southwestern Baffin Island, at
the foot of Bowman Bay, off Foxe Basin. Im-
mediately thereafter it was also discovered on
Southampton Island at the mouth of Hudson
Bay by G. M. Sutton? and later noted there by
T. Manning and R. W. Bray, the latter of un-
happy memory as it was while returning to the
area in 1938 for further information on this and
other species that he was blown to sea and
perished in the stormy waters of Foxe Basin.
The summering grounds of Ross’s Goose remained
unknown and the subject of interested conjecture
and speculation until this past summer.

Ross’s Chen rossi, Scabby-nosed or
Horned Wavy or Galoot as it is known to various
interests, 1s a small goose, scarcely larger than
a big Mallard duck, and a miniature edition of
the Snow Goose, Chen hyperborea, except that
adults have a rugose, warty or scabby base to
the bill and lack the strongly marked black
“grinning patches” along the cutting edges of the
mandibles of their “laughing” congeners. Under
the name of “Galoot” it has been known in con-
siderable numbers to the trading and other estab-

Goose,

1 Discovery of the Breeding Grounds of the
Bue Goose, by J. Dewey Soper, Can. Field Nat.,
XLIV, 1930, pp. 1-11. The Blue Goose, by J. Dewey
Soper, Northwest Territories and Yukon Branch,
Dept. of the King’s
Printer, Ottawa.

Interior, 1930, pp. 1-64,

2 The Exploration of Southampton Island, Hud-
son Bay, by George Miksch Sutton. Mem. Carnegie
Mus. Vol. XII, Part II, Section 2, The Birds of
Southampton Island, pp. 1-167, plus Plates XIX-
XXIV.

lishments of Lakes Athabasca and Great Slave,
particularly at Chipewyan where formerly many
were killed and salted as an important addition
to the winter food supply. Of recent years how-
ever it has been greatly reduced in numbers and,
though the above practice has been largely dis-
continued, the fear has been growing that, through
the decrease in numbers increasing the difficulty
of finding nesting concentrations, it might, like
the Labrador Duck, disappear before we could
obtain definite information upon its breeding life
history. Fortunately this has, at least in part,
been forestalled by the discovery of the past
summer. We at least know where it nests though
the difficulty of entry into the area is a serious
obstacle to further intensive breeding study.

From these great northern lakes where it ap-
peared in vast snowy flocks, in early summer it
vanished north or northeast-ward into the blue,
disappearing from human ken without trace.
Southward its movements were almost as obscure.
It occurred in scattered groups or casual in-
dividuals eastward rarely to Manitoba and west-
ward to the coast but the main flight hne in
transit appeared to be through eastern Alberta
and western Saskatchewan in irregular and some-
what uncommon and usually sporadic flocks, some-
times of considerable size but never, in total,
commensurate with the known numbers of the
species. The greater body passed over most of
this territory unobserved but, somewhere along
or below the International Boundary it crossed
the mountains to the great interior valleys of
California for the winter, where, with Lesser Snow
Geese, Chen hyperborea hyperborea it was an
important object of sport and many were killed.
Since wholesale systematic hunting on the lakes
of its northern route has been discontinued, the
future of the species seems to rest largely with
California. It has recently been given complete
protection there and prospects for its survival
appear more promising.

128

This discontinuous appearance along a line of
migration is quite similar to those of its two
close relatives, the Blue Goose and the Greater
Snow Goose, Chen hyperborea atlantica. The latter
winters in numbers on the middle Atlantic coast
and occurs in similar concentration in passage
on the lower St. Lawrence River near Quebec
City. The former occurs in winter in large num-
bers with Lesser Snow Geese on the gulf coasts
of Louisiana and Texas and in spring migration
in southern Manitoba. Both Greater Snows and
Blues are rare, irregular or casual between these
points of observed concentration, and until lately
their breeding grounds were unknown. The nest-
ing of the Blues was discovered as above and
that of the Greater Snows was found to be on
the northeastern Arctic islands and north Green-
land. The breeding ground of the Lesser Snow
Geese is practically continuous across the arctic
mainland coast and adjacent islands and its mi-
gration route is over a broad interior front with-
out presenting much of exceptional interest. With
the discovery of the nestings of these geese only
that of Ross’ Goose, remained unknown.

With the exception of mere casual occurrences,
no word of the species could be obtained either
by observation or inquiry along the main arctic
coast east to King William’s Island and there
was no evidence that important numbers ever
left the continental mass. Through the interior
it was not found anywhere in the explored sec-
tions north or east of the big lake systems or
from the Thelon River southward. The few
reports from Back’s River were equally negative.
There seemed comparitively little ground yet
to be investigated but by elimination the pros-
pective field was narrowed to between Back's
River and the hinterland of the arctic coast, and
the terra incognita of the great peninsula north
of Chesterfield and Wager Inlets. The latter
however as far as we know is forbiddingly difficult
of access and unpromising as a goose ground.

Owing largely to the personal and inspirational
urging of Mr. E. F. G. White, the interest of
Mr. R. W. G. Bonnyeastle of the Fur Trade
Department of the Hudson’s Bay Company was
aroused. Encouraged by suggestive native re-
ports he authorized a company expedition up
the Perry River emptying into the Queen Maud
Gulf close to longitude 102° West. As no official
maps have ever been made of this river sub-
sequent localities cannot be clearly stated. June
30th of the past summer, Mr. Angus Gavin and
Mr. E. Donovan, managers of Perry River and
Kang William Land Posts respectively, with four

THE CANADIAN FIEBLD-NATURALIST

[VoL. LIV

Eskimos started with canoe on dog-sled over
the still present ice to the mouth of the river
where they camped on an island occupied by a
considerable colony of either Brant, Branta bernela,
or Canada Geese, B. canadensis, identity being
uncertain in the hazy light. The next day they
ascended the river in the canoe observing en
route Swans, Geese, Cranes, and many Pintails
to a branch where they spent the night at a
native camp. Fifteen miles up this tributary,
and over a number of difficult portages, they
made their way to an unnamed lake. What they
found there can be best reported in Mr. Gavin’s
words as contributed to him for publication in
The Beaver, the official house-organ of the Hud-
son’s’ Bay Company.

“After laboring up this (the last Rapids) we
came to a mile or so of good water, and it was
while we were on this calm stretch that the first
Ross Goose was sighted in the early morning
light, flying towards the lake that lay ahead of

”

us.

“On entering the lake, we could see them flying
all over the place. The lake was long and narrow,
and studded with two or three hundred reefs of
varying shapes and sizes up to about 500 by 50
yards. One of the islands nearest us was covered
with white dots of the nesting geese. Through
the glasses they reminded us of ptarmigan in
winter garb. As we approached they rose in
large flocks over our heads, loudly protesting at
our invasion of their domain. Others took it
very philosophically, and not until we had actu-
ally landed did they get off their nests.”

“On the first three islands visited there were
about fifty pairs nesting, anywhere from three
to thirty-feet apart. A grassy base on the rock
copiously lined and rimmed with white down,
soiled to a dirty gray appearance, constituted
the nest. The complete nest was about twelve
inches over all with a nesting cavity about five
inches in diameter and about two and a half
inches in depth from the top of the downy rim.
Four eggs were the most common clutch noted.
There were two to six creamy-white, ovate eggs
In) they Mests\ exeinanae cel eal ee
Some nests contained five eggs, some two or three
Maral Crave) (ole ico) Incl ioe Gas
In all eggs the embryos were sufficiently developed
so that the head, bill and eyes were clearly seen.
Incubation was judged to be five to ten days

3 Where the Ross’s Goose Nest, by A. Gavin,
The Beaver, Outfit 271, December, 1940, Hudson’s
Bay Co., Winnipeg, Manitoba.

December. 1940]

advanced.

“On this island we also discovered two nests of
the King Eider, Somateria spectabilis, one con-
taining five greenish eggs, the other six. Un-
fortunately, light conditions were not too good
as it was in the small hours of the morning, so
we did not get any close-up shots with our
cameras. After securing a few specimens and
their eggs, we headed for the next island to cook
a meal, and to have a short nap before trying to
get some pictures. Back at the island where
the geese were nesting, we finally succeeded in
getting some close-ups of the birds on their eggs.
As we approached, they would get off their nests;
but we would lie down five or six feet away, and
presently they would return and sit on the eggs
again.”

“About three hundred yards from the first
island visited, and in a grassy bay, on the main-
land, four pairs of Blue Geese, Chen caerulescens,
were found nesting, and the nests examined. They
were grass-lined cavities with considerable dusky,
bluish-grey down (two of them) containing four
and three eggs respectively. Some of the older
natives told us they had never before set eyes
on this bird. They explained, however, that Ross’s
Goose was common thereabouts, the chief breed-
ing grounds being on a similar island in a larger
lake about six miles away. We gathered from
their description that about two thousand would
be found nesting there.”

“Altogether we stayed about seven hours at
the lake,
On the return trip we saw about five hundred
Pintails, Dafila acuta, im a marsh about half a
mile long and a quarter wide. At least half of
them were in flightless condition, having moulted
their primaries. Other species seen on this trip
were Canada Geese, Branta canadensis, Whistling
Swans,Cygnus columbianus, Arctic Terns, Sterna
paradisaea, and several species of shore birds and
gulls.”

In corroboration of the above identifications
there have been received and we have examined
a number of clear, sharp photographs of eggs and
nests and of birds, both White and Blue upon
nests; also two skins of Ross’ Geese and five
end-blown but otherwise perfect eggs. Without
further data the photographs of the nests of
course cannot be specifically recognized nor would
the identity of the white geese be certain were
they not supported by the skin specimens. The
pictures of the Blue Geese, however, with their

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

129

white heads and necks, and dark bodies are un-
mistakable. Note that in the above account there
is no mention that can be referred to either the
much larger white Snow Goose or to the quite
different White-fronted Goose, Anser albifrons,
both of which might be reasonably expected
to occur.

The five eggs are stated by Mr. Donovan, who
came out with them, while Mr. Gavin remained
in the north, as probably from one set though
he is not certain that they may not be from two
adjoining clutches. They are ovate, creamy white
somewhat nest stained, and with almost imper-
ceptible gloss. They sort into two groups, two
eggs being distinctly smaller than the other three.
The following are the measurements with those
of series of Snow and Blue Geese in the National
Museum of Canada for comparison. The volu-
metric measurements were obtained by measuring
the water they displaced in a graduate marked
to two cubic centimeters. It can be noted that
the only other known egg of Ross’s Goose is one
laid in confinement and given by Bent? as measur-
ing 74 x 47 mm. which is in harmony with the
larger group of these figures.

Snow Goose

cu. em.
volume
Southampton Island
ROISU te (Asti ur ela Ree ee 82 x53 mm. 130
82.5 x 53.5 129
Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
Sebi 20 diailpminises Pale sie wliake Seas 120
SEXO 122
(St aiO3) OMe 116
SOMexao3 114
Sly xio4 126
Perry River, 1936.
Single egg 7, Soa eas 80. x 54 110
Ross’ Goosr
cu. em.
volume
SIN OPED esciiis oll lua) 66.5 mm. x 48 76
INO Mpeg rwnisieid Does Uae: 64 x 48 73
INO MS Le ive ABN ERE 72 x 48 82
INI COPMIGY: iaepah rasta cate 75 x 48 87
INTO to a 7 x 49 90

4, Life Histories of North America Wild Fowl,
by Arthur Cleveland Bent, Order Anseres, Bulletin
130, U.S. Nat’nl. Mus. 1925.

130

BLUE GOOSE

cu. cm.
volume

Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
Sete O41 jtee ae os 83 x 545 mm. 120
76 x 49 87
80 x 545 122
84 x 55 123

Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
Set 204 Gis eee ee ee 82 x 52 109
82) xt o225 109
be GA 116
78 x 485 105

Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
Set: 2045) sce ae ete Shy ox GY 123
83.5 x 51.5 114
Sexe 52 112
Be ox BY 112

Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
Sethe 2043 eee eae 83 x 50 109
82.5 x 51 114
80 x dl 110

Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
SetweZ042) | sea ase Bee 81.5 x 49.5 101
79 x 49.5 94

Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
SetweZO50" 2 sew WO x Sil 99
74 x 50 96

Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
Net ZOD 2 meet ment Beata US) 5k EBS 110
79 x 53.5 110
79 x 55 115

Camp Kungovik, Baffin Is.
Seth 205 lh sea Meo 79 x 53 114
8695 x153.5 118

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. LIV

Though the primary interest in these discoveries
lies with Ross’ Goose, the nesting of the Blue
Goose is of immediately second importance to
it suggesting a westward extension of some six
hundred miles to the known breeding range. It
is impossible as yet to say how extensive this
new nesting area of the species may be or how
continuous it may be with that already known.
The native report cited suggests that it is of
rare or casual occurrence in this immediate
neighborhood, but a specimen in the National
Museum of Canada of a hybrid caerulescens X
albifrons taken at Chipewyan in 1913 gives hopes
of other occurrences from this approximate range.

Little is known of the physiography of this
section of the country which constitutes one of
the larger of the great unknowns of the continent.
The Perry River area, probably to Back’s River
seems to be a low-lying coastal plain of low
relief, an old sea bed somewhat similar to the
ground where the Blue Goose has already been
found nesting. East of lower Back’s River the
land is generally high and rugged and promises
little if any suitable Blue Goose ground. But
all this is a matter for future investigation when
exploration facilities in this difficult country are
further developed. Great credit is due to the
Hudson’s Bay Company for sponsoring, and to
its officers for their initiative and energy in
successfully carrying out the search. It may be
remarked in passing that Russ’s Goose was named
in 1861 after Bernard Ross, a Hudson’s Bay
Company officer at Fort Resolution, whence the
first specimens were sent by Kennicott. It was
described as the “horned wavy” by Samuel
Hearne, another Hudson’s Bay Company officer
in 1795, and he must have seen it on the barrens
on one or more of his trips. Now, in 1940, two
Hudson’s Bay Company officers share the dis-
covery of its nest.

THE EUROPEAN PRAYING MANTIS (Mantis religiosa. L) IN ONTARIO
By F. A. URQUHART and C. E. CORFE

URING the past few years the European
Praying Mantis has become definitely
more abundant in the vicinity of the
Toronto region. This suggested to us

that the praying mantis was extending its range

westward from its point of abundance in the
vicinity of Prince Edward County. Up to the
summer of 1937 our records indicated that the
range of the praying mantis extended from Cooks-

ville on the west along the north shore of Lake
Ontario to Kingston on the east (Corfe, Can.
Ent., LXX: 21-22). Since this time a number of
other records have been obtained showing that the
range now extends from Fort Erie on the west
to Spencerville and Ottawa on the east. The
most northerly record is Miner’s Bay in Hali-
burton County.

December, 1940}

ie

SS

Fic I:

Referring to the accompanying map, it would
seem that the range extention is definitely west-
ward from the vicinity of Prince Edward County.
It may be predicted that within a short period
of time the praying mantis will range along the
north shores of Lake Erie, Lake Ontario and the
St. Lawrence River, from Windsor on the west to
Lancaster on the east. Once established, the pray-
ing mantis will most likely occur along the north
shore of Lake Erie in numbers equal to it present
status in Prince Edward County. It is quite un-
likely that it will extend its range northward, as
pointed out later in the present paper the records
from Miner’s Bay and Ottawa are most likely
accidental, transported by motor car or on ship-
ments of goods.

The following are the localities from which the
praying mantis has been reported or taken:
Toronto, Kingston, Bowmanville, Beamsville,
Belleville, Colborne, Orono, West Hill, Picton,
Willowdale, Rouge River, Consecon 1(C.N.C.),
Ameliasburg (C.N.C.), Lake Opinicon (C.N.C.),
Spencerville (C.N.C.), Ottawa (C.N.C), Fort Erie,
Deseronto, Miner’s Bay, Port Perry, Scarboro,
Cooksville, Kingston, Colborne, Green Point, and
Cobourg.

Of the numerous specimens of praying mantis
brought to the museum during the summer of
1939 three specimens, two females (one brown,

1. C.N.C.; Canadian National Collection, Ottawa.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 131

Showing the present distribution of the European Praying Mantis in Ontario.

one green) and one male, received on August 22,
were kept in captivity; grasshoppers were used as
food. Copulation took place between the male
and the green female on August 26, and between
the same male and the brown female on August
27. The male died, without any apparent injury,
on August 28. On September 16 an egg cocoon
was deposited by the green female. A second egg
cocoon, that was decidedly smaller than the first,
was deposited on September 28. From September
23 to October 3 the remaining female became
gradually weaker; the tarsi of all the legs
apparently became brittle and eventually broke
off with the result that the specimen was unable
to cling to the sides of the cage. The eyes became
decidedly black in colour and the head a peculiar
shade of pink. The tegmina and wings became
dry and brittle. The whole ageing process seemed
to be a gradual drying up of the entire body. The
specimen died on October 4.

The egg cocoons, surrounded with cotton wool,
were placed in a small cardboard box; the latter,
also surrounded with cotton wool, was placed in
a second larger box. The boxes containing the
eggs were placed in a wood cupboard out-of-doors
during the winter months. On June 12 the eggs
were brought in doors but apparently the winter
cold had destroyed the eggs; sections made
through the eggs showed them to be completely
desiccated.

132

An egg cocoon, collected by Alec Lucas at
Cobourg “during November” and sent to the
Museum on March 20, was kept at room tempera-
ture and, on April 22, some fifty nymphs emerged.

This rather simple experiment would seem to

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL LIV

indicate that the cold of winter is a deciding
factor in preventing the praying mantis from
extending its range northward; and that in the
vicinity of Toronto only those eggs deposited in
sheltered situations would survive.

SOME STUDIES IN BILL MEASUREMENTS AND BODY WEIGHTS OF

AMERICAN WOODCOCK (Philohela minor)
By R. W. TUFTS

URING the fall hunting seasons (October 1-
November 15) of 1938 and 1939 in Nova
Scotia 255 Woodcock were examined by
the writer—71 in 1938 and 184 in 1939—

many of these specimens having been supplied
by my hunting companions. In 1938 all birds
were sexed by internal examination and all bill
measurements recorded. In 1939 all bills were
measured but only those specimens (14 in num-
ber), concerning the sex of which there was any
reason for doubt, were so examined and in every
one of these cases my supposition, based upon
external characteristics, was confirmed.

Srupims IN Bitt-LENGTHS.

Of the 255 birds cited above, 121 were males
and 134 females. The measurement taken in each
case was that of the distance from the tip of the
upper mandible to the point where the frontal
head feathers begin.

The average length of the bills of the 121
males was 63.46 mm., the shortest being 59 mm.,
of which there were 3, and the longest 69 mm..,
of which there was but one.

The average length of bills of the 134 females
was 71.89 mm., the shortest being 66 mm., one
only, and the longest 78 mm., of which there
were 2.

From the foregoing it will be noted that there
was some slight overlapping, the extent of same
being as follows:

25 males had bills which measured between 66
mm, and 69 mm. inclusive—18 were 66 mm.; 5
were 67 mm.; 1 was 68 mm.; and 1 was 69 mm.
Of the females there were 17 birds with bills
measuring between 66 mm. and 69 mm. inclusive
—1 was 66 mm.; 3 were 67 mm.; 8 were 68 mm.;
and 5 were 69 mm.

A study of my compilations in this connection
reveals another fact which seems noteworthy in

that the bills of both sexes were found to increase
in length during the short span of the open hunt-
ing season as will be seen from the figures sub-
mitted below:

Oct. 1-15 Oct. 16-31 Nov. 1-15
19 males 69 males 33 males
av. 63.04 mm. av. 63.47 mm. av. 64.24 mm.
31 females 49 females 54 females
av. 71.36 mm. av. 72.00 mm. av. 72.22 mm.

These figures also support the theory that in
the late autumn just prior to departure for the
south, female birds predominate, the majority of
males having left earlier. By years the figures
are:

Oct. 1-15 Oct. 16-31 Nov. 1-15
1938 Males __ i 27 0
Females _ 18 14
19389 Males _ 12 42 33
Females _ 13 35 49

Bopy WEIGHTS

Of the 255 specimens above mentioned, 71 were
taken in 1938 but only one of them was weighed.
This was such a large bird that I took it to a drug-
gist and had him weigh it on his delicately bal-
anced gram scales. The bird, female, weighed
276.41 grams (9%4 oz.) and had a bill measure-
ment of 72 mm. Of the 184 examined in 1939, 179
were carefully weighed on similar scales and re-
sults recorded. The sex ratio of the 1939 lot was
87 males to 97 females and the 5 that were not
weighed were all females, leaving 87 males and
92 females to be considered below.

December, 1940]

The average weight of the 87 males was 175.81
grams, while the average weight of the 92 females
was 219.2 grams. The heaviest male weighed 218.6
grams and was shot on October 30th in Kings
County. The bill length of this bird was 66 mm.
The lightest male weighed 132.1 grams and was
taken on October 19th in Kings County. The bill
measured 59 mm. The heaviest female weighed
256.7 grams and was shot on November 14th in
Digby County. The bill measured 75 mm. The
lightest one weighed 173.5 grams, bill 73 mm.,
and was shot on October 20th in Kings County.

A study of the increase in body weights during
the 6 weeks open season reveals the following:
Oct. 1-15

Oct. 16-31 Nov. 1-15

Males 12 Males 42 Males 33
av. 159.90 gms. av. 174.60 gms. av. 180.11 gms.

Females 13 Females 31 Females 48

av. 201.85 gms. av. 216.09 gms. av. 226.00 gms.

GENERAL NOTES

During my 40 years of Woodcock hunting I
have seen, on a number of occasions, evidence
which supports the belief that the sexes travel
separately during the autumn migration. From
my field notes, which have been compiled since
1922, I have culled the following which, in this
connection, seem pertinent:

“Oct. 14, 1931—Shot 8 birds today in a new
cover near Bridgetown, Annapolis County,
7 of which were unquestionably males, judg-
ing from their small size. The type of cover
in which they were found, and their general
behavior as well, marked them as_ birds
which were migrating or ‘drop birds’ as they
are called by hunters.”

“Oct. 15, 19831—Today in ‘South Mountain Cov-

er,’ Kings County, I shot 8 birds—7 females
and one male.”

“Nov. 3, 1931—Of 5 taken today in ‘Black River
Cover,’ Kings County, 4 were females.”

“Nov. 9, 1985—5 taken in ‘North Mountain
Cover, Kings County, all of which were
females, judging from large size.”

“Oct. 21, 1937—4 taken today were all large
females.”

“Nov. 8, 1937—Shot 8 in ‘Porcupine Cover,’
Kings County, all of which were large females.”

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 133

“Oct. 8, 1938—Took 8 ’cock today. 6 were fe-
males. One a male and the other a small bird
full of pin-feathers and sex indeterminate,
probably a male.”

“Oct. 25, 26, 1938—AIl males taken these 2 days
(9 in all taken).”

“Oct. 28, 29, 31, 1988—AIl birds taken these 3
days were males with a single exception (8
mead) 2

“Noy. 5, 1938—5 taken today, all females.”
“Oct. 2, 1939—Of 8 taken today, 6 were males.”

“Oct. 19, 1939—Cassidy’s Cover,’ Kings County,
held 10 to 12 ’cock and of the 7 of these
taken, all were small males. These were
found in an area not exceeding 2 acres.”

“Oct. 20, 1939—Today 8 birds were shot and of
the lot 7 were females—no fat birds.”

“Nov. 1, 1939—3 males taken today were all on
a half acre. The females (2) were widely
separated,”

Concerning the time of departure of the Wood-
cock from Nova Scotia, there appears to be a wide
variation. It is generally known or believed that
they leave for the New England shores from the
southern end of Yarmouth County and from the
southern tip of Digby Neck, which is in Digby
County. Some observers contend that they cross
over the Bay of Fundy, by the shorter water
route, to the Islands of the Grand Manan group,
which are in Charlotte County, New Brunswick,
close to the international border, and from there
continue southerly through Maine.

Some 50 Woodcock have been banded in Nova
Scotia and New Brunswick in recent years, but to
date no recoveries have been reported. In time,
however, some much needed light may be thrown
on this subject by the timely recovery of one or
more of these banded birds.

The time in November, when the last wave of
migrating woodcock leaves, varies from early in
the month (rarely) up till the end, and not in-
frequently they hang on until well into Decem-
ber. For instance, on December 18, 1980, numbers
of them were reliably reported to have been seen
in Yarmouth County by boys who were out after
rabbits and some birds were said to have been
shot while sitting on the snow. Occasionally indi-
vidual birds are reported from Yarmouth County
during January and February as having been
seen in sheltered spring-fed swales which do not
freeze. It is quite possible that such occurrences
are attributable to birds which have recovered

134

from wounds, from which they were suffering at
the normal time of their departure, and which
rendered long flight at that period a physical
impossibility.

A belief held by some local Woodcock fans is
that the time of their annual fall take-off is
closely related to the period of the November full
moon and that it is also strongly influenced by
light northerly winds which may prevail at that
time. This is not always so, however, for at times
they appear to take no notice of such conditions

Though well known as being birds of nocturnal
habits in the matter of migration, I have a single
record of one performing what appeared to be a

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

{[VoL. LIV

migratory flight in the daytime. This was a .bird
seen in Kings County about 4 p.m. on October
3ist, 1931, headed due west (toward Yarmouth
County) and flying at an altitude of about 60
yards. Outlined against the dull sky, I chanced to
see it coming from a long distance and watched
it fly overhead and finally pitch into an alder
thicket about 400 yards distant.

With the many and increasing adverse factors
with which these birds have to contend, it is a
marvel to many observers how the species is able
to maintain its numbers as well as it appears to
be doing.

= CHIEF FACTOR JAMES ANDERSON’S BACK RIVER JOURNAL OF 1855

(Continued from page 126)

Tuesd. 17. Left our encampment at 2% a.m.
and passed Lake Beechy with a fine breeze ait.
A complete portage was made at the Cascades;
all the Rapids below it were safely run with full
eargoes, with the exception of one where the
canoes were lightened of a few pieces and 3 men
each. The current carried us on very swiftly and
we encamped at 9% p.m. at the “Sand Cliffs”
passed by Back on the afternoon of the 16th
instant his description of the scenery is most cor-
rect—it is beautiful indeed. The mosses which are
in full flower, and in patches on the celifis, with
their green leaves and purple flowers on the cream-
coloured sand, look most beautiful. Back saw
immense numbers of reindeer and Musk Oxen in
this part of the River; we saw but 10 of the
former and about 40 of the latter—28 of these
were in one drove; (July, 1855—Thlewycho River
—37) they were of all sizes—the calves look like
black pigs. Killed 4 Canada geese and 18 wavies,
138 which are now moulting—they gave all hands
a severe run to catch them. I saw a doe and her
fawn cross a narrow part of L. Beechy; 2 wolves
were waiting for them; the poor creature was in
a sad dilemma, afraid to return on account of
us and to land for the wolves—we shouted and
drove the wolves off and I trust the poor animals
escaped their fangs. Observed a great change
in the temperature since leaving Lake Beechy—
it is much warmer; Cap. Back observed the same

138. Probably White-fronted Geese, but without
the adjective ‘‘Gray’’ they might be Snow
Geese, Chen hyperborea. (P.A.T.)

thing and accounted for it by the distance from
Bathurst Inlet being increased. Made a cache
of a bale of dried meat at our encampment of
last night, and of one bag Pemmican at the head
of the Cascades of Beechy’s Lake.

(Case contains 7 Ib. Tobacco, 3 lb. Powder,
6 lb. Tea, 1 lb. Chocolate, some ball, soap and
sundries).

July, 1855—THLEWYCHO RIVER—38

Wed. 18th. Left our encampment at 4% a.m.
The canoes were lightened at the 2nd cascade
and portages made at the Ist Cascade and the
“dalles” previous to arriving at Baillie’s R.; that
stream 1s now only a few yards in width, tho
when the water is high it is evidently an imposing
stream. Hncamped at 9 p.m. about half way
between Baillie’s and Warrens River. 24 Canada
geese were killed, they are all males—no young
ones are to be seen. A few Musk Oxen and deer
were seen. The weather was clear and warm.
I searched minutely for the Esquimaux marks
mentioned by Back but saw none, either on the
banks of the River or on the gneiss mountains
mentioned by Back. Along the bank of the River
small stones were often found placed one on the
top of the other, but this is evidently done by
the washing away of the sand from the stones.
Two of Dr. Rae’s men say that they do not
resremble Esq. marks.18° I saw nothing of the old

139, Anderson’s description is rather vague. A
small stone placed on top of a larger one
commonly marked the spot where an Eskimo
had shot down a caribou; but single boulders
and piles of boulders served many purposes.
(See Jenness, D., The life of the Copper
Eskimos, Report of the Can. Arctie EXxped-
Meroe, MOV SCL Tete. Te Tos) WES Dai.)

December 1940]

encampments. 3 kinds of gulls!4° were seen.
Cache of a bag of pemmican and a case at It
Cascade.

Thurs. 19th. Raining and blowing a gale from
N.E. which prevented us from leaving till 6%
a.m. About 1 p.m. it began to rain and did not
cease till we encamped at 6% p.m. at the head
of the Hawk Rapids. Just before we encamped
it rained so heavily and blew so hard that the
Bowsman could not distinguish the leads. Saw
no Musk Oxen (July, 1855—THLEWYCHO
RIVER—39) we did not go after them, as we
have plenty of fresh provisions, having killed 31
large male Canada geese; at one run of 10 or 15
minutes hundreds of these birds were seen. The
so-called Esq. marks are seen on the edge of every
sandy or gravelly hill, but no where else; they
point or run in every direction according as the
River runs. Blue Lupins!4! are found here in
great perfection, and several other flowers, among

others the dandelion. Warren and Jervoin!#2
rivers were dry.
_ Frid. 20th. The night turned out fine but cold

and the morning was a lovely one. The rapids
were run safely; at this stage of the water though
strong they are not dangerous. Just before reach-
ing McKinley’s River we saw fresh Esq. caches
of deer along the water’s edge and crows!4? were
seen. Shortly after their tents were seen, 6 men,
one of them blind, came down, but they attempted
nothing hostile. From signs they made they came
down McKinley’s R. and most probably belong
to the Chesterfield Inlet tribe.44 Their boats145
(July, 1855—-THLEWYCHO RIVER—40) were
made of deerskins and Musk Ox soles, and their
canoes of deer parchment, paddles of spruce,
spear heads of iron; one of their women had
bracelets of round common beads, and the oldest
man brought down some wolf and white fox14é
skins to trade, which we could not take at present.
I gave them all presents of files, knives, needles,
etc. and the women a mirror, small scissors, gar-
tering and needles. After leaving them we came

140. Herring Gull and the Short-billed Gull,
canus, with juvenals. (P.A.T.)

141. Lupinus arcticus (A.E.P.)

Larue

142. Should be Jervois.
143. Ravens, Corvus corax. (P.A.T.)
144.

These were Back River or Sangningajormiut
Eskimo, an inland tribe that obtained its iron,
glass beads and other Huropean objects by trading
with Qaernermiut Mskimo around Chesterfield In-
let. (D.J.)

145. Should be ‘‘boots’’.

146. Canis lupus and, probably, Alopex lagopus
(R.M.A.)

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

135

on two other lodges and three men came to visit
us, and further on two more which we did not
visit as it was blowing too fresh. The men were
short and stout, the women not bad looking,
with clean faces tatooed the same as the females
in Capt. Back’s book. I regretted much not
having the interpreters with us, so as to learn
the route they take from Chesterfield Inlet (as-
suming that they came from there). 2 of Dr.
Rae’s men with me,.14* understand and speak a few
words. Shortly after leaving the 2nd Esquimaux
lodges a gale came on, which shortly after in-
creased to a storm, which nearly swamped us;
this was accompanied by showers of hail and
clouds of sand which nearly blinded us. At last
I gave up the contest and encamped near Bullen’s
River at 6 pm. It was piercingly cold-capots,
cloaks and blankets in general demand. Both
yesterday and today we were much incommoded
by (July, 1855—THLEWYCHO RIVER—41)
sand and banks (Battues) ;148 the Esquimaux also
made us lose some time; they had evidently not
heard of Franklin’s party as we made them under-
stand that white men who had come in ships had
died from starvation at the mouth of the river.
About 50 or 60 deer were seen today, but neither
Musk Oxen nor geese; at the Esquimaux encamp-
ments many deer were lying at the water’s’ edge
till they get high enough for their taste—they
were all does. Several fawns were lying close to
the encampments apparently unalarmed. Several
deer were also seen.

Sat. 21. Detained all day by wind and rain.
(Entered narrows).

July, 1855—THLEWYCHO RIVER—42

Sun. 22nd. The gale of yesterday abated a
little this morning, but the weather was still
miserable when we left our encampment at 2%
a.m. When we reached Pelly’s Lake we hoisted
sail and carried it most part of the day. En-
camped at the 2nd narrows in Lake Garry (Back’s
Enc’t. of 20th) at 9 p.m. Saw 2 Lodges of
Esquimaux at the Rapids between L. Pelly and
Garry, but the inhabitants ran away on perceiving
us; they evidently have intercourse with the
Churchill Esquimaux, as there were 2 tin kettles
in the Lodges, as well as our dogs.149 TI left a

147. The Report of the Select Committee on
Arctic Expedition, 1855, p. 837, shows that Mistea-
gan (as spelled by Rae) was with Rae. There
are no published documents known to us giving a
clue to who the other man was.

148. Should be ‘‘battures”’.
149. Evidently wrongly transcribed from “‘dags”
as daggers were among the articles especially

suited for the Eskimo trade mentioned in the Select
Committee Report, 1855, p. 856, as having been
forwarded for the expedition from York Factory.

136

few articles in each tent and left. A number of
young fawns were running about the lodges—I
suppose their dams have been killed. 2 bags of
pemmican were cached at our enc’t of last night.
Very few deer seen; 30 geese were killed.

Course in L. Garry

(To 2d Detroit15®° E. by S—mark a small island
with gravel etc. shoved up by ice and crowned
by square blocks stone in Situ but in a state of
disintegration. Then through a labyrinth of isl-
ands and narrow bays to a prominent sand _ hill—
thence to 3 d Detroit N.E. nearby mark a clump
of sand hills or cut very picturesquely—thence
to Rapid (point) N. by E—mark a high conical
sandhill.)

July, 1855—LAKE GARRY—43

Monday 23rd. Left at 4% am. Lost most
part of the day in finding our road. We were
also retarded by cutting through ice 2 feet thick.
Encamped at the 38rd Straits of L. Garry (Back’s
enc’'t 21) at 10 pm. Hither we are very stupid
or the map in Back’s work is very incorrect. The
day has been the warmest we have had for some
time. I shot a deer today, a doe I am ashamed
to say, but we had no fresh provisions and the
pemmican must be saved—the fawn was _ half
grown and was of course allowed to live. On a
bay surrounded by sandhills to the north of the
sandhill at the end of the 2nd strait Esquimaux
encampments and signs of this spring seen. From
a height a chain of lakes leading to the N.E. were
seen, by which road I think the Esq. come from
Lake McDougal.

Tues. 24th. It was near midnight before the
men laid down last night. I therefore allowed
them to sleep till 54% am. We rounded all the
bays in consequence of ice; we were also much
retarded by cutting our way through the ice
at 3 points; it was from 2 to 3 feet thick. It
is a curious sight to see men working on the ice
at this date. We at last reached the rapid at the
end of L. Garry to which we joyfully (July, 1855
—LAKE GARRY—44) bid adieu. (It falls by
3 Rapids into the River leading to L. McDougall).
This rapid was easily run; at its foot a cache
of pemmican (1 Bag was made). The rapids

150. Detroit, strait and narrows all mean the
same, and all are used by Anderson, but it is
interesting to note that he chooses the former
for sailing directions.

151. In making a decharge the goods are un-
loaded (whence the name) and carried overland,
and the canoes are run light.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. LIV

below this—5 in number—are all strong and dan-
gerous with the exception of the last one, a little
below which we encamped at 8% p.m.; 2 de-
charges!51 were made—at most of these rapids there
are several channels. Capt. Back’s map (the one
affixed to his narrative) is on so small a scale
as to be utterly useless in these large bodies of
water. 17 geese were killed; no animals were
seen with the exception of a young fox.152. This
has been the finest day since we left Slave Lake;
clear and very warm; the refraction was very
great. Esquimaux Ducks!53 seen.

July, 1855—LAKE MCDOUGALL—45

Wed. 25. Left at 4 am. In about 3 hours
paddling we reached an easy rapid, this led into
an extensive sheet of water when the current
became imperceptible; it ran on either hand N.
& S. in deep bays. Land was seen in every
quarter (Back said no land to be seen to the N.)
Tho distant. From this we struck due south to
the end of L. McDougall about 10 miles from the
Rapid. The map is perfectly useless. We ran
part of the Rock Rapids (3) but a decharge
was made at the last one, after which we ran 3
Rapids and carried over the cascades and falls.
We encamped at the foot of the latter (Sinclair’s
Falls). All these rapids are strong and hazardous.
Our Iroquois Boates!54 have had fine opportun-
ities—both yesterday and today of exhibiting their
matchless skill. Saw 6 or 7 deer and killed 13
male Canada geese. Esquimaux marks were very
numerous above the head of Rock Rapids and
below them to this spot. Made a cache of 1 bag
pemmican at the Cascades above this place.

(to be continued.)

152. Probably Arctic Fox Alopex lagopus
(R.M.A.)
153. Later references in the Journal show that

eiders are meant. Our meagre knowledge of this
region suggests that the King Wider, Somateria
spectabilis, in the species most likely to be found
so far from the open sea. (P.A.T.)

154. Bowmen; should be ‘‘boutés’’.

ass 43

December, 1940]

Alccr negundo = 24

Adams, J., A Preliminary
List of the Plants on

Bonaventure Island 79

Adder’s Mouth, Bog ——S- 59

Allin, A. E.. Iceland Gul
at Fort William, Ont. 74
Two Rare Orchids in
Thunder Bay
District
Ammonoids, New Canad-
ian Triassic by F. H.
Miciiearny es = 47-51, 111
*% Anderson, Chief Factor
James, Black River
Journal of 1855, 63-67, 84-
89, 107-109, 125-126, 134-136
Anderson, R. M.,
The Spread of Cot-
tontail Rabbits in

@anada = 70-72
Animal Predation, by J.
Age Minoan es ee 82-83
Aphragmus Eschscholtzi-__-
CHUB S ae ee 55
Arthritis Among Wolves,
byaln@s Cross 222. 2-4
Asklepioceras glaciense
MRS Pye ee eee Se eo
Asklepioceras laurenci
Ss, S) Os eee eter ae oe 51
B

Back River Journal of
1855, Chief Factor
James Anderson’s

63-67, 84-89, 107-109
125-126, 134-136

Baillie, James L., Jr.,

The Summer Doistri-
bution of the
Eastern Evening
Grosbeak __ 15-25

Bats, Keeping Track of,
by Harold B. Hitch-

Cocke evita 55-56
Beattie Hill, Traissic of... 79
Bladderworts: jee 44
Blarina brevicanda __.... 58
Bonasa umbellus _.... 89

Bonaventure Island, A
Preliminary List of
Plants one = iby. He
Grohe se eo ee Ee 7-9

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Brinkman, A. H.,
The Study of Hep-
aties (Liverworts)
yma, (Cerne ye bey, 40-42
Brown, Margaret S.,
Utricularia inflata in

@anada ee 44
Buchites hilaris var.
dawsoni nn. var... —s_ 49
Butler, L.,

A Quantitative Study
of Muskrat Food 37-40

(S
Canis lupus lycaon 2
Cassiope lycopodioides _. 68

Cassiope tetragona
saximontana nt. comb. 68

Census, Christmas Bird,
1939 Nile, 25
Chen caerulescens 127
QO) TPOSSO)) ee 127
Chenopodium polysper-
mum lL. in Canada,
lon Jak, Giron, 58
Chickadee, Chestnut-
backed, in the Al-
berta Foothills, by R.
ID), Weslaer Ue
Chitty, Dennis and
Charles Elton.
The Snowshoe Rab-
bit Enquiry, 1938-
3 Oh Ae aloe Mate nfs! let 117-124
Christmas Bird Census 25

Churchill, Manitoba, Ad-
ditions to the Avi-
fauna of, by Frank L.
iEvars] eye bis Maka A

Churchill, Manitoba, Bird:
Observed at, Spring
and Summer 1938, by

Frank L. Farley — 52-53
Clethrionomys gapperi —. 58
Colaptesnaunatuse= ee 2 BY
Conimitella Williams .. 54
Conularia, The Genotype

of, by G. Winston

Sinclair asa 72-74, 141
Conularia inaequicostata 73
Conularia quadrisulcata 73
(Coo, Aimaeicaiy 22 14
Oyovia, (Cy J. ayavl 10s oe

Urquhart,

The European Pray-

ing Mantis in On-
GA) ORs tas Soh wat 130

INDEX TO VOLUME LIV

137

Cormorant, Double-

crested: aaa 59
Cormorants, European,

Nesting in Nova

Scotia, by Harold 8.

Peters) O9=60
Cottontail, Black Hills. 71

Wieeyang: 2a, 7M

Nebraskan sauna 70, 75

New England 70

Cottontail Rabbits in Can-
ada, The Spread of,
by R. M. Anderson 70-72
Cricket, Sand, Tridacty-_
lus apicalis Say, Fur-
ther Notes on the _. 106
Cross) Baas
Arthritis Among
Wiolviesi a eee 2-4
Cyperaceae of Saskatche-
wan, Notes on the,
I Scirpus, by W. P.

Eraser) pistes ee Uric aaa 100-101
Cystopteris montana ___- 54
D
Datlagacita) 58

Daphnites (Phormedites?)
stelkin. sp. ——----— 50

Davis, William B.,
Recent Mammals of
Idaho, Reviewed 60
Devon Island, The Flora
of, in Arctic Canada,
by Nicholas Polunin 31-37
Distichites gethingin. sp. 116
loidli var. canadensis
TNS VT aA ie eh 50
Downing, Stuart C.,
First Ontario Record
of the Subgenus

Mictomys __. 109-110
Downingia laeta 69
Draba lonchocarpa _......- 69
Duck Mortality in the

Cataraqui Marshes,

by G. C. Toner. -... 104-105
Ducks Unlimited (Can-

ada), Census 1938 and

1939 reviewed —- 76
Durant, P. W.,

The European Star-
ling, Sturnus vul-
garis, at Norway
House 45

138

E
Editorial, Links with the
TEENS) Bieere eae es an 2 Ra 46
Jeno lores; BYoy.e; Las ee 24
Elton, Charles, and Denis
Chitty,

The Snowshoe Rabbit
Enquiry 1938-39. 117

Empidonaz flaviventris 14
Eptesicus f. fuscus 55

Farley, Frank L.,
Additions to the Avi-
fauna of Church-

ill, Manitoba —_ 14
Birds Observed at
Churchill, Mani-
toba, Spring and
Summer 1938 —— 52
F

Fassett, Norman C., _
Manual of Aquatic
Plants, Reviewed 110
Finnie, Richard,
Lure of the North,
Reviewed —-- 110
Fleming, J. H. and L. L.
Snyder,
On Melospza melodia
in Ont., Reviewed 78
Flicker and Starling Tak-
en Together in Same
Nest, by T. S. Hen-

NESS. es ee oe eee 59
Flora, Bonaventure Island 7
Devon Island _.__ 3l
Salisbury Island —_ 9

Flycatcher, The Crested,
in Central Alberta, by
IR, ID, Wssinge 2 74-75
Flycatcher, Yellow-bellied 14
Forbush, Edward Howe,
Natural History of
Birds of Eastern and
Central North Am-
erica, Reviewed 76

Forest Insect Survey, An-
nual Report of the,
IRENE elel) Le ee ee

Fraser, W. P.,

Notes on the Cyper-
aceae of Saskat-

chewan, I. Scir-
OUST fe Dien wee ds 100-101
Frogbit Hydrocharis
Morsus—ranae L. at
Ottawa, by W. H.
IMitira's hres 44-45
Fulica americana 14

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Goose, JIE 127
Goose, Ross’s, Chen rossi,

the Nesting of, by P.

AC a venn ei aaa 127-130
Grand Manan Island __ 89, 90
Grassland Reservations

and Grassland Re-

search, The Need for,

loyy Wo Ja, Slaelhione! .. 9 5=7/
Gresham, A. B.,

Mockingbird, Mimus
polyglottos, Win-
termg in Mani-
HOO, lone ee eG)

Grohe

Chenopodium poly-
spermum L. in
Chmack, oS

Grosbeak, Summer Dis-
tribution of the East-
ern Evening, by
James L. Baillie Jr. 15-25
Girouse, IRwuiecl oY)
Gull, Iceland, at Fort Wil-
liam, Ontario, by A.

iE WAU niaviy Mie ails 74
H
Halobia pacalis n. sp. —— 111
Halobia symmetrica var.
latanmnyan ee 111

Hastings County, Ontario,
Land Molluses of, by
Rev. H. B. Herrington
and John Oughton 42-43

Helictites decorus un. sp. 49

Helictites decorus var.
obesusn. var. ______. 50

Helictites decorus var.
transitionisn. var. — 50

Hennessy, T. S.,
Flicker and Starling
Taken Together
in Same Nest —. 59
Hepatics (Liverworts) in
Canada, The Study of
by A. H. Brinkman. 41
Herrington, Rev. H. B.,
and John Oughton,
Land Mbolluses of
Hastings County,

Ontanion= oe 42-43
Hespertphona v. vesper-
ECT Soh Sere 15
Himavatites canadensis
TAPAS Ds colar ea Oe ae 115

[Vou. LIV

Hitchcock, Harold B.,
Keeping Track of
Bats: 2S 55-56

Hitchcock, Harold B. and
Keith Reynolds,
Piprstrellus Hibernat-

in) Ontario. == 389

Hydrocharis Morsus-ranae 44

J

Jackson, V. W.,
Occurrence oi Gray
Squirrel in Mani-

toba: (2a 75
Placocophalis kewensis _. ~
in Manitoba ___ 75

Spread of Nebraska
Cottontail in
Manitoba

Jaques, H. E.,

How to Know the

Trees, Reviewed 76
Juvavitesbiornatus n. sp. 48
Juvavites concretusn. sp. 113

Juvavites custi Dn. sp 113
Juvavites magnusn. sp.. 48
Juvavites mclayin. sp. 113

Juvavites selwyni n. sp... 113
Juvavites (Dimorphites?)

pardonetiensisn. sp.___— 48
Juvavites (Gonionotites)
belli 2 Ss) 114
Juvavites (Gonionotites)
fuscus 0. Sp. —__----- 114
Juvavites (Gonionotites)
rans nS py 114
Juvavites (Malayites)
butlerin. sp. 114
Juvavites (Malayites)
parcus n. sp... 15
K
INEMCICL, ISI 102
L
Larus leucopterus ______ 74

Lavoie, Louis-
Bonaventure, Obitu-
ary of, by R.M.A. 1

Ibieveowamipayes, Boye 109

Lepus americanus Tiley

Links with the Past,
TBiebiKoMe] ee 46

December, 1940}

Lastera auriculata 59
Listera australis Lindl. in

the Province of Que-

bec, by Henry Mous-

LENG ee is ae 95-96
ivierwOrtsy ee 40
Logier, E. B. S.,

The Reptiles of On-

tario, Reviewed 77, 83

Lycopodeum obscurum
var. dendroideum __ 54

M

MacLulich, D. A.,
Test of a Method of
Small Mammal
firapping) ees 57-58

Macoun Group of Natur-
alishs pele meee ss
Malazis paludosa _.... 59, 69
Mantis religiosa 130

McLearn, F. H.,
New Canadian Trias-
sic Ammonoids — 47-51
Preliminary study of
some Triassic Pel-
ecypods and Am-
monoids from the

eace River Foot-
hills Bie 111-116

Triassic of Beattie
Hill, Peace River
Foothills, B.C. — 79-82

Microsorex hoy —------ 97
Mictomys, First Ontario

Record of the Subgen-

us, by Stuart C.

Downing eee 109-110

Mimus polyglottos —.. 45
Minshall, W. H.,

Frogbit Hydro-
charis Morsus—.......
ranae L. at Ot-

UA Wales cettes ee se 44-45
Mockingbird, Mimus poly-
glottos, Wintering in

Manitoba, by A. B.

Gresham

Molluscs, Land, of Hast-

ings County, Ontario 42

Miouse: Deer) 22 ee 58
Red-backed ___..-.------ 58
Mousley, Henry, Listera
australis Lindl. in the
Province of Quebec : 95-96
Munro, J. A.,
Animal Predation —. 82-83
Muskrat Food, A Quan-
titative Study of, by
Butler! ose 37-40

45-46

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Myiarchus crinitus 74
Myophoriamorigeran. sp. 112
Myophoria silentiana ____. 112
Myophoria silentiana var.
placidan. var. 112
Myophoria silentiana var.
schooleri n. var. _... 112
Myotis keenti septentri-
ONGLis pie UU AWN ania 56
ik, Leo NO NS La 55

Myriophyllum pinnatum 54

N
National Herbarium of
Canada, Miscellane-

ous Contributions
from, No. 1, by A.
la, JPowsiicl: wo
National Herbarium of
Canada, Miscellane-
ous Contributions
aroyod) INO; UL) Jone AN,
EK. Porsild — = 68-69
New Brunswick _ ~ . 58
New Canadian Triassic
Ammonoids, by F. H.

54-55

IM Clee army enn e'y)It
Nova Scotia 5)
O

Obituary of Louis-Bona-
venture Lavoie 1

Ondatra zibethica — 37

Orchids; ae 59, 69, 95

Orchids, Two Rare, in
Thunder Bay District,
by A. E. Allin 59
Osmerus mordax _......_ 59

Ottawa Field-Naturalists’
Club, 61st Annual

Meeting pe ames 11-12
Financial Statement 12-13
Members and _ Sub-

Scribersii seen 90-94

Oughton, John (and Rev.
H. B. Herrington),
Land Molluses of
Hastings County,
Ontario eee eee 42

Paraconulariasubgen. nov. 72
‘Pecten’? dishinnin. sp. — 112

139
‘Pecten’? dishinni
var. Raska,n. var... 112
Pedicularis Langsdorfii . 69
Pedicularis ornithorhyn-
CTU PT Ne RE 69
Penthestes rufescens ____ 75
Belecy podsye vam atameme samme tint
Peromyscus maniculatus. 58

Peters, Harold S.,

European Cormorants
Nesting in Nova
Scotiay =a 59-60

Pintail Increasing as
Nesting Bird in
New Brunswick. 58

Phalacrocorax auritus __. 59
COTO OS) UE oe ee DO)
Phitohela minor —=.- 132

Pigmy Shrew, (Microsorez-
hoyi) in Captivity,
Notes on the Habits,
of, by Leslie A.

PMN Cee a eae 97-100

ine, Whites oe ea 46

Pintail Increasing as Nest-
ing Bird in New Brun-
swick, by Harold S.

Peters) wee eee 58
Pinus Strobus — 46
Pipistrellus Hibernating in

Ontario, by Harold

B. Hitchcock and

Keith Reynolds S89
Pipistrellus subflavus ob-

SCAT US i) aes anes an ee 56, 89
Placocephalis kewensis —. 75

Polunin, Nicholas,

On Some Plants from
Salisbury Island,
Collected by Maj-
or L. T. Burwash
in 1924 and by the
Hon. J. N.S. Buc-
han in 19388 9-10

The Flora of Devon
Island in Aretic
@anada ee 31-37

Pope, Clifford H..,

The Turtles of the
United States and
Canada, Reviewed 77

Porsild, A. E.,

Miscellaneous Con-
tributions from
the National Her-
barium of Can-
ada, No. 1 ...... 54-59

Miscellaneous Con-
tributions from
the National Her-
barium of Can-
pola, INi@y WU ee 68-69

140

Predation, Animal ____ 82

Prince, Leslie A.,
Notes on the Habits

of the Pigmy

Shrew, (Micro-

sorex hoyi) im
Capvivity 97-100

Provancher Society of

Natural History of

Canada, Annual Re-

port, reviewed _ 101
Province of Quebec Soci-

ety for the Protection

of Birds, Inc., Annual

Report, reviewed —~ 110
Pterotoceras caurinum var. 5
arctum 0. Var. 115
R
Rabbit, Cottontail 70, 75
Snowshoe wae 117
Radiola linoides _.__ 54
Reviews—

A Manual of Aquatic
Plants, by Norman
@mhassett - eee 110

Annual Report of the
Forest Insect Survey,
1939 ro Ee ae aE 6

Annual Report of the
Provancher Society of
Natural History of
Canadas ae 101
Annual Report of the
Province of Quebec
Society for the Pro-
tection of Birds, Inc. 110

Canadian Land Birds,

by P. A. Taverner __ 62
Canadian Nature ____ 62
Canadian Water Birds,

by P. A. Taverner __ 62

Ducks Unlimited (Can-
ada), Census 1938
am len 93 O pe uaeenese 76
How to Know the
Trees, by H. E.

Jaques = See 76
Lure of the North, by
Richard Finnie‘ 110

Natural History of the
Birds of Eastern and

Central North Am-
erica, by Edward
Howe Forbush 76

On Melospiza melodia
in Ontario, by J. H.
Fleming and L. L.
MV Ceri sae ue ene 78

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

The Recent Mam-
mals of Idaho, by W.
BE Daviswsewak aan 60

The Reptiles of On-

TIS@, loyy JB, JBL Sk

NGO GCI ate cece see 77

Turtles of the United

States and Canada,

by Clifford H. Pope ae
Reynolds, Keith, and Har-

old 8B. Hitchcock,

Pipistrellus Hibernat-

Tm OvMPTO), 2 89

Ruffed Grouse on Grand
Manan Island, by
RobieaWe ahutts| 89-90

Salisbury Island, On some
Plants from, Collected
by Major L. T. Bur-
wash in 1924 and by
thes sHlony J sN ees!
Buchan in 1988, by
Nicholas Polunin __ 9-10

Ss)
Saskatchewan, Cyperaceae
CG ig eee ae ab ee aati ari 100
SUED US ieee ee oe 109
Sciurus carolinensis hy-
DOD CLES ee 75

Scudderia, Notes on the
Ontario Species of,
by F. A. Urquhart__.102-104
Shelford, V. E.,
The Need for Grass-
land Reservations
and Grassland Re-

SCAG Men eh ea aN 5-7
Shrew, Cinereous —..... 58

ignnys eee Me 97

Slnorimmnlleel 2s}
Sinclair, G. Winston, The

genotype of Conul-

SLE cpp eee Ie a al 72-74

Sirenitespardonetin. sp. 115
Smelt in Upper St. Lawr-
ence Waters, The, by
GC loners 59
Snowshoe Rabbit Enquiry,
1938-39, The, by Den-
nis Chitty and

Charles Elton 117-124
Snyder, L. L., and J. H.
Fleming,

On Melospiza meloda
in Ontario, reviewed 78

One® CUOEROUS 58
Sparrow, Chipping _.. 14
Spizella passerina _.__ 14

Sequel, (Gray eT

(VoL. LIV

Starling, Sturnus vulgaris,

The European, at Nor-
way House, by P. W.
Dirt Se 45
Huropean 45,59

Sturnus vulgaris ___.___ 45, 39
Styrites columbianus 0.

sp. eee 4§

ireneanusnN. sp. —_ 43
Sylvilagus floridanus

TC OT1St a ae 70
Sylvalagus floridanus

simlis: aaa 5 Ue
Sylvilagus transitionals__ 790
Sylvilagus nuttalla grain-

gert 2 SE Eee
Synaptomys borealis 109

1

Taverner, P. A.,
The Nesting of Ross’s
Goose, Chen rossi

127-130
Canadian Land Birds,
reviewed: 2 }
Canadian Water Birds,
revieweq! 22 === 62
Thisbites charybdis var.
custin. var. 49
Thisbites charybdis var.
iraneaus Nn. var. 49
Thunder Bay District —— 59
toners (G21€s
Duck Mortality in the
Cataraqui Mar-
shes: 2 eee 104-104

The Smelt in Upper
St. Lawrence
Waters “2.2 eeeeee 59

Trapping, Test of a
Method of Small
Mammal, by D. A.
Macliulhich === 57-58
Triassie Ammonoids, New 47
Triassic of Beattie Hill,
Peace River Foothills,
B.G..,,, by, Hag Ha ice
Learn, i) ieee 79-82
Triassic Peleeypods and
Ammonoids from the
Peace River Foothills,
B.C., Preliminary

Study of Some, by

F. H. McLearn _ 111-116
Tridactylis apicalis _____- 106
Tutfts; R. W.,

Some studies in Bill
measurements and
Body Weights of
American Wood-
cock (Philohela
Tino) he 132-134

December, 1940}

Ruffed Grouse on
Grand Manan Is-
TEE TaVO Ui teat

Twayblade, Auricled

U

Urquhart, F. A.,

Further Notes on the
Sand Cricket,
Tridactylus apic-

alps SRy7 106
Notes on the Ontario
Species of Scud-
deria oe OPS!
Mr.

Cis

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Urquhart, F. A. and Corfe,
C. E., The European
Praying Mantis
(Mantis religiosa L.)
In Ontario) sees 130-132

Ussher, R. D.,
Chestnut-backed
Chickadee in the
Alberta Foothills
The Crested Flycatch-
er in Central Al-
Den Gay ee aan 74-75

Utricularia inflata in Can-
ada, by Margaret S.
VERON Ad eee ICS EN 44

bes
or

CorRRECTION

141

\Wolti, “Irae 2

Woodcock, American
(Philohela minor),
Some Studies in Bill
Measurements and
Body Weights of, by
TBs NAVs MARUI, 132-134

Winston Sinclair advises that in his

paper “The Genotype of Conularia” in the May
issue, pp. 72-74, the word “Subgenera” in the
4th line from the bottom of the 2nd column, p. 73,
should be deleted. In the 12th lne from the
bottom of the same column after “Genus Conu-
LARIA Sowerby 1821,” the words “including as
subgenera Conularia (s.s.)’? should be inserted.

oie

im ese

Affiliated Societies

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OR,
MANITOBA

; ; 1940-41

President Emeritus: Dr. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President:
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, ER oF President: Mr. P. H.
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M.SPrEEcHLY, M.D., V.W.
JACKSON, M.Sc., C. W. LOWE, G. SHIRLEY BROOKS, R.A.
WARDLE, M.Sc., <A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT,
L. T. S. NoRRISs-ELYE Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W.
Koser, A. H. SHortT, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON,
Treasurer: H. J. PECK, General Secretary: Miss M. F. PRATT;

Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: MRs.
H. A. HAND.

Section Chairman Secretary
Ornithological J. HAAK G SmitH
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY
Geological W.S. YARWooD Mrs. P. H. STOKES
Mammological J.D. SOPER R. Sutton
Microscopy
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.

Botany C. W. Lowe, M.Sc.
Secretary: R. HADDOw.
Botanical M.G. DupLEey, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday
during July and August.

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
OFFICERS FOR 1939-40

Honorary President: L. S. KiInk, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B. Ca Past President: PRor. JOHN Davinson, F.L.S.,
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS8.; President: C. F. CoNNoR, M. ING Vice-
President: Mr. J.J. PLOMMER, Honorary Secretary: Mr. Gro.
RoGerR Woop, B.S.A., First Assistant Secretary: M188 VIRGINIA
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: MRS. MARY SIEBURTH,
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: MR. A. A.
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, Mr.
W. CLARK, Mr. F.W. FARLEY, Mr. K. Racey, Mr. P. L. Tart,
Dr. E. N. Drizr, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTJB; Chairmen of Sections:

Botany: Pror. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E.,
Geology: M. Y. WILLIAMS, PH. D., "E.G.S. A., -F.R.S. Cc.
Entomology: Mr. A. R. Wootton, Ornithology: Mr.

KENNETH RACY, Microscopy: Mr. H. P. CLARK, Photography:
Mr. Puitir Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Por, Astronomy:
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; Pror. G. J.
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise
announced.

BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL

SOCIETY
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM-
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN;
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BASTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue,
Vancouver, B.C.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

OFFICERS & COMMITTEE

Past President: Mr. L M. TrerRRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH,
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: Rot
V. C. WYNNE-EDW RDs, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. Mcl. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M.
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: Mr. HENRY MOUSLEY:
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN.

Executive Committee: Miss RutH ABBOTT, H. F. ARCHIBALD,
G. R. Bouter, J. D. Fry, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L
HENDERSON, H. A. C. Jackson, E. L. Jupau, Miss P. B.
MATTINSON, Miss Louis® MuRpPHY, J. A. DECARIE, Miss M.
S. Nicouson, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. Sait, Miss MAuD SHATH,
L. M. TERRILL.

Meetings held the secou.d Monday of the Month except
during summer.

Headquarters of the Society are:

REDPATH MuseuM Birp Room,
McGILL UNIVERSITY,
MONTRBAL, P.Q.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron Honoraire: Mason GENERAL
Str EuGENE Fiset, Ke., C,M.G., D.S.O0., M.D., Lieutenant-
Gouverneur de la Province de Québee; Bureau de Direction
pour 1940: Président: Dr. VIGER PLAMONDON, Jer vice-
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRic G.
TESSIER, Seerétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef
de la section scientifique: Dr. D.-A. Dmry; Chef de la eection
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Score Chef de la
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE,
Directeurs: HONORABLH EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR,
CHARLES DuMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, Rex
MEREDITH, N.P.

Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1938-39.

M. SAUNDERS; Hon. Vice-President: Hon. H.
C. Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-Presicent: T. F.
McILWRAITH, Secretary-Treasurer: “Miss GRACE ANDERSON,
40 Bedford Road; Membership Secretary; Miss EDNA
BOIsSONNEAU, 100 Queen’ s Park; President of the Junior Club:
Miss GRACE MALKIN; Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON,
Dr. F. P. Ipz, F. C. Hurst; Council—W. J. W. BALDWIN,
W. J. Baxter, G. S. BELL, RUPERT DAvIps, Miss WINNIFRED
CHUTE, BROTHER DENES, Dr. NORMA FoRD, MISS FREYA
Haun, PAuL HAuN, H. M. HALLIDAY, Miss MARY KIRKWOOD,

L. T. Owns, Mrs. L. E. JAQUITH, Dr. L. E. JAQUITH,
Br. T. M.C. Taytor, STUART THOMPSON, MIS8 MARION
WILDER, SPRAGUB TROYER.

Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum,
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons.

President: Dr. R.

We ask the Officers, and more par=

ticularly the Secretaries, of all the

Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this periodical.

By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly

she make it one of the leading Natural

History publications of America.

For information concerning purchaseof the following publications of the Club apply to
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A.

This book is attractively bound, and contains a

wealth of information concerning Canadian

Natural History and Exploration. The author

was a former President of the Club and this is a
Memorial Volume

PRICE $3.00.

305 pp.

LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S
PUBLICATIONS
1879-1938

CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX
By E, M. KINDLE

Special profusely illustrated number of The
‘*‘Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every
Canadian shouid know this prize essay.

PRICE FIFTY CENTS

_ APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP.

Srensurets Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa.
Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in

The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian
Field-Naturalist for the year 1940.

Name

ee ee en ee

Address

perenne enn cece een oon nnn ene nen nnn nn news ene e ene t ee ren canes ne ee eee

%

City, P-ov. or State

I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field-
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum

OF —

BEQUEST

too Dollars

Prices of Separates

Notes to Contributors, Etc.

Papers for publication should be addressed to
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor.

Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It
is urged that special care be used that scientific
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly
spelled and capitalized.

Contributors are asked not to use subspecific
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when
dealing with specimens available for reference, or
examined under conditions permitting the recog-
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the

circumstances should be stated. Any familiar
English name is permissible if it is accompanied
by the scientific name. For birds the English name
for the species from Taverner’s ‘“‘Birds of Canada’’
may be used without the scientific name,

Authors of leading articles are entitled to
twenty-five copies of the number in which they
appear, free of charge on application.

Separates of articles as they appear on the
page, without any change of make-up will be sup-
plied at the following rates which are approximate.
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four,
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra.

100 | 200

25 50 800

Mi PAWS oie Sei. ose nes $2.00 $2. a8 $2.50) $2.75) $3.00

Ca Tie cate PEP Ie RSTn ktaa dS 3.0 3.2 8.75) 4.00) 4.25

ts RR MS ate is VP I DR 5 EO aae 4.00} 4.25) 4.50

(ee RA SRSA Aa a OSD 8.50) 38.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 \
[Tea SP cet ae oe ti 4.50} 4.75) 5.00) 6.25) 6.50 \
Sa IE IRA as Res eae 4.50} 4.75) 6.00) 6.25) 6.50

Y (16 it Vicente oe PARA vit ot 6.00} 6.25) 6.50) 6.75) 7.00

Bidet coe Merc nenwdat etal o leapt a 6.00} 6.25) 6.60, 6.75) 7.00

Sitsaagh celine « eierticinast ores 7.50} 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.75

Ose irerc stent alates. 7.60} 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.78
Coversextra........... 8.00} 8.00} 8.00; 4.00) 6.00 A

If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent
to the article or changes of make-up are desired,
or if insets or other extra work are necessary,
a rates will be furnished on application to the

itor,

Application for separates should be made to the
Editor.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

hi

3 2044 114 197 Sys

ee
enirimeeyrsioisieity si,

INS) eddy
dailies ns